Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

45th Annual Convention; Chicago, IL; 2019

Program by Day for Sunday, May 26, 2019


 

Noteworthy Activity #176
Health, Sport and Fitness SIG 5K Fun Run
Sunday, May 26, 2019
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby
Chair: Erin Lusby-Donovan (Health, Sport & Fitness SIG)

Join the Health, Sport & Fitness SIG for a fun 5K run on Sunday, May 26. We will meet in the lobby of the Hyatt and head out for for a 5K run (more or less is welcome too!) We’ll split up in pace groups and head out to Lakeshore Drive. Let us know if you can join on our Facebook event or email hsf.abai@gmail.com. All paces welcome. Run/Walk and strollers welcome as well!

 
 
Paper Session #177
A Behavior Analyst's Journey
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:20 AM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee
Area: CSS
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Sarah Casella Jones (The Chicago School for Professional Psychology DC )
 
A Behavior Analyst’s Journey: A Voyage Into The World of Data Science
Domain: Applied Research
SARAH CASELLA JONES (The Chicago School for Professional Psychology DC)
 
Abstract: Do you own an Amazon Echo, or wear a fitness tracker to count your steps, or own a car with satellite radio and a navigation system? Within the past five years, there has been a data surge across the globe due to internet connected devices. Companies such as Google, Amazon, and Stitch Fix (yes, the clothing provider), to name a few, have employed Data Scientists to help use their data more efficiently and predict what customers will purchase. This talk will cover various data science methodologies used with regards to downloaded Washington D.C. Crime data, provided by Kaggle.com. Given the unique data set, the Data Scientist was able to provide information with visualizations regarding crime types, patterns of life, and locations of interest of crime over the nine-years of data provided. This talk will describe the realm of the possible within the data set, and discuss corollaries to some government projects.
 
 
 
Symposium #178
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Direct Instruction (DI) for Individuals With Autism- Can We Just (D)o (I)t?
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Joel L. Vidovic (The Autism Model School)
CE Instructor: Joel L. Vidovic, M.A.
Abstract:

Although Direct Instruction (DI) has been shown to be an effective teaching method for building a variety of critical skills (language, reading, spelling, and mathematics) across a variety of populations (general education students, economically disadvantaged students, and special education students), the most recent reviews from The National Professional Development Center on Autism Spectrum Disorders (2015) and The Association for Science in Autism Treatment (ASAT, 2018) do not yet identify DI as an Evidence-Based Practice for individuals with autism. As such, are behavior analysts and behavior-analytically oriented schools missing out on a valuable tool? This symposium will include three presentations that will 1) provide a review of the published research evaluating the effectiveness of DI programs for individuals on the autism spectrum, 2) describe a single-subject study evaluating the effectiveness of the Language for Learning program for individuals with developmental disabilties who use high-tech augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) speech generating devices as a primary mode of communication , and 3) review lessons learned following 5 years of a site-wide implementation of DI programs at a public charter school serving youth and young adults with autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AAC, Autism, Direct Instruction
Target Audience:

The target audience for this presentation is Master's level (or above) Board Certified Behavior Analysts and School Psychologists

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to 1) describe the current peer-reviewed evidence-base regarding the use of Direct Instruction for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder, 2) describe the feasibility and effectiveness of using the Language for Learning Curriculum with individuals who have a developmental disability and use high-tech augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) speech generating devices as a primary mode of communication, and 3) describe components (including outcome data) of a school-wide implementation of Direct Instruction curricula at a public school serving youth and young adults with autism.
 

Review of Direct Instruction as an Intervention for Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Theory)
MELINDA GALBATO (The May Institute), Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc.), M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute)
Abstract:

Direct instruction (DI) is an intensive fast-paced instructional method that can be used to teach skills to students including those with learning and developmental disabilities. Direct instruction incorporates behavioral principles including concise sequenced instructions, immediate reinforcement, and error correction (EC) procedures (Head, Flores, & Shippen, 2018). DI curricula include several academic areas such as reading decoding, reading comprehension, language arts, and math among others. Although DI has been shown effective across various age groups, socioeconomic backgrounds, and presenting disabilities, less is known about the utility of DI for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The following review of the literature summarizes 9 experiments published between 2000 and 2018 that use DI with children with a diagnosis of ASD. Studies were analyzed across various participant and procedural variables. Results suggest that DI can produce improvements in targeted skills for individuals with ASD. Recommendations are provided for future researchers about information to report and future research endeavors.

 

Using the Language for Learning Curriculum With Augmentative and Alternative Communication Learners: A Feasibility Study

(Applied Research)
PAUL J. SIMEONE (The May Institute), Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc.), M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the feasibility and effectiveness of using Direct Instruction-Language for Learning (DI-LL; Engelmann & Osborn, 1976; Engelmann & Osborne, 1999) curriculum with children (10 to 15-years-old) with developmental disabilities who use high-tech augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) speech generating devices as a primary mode of communication. Overall performance of three students was evaluated using identical pre- and post-test measures in a concurrent multiple probe design across participants. Additionally, we evaluated the feasibility of DI-LL with AAC learners by evaluating: 1) responses to target exercises (independent, error), 2) number of repetitions needed to complete lessons with fluency, 3) average duration of exercises, 4) and participant affect during DI-LL exercises. Results show increased correct responding on the post-test measure, lending preliminary support for the effectiveness of this approach. Results for measures1-4 further support the feasibility of the intervention for this population. These preliminary findings have implications for the use of DI-LL with students utilizing AAC in a classroom setting.

 

Adventures in Direct Instruction at a Public School for Children With Autism

(Service Delivery)
MARY CORNELL (The Autism Model School), Joel L. Vidovic (The Autism Model School)
Abstract:

The Autism Model School, located in Toledo, OH, is a public charter school providing educational services to approximately 110 students with autism- ranging in age from 5 to 22 years of age. In 2013, the school initiated a site-wide implementation of Direct Instruction programs in the areas of oral language, reading, writing, and mathematics. Specific programs forming the core of the academic portion of the school’s curriculum include Language for Learning (Engelmann & Osborn, 2008) , Language for Thinking (Engelmann & Osborn, 2002), Language for Writing (Engelmann & Osborn, 2002), Headsprout Reading® , Reading Mastery (Engelmann & Bruner, 2003), Corrective Reading (Engelmann et al., 2008), Reasoning and Writing (Engelmann et al., 2001), Connecting Math Concepts (Engelmann et al., 2014), and Read-To-Achieve (Marchand-Martella & Martella, 2010) . Five years after the initial roll-out, this presentation will describe the experiences and lessons learned of those who lead, and continue to lead the implementation. Results of annual outcome testing of students using the Kaufman Test of Educational Achievement-Second Edition- Brief Form as well as the Clinical Evaluation of Language Fundamentals- Fifth Edition will be shared.

 
 
Panel #179
CE Offered: BACB
Social Skills Training: We Can Do Better
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Stefanie H. Perrin, M.Ed.
Chair: David M. Wilson (Georgian Court University)
JACQUELINE J. WEBER (Behavioral Consultants, LLC)
HEIDI LIGHT- GIGLIO (Brett DiNovi & Associates)
STEFANIE H. PERRIN (Brett DiNovi and Associates, LLC)
Abstract: Deficits in social communication and social interaction characterize learners with Autism Spectrum Disorder and identify where our intervention efforts must be directed. The need for teaching social skills to our learners and training social acceptance from peers at an early age is imperative in helping individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders to be successful in a variety of environments including school, community, and home. There are a number of concerns that should be addressed when teaching social skills. In school programs, an emphasis on on-task behavior and academic achievement often takes precedence over communication and deficits when engaging with peers, and there is a disconnect between school and community. In some cases we are not addressing social skills in the most effective manner, too late or not at all. Research indicates that the greatest challenge with the state of social skills instruction is that it is not individualized enough, and there are low rates of maintenance and generalization outside of the classroom environment. This panel will discuss methods to address these concerns.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Practitioners
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to describe the importance of teaching social skills at an early age. 2. Attendees will be able to describe the value in incorporating neuro-typical peers as models when teaching social skills. 3. Attendees will be able to discuss ways to program for maintenance and generalization.
 
 
Symposium #180
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Treating Stereotypic Behavior
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
CE Instructor: Jacquelyn M. MacDonald, Ph.D.
Abstract: Motor and vocal stereotypy can be stigmatizing for people diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. It is important to find socially valid interventions to promote socially appropriate behavior while decrease stereotypic behavior. This symposium will discuss recent research focused on decreasing stereotypy. Each study will discuss alternative appropriate behavior. Children and adults diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder participated in these studies. Two of the studies examined interventions to decrease motor stereotypy while one study examined an intervention to decrease vocal stereotypy. Interventions included using stereotypy as a reinforcer for alternative behavior, sibling-implemented response interruption and redirection, and using auditory stimulation to decreased vocal stereotypy. When stereotypy was used as reinforcer, stereotypy decreased and functional engagement increased. When siblings were trained to implement response interruption and redirection during playtime, stereotypy decreased for both participants and functional communication increased for one participant. When a competing item was identified, vocal stereotypy decreased significantly for one participant and to a more moderate degree for two participants. In all three studies, stereotypy decreased in varying degrees for all participants and appropriate behavior increased. Limitations of the current research and areas for future research will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Competing items, functional engagement, RIRD, stereotypy
Target Audience: Symposium will be targeted towards BCBAS working with children and adults diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder.
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe an intervention to use stereotypy as a reinforcer. 2. Participants will describe recent research outlining the use of a competing item to decrease vocal stereotypy. 3. Participants will describe recent research on sibling implemented response interruption and redirection.
 
An Investigation of Auditory Stimulation on Vocal Stereotypy
SAMANTHA VOLPE (Endicott College / Elwyn NJ), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation)
Abstract: Autism has always been characterized in part by the presence of repetitive, nonfunctional behaviors. In 1943, Leo Kanner was the first person to describe repetitive, ritualistic behavior to be one of the hallmark characteristics of an autism spectrum disorder. Today, restricted, repetitive patterns of behavior are still a cornerstone of the diagnosis of an autism spectrum disorder (ASD; APA, 2013). This focus on repetition, manifested in insistence on routine or the drive to engage in repetitive behaviors, can significantly impact academic achievement, eating, sleeping, and typical activities of daily living or self care (APA, 2013; Dyer, 1987; Matson, Kiely, & Bamburg, 1997). We sought to confirm that each participant’s vocal stereotypy was automatically maintained through the use of the functional analysis screening procedure (Querim et al, 2013). Then, through the use of a competing stimulus assessment, identify a stimuli that effectively competed with each learner’s vocal stereotypy.
 
Using Stereotypy as Reinforcement for Alternative Behaviors in a Chained Schedule
KATIE JOHNSON (University of Missouri-Columbia), Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Some individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) engage in stereotypy or repetitive behavior typically maintained by automatic reinforcement. Chronic stereotypy, especially at high frequencies, can interfere with learning and cause social stigmatization. Response blocking and response interruption and redirection (RIRD) have been found to be effective for reducing motor and vocal stereotypy. Previous literature has also evaluated stereotypy as reinforcement for alternative behaviors, such as functional play or work tasks. The current study sought to replicate and extend previous studies by evaluating the effectiveness of a chained schedule on gaining stimulus control over motor and vocal stereotypy and increasing the complexity of novel alternative behaviors (Slaton & Hanley, 2016). Participants include two children with autism who engaged in motor and vocal stereotypy. Preliminary results indicate that chained schedules are effective at reducing stereotypy during the s-delta and increasing the complexity of novel alternative behaviors. These findings emphasize the importance of providing contingent access to stereotypy when attempting to gain stimulus control and highlights the ability of skill acquisition of novel behaviors during the s-delta.
 
Teaching Children to Implement Response Interruption Redirection to Reduce Siblings’ Stereotypy
KAITLYN MILES (Regis College), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy impacts the lives of many individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Current research supports the use of response interruption and redirection (RIRD) to decrease stereotypy (Ahearn, Clark, & MacDonald, 2007). We taught neurotypical children to implement RIRD with their sibling diagnosed with an ASD. We used a multiple baseline design across participants to evaluate sibling implemented RIRD on vocal stereotypy emitted by the individuals with an ASD with two sibling dyads. In each dyad, one of the participants was diagnosed with an ASD. Prior to implementing the RIRD procedure, siblings completed behavioral skills training (BST) to learn how to implement RIRD. Results demonstrated that neurotypical children learned how to implement RIRD with their siblings with an ASD. The rates of stereotypy exhibited by the children with ASD decreased following sibling-implemented RIRD. Additionally, the rates of appropriate vocalizations slightly increased from baseline levels for one participant.
 
 
Panel #181
CE Offered: BACB
PDS: Careers in Applied Behavior Analysis Beyond Autism
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 1-3
Area: CBM/AAB; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Tyler Nighbor, Ph.D.
Chair: Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University)
TYLER NIGHBOR (University of Vermont)
AUGUST F. HOLTYN (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
VALERIE SEGURA (Jacksonville Zoo and Gardens)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysts are commonly employed to provide services and treatment for children with autism or other developmental disabilities. However, there are a number of other career paths unrelated to treatment for developmental disabilities that are open to those interested in applied behavior analysis. This panel will serve as an introduction to some of these potential career paths. Each speaker will discuss their professional experiences in the field of applied behavior analysis, including the populations with which they work, the types of services they provide for their clients, and how they entered their current line of work. After the speakers have shared their experiences, the remainder of the panel session will be opened up to members of the audience to ask questions regarding careers in applied behavior analysis beyond autism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Applied practitioners, undergrads and graduate students

Learning Objectives: Describe how reinforcement schedules are arranged in contingency management interventions, identify populations and subject characteristics for whom contingency management has been particularly effective, describe how behavioral economics can be used to identify reinforcer pathology.
Keyword(s): Animal Behavior, Career Paths, Contingency Management, Substance Abuse
 
 
Panel #182
CE Offered: BACB
Strategies and Challenges in Vocational Service Delivery for Adults With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Saul Axelrod, Ph.D.
Chair: Lois Meszaros (full member)
SAUL AXELROD (Temple University)
TERENCE G. BLACKWELL (Chimes International Limited)
KAORI G. NEPO (Chimes International)
Abstract:

There has been abundant research identifying evidence-based interventions for children with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (IDD). As a result, the funding to support high-quality services is often available for youth with IDD. To the contrary, there have been few studies attempting to identify evidence-based practices for adults with IDD, meaning that high-quality services for adults with IDD are often unavailable. Vocational support is critical for promoting the maximum level of independence of adults with IDD. Given limited resources, it has been difficult to identify a literature of evidence-based interventions that will lead to higher quality lives for people with IDD. Additionally, common misconceptions and a lack of knowledge regarding individuals with disabilities by the general public adversely affects employment opportunities for people with IDD regardless of their ability to meet job requirements. In this session, the expert panelists will discuss the challenges and strategies of implementing vocational related evidence-based services for adults with IDD. The topics include: collaboration with employers, supported employment, staff training, the use of technology, developing a vocational manual, navigating policies and regulations, and coordinating the contingencies involving service providers, individuals with disabilities, and stakeholders, including parents and funding agencies. The panelists will then open the floor for further discussion of strategies and service delivery options for adults with IDD.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs and BCaBAs

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will identify a strategy to maximize the potential of adults with IDD. 2. Attendees will identify a challenge in vocational service delivery for adults with IDD 3. Attendees will identify an area of improvement in current issues in vocational service for adults with IDD
Keyword(s): Aults, employment, IDD, service delivery
 
 
Symposium #183
Navigating the Functional Analysis and Treatment Process for Three High-Risk Problem Behaviors: Aerophagia, Rumination, and Pica
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: For some topographies of problem behavior such as aerophagia, rumination, and pica, the development of functional analysis procedures requires special consideration so that the problem behavior can be observed safely. Few strategies are available to help clinicians navigate the process of functional analysis and treatment of such behaviors, especially when they may be maintained by socially-mediated reinforcement. Three papers will be presented where functional analyses revealed that high-risk problem behaviors were maintained by attention. The first paper describes the functional analysis and treatment of aerophagia; a serious gastrointestinal disorder caused by excessive air swallowing. The second paper describes the functional analysis and treatment of rumination, or the regurgitation, chewing, and swallowing of food. The final paper describes the analysis and treatment of pica for a typically-developing girl. Pica involves the persistent ingestion of inedible objects. Each presentation highlights individualized function-based treatments that meet the idiosyncratic features of the problem behavior topography. Treatments resulted in a reduction in the rate of problem behavior to clinically significant levels. These case studies are discussed in the broader context of functional analysis and treatment of high-risk behaviors that require ongoing consultation with medical professionals and ancillary measurement procedures.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Aerophagia
(Applied Research)
MIRELA CENGHER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Parwinder Kaur (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Suni Schwandtner (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicholas Ramazon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Aerophagia is a gastrointestinal disorder caused by excessive air swallowing, resulting in abdominal distention, excessive belching, and flatulence. In extreme cases, aerophagia may cause serious medical complications such as arrhythmia and esophagus, stomach, and colon rupture. Limited research exists that describes functional analysis and function-based behavioral treatment of aerophagia. In the current study, we describe results of the functional analysis and behavioral treatment of aerophagia for a 16-year-old girl with intellectual disability. Furthermore, aerophagia is discussed in the broader context of functional analysis and treatment of high-risk challenging behavior that requires ongoing consultation with medical professionals and ancillary measurement procedures (i.e., abdominal circumference pre and post session). A unique aspect of the study is that we identified a socially-mediated function, which contrasts predominant behavioral conceptualizations that suggest aerophagia is maintained by automatic reinforcement. The treatment resulted in reduction in aerophagia to clinically significant levels. Implications for clinical practice are discussed.
 
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Rumination
(Applied Research)
MOLLY BUTTS (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The purpose of the current paper is to describe the functional analysis and treatment of rumination for a 15-year old female diagnosed with intellectual disability. Limited research has been conducted in the area of rumination. Specifically, there are few research articles that include a functional analysis and a function-based treatment. Currently, research has focused on rumination in relation to eating disorders (Delaney, Eddy, Hartmann, Becker, Murray, & Thomas, 2015), and a review of literature targeting rumination (Lang, et al., 2011). In the current paper, results of a functional analysis showed that rumination was maintained by access to attention. Based on the results of the functional analysis, a function-based treatment was developed. The treatment consisted of non-contingent attention, access to a DVD player, and competing items. Results demonstrated a significant reduction in rumination in relation to frequency and duration of rumination. A thorough description of the analysis, treatment, and results will be discussed, as well as recommendations for practice.
 
Analysis and Treatment of Socially-Maintained Pica in a Typically Developing Girl
(Applied Research)
EMILY NESS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicholas Ramazon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Pica involves the persistent ingestion of non-food and non-nutritive substances and may result in harmful consequences such as choking, poisoning, and even death. Most commonly, pica is observed in individuals diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities where the cause is oftentimes reported as related to automatic reinforcement (Ashworth, Hirdes, & Martin, 2009). In this population, several well-established behavioral treatments are available for pica (Hagopian, Rooker, & Rolider, 2011). Less often reported in the literature are cases of pica in typically developing individuals. Moreover, many interventions for typically developing individuals who demonstrate pica involve treatment based on a medical conceptualization, despite mixed reports of success with medical interventions (e.g., Chishold & Martin, 1981). The current study describes the behavioral treatment of pica for a typically developing 3-year-old female. After the pre-treatment analysis indicated that pica was maintained by attention from caregivers, a multiple baseline across settings single-case experimental design demonstrated the effects of differential reinforcement, extinction, and a token economy treatment package to decrease rates of pica. Results illustrate the effectiveness of a behavioral intervention when traditional medical treatments may not lead to reductions in pica. Social validity of treatment procedures and generalization across caregivers are also discussed.
 
 
Symposium #184
CE Offered: BACB
Alternatives to Traditional Match-To-Sample Procedures to Establish Equivalence Classes
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich E-G
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Kenneth F. Reeve, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The three talks in this symposium describe studies in which equivalence classes were established using procedures that differed from the more traditional match-to-sample procedures. In the first study, two 4-member equivalence classes of arbitrary stimuli were established using either single-element samples and comparisons or compound samples and comparisons. In the second study, additional alternative response options of “BOTH” and “NEITHER” were presented during specific trials across four groups of college students to assess equivalence class formation with arbitrary stimuli. The third study was a replication of Lantaya, Miguel, Howland, LaFrance, and Page (2018) in which visual-visual successive matching-to-sample was used to establish three-member equivalence classes with college students. This study extended Lantaya et al. by evaluating whether auditory-visual conditional relations (listener behavior), and cross-modal equivalence classes, could be established via successive matching-to-sample. Collectively, the three studies in this symposium extend the procedures that can be used to establish equivalence classes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): compound stimuli, derived relations, equivalence, successive MTS
Target Audience:

The target audience is behavior analysts interested in alternative match-to-sample procedures and researchers interested in conditional discrimination training and testing.

 

Using Compound Stimuli to Establish Equivalence Classes With College Students

CHRISTOPHER R COLASURDO (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Adrienne Jennings (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Leif Albright (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Equivalence classes are typically formed by teaching arbitrary conditional discriminations using match-to-sample (MTS) procedures and discrete stimuli. Because single stimulus equivalence procedures require a large number of trials, it may be helpful to identify more economical stimulus equivalence procedures. One way to do this may be to use compound stimuli as comparisons and samples to train equivalence classes. This study used a pretest-train-posttest between-groups design to compare the establishment of equivalence classes using either single-element equivalence training (consisting of single class members) or compound stimulus training (consisting of pairs of class members). Two 4-member stimulus classes were established during training. The results showed that stimulus classes were established with similar accuracy but in a shorter amount of time and in fewer trials for participants in the compound group as compared to participants in the single-element equivalence group. These results may provide clinicians a way to use stimulus equivalence procedures in a more mainstream setting.

 

Using “Both” and “Neither” Response Options While Training and Testing for Equivalence Classes With College Students

STEPHANIE BENDUSH (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Adrienne Jennings (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Leif Albright (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

In the present study, response options of “BOTH” and “NEITHER” (BoNe) were presented during specific conditions across four groups of college students to assess equivalence class formation of two, 3-member classes of abstract arbitrary stimuli. One group used BoNe during both training and emergent relations testing; one group used BoNe during training but standard MTS during emergent relations testing; one group used MTS for training, but BoNe for emergent relations testing; and a final group used standard MTS for both training and emergent relations testing (no BoNe options). Computer pretests and posttests included both standard 2-choice MTS trials and 4-choice BoNe trials. Scores improved from the pretest to posttest for both computer and sorting tests for all participants, regardless of experimental group. During the emergent relations testing, the BoNe-MTS group scored better than the MTS-BoNe group. The BoNe-MTS group required fewer remedial training blocks than the MTS-BoNe group. The BoNe-MTS group required fewer emergent relations testing blocks than the BoNe-BoNe and MTS-BoNe groups. These findings indicate that within the different formats of teaching equivalence classes, training and testing formats can impact learning equivalence classes and responding during emergent relations tests although overall efficiency did not vary across experimental groups.

 
Using Auditory-Visual Successive Matching-to-Sample to Establish Listener Behavior and Cross-Modal Equivalence Classes
KARINA ZHELEZOGLO (California State University, Sacramento), Ryley Acrea (California State University, Sacramento), Tina Marie Charnett (California State University, Sacramento), Robbie Hanson (Endicott College), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract: Lantaya, Miguel, Howland, LaFrance, and Page (2018) evaluated a visual-visual successive matching-to-sample (S-MTS) procedure as an alternative to standard matching-to-sample to establish three-member equivalence classes with college students. The present study extended Lantaya et al. by evaluating whether auditory-visual conditional relations (listener behavior), and and cross-modal equivalence classes could be established via S-MTS. Following training of baseline relations (AB/AC), where all A stimuli are auditory and all B and C stimuli are visual, eight college students were tested for the emergence of untrained relations (i.e., BA/CA and BC/CB). In addition, we tested for the emergence of tacts of all visual stimuli and measured the latency between the presentation of sample and selectin of comparisons. We used a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across participants. All eight participants demonstrated emergence of BA/CA symmetry and BC/CB transitivity relations. Five out of eight participants responded with perfect accuracy on tact tests and there was also no significant difference in latency to related relations across trained and tested relations. IOA scores averaged 98.6% and TI scores averaged 99.6 %. Results from this experiment suggest that S-MTS could be an alternative to traditional MTS to teach listener behavior and establish equivalence classes.
 
 
Symposium #185
Making Effort Easier to Understand: Implications for Research and Application
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich BC
Area: EAB/PCH; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University)
Abstract: Behavior analysis has come a long way in understanding the role of antecedents and consequences in the explanations of behavior. Less attention has been given to the response dimension and its role as both an independent and dependent variable. The present symposium explores recent research on quantitative dimensions of force and effort and their role in extinction-induced behavior, the origins of variability and novelty, and the conceptualization of effort as response cost. Data presentations incorporate human and animal basic research, but all talks touch on themes important for understanding and incorporating effortful dimensions in clinical application.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, extinction-induced behavior, Response effort, variability
 
The Effects of Response Force Requirements on Acquisition and Extinction Response Patterns
ANDREW NUZZOLILLI (Western New England University), Lauren Palmateer (Western New England University), Kayla Wilson (Western New England University), Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University)
Abstract: We investigated the effects of response force requirements on responding during extinction with human subjects. Recent research (Pinkston & Foss, 2018) suggests no difference in resistance to extinction when operants differ only in required effort, but that study did not examine local patterns of behavior in extinction. In the present study, college students in high and low force groups responded on a force transducer on a programmed FR 1 schedule of video access. After acquisition, extinction was implemented. Results suggest slight but not significant differences in response rate and force bursting between the two groups. Although this outcome is a partial replication of non-human animal research, it is tempered by the observation that high-force participants emitted many more responses during acquisition. This suggests that a discrepancy between programmed and experienced fixed-ratio schedule parameters for the high force group may have been responsible for the outcome. To clarify this muddle, additional data analysis and follow-up data sets with procedural variations were conducted. Alternate conceptual interpretations and general recommendations for the study of response force will be discussed.
 
Effects of Response Effort on Spontaneous and Reinforced Variability
LAUREN PALMATEER (Western New England University), Andrew Nuzzolilli (Western New England University), Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University)
Abstract: Effects of response effort on variability were evaluated. Participants worked on a computer task in which the goal was to complete a sequence by moving a light from the top left to the bottom right corner of an on screen 5x5 matrix. Participants used specified 2-key combinations on a standard keyboard to complete the 8-key sequence. Distance between keys manipulated effort in each of three components using key combinations of A-S, A-G, or A-L. During baseline, all components arranged sequences to earn points according to an FR 1 schedule. In subsequent sessions a lag five schedule was implemented in the A-S or A-L conditions, and point delivery was arranged for variable responding. The final condition returned all components to an FR 1 schedule. Results indicate that spontaneous variability in behavior under FR 1 requirements was reduced by increasing key distance, suggesting effort may impact spontaneous behavior variability. The introduction of the lag schedule increased variability in those components where it operated, but key distance did not affect measures of entropy or variability, suggesting effort did not limit reinforced variability under these conditions.
 
A Behavioral Economics View of Response Effort
JONATHAN W. PINKSTON (Western New England University)
Abstract: Costs in operant schedules have been typically defined by specifying the number of response per unit commodity, but costs may entail other dimensions of behavior—namely effort. Response force/effort has been incorporated into the unit price formulation as a multiplication of force/effort by response count, but this may not be an adequate formulation of unit price. In the present studies, rats pressed an isometric force transducer. Food was earned in a closed economy. Ratio requirements for procuring food were adjusted in conjunction with increasing force requirements. Increasing the force requirement increased the elasticity of demand. Yoked conditions showed that increased elasticity was not due to responses that fell below the target force (subcriterion responses). When unit price was computed as a combination of ratio X force, the strict multiplication was inadequate to characterize the data. Instead, elasticity increased proportionately greater than increases in force, suggesting greater forces cost proportionately more than smaller forces—results in line with known psychophysical scaling of force. We argue that a better approximation to unit price should include psychophysical scaling of force/effort. Additionally, the data agrees with prior formulations that force/effort requirements are dimensions of cost, their meaning for behavior depending on elasticity of demand.
 
 
Panel #186
Putting Applied Behavior Analysis to Work in Schools: Multi-Tiered Systems of Supports
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Fairmont, Third Level, Regent
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Tracy Eileen Sinclair (The University of Oklahoma)
RONALD C. MARTELLA (Purdue University)
NANCY MARCHAND-MARTELLA (Purdue University)
R. NICOLLE NICOLLE CARR (University of Oklahoma)
Abstract: An increasing number of behavior analysts are consulting within public school settings. This panel discussion will focus on the application of applied behavior analytic (ABA) principles within school settings in the area of academics, behavior, assessment, and instruction within the three tiers of Multi-Tiered Systems of Supports (MTSS). It is imperative for board certified behavior analysts (BCBA) to understand how to work with schools implementing MTSS. Each panelist will incorporate his/her area of expertise to demonstrate practical ways for BCBAs to support the behavioral and academic needs of students, as well as, the instructional and assessment needs of teachers grounded in evidence-based practices of ABA. Framing the application of ABA within the tiered structure of MTSS allows for BCBAs to learn the utility of whole, small group, and individual intervention strategies designed to promote positive outcomes and growth for all students. Panelists will offer guidance for BCBAs new to consulting in schools implementing MTSS in the areas of academic interventions such as direct instruction programs, behavior interventions such as teacher-implemented behavior support plans within a general education setting, using curriculum-based measures and data to drive instructional decision making, and navigating the world of collaboration and consultation with both general and special education school educators.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): MTSS, School Settings
 
 
Symposium #187
CE Offered: BACB
Training Staff in Function-Based Interventions, Token Economies, and Applied Verbal Behavior
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Sharon A. Reeve, Ph.D.
Abstract: As the field of applied behavior analysis continues to grow, it is necessary for behavior analysts to train more direct care providers. It is therefore important to identify training modalities that are effective and acceptable to staff trainees. Three papers on training staff in a variety of teaching procedures will be presented in this symposium. The first paper trained teachers to identify the correct function of behavior via analysis of descriptive data, to select the appropriate procedural variation of functional communication training (FCT) based on this function, and to implement FCT accurately in role play. The second study used a non-concurrent multiple-baseline design across participants to evaluate the effectiveness of manualized instruction to increase staff trainee’s accurate implementation of a token economy. The last study used a non-concurrent multiple-probe design across classroom cohorts to evaluate a performance and competency-based training model to teach teachers and teaching assistants to apply an applied verbal behavior approach at a private school serving individuals with autism spectrum disorder.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Students and Practitioners
Learning Objectives: Participants will define staff training Participants will describe manualized instruction Participants will describe a staff training procedure to identify functions of behavior
 
Training Special Education Teachers to Select and Implement Appropriate Function-Based Interventions for Problem Behavior
VICTORIA FLETCHER (University of Houston – Clear Lake ), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kally M Luck (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Sarah Williams (University of Houston – Clear Lake)
Abstract: Training teachers to select and implement appropriate function-based interventions in their classrooms may reduce their reliance on behavior specialists and other consultants to help manage their students’ problem behavior. Past research evaluated the outcomes of this type of training primarily through verbal report. We extended this research by training teachers to identify the correct function of behavior via analysis of descriptive data, to select the appropriate procedural variation of functional communication training (FCT) based on this function, and to implement FCT accurately in role play. Five special education teachers participated. Prior to training, the teachers did not correctly identify the function of problem behavior based on previously collected descriptive data, and they often reinforced problem behavior during role play with a simulated student. Following training, all of the participants identified the function of the behavior and implemented the correct procedural variation of FCT. This research highlights the importance of training teachers to identify function and implement interventions based on the function.
 
Evaluation of an Instructional Manual to Train Staff to Implement a Token Economy
JENNIFER GUTIERREZ (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Ruth DeBar (Caldwell University), Antonia R. Giannakakos (Manhattanville College)
Abstract: An instructional manual is a feasible way to train staff because it allows the staff trainee to refer to information previously read, highlight important information, and it is portable. Reinforcement in the form of a token economy is commonly used when teaching individuals with developmental disabilities. Therefore, it is important to find effective modalities to train staff on implementing token economies. Thus, this study evaluated an instructional manual to train inexperienced staff to implement a token economy with a confederate. A non-concurrent multiple-baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the effectiveness of an instructional manual to increase the staff trainee’s accurate implementation of a token economy. Following the use of the instructional manual, staff trainees accurate implementation of a token economy and data collection on confederate responding increased to mastery, the skills generalized from a confederate to a child with autism, and the skills maintained one month following training. The results of this study support and extend previous research that used written instructions to successfully train inexperienced staff. Interobserver agreement, treatment integrity and interobserver agreement on treatment integrity were collected on at least 33% of all trials across all phases of the study and were at 100%.
 
Establishing an Applied Verbal Behavior Approach in Schools Using Performance and Competency-Based Training
SARAH FRAMPTON (May Institute, Inc.), M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute), Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute), Meghan Silva (May Institute), Sarah Weddle (May Institute), Kayla Gordon (May Institute), Melinda Galbato (The May Institute)
Abstract: Over several decades, a modified approach to early intensive behavior intervention based on the core principles of behavior analysis and Skinner’s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior has been developed by clinicians and researchers. This approach, referred to here as applied verbal behavior (AVB), includes the core components of: a) analysis of language according to Skinner’s taxonomy of verbal behavior, b) emphasis on initial mand training, c) fast-paced, varied instruction, d) pairing with reinforcement, e) errorless instruction, and f) discontinuous data collection. We implemented a performance and competency-based training (DiGennaro Reed, & Henley, 2015) model to teach teachers and teaching assistants to apply an AVB approach at a private school serving individuals with ASD. The training package consisted of: a) didactic instruction, b) modeling, c) video examples, d) practice with feedback, and e) competency-based testing. Treatment was introduced in a non-concurrent multiple probe design across classroom cohorts; reliability data were collected during baseline and post-training sessions. Results showed that teachers and teacher’s assistants could be taught to apply AVB with integrity. Results also offer preliminary indications that an AVB approach may be efficacious for some students with ASD at increasing the frequency of mands and decreasing interfering behaviors.
 
 
Symposium #188
CE Offered: BACB
Using Organizational Behavior Management to Engage Applied Behavior Analysis Clinical and Information Technology Staff to Meet Business Objectives
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jennifer Lenderman (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation)
CE Instructor: Nicole J. Postma, M.S.
Abstract:

Three applications of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) are presented to demonstrate measurable improvements in business results. First, how graphic dashboards combined with OBM principles can help staff focus on and meet short term objectives. Second, how informational technology staff can be motivated using OBM strategies in project management. Lastly, it will be discussed how staff can be empowered to participate in OBM activities through special projects and training.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): graphic feedback, staff engagement, technology
Target Audience:

ABA Business Leaders and Practitioners

Learning Objectives: Participants will identify how technology can be used to create goals to enhance performance Participants will evaluate pros and cons of a technology platform to display data in business dashboards Participants will identify strategies to measure information technology staff performance
 

Combining Key Performance Indicators and Custom Dashboards to Provide Graphic Feedback and Self-Monitoring to Meet Business Objectives

MICHAEL NOLAN (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.)
Abstract:

In order to drive growth and maintain quality, a technology platform was chosen that would allow for data based decision making across multiple states. Microsoft Sharepoint was chosen in this example to combine performance data and lead performance initiatives to motivate staff. Custom dashboards provided graphic feedback that is role specific which was a tool for goal setting and self-monitoring. With these tools, monthly incentives were established for achieve critical business targets. To date, all goals have been met and the technology continues to evolve and drive performance.

 

Using Organizational Behavior Management Techniques to Improve Information Technology Staff Performance

NINA MALAGIC (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.)
Abstract:

In order to develop tools that are needed to implement an online Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) platform based on Organizational Behavior Management principles, Information Technology Staff need to produce outcomes that are meaningful for ABA practitioners. This Panel topic will discuss how behavior analysts can work with Information Technology staff to shape greater productivity, meet deadlines, and work cohesively.

 

Empowering Applied Behavior Analysis Staff to Engage in Organizational Behavior Management Practices

NICOLE J. POSTMA (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.)
Abstract:

OBM can be used to empower staff to step beyond their clinical skills. Using special projects, Behavior Analysts can participate in business applications to grow professionally. Providing staff with this professional development can not only enhance their managerial skills but effect the bottom line for an ABA company.

 
 
Panel #189
CE Offered: BACB
Shaping Staff Performance With Emerging Technologies
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Toronto
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Ana Elisa Escalante, M.Ed.
Chair: Ana Elisa Escalante (BehaviorMe)
ELIZABETH GARRISON (Shaping Development, LLC)
ANDRES CHAVEZ (BehaviorMe)
ANA ESCALANTE (BehaviorMe)
Abstract:

With the development of many technological advances, behavior analysts have more tools to use when constructing training programs to facilitate skill acquisition in learners. In 1958, B.F. Skinner’s invention of "The Teaching Machine" set the course for the eventual development of Programmed Instruction. Skinner envisioned a world where behavior could be shaped via immediate feedback systems. Now, with access to virtual reality training and computer-based instruction platforms, behavior analysts have the ability to shape new response repertoires through the use of these immediate feedback delivery systems. Within these systems, behavior analysts can also design instructional programs that are systematic in shaping learner repertoires. In service delivery, when behavior analysts are training incoming staff members, there are different levels of mastery with content as incoming staff members enter a training program. By implementing virtual reality and CBI platforms to assist with the training and development of staff, behavior analysts can individualize training to those levels. Ultimately, the world is rapidly changing in the development of technology. This panel will discuss how this technology can develop behavior repertoires, specifically when developing skills in staff training and development.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts who engage in staff training and development.

Learning Objectives: Participants will learn how to utilize new methods when onboarding staff for initial staff trainings. Participants will learn how to utilize technology in staff training Participants will learn new methods in immediate feedback delivery in staff training.
 
 
Invited Panel #190
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
Nonviolent Action for Social and Environmental Justice: Contemporary Options
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Domain: Theory
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
CE Instructor: Kathryn Roose, M.A.
Panelists: JAMILA RAQIB (Albert Einstein Institution; Center for International Studies at Massachusetts Institute of Technology), RICHARD RAKOS (Cleveland State University), KATHRYN ROOSE (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

This panel offers an opportunity for convention attendees to interact with Jamila Raqib, the 2019 ABAI Presidential Scholar who will make opening comments, and behavior analysts with long interests in nonviolent social action. In some cases traditional approaches to nonviolent struggle have become less successful than previously; for this reason, emphases in this panel will be on exploring nonviolent scientific 21st century alternatives. A particular focus will be on contemporary approaches to understanding and shaping what Gandhi discussed as the “Constructive Programme”—which overlaps substantially with the seminal behavior analyst Israel Goldiamond’s “constructional” approach. The panel will include an audience-driven question and answer period, with time allotted for interactions amongst the panelists and the audience.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define and discuss at least three alternative strategic options for nonviolently and effectively supporting social and environmental justice in the 21st century; (2) identify several commonalities between Israel Goldiamond’s “constructional” approach, and Gandhi’s “Constructive Programme;” (3) list at least three specific steps that they could take to prepare for, and participate effectively in, collective action for social and environmental justice. 
JAMILA RAQIB (Albert Einstein Institution; Center for International Studies at Massachusetts Institute of Technology)
Jamila Raqib, an Afghan native, was a nominee for the 2017 Nobel Peace Prize, and is Executive Director of the Albert Einstein Institution in Boston, which promotes the study and strategic use of nonviolent action worldwide. From 2002 until his recent passing, Ms. Raqib worked directly with political scientist Gene Sharp, the world’s foremost scholar on strategic nonviolent action. In 2009, she and Sharp jointly developed a curriculum called Self-Liberation: A Guide to Strategic Planning for Action to End a Dictatorship or Other Oppression drawing extensively on that literature, to provide in-depth guidance for groups planning or engaged in nonviolent struggle for democracy and human rights. She is also a Director’s Fellow at the MIT Media Lab, exploring how innovations in technology and education can make the collection, sharing, and application of knowledge of nonviolent action more effective, timely, and secure. In addition, she is currently doing research on nonviolent social change grounded in Gandhi’s “constructive programme,” which is similar on multiple dimensions to constructional work as outlined in Israel Goldiamond’s work. Ms. Raqib’s TED talk on nonviolent resistance has been translated into 29 languages and has more than 1 million views; many of her presentations are also widely shared on YouTube, making her work accessible especially to young people. She is among a handful of people in the world who has studied the extensive literature on nonviolence social change in real depth and has been working directly with the groups who have been applying that knowledge in conflicts around the world. Raqib regularly gives presentations and conducts educational workshops for activists and organizers, human rights organizations, academics, and government bodies concerned with diverse objectives including challenging dictatorship, combatting corruption, and attaining political rights, economic justice, environmental protection, and women’s empowerment. She also serves as commentator on nonviolent action for multiple media outlets and oversees the dissemination of extensive resources on the topic through the Einstein Institution. She therefore has much to contribute to behavior scientists and practitioners interested in expanding their involvement and participation in social change, human rights, and sustainability efforts, particularly from a constructional perspective.
RICHARD RAKOS (Cleveland State University)

Dr. Rakos received his Ph.D. in clinical psychology from Kent State University and now is Emeritus Professor of Psychology at Cleveland State University. He retired in 2016 after 37.5 years at CSU, most recently as associate dean for faculty and program development in the College of Sciences and Health Professions. Dr. Rakos is widely published in the areas of assertiveness training, self-management, law and psychology, and cultural analysis.  He served as Editor of Behavior and Social Issues (and its predecessor journals Behaviorists for Social Action Journal and Behavior Analysis and Social Action) from 1981-1993 and as associate editor of BSI from 1993 to the present. He also served on the editorial board of Law and Human Behavior from 2000-2016 and is a fellow of the American Psychological Association. Since retiring from CSU, Dr. Rakos has maintained his behavior analytic scholarly activities while expanding his private clinical practice significantly, focusing on the behavioral treatment of persons experiencing difficulties with anxiety, stress, depression, self-control, obsessions and compulsions, and social/interpersonal relationships.

KATHRYN ROOSE (University of Nevada, Reno)
Kathryn Roose, M.A., BCBA, LBA(NV), CADC is administrative faculty in the College of Education and a doctoral student in behavior analysis at the University of Nevada, Reno. She has experience as a drug and alcohol counselor, and as a practicing clinician with children and adults with and without disabilities and their families, adults with neurocognitive disorders and their families, and organizations. She currently manages data and evaluation for a federally funded grant implementing Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports in Nevada, and works as a consultant for the State Juvenile Justice System updating state policy and revising systems, practices, and data collection. Her current research projects include an experimental analysis of teamwork and cooperation in organizational settings, and conceptual analyses of social issues including the fake news phenomenon, employee wellbeing, environmental sustainability, and a behavioral science perspective of nonviolent action. Ms. Roose is the Student Representative to the ABAI Executive Council and is active in the ABAI SIGs OBM Network and Behaviorists for Social Responsibility.
 
 
Symposium #191
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Extending Behavior Analysis Into the Criminal Realm: Mass Shootings, Domestic Violence, and Criminal Profiling
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: James Nicholson Meindl (The University of Memphis)
CE Instructor: James Nicholson Meindl, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Crime and criminal behavior is a pervasive problem apparent across nearly all societies. These criminal behaviors exist on a broad continuum ranging from relatively benign behaviors such as jaywalking to more extreme and damaging behaviors such as murder. Just as there is a range of criminal behavior, there also exist a variety of approaches to explaining and understanding the causes of criminal behavior. This symposium will extend behavior analysis into the realm of criminal behavior by focusing on two extreme criminal behaviors as well as explaining common approaches to understanding these behaviors. In the first talk, Meindl and Ivy discuss mass killings and describe how the behavior may be partially environmentally controlled through media reporting. In the second talk, Templin will analyze domestic violence and intervention through the lens of behavior analysis. In the final talk, Niazi and Dracobly will illustrate how the current approaches to criminal profiling differ from explanations offered through behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): criminal behavior, criminal profiling, domestic violence, mass shooting
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts, graduate level students, faculty

Learning Objectives: By the end of this symposium attendees should be able to 1. Explain generalized imitation and identify specific ways media reporting may influence mass shootings 2. Identify antecedents and consequences that might explain domestic violence and help develop interventions 3. List at least two ways current criminal profiling differs from behavior analysis explanations and identify ways this poses a problem for treatment development.
 
The Role of Media in Evoking Mass Killings
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (The University of Memphis), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg)
Abstract: A mass killing is a complex behavior that is the product of a range of variables. Recent research suggests one such variable, by showing that when a mass killing occurs there is a heightened chance of another occurring in the near future. This increase in probability has been referred to as contagion and one possible mechanism for contagion may be generalized imitation. Generalized imitation requires the presence of some model to prompt imitation, and this talk suggests media reporting methods as a prominent model inspiring future mass killings. This presentation analyzes mass killings as the culmination of a sequence of thoughts and actions that are influenced by environmental events including media reports of mass killings. Media reporting guidelines are then evaluated and research related to the prevention of suicide and other imitational behaviors to identify reactive and proactive strategies that could minimize the likelihood of one mass killing inducing another.
 

Domestic Violence From the Viewpoint of Behavior Analysis: An Examination of Violence in the Home

TIMOTHY TEMPLIN (HABA)
Abstract:

To expand the field of behavior analysis, and out of concern for the public good, we seek out significant social and legal issues. In a 1995 article by David L. Myers, an age-old phenomenon is compared to other types of problem behavior, including potential functions and environmental contingencies. Myers (1995) reviewed how battering can be described within three term contingencies (antecedent, behavior and consequences). Ways that escape, punishment and positive reinforcement play a role. The common interventions to reduce domestic violence and how these can be more effective using behavior analysis. How direct observation can be a methodological barrier for behavior analysts, and some innovative ways it has been overcome. How the issue of domestic violence is an excellent candidate for study within the field of behavior analysis. A 2005 article by Bell and Naugle on why a victim of domestic violence would stay or leave their situation provides information on victim behavior. A reading from the 2014 essay provides details on life in a domestic violence shelter. The concepts of reinforcement, punishment, extinction, behavioral economics and delay discounting are seen in the light of this serious social problem.

 

Getting Away With Murder: A Comparison of Approaches to Understanding Criminal Behavior

Meena Niazi (Eastern Connecticut State University), JOSEPH D. DRACOBLY (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Using method analysis and a case study, we compare the criminal profiling approach and the science of behavior in understanding criminal behavior. Criminal profilers emphasize classification (e.g., Crime Classification Manual) via internal psychological constructs (Devery, 2010). Behavior analysts emphasize an organism’s genetic endowment, current environment, history of reinforcement and punishment, and culture (e.g., Skinner, 1969). First, we will compare the two approaches, focusing on history, unique explanatory systems, and peer-reviewed support. Second, we elucidate these difference with a case study of murder. For instance, in a murder with sexual assault, a profiler may hypothesize the murder was based on a desire for power and lust. Therefore, there may be something inherently wrong with the offender’s personality because they inflict physical pain for sexual pleasure. A behavior analyst would look for specific, observable environmental and physiological variables. The murder may have been, in part, schedule induced, as either a side-effect of extinction (e.g., Lerman & Iwata, 1996 ) or (a response to some form of aversive stimulation (e.g., Azrin, Hutchinson, & McLaughlin, 1965). For example, deprivation of a tangible item (e.g., money) or certain physiological sensations (e.g., physical pleasure from sex) may have contributed.

 
 
Symposium #192
If at First You Do Succeed, Try, Try Again: The Importance of Reproducibility in Behavior Science
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 3
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Kelly M. Banna (Millersville University of Pennsylvania)
Discussant: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract: In 2015, the Open Science Collaboration (OSC) published a paper in Science describing a massive undertaking to replicate 100 previously published studies in the areas of social and cognitive psychology. The OSC reported a success rate under 50%, prompting concern over what is now known as the “replication crisis” in psychology. Subsequent research has yielded similar results in economics (Camerer et al., 2016) and the social sciences more broadly (Camerer et al., 2018), and recent methodological trends in applied behavior analytic research may be leading the field into a reproducibility crisis of our own. This is problematic, as reproducibility is the gold standard by which treatment effects and relations among variables are judged to be “real.” One silver lining is a renewed appreciation within the scientific community of the importance of replication, which has ben undervalued for decades. This symposium will address the following topics: a) identifying and leveraging contingencies that support replication-based research, b) the strengths (and limitations) of behavior-analytic methods in evaluating phenomena that have been difficult to reproduce using group designs, and c) correcting the methodological “drift” in applied research that may be compromising the reproducibility of our results.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Applied Research, Replication Crisis, Reproducibility, Research Methods
 

Replicators, Mount Up!: A Behavior Analytic Approach to Addressing the Reproducibility Crisis

KELLY M. BANNA (Millersville University of Pennsylvania)
Abstract:

Recent research has led to concerns that the social sciences are in the midst of a replication crisis (Open Science Collaboration, 2015; Camerer et al., 2016; Camerer et al., 2018). This presentation will discuss some of the contingencies that have led to this point, and identify two ways in which behavior analysts can address this problem. First, those of us who hold faculty positions at smaller, primarily undergraduate institutions are ideally situated to design and carry out replication studies. This is largely due to differences in the contingencies associated with career advancement (e.g., funding, scholarship). Several examples of how this can be accomplished in the context of undergraduate honors projects and laboratory courses will be provided. Second, where appropriate, behavior analysts can a) apply our unique skill set (e.g., single subject research designs) to the study of phenomena whose reliability has been called into question and b) increase efforts to expand the use of these methods in other disciplines.

 

Do We Know Less Than We Think We Do?: Reproducibility in the Applied Behavior Analysis Literature

JAMES M. JOHNSTON (Auburn University (Retired))
Abstract:

When Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) emerged from its parent science, it continued a comprehensive and demonstrably effective set of methodological practices, summarized by Sidman’s 1960 book, Tactics of Scientific Research. As applied research interests developed over the ensuing decades, however, ABA research incorporated a number of methodological practices that have increasingly raised concerns about the reproducibility of findings in this literature. These practices are in one sense understandable in light of the applied agenda and the complications of applied research circumstances. Nevertheless, they conflict with the long-held best practices of the field’s research methods and unavoidably lead to concerns about the reproducibility of research outcomes. This presentation will review only two of these problem areas: 1) Using discontinuous measurement procedures and 2) Accepting limited pictures of responding in compared conditions. These and other methodological challenges suggest that research findings in the ABA literature may be less informative than we believe. One risk of this tendency is that practitioners may increasingly come to view ABA research as more a source of procedural ideas or treatment options than a body of findings that can be trusted to yield dependable outcomes.

 
 
Panel #193
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Exploring Foundational and Advanced Repertoires to Develop in Your Supervisees: What Makes a Great Behavior Analyst?
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Karen Chung, M.A.
Chair: Karen Chung (Special Learning, Inc. )
NOOR YOUNUS SYED (Lehigh University Autism Services; Global Autism Project)
BOBBY NEWMAN (Proud Moments)
JACOB SADAVOY (Global Autism Project)
Abstract:

As the number of programs offering coursework in behavior analysis continues to grow, a troubling consequence of this may be seen in the diminishing quality of supervision, as inexperienced BCBAs provide supervision to BCBA candidates. Successful behavior analysts possess the right combination clinical and intangible “soft skills” - commitment to ethics, ability to collaborate, think critically, make appropriate “in the moment” decisions, be effective in different cultural and socio-economic situations, and ability to effectively communicate with all key stakeholders, across settings. As the common supervision paradigm in the field of behavior analysis focuses on “teaching to the test,” the field may have created thousands of “by the book” BCBAs good at following rules but lacking in ability to make decisions that are contextually appropriate. In short, ability to think critically. This, combined with inability to influence parties in the service delivery process, is surely diminishing the effectiveness of the science of behavior analysis. This panel will explore basic, intermediate and advanced critical thinking skills that behavior analysts must possess to be effective service providers and supervisors. We will discuss the importance mastering to fluency critical skills, such as verbal mediation, to help increase problem solving and abstract reasoning skills.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBA, BCaBA, BCBA-D, RBT

Learning Objectives: (1) Participants will be able to distinguish between 1st level, intermediate and advanced critical thinking skills. (2) Participants will learn about common attributes successful supervisors possess. (3) Participants will understand the importance of developing ethics, collaboration, interpersonal and critical thinking skills in supervision programs.
 
 
Panel #194
PDS: How to Become Your Best Supervisor: Advice From the Experts
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Alyssa R. Jewett (1989)
LINDA A. LEBLANC (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
TYRA PAIGE SELLERS (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
LAURA B. TURNER (University of Saint Joseph)
Abstract:

The field of behavior analysis is growing at an exponential rate as seen with the recent increase to all certification levels (Deochand & Fuqua, 2016). The likelihood that young Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) will serve as someone’s supervisor is high, yet historically, there has not been explicit requirements for teaching a supervisory skill set to behavior analysts in training. Several fieldwide changes have recently been enacted, including the addition of a new course to Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s (BACB) Behavior Analysis verified course sequences (VCS) for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts (BCaBA), and additional task list items on the BACB 5th edition task list; both directly address supervision, training, and management of personnel. Yet, gaps on how to effectively train supervisors may remain. This panel will focus on informing individuals pursuing training in the field, or newly minted BCBAs and BCaBAs on supervision best practices. Experts from the field will share their research, professional experiences, and tips on how to be an effective supervisor.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): BCBA, Supervision, Training
 
 
Paper Session #195
Conceptual and Technical Issues in Instruction
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
 

Enhancing the Seven Dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis With Deiter Rams's Ten Principles of Design

Domain: Service Delivery
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University)
 
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysts base their programming on Baer, Wolf, and Risley's seven dimensions of applied behavior analysis, as described in their seminal 1968 paper in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. These dimensions describe the necessary functional, ethical, and programmatic features of good applied behavioral work, emphasizing factors that will enhance its objectivity, applied focus, validity, generality, conceptual integrity, reproducibility, and demonstrated effectiveness. While programs that are consistent with the seven dimensions might be behavioral and at least potentially effective, they still might not be well designed in the broader sense of the word. That is, a program might "work," but nevertheless be disorganized, be hard for users and consumers to understand, be unnecessarily resource intensive, lack scaleability and extensibility, and present as generally unappealing to potential adopters. This paper will introduce behavior analysts to Dieter Rams's ten principles of good design, translate the principles into behavioral terms, and suggest ways their application might improve behavioral programming--even to the manner behavior analysts present their views and programs to others. Rams was the chief designer for Braun from 1961 to 1995, and brought a modern straightforward usability and aesthetic focus to its consumer products. He emphasized aspects of design such as clarity of purpose, innovation, simplicity, longevity, understandability, and thoroughness. This presentation will propose that we are no longer a niche discipline designing programs just for ourselves and a few selected clients, but an outwardly focused profession designing for general appreciation and adoption. Thus, considerations beyond those that ensure the conceptual and scientific integrity of our programs could enhance their broader adoption and desirability.

 

Teaching Tact Using Touch, Smell and Hearing Senses

Domain: Service Delivery
MARILU MICHELLY CRUZ DE BORBA (Integra Comportamental / University of North Texas), Ericka Vicente (Integra Comportamental), Roberta Proença (Universidade Federal do Pará / Integra Comportamental), Luanny Botelho (Universidade Federal do Pará / Integra Comportamental)
 
Abstract:

Although the Hyper or hyporeactivity to sensory input is present in Autism Spectrum Disorder, we have a lack of studies of teaching tacts using senses other than vision. This research taught a six-year-old boy with ASD to Tact stimulus by touch, smell or hear the stimuli. The procedure was with DTT and delay of verbal prompt. We used a voice recorder for the hearing trials, and during the smell and touch sessions, the child used a sleep mask and had contact just with the aroma, or shape and texture. The 45 targets were equally divided in the three categories: sounds (e.g., bird sound), smells (e.g., bacon), and objects (e.g., car toy). The session was composed of three groups of five goals in each category. The child learned to tact 73% of aromas, 93% of the object by touch and 93% of sounds. He tried to avoid some of the aroma presented and did not learn tacting these stimuli. We discuss that children can learn tacting stimuli with different sensory input and this can interfere how this child interacts with the environment in his routine.

 
Permission to Communicate: Prompt Maintained Errors in Skill Acqusition
Domain: Applied Research
KAYLA ANN MOORE (Firefly Autism), Ken Winn (Firefly Autism)
 
Abstract: Clients with ASD have shown prompt dependency issues, but little research has been done exploring prompts acting as reinforcers. By assessing for prompt-maintained behavior, research can show whether prompts positively reinforce errors in skill acquisition programing. This research project will look at a specific client who has shown prompt dependency when using FCT. By assessing if these prompts act as positive reinforcers, this study will delve deeper into understanding prompt dependency and the role it plays with skill acquisition programs for clients with ASD.
 
 
 
Paper Session #196
The Use of Applied Behavior Analysis and Relational Frame Theory to Improve Health
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Area: CBM
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Michelle Ellen Kelly (National College of Ireland )
 

Playing Nicely in the Sandbox: How BCBAs Can Collaborate Effectively With Other Professionals

Domain: Service Delivery
Euric Guerrero (The COR Behavioral Group; KV Adaptive, LLC), RAY LOIHLE (The COR Behavioral Group)
 
Abstract:

Behavioral interventions are increasingly used in a wider array of settings. Individuals with complex sets of needs, such as those with disabilities, require a multi-layered team of professionals to collaborate to produce high-quality care. In the current healthcare environment, where there is a constant striving to improve quality of care, ABA is uniquely poised to meet this goal with evidence-based, data-driven treatment. In order for BCBAs to be highly effective, they cannot operate separate and apart from other service providers; they must collaborate with other professionals. The benefits of this are remarkable: it can lead to higher quality care, enhanced safety for the patient and providers, and treatment integrity. Additionally, all involved could increase their knowledge which may positively affect their perspective and practice. Communication, problem-solving, and decision making are three domains in which identification of discrete collaboration skills would be a logical (and integral) first step to improve one’s practice. If BCBAs take steps to enhance their collaboration skills, they increase the likelihood that individuals in their care receive comprehensive, high-quality treatment.

 

Enhancing Quality of Life through a Behavioral Perspective on Fitness

Domain: Service Delivery
EURIC GUERRERO (The COR Behavioral Group; KV Adaptive, LLC.), Ray Loihle (The COR Behavioral Group)
 
Abstract:

Provision of a comprehensive fitness program can be strengthened by utilizing the science of ABA to teach different exercises and develop a positive association between the client, the environment, and trainer or coach. Effort put forward to develop a supportive network of individuals, create and/or highlight the importance of personal progress, and communicating competence in a way that is clear to the client are three effective steps in propagating engagement in fitness and will have increased wellness as a result. Individualizing exercise sessions to the client through determining what they will work for, what type or sequence of exercises will be most conducive to their active commitment and providing reinforcement and assistance in a graduated way will lead to efficient and enjoyable workout sessions that the client will want to engage in routinely. This workshop will provide a background knowledge on what motivates individuals to participate regularly in physical exercise, how increasing levels of fitness correlate to a higher quality of life, how to train staff using ABA techniques in the fitness milieu, and specific characteristics to look for in a fitness program.

 
The Role of Behavior Analysis in Bariatric Behavior Medicine
Domain: Theory
MARTTI T. TUOMISTO (Faculty of Social Sciences, Tampere University)
 
Abstract: Bariatrics is a field of medicine encompassing the study of overweight, its causes, prevention, and treatment. The treatment of choice for people with morbid obesity (BMI over 40) is bariatric surgery. Patients seeking bariatric surgery need to change their eating behavior some time before the surgery to be approved for the operation. This behavior change is not possible for all patients in need of surgery for their health and quality of life. Motivating/ abolishing operations affect the target of managing food intake, planning of eating, and eating behavior itself. Behavior analysis (BA) is needed to prepare patients for surgery in combination with low energy diets. After surgery, not all treated individuals improve in their weight and eating behavior: Bariatric surgery leads to forced reduction of food intake and to changes in eating behavior that may be difficult to adapt to with the limited options or instruction or skills available. New eating behavior needs to be developed. This may require changing other behaviors that precede eating behavior or changing behavior occurring in parallel with a chain of eating behavior. Functional diagnosis with the Decimal System (Tuomisto, 2018) could be used in the assessment of problem behavior related to outcome of bariatric surgery. In addition, longitudinal analysis of antecedent conditions for difficulties in adhering to treatment requirements may be useful in bariatric surgery as our preliminary data on self-reported behaviors indicate many difficult conditions in our sample of patients (n = 80). Among other conditions, patients reported physical abuse (36.2%), sexual abuse (26.1%), and alcohol use problems in the family (44.9%), and all three in the same patient (17.4%). These figures are high, and it will be important to study these serious problems or their effects behavior analytically. I will review the potential role of behavior analysis in the context of bariatric surgery, which remains the only commonly effective method for treating morbid obesity.
 
Extending Relational Frame Theory-Based Interventions to Improve Older Adults' Cognitive Functioning and Prevent Dementia
Domain: Service Delivery
MICHELLE ELLEN KELLY (National College of Ireland, Dublin; Psychological Society of Ireland's Division of Behavior Analysis)
 
Abstract: The aging population means that greater numbers of older adults are experiencing cognitive decline; a major risk factor for dementia and reduced functional independence. Despite this, research in behavioral gerontology rarely focuses on improving the cognitive function of older adults. Behavioral researchers working in the area of Relational Frame Theory (RFT) might be well-positioned to contribute to this research, as they have shown that complex and flexible relational responding, a type of cognitive flexibility, is positively associated with cognitive performance in children and young adults. This research could be extended to develop cognitive training interventions to delay or prevent cognitive decline in older adults. To-date, the specific nature of the relationship between complex, flexible relational responding and older adults’ cognitive functioning has not been investigated. This paper presents an overview of current research in cognitive interventions and RFT, and presents technical and methodological details to encourage researchers to develop innovative intervention approaches aimed at improving older adults’ cognitive functioning and reducing the risk of cognitive decline.
 
 
 
Symposium #197
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Focusing on Cultural and Linguistic Diversity in Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A
Area: DDA/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Discussant: Jeannie M. Aguilar (Blue Sprig Pediatrics)
CE Instructor: Leslie Neely, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts are increasingly called to serve culturally and linguistically diverse populations. However, it is unclear the extent to which race, gender, and linguistic diversity are addressed in ABA practice (Talk 1). In addition, it is unclear the extent to which language of instruction affects skill acquisition for individuals from dual language households (Talk 2). After focusing on the role of diversity and language in practice, we will present the results of two studies. The first study evaluates the effect of interventionist’s language on speech generating device language output and challenging behavior for a child with Down syndrome. The second study presents the results of a culturally adapted behavioral consultation framework for the Latino population. Finally, as a leader in this area of Behavior Analysis, Dr. Jeannie Aguilar, will discuss the studies, findings, and implications for research and practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): bilingual, culture, developmental disabilities, diversity
Target Audience:

Researchers in Applied Research (graduate students, doctoral students, post-doctoral and professors) and practioners working with culturally and linguistically diverse populations.

 
Diversity submission 

Racial, Gender, and Linguistic Diversity in Applied Behavior Analysis: An Analysis and Implications for Training and Practice

(Applied Research)
Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University), AMARIE CARNETT (University of Texas at San Antonio), Sarah Grace Hansen (Georgia State University), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Diversity may be defined along a number of dimensions including, but not limited to the presence of a variety of genders, races, ethnicities, languages, and socio-economic statuses (Silverman, 2010). As a field, ABA has made great strides in some areas of diversity. This study investigates the results of survey polling individuals in the field of ABA related to racial and gender identity, linguistic diversity (e.g., primary language), and presence of diversity related coursework in training programs either in progress or completed. Results related to formal training on diversity training within programs (e.g., BACB Verified Course Sequences), recruitment of traditionally underrepresented populations, and continuing education will be discussed, as well as recommendations to address areas of need.

 
Diversity submission 

Impact of Language on Skill Acquisition

(Applied Research)
JORDAN WIMBERLEY (University of Texas at San Antonio), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Recent research has suggested language of instruction may have an effect of the behavior of children with autism spectrum disorder during instructional sessions. This study aims to add to the literature base by evaluating effects of instructional language on skill acquisition during instructional settings. There were two participants for this study. Both of the children were diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Both of the participants came from a Spanish speaking family but received instruction primarily in English. Skill acquisition was evaluated using novel responses in both English and Spanish with the schedule of reinforcement held constant. Results indicate that language of instruction did not have an impact for the participating students. Potential moderating factors will be discussed

 
Diversity submission 

A Systematic Examination of the Influences of Interventionist Language on Mands Using a Speech Generating Device

(Applied Research)
MEGAN G. KUNZE (University of Oregon), Christine Drew (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Rebecca Crowe (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Individuals with disabilities whose family members speak a language other than English and communicate using speech generating devices (SGDs) require assessment of instructional language and programmed language output of the SGD. In this study, an alternating treatment design was used to examine the effect of interventionist language as a putative motivating operation (English or Spanish) on the (a) choice of SGD language output, (b) frequency of mands, and (c) frequency of challenging behavior for a 10-year old non-verbal child with Down syndrome. Results indicated a slight increase in manding when the interventionist spoke Spanish compared to the English or control conditions. The participant also manded most frequently in Spanish on the SGD, suggesting a preference for Spanish output. These results indicate a potential preference for instructional language and expressive language using an SGD. Challenging behavior was observed more frequently in the English and control conditions. The implications of this research were discussed in the context of potential motivating operations for communication. The ethical practices and standards of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and educators were also addressed.

 
Diversity submission A Behavior Analytic Case Example of Culturally Responsive Consultation in Schools
(Applied Research)
ALYSSA LANSFORD (University of Texas at San Antonio), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract: Behavior analysts are increasingly called to serve culturally and linguistically diverse populations. The culture of a population can provide context in which to identify behaviors likely to be reinforced by the client’s social environment, client stimuli established as reinforcers through a learned history, and client behavioral repertories shaped by the client’s social environment. One of the largest and fastest growing minority groups in the United States is the Latino/Latina population. This paper offers a case example of an incorporating cultural adaptations of behavioral supports within the context of behavioral consultation for the Latinx population. Cultural adaptation of behavioral consultation can lead to improved outcomes for both educators and students. Five educators were served via behavioral consultation and provided training using behavioral skills training to implement culturally responsive classwide behavior management procedures. All five educators improved their treatment fidelity of the culturally responsive behavior management practices. Implications for practitioners and future research are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #198
CE Offered: BACB
Using Pre-Treatment Screening and Assessments to Improve the Safety and Care of Children
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Charlene Agnew (Student)
Discussant: Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Charlene Agnew, Ph.D.
Abstract: Pre-Treatment screening and assessments are typically conducted to refine and individualize the treatment of problem behavior. Although conducting assessments has been known to improve treatment outcomes, extended periods of evaluation may place the child in a dangerous context and delay introduction of any intervention. In Study 1, a pre-treatment screening analysis determined that the toe walking of three participants was automatically maintained. This informed a treatment of auditory feedback using squeaker shoes with and without the paired delivery of edible items that improved the heel-to-toe gait of the participants. Study 2 reanalyzed functional analyses of problem behavior with an added response criterion (i.e., session terminated after 5 instances) that reduced session durations. The authors found that limited exposure to problem behavior could improve analytic efficiency without negatively impacting interpretations of control. Study 3 attempted to improve the safety of the functional analysis by comparing the size of the functional class (i.e., with or without the inclusion of less severe topographies of problem behavior). Results suggest that severe forms of problem behavior can be avoided during a functional analysis by including less dangerous topographies. Study 4 screened for risk factors to problem behavior to develop preventative strategies for emerging problem behavior. Preschool children were exposed to typical evocative settings (e.g., removal of attention, presence of work) in a trial-based format and treatments were designed before more severe topographies of problem behavior emerged. These studies support the need to ensure that our pre-treatment screening and assessments are safe and efficient.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Functional assessment, Pre-treatment screening, problem behavior, safety
Target Audience: BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, BCaBAs, licensed psychologists, and other behavior analytic providers who need to learn about assessing and treating problem behavior.
 
The Use of Auditory Feedback and Conditioned Reinforcement to Decrease Toe Walking Among Children with Autism
(Applied Research)
HALLIE MARIE ERTEL (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Ansley Catherine Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology), Rachel Thomas (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: We replicated and extended previous research on the use of auditory feedback and conditioned reinforcement to decrease toe walking exhibited by three children with autism. After pre-treatment screening analyses suggested that toe walking was maintained by automatic reinforcement, we attached squeakers to the heels of each participants’ shoes. The squeakers provided auditory feedback when participants walked appropriately (i.e., with a heel-to-toe gait). For one participant, the auditory feedback itself produced increases in appropriate walking. For two other participants, edible items paired with the auditory feedback were necessary to increase appropriate walking and decrease toe walking. We then thinned the schedule of edible delivery. Finally, for two participants, we conducted intervention probes in a different setting and had a different experimenter or a caregiver conduct additional probes; intervention effects maintained. This study extends previous research by verifying that toe walking was sensitive to automatic reinforcement, by demonstrating that the squeakers themselves (without other intervention components) can be effective, and by demonstrating that the auditory feedback produced by the squeakers (before pairing with preferred items) can be effective for some children.
 
Evaluation of Functional Analyses Retrospectively Truncated Based on Frequency of Problem Behavior
(Applied Research)
CATHERINE LARK (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Functional analyses (FA) are the gold standard for assessing problem behavior and determining optimal treatments. Thus, research determining efficient methods for conducting FAs is important, as less time in assessment reduces the frequency of problem behavior occurring prior to treatment and allows for shorter admissions. The current presentation covers the results of a retrospective chart review that assessed the utility of abbreviating FA sessions based on frequency of problem behavior. The FA data from ten clients at a day treatment clinic for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior were re-analyzed using a cutoff criterion of five instances of targeted problem behavior. That is, full session FA results were compared to results when the session was “stopped” after 5 instances of problem behavior and the session was graphed based on data up until this point. There was correspondence between the function identified using full session data versus the truncated data for nine out of ten participants. Across participants, there was an average of 17% time saved and a 59% reduction in problem behavior in assessment. Implications and limitations of these results will be discussed in relation to the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior and future research directions.
 

Evaluating the Severity of Problem Behavior During Functional Analysis

(Applied Research)
JOSHUA JESSEL (Queens College), Debra Rosenthal (Queens College)
Abstract:

Functional analysis involves presenting putative reinforcers contingent on problem behavior to understanding the influence of environmental events and inform subsequent function-based treatment. Safety during a functional analysis of problem behavior is a common concern among clinicians and caregivers because a rich schedule of continuous reinforcement is programmed for the occurrence of problem behavior in the test condition. We conducted this study to determine if safety during a functional analysis could be improved by reinforcing a larger functional class of responses with less severe topographies. Participants were children with autism who exhibited severe forms of problem behavior such as self-injurious behavior, aggression, and property destruction. We conducted two functional analyses for each participant: one targeting multiple severe topographies of problem behavior and another targeting a collection of the severe topographies and less severe topographies reported to co-occur. The results suggest that opening the functional class to include less severe topographies can improve the safety of the functional analysis.

 
Functional Analysis of Emerging Problem Behavior and Functional Skills in At-Risk Preschoolers
(Applied Research)
RIMA HAMAWE (California State University, Northridge), Emily Mary Tierman (California State University, Northridge), Sandy Jin (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Identifying emerging problem behavior is an important first step in preventing severe problem behavior and promoting the long-term wellbeing of children. The purpose of this study was to screen for behavioral risk factors in preschool students using functional analysis methodology. Modified trial-based functional analyses were conducted in a small-group play session by embedding specific establishing operations (removal of teacher attention, presence of work, restricted access to toys) that typically precede problem behavior in preschool classrooms. Data were collected on the occurrence of varying levels of problem behavior and functional skills. Review of video-taped sessions were used to refine behavioral measures. Results showed that, across students, problem behavior occurred most often during EOs for escape and attention, and minor to moderate problem behavior occurred more often than severe problem behavior. Furthermore, students engaged in a multitude of appropriate skills in the presence of EOs, and those skills could be classified along a continuum of complexity. Individual child profiles from the functional analysis were used to prescribe tailored intervention based on both form and function of behavior. Our discussion of this study will highlight implications of our preliminary results as well as procedural refinements that were used to address initial limitations.
 
 
Symposium #199
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Changing Educators' Practices in Functional Behavior Assessment in Public School Settings
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (Center for Disabilities and Development; Iowa's University Center for Excellence in Developmental Disabilities)
Discussant: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
CE Instructor: Jennifer J. McComas, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Educators in public school settings have been required to conduct functional behavior assessments (FBAs) when a student’s behavior interferes with his or her learning since the Individuals with Disabilities Act was reauthorized in 1997. Sadly, research on FBAs in public school settings continues to highlight the lack of trained personnel, time, and resources necessary to conduct high-quality FBAs. As experts in behavioral analysis, one of our roles is sometimes to increase the knowledge of educators in FBAs and its application to intervention. It is through this role that we can create systems-level change. This symposium is comprised of behavior analysts who are change agents in public school settings. The first two presenters will discuss their successes in using behavioral skills training to teach educators in FBA and intervention to improve outcomes for students. The third presenter discusses the long-term impact that training school-based behavior teams can have when the teams are supported to train other colleagues. The final presenter gives guidance to measuring educator’s knowledge of FBA so that we have the most accurate understanding of their skills. Audience participants will learn how they also can successfully increase educators’ knowledge and practice in FBA in public school settings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavior Assessment, Educator Training, Public Schools
Target Audience:

The target audience is for masters or doctoral-level BCBAs and School Psychologists working in the school setting either directly or through consultation.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this symposium, participants will be able to (1) describe how behavioral skills training can be used to teach skills in FBA (2) discuss factors that support changing FBA practice in school settings (3) Identify research-based methods for evaluating skill development of trainees
 
Training Educators to Conduct Functional Analysis and Functional Communication Training in Schools via Telehealth
PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Andrea Boorse (Children's Hospital Colorado), Brooke Carson (Colorado Department of Education), Kelsey Young (Colorado Department of Education)
Abstract: We present data from three educators who participated in a telehealth training program to learn functional analysis (FA) and functional communication training (FCT) procedures. Three students diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) who engaged in problem behavior in the classroom environment also participated. These students were recruited to evaluate generalization of skills educators acquired during training. Interobserver agreement was collected on an average of 41% of sessions and average 96%. Within a multiple baseline across educators design, we first collected baseline data on integrity of FA and FCT implementation with a protocol only. After showing a skill deficit for all three educators, behavioral skills training (BST) was implemented via telehealth to teach FA/FCT procedures. Integrity with implementing both FA and FCT procedures increased following BST implemented via telehealth. Afterwards, these procedures were implemented with the student diagnosed with ASD. Educators successfully generalized FA and FCT procedures when working with the student. Functions of problem behavior were identified for all three students. Their problem behavior was reduced by an average of 94% during FCT. These data will be discussed in terms of ways to expand access to behavior-analytic assessment and treatment into school settings.
 
Intensive Partnership for Behavior Intervention: Training Educators to Plan, Implement, and Evaluate Behavior Change Strategies
JOHN E. STAUBITZ (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Michelle Mahoney Hopton (Vanderbilt University - Nashville, TN), Aislynn Kiser (Vanderbilt University Medical Center - TRIAD), Lauren A. Weaver (Vanderbilt University Medical Center TRIAD), William Martin (Vanderbilt University Medical Center - TRIAD), Becky Shafer (Vanderbilt University Medical Center - TRIAD), Kathleen Simcoe (Vanderbilt University Medical Center - TRIAD), Chelsea McQueen (Vanderbilt University Medical Center -TRIAD)
Abstract: Educators who serve students with disabilities report needing additional specialized training in order to intervene with those students who present with challenging behavior requiring tertiary behavioral supports. Through a multi-year contract with the Tennessee Department of Education, we train 12 school-based teams per year (totaling approximately 50 educators annually) through our Intensive Partnership for Behavior Intervention (IPBI) program. Adhering to a Behavior Skills Training (BST) model, our BCBAs seek to improve each school-based team’s capacity to assess, decision-make, design, and deliver tertiary-level behavioral supports and interventions while serving as a consultant to the team as they address the needs of 1 to 3 targeted students per school. Over the course of 5 to 9 months, BCBA consultants deliver training through traditional workshop and online learning platforms, as well as through on-campus and remote assessment, coaching and consultation sessions. Participants in the program demonstrated improvements in their knowledge as measured by knowledge quiz, and reported increased implementation and confidence related to the strategies trained, while rating the program as highly socially valid on surveys completed during and after the program. Participant-collected data indicated significant reductions in the occurrence of behaviors of concern over the course of the program.
 

Iowa's Apprenticeships in Functional Behavior Assessment: Where Are We Now?

TORY J. CHRISTENSEN (Center for Disabilities and Development; Iowa's University Center for Excellence in Developmental Disabilities), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (Center for Disabilities and Development; Iowa's University Center for Excellence in Developmental Disabilities)
Abstract:

The Center for Disabilities and Development (CDD) has collaborated with the Iowa Department of Education (DE) since 2009 to support an initiative to improve the quality of functional behavior assessments (FBA) in public schools. Behavior analysts from the CDD provided training in FBA to challenging behavior teams across Iowa. Although team members came from a variety of backgrounds, all were tasked with delivering behavior support in public schools. Targeted skills during training included data collection, graphing, data analysis, descriptive assessment (Lalli et al., 1993; Riffel, 2018), preference assessment (Fisher et al. 1992), concurrent operants assessment (Harding et al., 1999), and antecedent analysis (Carr and Durand, 1995). An increase in trainees’ independent use of the assessments increased with training. The DE has also worked with CDD to insure sustainability of behavior teams to train other practitioners in behavior assessment skills. Thus far, all teams that have graduated from this project have begun training their colleagues in FBA. Additionally, CDD leads an Advanced Behavior Certification team, comprised of graduates from the training project, to help ensure the integrity of training remains high. This presentation will provide outcome data from this training initiative and discuss sustainability of this effort in the state.

 

A Comparative Analysis of Assessment Tools Used to Measure Teacher Knowledge and Skills in Functional Behavior Assessment

ANURADHA DUTT (Nanyang Technological University), Shengyu Leong (National Institute of Education - Nanyang Technological University), Marilyn Tan (National Institute of Education - Nanyang Technoloical University), Rahul Nair (University of Adelaide)
Abstract:

Given the prevalence of challenging behavior among students with developmental disabilities in schools, there is a high need for training in building the capacity of teachers in functional behavior assessment (FBA) and function-based behavioral interventions. A range of assessment approaches have been adopted to measure teacher competencies in FBA and function-based behavioral interventions. These assessment approaches include various perception-based surveys, knowledge-based assessment measures, and direct observation of teacher skills. This study conducted a comparative analysis of a perception-based survey and knowledge-based assessment tool across 292 special educators that work extensively for children with developmental disabilities who engage in challenging behaviors. Results indicated that knowledge-based assessment tools appeared to be a more stable measure of teachers’ competencies in FBA and function-based behavioral interventions than perception-based measures. These findings shed light on the use of perception-based surveys and knowledge-based assessments in measuring teachers’ abilities in FBA and function-based behavior interventions to inform planning of relevant teacher training programs in the area of behavior management.

 
 
Paper Session #200
Recent Advances in Applied Behavior Analysis Training
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge
Area: TBA
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Dag Stromberg (Autism Center for Young Children, Stockholm)
 
Using Immersive Virtual Reality for Training in the Functional Behavior Assessment: Project VIBE
Domain: Service Delivery
SETH KING (Tennessee Technological University)
 
Abstract: The functional behavior assessment (FBA), or the processes involved in identifying factors that maintain inappropriate behaviors, is a fundamental element of behavioral services provided in clinics, homes, and schools. Optimal FBA procedures generally involve experimental functional analyses administered by certified behavior analysts; nonetheless, purely observational methods continue to be used in many settings. The training provided to personnel involved in observational FBAs is often insufficient, however. Immersive virtual reality (IVR) has the potential to enhance professional development by facilitating multiple opportunities to rehearse data collection, immediate feedback, and sophisticated methods of hypothesis generation. This presentation provides an overview of issues with FBAs and traditional training. Applications of technology to professional development in behavior analysis are also discussed. Finally, the development of the Immersive Virtual Instruction in Behavioral Education Project (Project VIBE), an IVR tool targeting the FBA, is described. Lessons learned in creating Project VIBE can guide the production of additional trainings that incorporate IVR. A discussion of future directions for IVR includes a technical demonstration of the Project VIBE training.
 

Outcomes of a Manualized Behavioral Skills Training Program to Teach Applied Behavior Analysis Procedures in Kazakhstan

Domain: Applied Research
ERIN MORAN (UCL Institute of Education)
 
Abstract:

There is an overall lack of services, treatments, and trained professionals to work with children with autism in Kazakhstan. Additionally, university training programs for teachers and psychologists are outdated and rooted in Soviet 'defectology'. To address the lack of trained professionals and training programs, the present research project developed a manualized behavioral skills training program aimed to teach basic ABA procedures. Study 1 used a pyramidal teaching approach where the researcher trained mothers of children with autism to deliver the manualized training program to 21 undergraduate university students. Results from study 1 suggest that the mothers could learn ABA procedures quickly and could implement the training program with high fidelity. The results also suggest that undergraduate students can implement ABA procedures accurately when assessed in a role play scenario. However, study 1 did not assess whether the skills learned in a role play scenario would generalize to use with children with autism. For study 2 the training program was co-delivered by the researcher and 1 mother to a group of 7 tutors. Results suggest that the procedures learned in the training program will generalize to use with young children with autism. This training program provides an innovative solution to training professionals in locations without highly qualified behavior analysts. It also presents a sustainable and cost-effective training format for locations with limited internet access. Limitations and implications for clinical practice will be discussed.

 
Developing and Maintaining Competence at the Workplace: Staff Training and Supervision at a Habilitation Center for Children With Autism in Stockholm, Sweden
Domain: Service Delivery
DAG STROMBERG (Autism Center for Young Children, Stockholm)
 
Abstract: In order to develop and maintain professional competence at the workplace, it is important to have a systematic approach to staff training and supervision. Autism Center for Young Children (Autismcenter små barn) is a public-funded multidisciplinary habilitation center within the Stockholm County Council, Sweden, each year offering services to approximately 1000 preschoolers diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Most of the interventions are based upon applied behavior analysis. The center has developed an introductory program for new employees. This program consists of theory and practice, to a large extent including behavior analytic skills. Different learning formats are used, one of them is Behavioral Skills Training. Additionally, there is a system for internal supervision and training for all employees. Once per month there is a seminar for the whole group for discussing relevant topics. Group supervision is offered monthly, with 8-10 supervisees per group. Individual supervision from the center’s three clinical supervisors is also offered. This presentation describes how staff training and supervision at the Autism Center for Young Children is organized and also discusses potential benefits and challenges, related to results of a yearly staff survey.
 
Commonly Used Assessments in Applied Behavior Analysis: Selection, Experience, and Training
Domain: Service Delivery
KRISTEN LENAE PADILLA-MAINOR (Baylor University), Vida Canestaro (Baylor University), Jordan White (Baylor University), Providence Gee (Baylor University)
 
Abstract: A necessary component of applied behavior analysis is the assessment of a client’s present levels of functioning and behavioral repertoire. Behavior analysts commonly use instruments to identify goals, develop curriculum, select interventions and monitor progress. Over 70,000 registrants of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board were surveyed to determine what practitioners use to target these areas; 1,378 responded. The survey collected title/position, credentials, education level, years of experience, instruments used and why, and assessment training. Respondents included practitioners (52%), clinical supervisors (34%), faculty members (10%), and graduate students (13%). Credentials included BCBA (55%), BCBA-D (8.5%), BCaBA (3.5%), and RBT (30%). The top three categories for respondents’ experience were less than 3 years (22%), 3-6 years (29%), and 14 or more (21%). The most commonly used instruments include the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP; 76%), Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills-Revised (ABLLS-R; 52%), and Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales, Third Edition (34%). The least used instrument among respondents is the Promoting Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK; 13%). The majority of respondents were trained by their supervisor (70%) or self-taught (39%). Associations between the distributions of responses were also examined in order to identify patterns and relationships between variables.
 
 
 
Symposium #201
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Advances in Teaching Conversation Skills
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD South
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Stephanie A. Hood (California State University, Northridge)
Discussant: Corey S. Stocco (University of the Pacific)
CE Instructor: Stephanie A. Hood, Ph.D.
Abstract: Individuals with an autism spectrum disorder often have difficulty developing friendships and intimate relationships (Gantman, Kapp, Orenski, & Laugeson, 2012) as well as securing jobs (Kelly, Wildman, & Berler, 1980) and thus are often underemployed (Shattuck et al., 2012). This may be due, in part, to skill deficits or behavior excesses related to communication. This symposium highlights several innovative approaches to teach advanced communication skills with children, adolescents, and young adults with and without autism spectrum disorder. First, Stephanie Monroy will present a study on teaching individuals to tact and initiate conversation based on a common interest. Second, Marisa Goodwin will present a study on a computer-based training with covert audio coaching to teach conversation skills. Third, Dr. Rose Mason will also present a study on the use of covert audio coaching and prompting to increase conversation skills. Last, Dr. Amanda Karsten will present a study on vignette-based training on discriminated social initiations. The results of these investigations demonstrate the efficacy of these teaching procedures to increase conversation skills. In addition, data will be presented on generalization across novel conversation partners, maintenance, and social acceptability. The symposium will conclude with a discussion from Dr. Corey Stocco.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): adults ASD, conversation skills, social skills, verbal behavior
Target Audience: Clinicians working with children, adolescents, and young adults with conversation skill deficits.
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will identify examples of multiply-controlled social skills that may help people with ASD facilitate mutually reinforcing interactions with peers and faculty on a college campus. 2. Attendees will describe practical benefits of vignette-based training and follow-up under more naturalistic conditions for supporting the acquisition and transfer of social skills among college- or college-bound students with ASD. 3. Attendees will describe practical benefits of behavioral skills training to teach individuals to identify common interests. 4. Attendees will describe efficacy and generalized effects of covert-audio-coaching to teach conversation skills.
 
Teaching Individuals to Identify Common Topics of Interest
(Applied Research)
STEPHANIE MONROY (California State University, Northridge), Stephanie A. Hood (California State University, Northridge), Francesca Randle (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Jesey Gopez (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Individuals with social and conversation skills deficits often have deficits discriminating vocal and nonvocal cues of interest and uninterest from their conversation partner(s). In the present study, we taught individuals to converse about preferred and less preferred topics of conversation, discriminate when the conversation partner is no longer interested in the topic of discussion, to discriminate common interests, and to end the conversation using behavioral skills training. Stimulus generalization was assessed through conversations with novel conversation partners, similar aged peers in a one to one format, and additional novel conversation partners in a group format. We assessed the social acceptability rating from the participants and the conversation partners. We observed robust increases in following the conversation, changing the topic of conversation, ending the conversation, and tacting common interests with the trainer. In addition, we have observed high levels of stimulus generalization across all skills with novel conversation partners. However, we have observed over generalization of tacts of common interests with the trainer to tacts of common interests with the novel conversation partners, thus, we had to teach participants how to discriminate common interests with multiple conversation partners.
 

Acquisition, Generalization, and Maintenance of Conversation Skills in Adults With Autism Participating in a Group-Based Summer Training Program

(Applied Research)
MARISA CELESTE GOODWIN (University of Houston- Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Karlie Hinkle (University of Houston- Clear Lake), Justin Hunt (University of Houston- Clear Lake), Alexis Marcouex (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Victoria Fletcher (University of Houston- Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Five adults diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) participated in a 7-week summer training program that targeted conversation skills using computer-based training (CBT) and role-play with peers. Computer-based training provided the definition, rationale, and video demonstrations of one or two individualized targets for each participant (e.g., decreasing interruptions; increasing the duration of utterances). Participants then spoke with other participants during 5-min conversations and received delayed feedback from an experimenter who observed the conversations remotely through the internet. The experimenter used covert audio coaching (CAC) to provide immediate feedback if the initial intervention did not improve performance. The experimenter assessed generalization of the skills to novel adults and in novel settings throughout all phases and maintenance of the skills after the training concluded. Results were inconsistent across participants, suggesting that some conversation skills will require more intensive intervention.

 

Supporting Development of Social-Communication Skills of Young Adults With Autism in Natural Settings: Impact of a Telecoaching Intervention

(Applied Research)
ROSE A. MASON (PUrdue University), Emily Gregori (College of Education, Purdue University), Danni Wang (College of Education Purdue University), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project)
Abstract:

Impairments in social-communication for individuals with autism limits the ability to engage in meaningful and socially reinforcing social interactions leading to social isolation and loneliness. Unfortunately, research on effective social interventions for adolescents and adults with autism is limited. Further, typical interventions aimed at supporting social skill acquisition and maintenance while also fostering independence for adolescents and young adults with autism can be challenging and stigmatizing, particularly given the need for the close proximity of the interventionist. Yet, few studies have capitalized on the use of covert audio coaching (CAC) to deliver evidence-based practices within a natural setting. This study employed a multiple-baseline design across participants to evaluate the impact of CAC with prompting to increase social communication skills in typical social setting for four young adults with autism. Implementation of CAC resulted in increases in the targeted social skill(s) for all participants. Additionally, social validity measures indicate the intervention was viewed favorably by participants. Challenges as well as implications for practice and future research will be discussed.

 

Effects of Vignette-Based Training on Discriminated Social Initiations of College Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
Charlotte Mann (University of St Joseph), AMANDA KARSTEN (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the study was to evaluate effects of a multicomponent training package (scripted self-questions, modeling, and feedback) to establish appropriate stimulus control over social initiations. Participants were three college-age males diagnosed with ASD who were referred to the study based on a history of either initiating or avoiding conversations at socially inappropriate times. First, participants and a sample of typically developing peers completed assessments to inform the development of target scenarios and standards for scoring correct and incorrect performance. Second, we taught participants a self-questioning technique to classify written vignettes as either appropriate or inappropriate conditions to initiate a conversation. Finally, we assessed participants’ initiations under contrived (e.g., scripted interaction between trained research assistants) and naturalistic conditions (e.g., group activity in class). Results indicated that vignette-based training was efficacious for teaching participants to classify untrained written scenarios with preliminary evidence of generalization to interactions with faculty and peers.

 
 
Symposium #202
CE Offered: BACB
Listening, Looking, Sniffing: Dogs and Stimulus Control
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Alpine 1/2
Area: AAB/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
CE Instructor: Timothy Edwards, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Dogs are well known for their superhuman olfaction and audition. Applying behavioral principles and techniques, we can explore the limits of dogs’ sense modalities. Perceptual limitations, however, are rarely a limiting factor when it comes to field or laboratory applications with dogs. Instead, the main challenge is to reliably and precisely bring an identifiable and useful behavior under the control of the relevant stimulus. For example, in a scent-detection scenario, an ideal training outcome is that the dog emits an “indication” response each time a target scent is encountered and never emits the response when the target is not encountered. Because dogs, like people, are never operating in the presence of a single stimulus but, instead, in the presence of a “stimulus soup,” it is also important to know whether stimuli operating through specific modalities are more or less likely to gain control over behavior than those operating through other modalities. In this series of presentations, the topic of stimulus control is explored in the context of basic and applied canine research. Although these presentations are related to canine behavior, researchers and practitioners in other areas may benefit from attending.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): compound stimuli, dogs, scent detection, stimulus control
Target Audience:

Practitioners and Applied Researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe and apply one method of evaluating which element of a compound stimulus is controlling behavior; (2) describe one method of shifting from a topographical to a functional definition of a target behavior; (3) describe the outcomes (specifically with respect to stimulus generalization) of discrimination training with a single stimulus and a variable, complex stimulus.
 

The Differential Effectiveness of Visual and Auditory Elements of a Compound Stimulus in Controlling Behaviour in the Domestic Dog (Canis familiaris)

(Basic Research)
LEWIS A. BIZO (University of New England), Selina Gibsone (University of Southampton, UK), E. Anne McBride (University of Southampton, UK), Ed Redhead (University of Southampton, UK), Kristie E. Cameron (Unitec Institute of Technology, New Zealand)
Abstract:

The development of differential stimulus control has long been of interest since the seminal paper by Reynolds (1961). The responses of dogs to a compound stimulus, composed of visual and auditory elements, was investigated. Twelve dogs were trained to perform a simple behaviour in response to a compound stimulus composed of a hand signal and a voice command. Then during test trials each modality was presented alone and the dogs’ responses were recorded. These test trials were interspersed with standard training trials of the compound stimulus. It was found that for eight dogs the voice command came to control the behaviour more than the hand signal, and for the remaining four dogs the hand signal controlled the behaviour more than the voice command. Each dog, therefore, showed a strong preference in responding to one modality over the other. The learning of the voice command overshadowed the learning of the hand signal for the majority of dogs. For the minority of dogs the learning of the hand signal overshadowed the learning of the voice command. The results suggest that individual dogs may show differences in their response to certain stimuli. These differences are discussed in relation to differences in prior experience and possibly to inherited characteristics of the dogs. The ways that the dogs in this study learned about the relevance of elements of compound stimuli has implications for the methods that are used in training dogs and these are discussed.

 

An Automated Approach to Basic and Applied Scent-Detection Research With Dogs

(Applied Research)
TIMOTHY EDWARDS (University of Waikato), Claudia Giezen (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Jesse Quaife (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Margaret Crawford (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Laura Seal (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Clare Browne (University of Waikato, New Zealand)
Abstract:

Scent-detection research and practice is often compromised by cuing and subjectivity. With cuing, stimuli other than the target scent gain control over behavior and can lead to erroneous experimental results or ineffective applications. Subjectivity in scent-detection research stems from application of topographical, rather than functional, response definitions. These issues can be resolved to some extent by training and testing under blind conditions, but such conditions can be difficult to arrange. We have been conducting research with an automated apparatus that, apart from an initial shaping period, requires no human involvement in the training or testing procedures and can accommodate a wide variety of samples. A brief description of this automated approach is provided, followed by a description of some results obtained from a series of research projects carried out using this approach. Basic research carried out with 5 dogs focusing on the indication response itself is highlighted, as this was demonstrated to be a critical factor in determining hit rate and false indication rate. Outcomes from an applied research project carried out with another 5 dogs aimed at evaluating dogs’ ability to identify water samples that have contained a target fish species (koi carp) are also summarized.

 

Training With Odor Mixtures Enhances Dogs’ Detection of Home-Made Explosive Precursors

(Basic Research)
NATHANIEL HALL (Texas Tech University), Clive Wynne (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Complex odor mixtures are thought to be perceived configurally, implying that there is little identification of the individual components in the stimulus mixture. Prior research has suggested that the chemical and or perceptual similarity of components in a mixture may influence whether they can be detected individually; however, how training influences the identification of individual components in odor mixtures is less clear. Identification of individual odorants is critical for dogs tasked with discriminating between Home Made Explosives and very similar, but innocuous, complex odor mixtures. In a cross-over experimental design, we evaluated the effect of two training procedures on dogs’ ability to identify the presence of a critical oxidizer (i.e. component in explosives) in complex odor mixtures. In the “Mixture training” procedure, dogs received trial variable odor mixtures with and without an oxidizer. In the more typical procedure for canine detection training, dogs were presented with the pure oxidizer only, and had to discriminate this from decoy mixtures (“target-only” training). Mixture training led to above chance discrimination of the oxidizer from variable backgrounds and dogs were able to readily generalize performance, with no decrement, to mixtures containing novel odorants. Target-only training, however, led to a precipitous drop in hit rate when the oxidizer was presented in a mixture background containing either familiar or novel odorants. Furthermore, by giving Mixture training to dogs previously trained with the target in isolation, they learned to identify the oxidizer in mixtures very quickly. Together, these results demonstrate that the training method has significant impacts on the perception of components in odor mixtures and highlights the importance of olfactory learning for the effective detection of Home Made Explosives by dogs.

 
 
Panel #203
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group of ABAI Presents: Securing Grant Funding for Behavioral Medicine Research
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 1-3
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Gretchen A. Dittrich, Ph.D.
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons University)
GREGORY J. MADDEN (Utah State University)
RICHARD WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University)
CARLA J. RASH (UConn Health School of Medicine)
Abstract: Behavioral medicine is a field of study that integrates behavioral and biomedical sciences to improve behaviors associated with disease and health states. While there are myriad opportunities for conducting research in behavioral medicine, finding funding to support a line of research may be challenging. In 2017, the National Institutes of Health reported the success rate for competing Research Project Grants was 18.7%, which was 0.4% less than the success rate in 2016 (Lauer, 2018). While grant funding is becoming increasingly competitive, there are strategies that may help researchers successfully secure funding for their research. The purpose of the current panel discussion is to provide audience members an opportunity to hear from experts within the field of behavioral medicine who have successfully funded their research via external grant funding from local and national funding agencies, including the National Institutes of Health. The panel will review how to find grant money to support behavioral medicine research, discuss strategies for writing proposals to secure funding, provide recommendations for responding to feedback from reviewers, and give audience members helpful suggestions for increasing the likelihood that monies will be awarded.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: BCBA BCBA-D BCaBA Health psychologists Health professionals
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify funding opportunities to support behavioral medicine research 2. Identify strategies to increase the probability of successful grant funding 3. Identify recommendations for responding to reviewer feedback
Keyword(s): Behavioral Health, Behavioral Medicine, Clinical Research, Grant funding
 
 
Invited Paper Session #204
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Effort Manipulations to Increase Recycling and Reduce Waste

Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Jennifer Fritz, Ph.D.
Chair: Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC)
JENNIFER FRITZ (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Jennifer Fritz is an Associate Professor of behavior analysis at the University of Houston-Clear Lake. She serves as Director of the Severe Behavior Disorders Research Clinic and Co-Director of the Connecting the Dots program at UHCL's Center for Autism and Developmental Disabilities, as well as Director of the Behavior Analysis Program at Texas Children's Hospital's Autism Center. Dr. Fritz serves on the Editorial Board of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, as a member of the Advisory Board for the TxABA Public Policy Group, and is the Program Chair for the Professional Track of the Texas Association for Behavior Analysis annual conference. In the past, she has served as President of TxABA and Secretary of the TxABA Public Policy Group, as well as Program Chair of the Autism Track for the TxABA annual conference and co-chair of the Autism Track for the Association for Behavior Analysis International. Her research interests include the assessment and treatment of behavior disorders, caregiver training and coaching, and sustainability issues such as increasing recycling and reducing use of single-use materials.
Abstract:

Human reliance on plastic, especially single-use plastic items, has produced devastating effects on the environment. Extensive change and clean-up is needed to improve current conditions; however, behavior analysis is well-suited to provide direction and data on strategies to change human behavior in more environmentally friendly ways. Strategies to effectively increase recycling and reduce reliance on single-use plastics are urgently needed. This talk will discuss studies conducted in a university setting to increase recycling behavior and reduce plastic waste. Both studies involved manipulations of effort to produce desirable change in behavior. Advantages and disadvantages of both approaches will be discussed, and suggestions for avenues of future research and collaboration will be offered.

Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, researchers, organizations seeking to improve recycling.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how the placement of recycling bins influences recycling behavior; (2) describe the impact of signs posted by the door on recycling behavior; (3) describe the advantages and disadvantages of different effort manipulation approaches to increase recycling.
 
 
Panel #205
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Toward a Social Justice Framework: Shaping a Diverse Applied Behavior Analysis Community
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Neil Deochand, Ph.D.
Chair: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
NEIL DEOCHAND (University of Cincinnati)
JAMES HAWKINS (University of Cincinnati)
DACIA MCCOY (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

Behavior analytic service is highly demanded as indicated by an exponential increase in certified behavior analysts (Deochand & Fuqua, 2016). Although the American Psychological Association requires graduate programs to train students in cultural competence, this type of training is not a requirement in the verified course sequence to certify behavior analysts. The need to integrate cultural assessments into the functional behavior assessment will increase as services are delivered to a broader community. Unfortunately, there is a dearth of data on the demographics served by behavior analysts in practice and in research. Li, Wallace, Erhart, and Poling (2017) indicate that only 10.7% of behavior analytic research reports racial or ethnic characteristics. This issue coupled with the paucity of guidelines regarding training cultural competent practitioners requires the community to start building the framework for such initiatives. This panel will define social justice, discuss how we meet the needs of an evolving consumer base while developing successful cultural and linguistic competency training programs. The field of applied behavior analysis could be uniquely positioned to lead discussions regarding culturally competent services due to its focus on individualized client-centered treatment.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Graduate students, verified course sequence program coordinators

Learning Objectives: Be able to define social justice. Identify how personal bias can impact treatment delivery Understand that Autism Spectrum Disorder is diagnoses equally to demographic populations in the US, but this does not mean all are equally served.
Keyword(s): cultural assessment, diversity, graduate training, metacontingencies
 
 
Symposium #206
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Choice Making Interventions for Children With Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University)
Discussant: Rachel Scalzo (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Rachel Scalzo, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Choice making is a simple antecedent intervention that has been proven effective at reducing challenging behavior. A variety of choices can be provided including choice of activities, materials, and environmental arrangements. Not only can choice making result in reduced challenging behavior, offering choices promotes autonomy and self-determination. Despite the initial evidence supporting choice-making interventions, more research is necessary to identify the variety of approaches to successfully implement choice making into interventions to reduce challenging behavior. The first presentation will report results from the evaluation of a choice-making intervention to reduce resurgence of challenging behavior during schedule thinning following functional communication training (FCT). The second presentation will report results from an examination of the effects of two choice-making interventions, choice of activity and choice of materials, on escape-maintained challenging behavior. The final discussion will summarize these studies, highlight the applied value of the results, and discuss future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, choice-making intervention
Target Audience:

The target audience includes practitioners are the BAaBA, BCBA, and BCBA-D levels as well as graduate students.

 

Effects of Activity Choice on Extinction-Induced Resurgence During Delays-To-Reinforcement

Emily Gregori (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), XIAOJIE GUO (Purdue University)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is the most effective function-based treatment for challenging behavior. Although FCT often results in robust treatment effects, challenging behavior often resurges after the termination of treatment. Schedule thinning using delays-to-reinforcement is often used to prevent the deterioration of treatment effect following FCT. However, delays-to-reinforcement alone are often not sufficient to prevent the resurgence of challenging behavior. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effects of choice of alternative activity during delays-to-reinforcement following FCT. Effects of the intervention were evaluated using a single-case ABAC design, with an embedded alternating treatments design in the C phase. Three adults with developmental disabilities participated. Participants were exposed to a pre-treatment functional analysis, initial FCT treatment, and a delay-to-reinforcement. During delays-to-reinforcement two conditions, choice and no choice, were implemented. During choice conditions, participants were given two stimuli and directed to choose one to use during the delay. During the no choice conditions, the experimenter provided the participant with an activity or item to interact with g the delay. Results and interpretation of key findings will be discussed.

 

Comparison of Choice-Making Interventions to Reduce Challenging Behavior for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

PROVIDENCE GEE (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Current literature supports the effectiveness of choice-making interventions on reducing challenging behavior. However, choice-making interventions can vary by the type of choices offered, such choice of activity and choice of materials. Few studies have compared these various approaches to choice-making interventions. The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of choice of activity and choice of materials on both challenging behavior and task completion with two children with developmental disabilities. The two choice-making interventions were compared within an alternating treatment design embedded within an ABAB design. Both choice-making interventions resulted in a decrease in challenging behavior and increase in task completion, relative to baseline. However, choice of activity resulted in less challenging behavior relative to choice of materials for one of the two participants. Implications of the results will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #207
Empirical Evaluations of the Reinforcing Efficacy of Tokens
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jonathan Seaver (The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Christopher Bullock (Francis Marion University)
Abstract: Token economies are widely used in behavior-analytic interventions (Hackenberg, 2018), yet we still have much to learn about how these economies work, especially in applied settings. This symposium includes 2 presentations on the reinforcing efficacy of tokens for participants diagnosed with developmental disabilities in a school setting. In the first study, a progressive ratio reinforcer assessment was used to evaluate the effectiveness of tokens and a concurrent-chains arrangement was used to determine preference for token economies. This study evaluated the exchange rate currently being employed in the applied setting. The second study systematically examined the reinforcing value of tokens across different token exchange rates. Together, these papers contribute to the research on token economies by providing an efficient method for evaluating token efficacy (Study 1) and for evaluating effectiveness of tokens across exchange rates (Study 2). Both studies evaluated preference for token economies with the participants. Implications of the findings of each study will be discussed
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Assessing the Reinforcing Value of and Preference for Tokens
CAITLIN HEER (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Abstract: We evaluated the efficacy of tokens as conditioned reinforcers for 6 participants who attended a school for children with developmental disabilities. We conducted progressive ratio reinforcer assessments across 4 conditions (paired token, unpaired token, primary reinforcement, and control) to assess the effectiveness of tokens exchanged for primary reinforcers, tokens alone, and primary reinforcers. Additionally, for 4 participants, a concurrent-chains preference assessment was conducted to determine if tokens exchanged from primary reinforcers were preferred over primary reinforcers. The results varied across participants, showing that each individual’s token system should be evaluated to determine their effectiveness. While results were idiosyncratic, we were able to conclude that tokens exchanged for primary reinforcers functioned as reinforcers for 3 of 6 participants, and 2 of 5 participants showed a preference for tokens exchanged for primary reinforcers over primary reinforcers alone. IOA was collected during 35.3% of sessions with a mean total IOA of 97.7% (range, 92 -100%).
 

Exchange Schedules Affect the Reinforcing Efficacy of Tokens

BRENNA MICHELE ANDERSON (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Abstract:

Token economies are commonly used in behavior-analytic interventions, but the relation between the exchange ratio and reinforcing efficacy of a token is not known. The purpose of the current study was to compare the reinforcing efficacy of 2 different tokens, each associated with a different exchange value (e.g., 1:1 and 5:1). Three adolescent males diagnosed with autism participated. A high-preference edible was identified for each participant and was made exchangeable for tokens for the duration of the study. In the first phase of the study participants were exposed to the exchange schedules associated with each token. In the second phase of the study sessions were conducted in which participants could select which token they earned following completion of the target task on a fixed-ratio (FR) schedule. For one participant, differential selection of the token with the smaller exchange ratio (e.g., 1:1) was observed across all token choice conditions. For 2 participants, following modifications to the token choice conditions, differential selection of a full token board containing tokens associated with a smaller exchange ratio (e.g., 1:1) was observed across conditions. Interobserver agreement data were collected for 33% of sessions across participants with an average agreement of 96.79% (range 76-100%).

 
 
Panel #208
PDS: Sharpen Your Pencils! Strategies for Successful School-Based Consultation
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Delanie Reed Lombardo (Western Michigan University)
JESSICA E. FRIEDER (Western Michigan University)
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University)
ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract:

Many behavior analysts currently consult in schools in a variety of ways, including conducting functional behavior assessments, writing positive behavior support plans, training teachers on effective classroom management, and more. Successful collaboration of an interdisciplinary team requires careful navigation to ensure consultation is effective and efficient. Sometimes referrals are unnecessarily made for individualized interventions where class-wide interventions may be more appropriate. Research has shown that class-wide intervention (e.g. universal strategies) can benefit most students and should be implemented before individualized supports. The purpose of this panel is to discuss strategies relating to conducting efficient observations, building rapport with classroom staff, ethical decision-making, ensuring treatment fidelity, and strategies for individual and class-wide interventions. This panel will also discuss a variety of strategies for building effective classroom management techniques that benefit all learners. In order for gains to be made and sustain in school consultation arrangements, behavior analysts must be equipped with these skills.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Best-Practices, Consultation, Education, School-Based
 
 
Symposium #209
CE Offered: BACB
Firearm Safety Training: Implications From Unintentional Discharges
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Toronto
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: John O'Neill (Contextual Behavioral Science Institute)
Discussant: John O'Neill (Contextual Behavioral Science Institute)
CE Instructor: John O'Neill, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The purpose of this symposium is to (a) discuss the interdisciplinary literature on this topic, (b) merge and summarize the behavioral literature to provide a cohesive account, (c) analyze injuries in relation to antecedent classes and context, and (d) develop strategies, informed by a contextual behavioral taxonomy, for firearm safety training that might prevent unintentional discharges and associated injuries.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Firearm, Gun, Law Enforcement, Police
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts interested in working with police or other law enforcement.

Learning Objectives: Attendees will learn about a behavioral interpretation of firearm safety. Attendees will how FBAs can be used in the context of firearm safety. Attendees will learn how to apply behavior analysis to firearm safety training.
 

Further Analysis of the Unintentional Discharge of Firearms in Law Enforcement

Dawn O'Neill (Contextual Behavioral Science Institute), JOHN O'NEILL (Contextual Behavioral Science Institute)
Abstract:

Empirical analysis of the contexts in which UDs occur in law enforcement have only recently begun to emerge. We analyzed a novel sample of UD reports (N = 171) that occurred between 1992-2016, collected from one non-U.S. and three U.S. law enforcement entities. Using an established antecedent-behavior-consequence (A-B-C) taxonomy, reports were analyzed by context, officer behavior, type of firearm, injuries, deaths, and property damages. This study is the first to empirically document reports of UDs caused by the startle response and the first to analyze a substantial sample of UDs that involved handguns with a double-action only trigger mechanism. An expanded analysis of UD consequences suggested that deaths and injuries might be more prevalent than previously reported.

 
Functional Behavior Assessment of the Unintentional Discharge of Firearms in Law Enforcement
JOHN O'NEILL (Contextual Behavioral Science Institute), Dawn O'Neill (Contextual Behavioral Science Institute)
Abstract: Unintentional discharge (UD) is a term used in law enforcement to distinguish between an unplanned gunshot and a planned gunshot, regardless of context. The purpose of this paper is to (a) discuss the interdisciplinary literature on this topic, (b) merge and summarize the behavioral literature to provide a cohesive account of the phenomenon, (c) analyze injuries in relation to antecedent classes and context, and (d) develop strategies for firearm safety training that might prevent UDs and associated injuries in law enforcement. We provide a contextual behavioral taxonomy through the identification of six distinct antecedent classes in which UD can be categorized: contact with objects, medical symptoms, muscle co-activations, routine tasks, startle stimuli, and unfamiliar tasks.
 
 
Panel #210
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
The Impact of Accomplishment Based Performance Management in a Large and Growing Applied Behavior Analysis Company
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Brett J. DiNovi, M.A.
Chair: Carl V. Binder (The Performance Thinking Network, LLC)
BRETT J. DINOVI (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
PIERRE D. LOUIS (Brett DiNovi & Associates)
MAY BEAUBRUN (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC)
Abstract:

What is the impact of shifting focus in coaching and performance management from behavior to valuable accomplishments, as encouraged by Thomas F. Gilbert in his seminal book, Human Competence? This panel, chaired by the creator of an accomplishment based coaching and performance improvement methodology called Six Boxes Performance Thinking, reports on initial effects of an accomplishment based approach in a large ABA company, already known for its effective use of ABA with clients, employees, and OBM consultation with outside organizations. Executives from Brett DiNovi and Associates will describe how a focus on accomplishments has “changed the conversation” about performance and enabled them to more directly link the behavior of their people to business results through the valuable accomplishments that they contribute to the organization, while helping to prioritize their own efforts leading and managing organizational performance. Panelists will describe and respond to questions about the impact of a paradigm shift from behavior-based management to accomplishment based performance improvement. In an organization passionate about growing while maintaining quality service and optimal employee engagement, an accomplishment based approach focuses everyone on the valuable contributions needed for business success while connecting people more directly to the natural consequences of their day-to-day activities

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

The target audience includes BCBA's, professionals in leadership roles that supervise employees, and professionals responsible for the training of employees.

Learning Objectives: 1. The participants will explain the impact of a paradigm shift from behavior-based management to accomplishment based performance improvement. 2. The participants will define specific accomplishments that lead to successful business results and organizational growth. 3. The participants will describe how an accomplishment based approach focuses everyone on the valuable contributions needed for business success while connecting people more directly to the natural consequences of their day-to-day activities.
Keyword(s): Organizational behavior, Performance management
 
 
Special Event #211
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
CHOICE: Session 1
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD North
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D.
 

CHOICE: Look Again

Abstract:

Choice is at its core one of the most relevant topics that our field has, does, and must continue to address. The study of choice has been relevant since the beginning - of everything. The concept cuts across nearly every line of research in the field; from philosophical issues to schedule work, from maze work to self-management, from choosing what tie to wear to choosing what program to implement, from behavioral economics to the behavior of the scientist. There lies choice, at every turn. How you respond to the statement: “making a choice” might well define you as a behavior analyst – or a mentalist. The short discussion will cover a brief history of choice research and how it has changed, and not, current directions, and potential future work. I hope you choose to attend while I have a lecture on choice!

 
RYAN SAIN (Northwest Autism Center)
 

I have been a behavior analyst since my mother sat me down in a mall in the 80s and told me to “just watch people”. I formalized that education with undergrad work at Eastern Washington University and graduate study under Thomas Armon Brigham at Washington State University. I focused on experimental evaluations of applied self-management programs, and of course, behavior analysis in general. I later worked internationally doing university development work across Africa and Afghanistan. It is there that I developed an appreciation for open educational resources. I hung up my soft money hat and returned to teach at my alma mater (i.e., EWU). Several years ago, after leaving academia, I joined the team at Northwest Autism Center and am currently the Operations Support Analyst - functionally doing OBM type work in an ABA setting. In my spare time (and that of my friend and colleague, Mr. Brad Bishop) we focus on bringing ABA to the world via YouTube. PsychCore was formed as a vehicle to bring change to how ABA is taught and disseminated. We have thousands of subscribers and ~700 videos covering specific issues related to ABA, EAB, and Behavior Analysis in general. Our success in teaching is not our own - we are students of Behavior Analysis first - and we seek to apply those principles at every level of our delivery of content. I currently reside in Spokane, Washington with my wife and four children, 2 dogs, a cat, and a bunch of fish.

 

CHOICE: Helping Academic Avoiders Choose to Do More Work: Why Escape-Based Interventions Might Not Be the Answer

Abstract:

Students who avoid academic work often have long and complicated histories that have established school-based tasks as aversive. Although problem behavior in the presence of academic tasks might be maintained by escape, interventions based on escape (e.g., allowing breaks contingent on work completion, escape extinction) may be counterproductive, even for those who are capable of undertaking the work. This presentation will discuss how the ways we approach interventions for work avoidance may affect students’ choices to attempt academic tasks, as well as how much work they do. Data collected from high school students will demonstrate how interventions designed to match the functions of work avoidance may negatively impact students’ choices about undertaking work, as well as their perceptions about the aversiveness of academic tasks. The presentation also will address the potential importance of incorporating choice into various aspects of intervention delivery for work avoiders, as well as how consideration of more remote reinforcement (and punishment) histories may be helpful in promoting students’ choices to engage with learning opportunities at school.

 
JENNIFER AUSTIN (University of South Wales)
 

Jennifer L. Austin, Ph.D., BCBA-D has been applying the science of behavior analysis to improve outcomes for children and their teachers for over 20 years. Both her research and clinical work focus on how behavior analytic assessment and intervention strategies can be applied with typically developing children, as well as examining what adaptations may be necessary for making our science “work” in mainstream classrooms. She has worked with numerous schools in the US and the UK, focusing primarily on those in disadvantaged communities. Dr. Austin received her PhD from the Florida State University and currently serves as Professor of Psychology and Head of Behavior Analysis at the University of South Wales. Prior to moving to the United Kingdom, Dr. Austin served as faculty at the University of South Florida, California State University, Fresno and the University of Houston, Clear Lake. She is the President of the UK Society for Behaviour Analysis and a former Associate Editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and Behavior Analysis in Practice.

 
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list the general areas of choice research; (2) discuss the scientific study of choice; (3) see the application of choice research to many fields related to behavior analysis; (4) identify contingencies that may result in work avoidance at school; (5) discuss how some function-based interventions for work avoidance may produce undesired effects on students’ choices to attempt work; (6) identify intervention components that may be helpful in supporting students’ choices to undertake work.
 
 
 
Panel #212
Behavioral Analyses of Aesthetic Reactions
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 3
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Francis Mechner (The Mechner Foundation)
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University - Emeritus)
MARCUS JACKSON MARR (Georgia Tech)
TRAVIS THOMPSON (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: The topic of aesthetics has traditionally received attention primarily from philosophers and cognoscenti of the arts. Only recently has it received serious attention from behavioral scientists. The panel session’s participants, all of whom have published on aesthetics and the arts, will present and discuss their respective perspectives on the topic. When Travis Thompson launched ABAI’s special interest group BAARTS (Behavior Analysis of the Arts), some years ago, he invited Francis Mechner to write an article regarding his work on the “Behavioral and Biological Analysis of Aesthetics.” Jack Marr, himself a recognized scholar in the arts and creativity, instigated, edited, and wrote the introduction for a special 2018 issue of The Psychological Record that featured commentaries on Mechner’s article by nine eminent behavioral scientists, including Travis Thompson and Philip Hineline—himself a musician, who sees aesthetic issues in tools and workmanship as well as in storytelling. Mechner will start the discussion by stating how the commentaries led him to a more parsimonious theory of aesthetics—one that suggests, in essence, that aesthetic reactions occur when the operant effect of a synergetic interaction (often involving a concept manipulation with an arousing or instructional effect) becomes “spiked” with added Pavlovian conditioned stimulus functionalities that elicit affective respondents.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Aesthetic Coherence, Aesthetics Theory, Creativity, Respondent Conditioning
 
 
Invited Paper Session #213
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Don Baer Lecture: A Better Mousetrap is Not Enough: Rethinking the Dissemination of Behavior Analysis

Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Ronnie Detrich, Ph.D.
Chair: Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
RONNIE DETRICH (Detrich and Associates)

Ronnie Detrich has been providing behavior analytic services for over 50 years. His work can be characterized as thorough-going behavior analysis drawing from the conceptual, experimental, and applied branches of our discipline. From 1970-1977, he worked at a pioneering Family Service Agency in Flint, Michigan providing behavior analytic services for anyone requesting help. Later, he developed and was the director of a state-wide educational and residential program for school-aged children with autism in South Dakota. In the 1980s, Ronnie was the director of a residential program based on the Teaching Family Model for adjudicated juvenile offenders in West Virginia. From 1986-2004, he was the clinical director for a large non-public school in the San Francisco Bay Area serving children with intellectual disabilities and serious behavior challenges. In addition, he also co-directed a public-school consultation project supporting students with academic and behavioral challenges. From 2004-2018, Ronnie was a Senior Fellow at the Wing Institute, an education policy think tank that focuses on the implementation of evidence-based practices in public schools. Currently, he is the proprietor of Detrich and Associates, a consulting project based in Logan, Utah. He also holds an appointment as adjunct faculty at Utah State University.

In recent years, Ronnie’s work has focused on the challenges of achieving adequate levels of treatment integrity in large systems, the role of the evidence-based practice movement in behavior analysis, and the large-scale implementation of effective practices in public schools. He is a trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies and is on the editorial boards of Perspectives in Behavior Science and Exceptional Children. He serves as an Associate Editor for the Journal of Positive Behavior Intervention. Ronnie has also served on the editorial board of Behavior Analysis in Practice and was the Coordinator of ABAI’s Practice Board.

Abstract:

One of the ambitions of behavior analysis is “better living through behaviorism.” Many scholars in behavior analysis have been concerned about the slow adoption rate of effective behavior analytic practices. Perhaps the problem lies not in our practices but in our dissemination efforts. There are two aspects to disseminating our practices. The first is when we are working with families, educators, or businesses and we have identified an intervention to be implemented. In many instances, even though our services have been sought out, the individuals responsible for implementing the intervention do not do so with sufficient integrity to yield benefit. This represents a limited dissemination effort and the failure to achieve promised gains has the potential to harm the reputation of the individual behavior analyst, the organization providing the service, and the discipline of applied behavior analysis.

The second aspect of dissemination is the effort to increase broad scale adoption of the science and technology of behavior analysis. It is often the case that our dissemination efforts, such as publication in journals and presentations at conferences, at this level are passive. We have a 60-year baseline suggesting that these approaches have been largely unsuccessful. A re-thinking of our dissemination strategies may be warranted. Behavior analysis is the science of social influence and dissemination is a social rather than a technical challenge. It involves, at a minimum, someone disseminating and someone adopting what is being disseminated. It may be worthwhile to frame dissemination as a speaker-listener relation and more closely analyze the variables that influence both the speaker and listener.

A first step in doing this requires that we move away from our topographical definition of dissemination to a functional one. The ultimate criterion for judging dissemination is that a practice is adopted. Without adoption, there is no dissemination. Drawing from our own literature as well as the literature from implementation science and dissemination, an approach will be proposed that has the potential to increase the adoption rate of our practices.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) provide a functional definition of dissemination; (2) describe two levels of dissemination; (3) describe how treatment integrity can influence dissemination; (4) describe the limitations of publications and conferences presentations as dissemination strategies.
 
 
Panel #214
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
PDS: The Role of the Teacher Mentor in Training and Supervising Teachers as Strategic Scientists
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Lara Gentilini, M.A.
Chair: Lara Gentilini (Teachers College, Columbia University; Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®))
CLAIRE S. CAHILL (Teachers College, Columbia University; Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®); The Fred S. Keller School)
JOANN PEREIRA DELGADO (Teachers College, Columbia University; Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®))
JENNIFER WEBER (Teachers College, Columbia University; Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®))
Abstract:

A mentor is considered a “teacher of teachers,” training both less experienced and advanced teachers. To mentor teachers operating within a scientific framework means to emphasize mastery of the components related to a strategic science of teaching. The role of the mentor is to conduct frequent teacher observations and provide data-driven feedback that facilitates the implementation of effective tactics. A mentor or supervisor must foster a symbiotic relationship in order to support teachers who function as strategic scientists, or those teachers who can characterize academic situations in scientific terms when identifying factors that impede student learning. In the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) model, mentors scaffold and facilitate teacher learning through ranked modules of in-service teacher training requiring (a) in-situ demonstrations of the effective application of behavior analysis to schooling and teaching; (b) the use of systematic and scientifically-based teacher observation systems such as the Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy scale (TRPA); and (c) training in the analysis of the decisions warranted by visual displays of data. The purpose of this panel is to provide an overview of how to train and supervise teachers who can effectively utilize applied behavior analysis within general and special education classroom settings via strategic mentorship.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

The target audience for our panel includes those interested in learning more about how to train and supervise teachers operating within a scientific framework.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) design and facilitate in-situ demonstrations of the effective application of behavior analysis to schooling and teaching; (2) utilize systematic and scientifically-based teacher observation systems; (3) train less experienced and advanced teachers in the analysis of the decisions warranted by visual displays of data.
Keyword(s): strategic scientists, supervision, teacher mentor, teacher training
 
 
Symposium #214A
CE Offered: BACB
Exploring the Technical Feasibility of Virtual Reality and Eye-Tracking in Interprofessional Healthcare Education for Medical and Nursing Students
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4
Area: CBM/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Laura Crosswell (Reynolds School of Journalism at the University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Steven Anbro, M.S.
Abstract:

Medical error is the 4th leading cause of death in the United States. The majority of these preventable events are attributed to miscommunication among healthcare teams. Medical students and nursing students currently receive healthcare communication trainings in a siloed fashion and are often taught differing ways to communicate the same information. Interprofessional trainings that bring medical professionals together early in their education may reduce the prevalence of miscommunication once students enter their respective clinical fields. TeamSTEPPS is a promising communication training package that has been developed to decrease medical errors related to miscommunication. However, methods for assessing the effectiveness of TeamSTEPPS are lacking in their precision and often depend on indirect, self-report measures. This symposium will provide an overview of the TeamSTEPPS model and will present data on the technical feasibility of virtual reality and eye-tracking as assessment tools for more precisely measuring the impact of a TeamSTEPPS training package.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): communication training, eye tracking, medical education, virtual reality
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts working in Healthcare and Medicine; Behavior Analysts working with Virtual Reality

 
 
Symposium #215
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluations and Applications of Token Economies
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gabriella Rachal Van Den Elzen (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Gabriella Rachal Van Den Elzen, M.S.
Abstract:

Token economies are tools used in a variety of applied programming; however, little research has evaluated the efficacy of procedures to establish token economies or the procedures necessary to train service providers to implement token economies. The purpose of this symposium is to discuss evaluations and applications of token economies across several settings and participant groups. In the first presentation, Dawson, Lerman, and Shillings examined the effects of paired versus unpaired tokens on responding with typically developing children. In the second presentation, Van Den Elzen, Kodak, Halbur, Niland, and Bergmann compared the effects of two chaining methods on the acquisition of clinically-relevant skills with children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In the third paper, Monaghan, Kisamore, Vladescu, Reeve, and Novak evaluated the effects of video-based instruction to train parents of children with ASD to implement a token economy. In the final paper, Kirkpatrick, Rehfeld, Rivera, Akers, and Sulak evaluated the efficacy of an intervention to teach undergraduate students to implement a token economy with children with literacy deficits. The discussant will describe the contributions of these studies to the extant research and suggest potential ways to further develop this area of research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, teacher training, token economy, token pairing
Target Audience:

The target audience members for this symposium are practitioners and researchers.

Learning Objectives: Identify conditions under which token economies may be established. Describe strategies for training teachers and parents to implement token economies. Summarize and discuss the current status of research on token economies.
 

Persistence of Responding in a Token Economy With Paired and Unpaired Backup Reinforcers

DESIREE DAWSON (University of Houston-Clear Lake; Texana Behavior Center; Marquette University), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake; Texana Behavior Center), Courtney Breann Shillings (University of Houston Clear Lake: Texana Behavior Center)
Abstract:

Clinicians commonly use token economies in applied settings, yet there is surprisingly little research on the mechanisms that make token economies successful. Previous research has produced mixed results on the components that impact the success of token economies as well as the durability of responding in token economies over time. The current study assessed the persistence of responding in a token economy across two settings. The instructor in one setting paired tokens with backup reinforcers while the instructor in the other setting did not. Participants were two typically developing 3 and 4-year-old boys. The results showed that the absence of backup reinforcers in the unpaired setting did not affect the acquisition or maintenance of responding for either participant. However, the participants showed a preference for instruction in the setting with back-up reinforcers. These results suggest that the tokens served as generalized conditioned reinforcers but may also have had discriminative effects. These findings have important implications for the maintenance and generalization of responding that is maintained by token reinforcement.

 

Comparing Forward- and Backward-Chaining Methods for Establishing Token Economies

GABRIELLA RACHAL VAN DEN ELZEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Mary Halbur (Marquette University), Haven Sierra Niland (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Tokens are stimuli that are accumulated and exchanged for preferred stimuli. Though token economies are used in a variety of educational, residential, and clinical settings, the extant literature provides little guidance on how to condition tokens and establish a token economy. We compared two methods for increasing the exchange production schedule in token economies with a two boys with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In the forward-chaining condition, only one token was initially placed on the board. In the backward-chaining condition, the therapist pre-filled the token board and left only the locations that would be filled within the session open. In both conditions, we increased the exchange-production schedule by one token until a terminal schedule of five tokens was reached. We then compared the acquisition of a new skill across both token conditions, an FR 5 schedule for preferred items, and an FR 1 schedule for preferred items. We found minimal differences across conditions for one participant. The second participant acquired skills more quickly with the backward-chained tokens. These data add to the extant literature by demonstrating two efficacious ways to establish token economies with children with ASD.

 

Using Video-Based Instruction to Train Parents to Implement a Token Economy

Shannon Monaghan (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Joseph Novak (REED Academy), ANNIE STAUFFER (Hunter College)
Abstract:

Noncompliance can be a concern for some children with autism and can affect their interactions with their parents. A token economy may be an effective and easily transportable strategy for parents to provide reinforcement to their children for compliance with directions. The results of this study (a) systematically replicated Spiegel, Kisamore, Vladescu, and Karsten (2016) by training parents of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to implement guided compliance and (b) evaluated the effects of video-based instruction to train parents of children with autism to implement a token economy to reinforce compliance and to decrease the need for the presence of a trainer by incorporating a self-scoring checklist. Participants were taught to correctly implement a token economy and evaluated their own performance via video recordings. These results provide clinicians with a means of teaching parents of children with ASD to implement a token economy and decrease the need for the presence of a trainer by incorporating a self-scoring checklist.

 

Evaluating the Effects of Behavioral Skills Training With Pre-Service Teachers

MARIE KIRKPATRICK (Baylor University), David Rehfeld (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Gabriela Juanita Rivera (Baylor University), Tracey Sulak (Baylor University)
Abstract:

Behavioral skills training (BST) is a systematic teaching procedure aligned with the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA). BST has empirical support as for its efficacy with populations such as individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). However, research regarding its use as a total package is lacking with educational staff such as teachers. Furthermore, research regarding its use as a teaching procedure for pre-service teachers is almost non-existent. We used BST to teach five undergraduate students enrolled in a special education field based course to implement a token economy using a fixed interval system of reinforcement with children who have literacy deficits, including those with special needs. A multiple baseline design across participant teaching dyads (a co-teaching environment) was used to assess implementation accuracy. Results indicated that BST was an effective teaching procedure and social validity measures indicated BST was agreeable with participants. Limitations and needs for future research are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #216
CE Offered: BACB
Comparative Analyses on Preference for and Efficacy of Reinforcement Arrangements
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Andrew C Bonner (University of Florida )
Discussant: John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
CE Instructor: John C. Borrero, Ph.D.
Abstract: Much recent translational research has been devoted to examining variables that determine preferences for behavioral interventions, often in relation to differential effects. The studies in this symposium explore further, largely understudied, determinants of choice and efficacy in multiple contexts bound together by their relevance for common behavioral interventions. One study examined the effects of reinforcer quality on preference for distributed vs. accumulated reinforcement arrangements. A second evaluated whether the number of reinforcer options in a token system influences participants’ preference to choose or relinquish choice (i.e., choice overload). A third takes a behavioral economic approach to promoting preferences for physical activity over sedentary activities by manipulating the number of potential substitutes and the unit price for sedentary reinforcers. The final study takes a translational approach to comparing the relative efficacy of response commission and omission contingencies in supporting analog problem and alternative responses during reinforcement schedule thinning. Collectively, these studies advance our capacity for devising interventions that are both effective and valued by their recipients.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Intermediate
 

The Impact of Reinforcer Quality on Preference for Immediate and Delayed Reinforcement in Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
ANNA BUDD (Queens College, CUNY), Colleen Kocher (CUNY Queens College), Monica Howard (The ELIJA School), Daniel Mark Fienup (Columbia University)
Abstract:

Self-control can be conceptualized as preference for a larger delayed reinforcer over a smaller immediate reinforcer. Researchers have examined how to alter an individual’s preference between these types of reinforcers. In this study, the researcher examined the impact of reinforcer quality on preference for immediate or delayed reinforcers. Three 8- to 10-year-old students with Autism Spectrum Disorder participated. Researchers defined reinforcer quality as the reinforcer being available for its preferred duration. A participant chose between two response-reinforcer arrangements: continuous or discontinuous. The continuous arrangement entailed 5 m of access to a delayed reinforcer. The discontinuous arrangement entailed 30 s of access to a more immediate reinforcer. Only one arrangement entailed the preferred duration of reinforcer access. All three participants showed a consistent preference for one type of arrangement, regardless of the manipulation of reinforcer quality. Future research may re-examine the impact of reinforcer quality.

 

Choice Overload in Token Economies: Does Array Size Influence Preference for Choosing Versus Not Choosing?

(Applied Research)
NATHALIE FERNANDEZ (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Elizabeth Schieber (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Token economies are commonly implemented in educational settings with individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders. Tokens stores are used to display available backup reinforcers, but the effects of array size on choice are unknown in this population. Choice overload is a phenomenon in typically developing populations in which an abundance of options leads to suboptimal choices. Recent research on the effects of array size on preference and toy engagement suggests that larger arrays may shift both preference and item engagement in typically developing children (Miller, Kaplan, Reed, and White, 2016), which may be consistent with choice overload effects. However, this preparation did not examine preference between array sizes and included duplicate items in the large array, which is not likely to occur in the natural environment. In the present study, we assessed preferences for small arrays, large arrays, and arrays in which the therapist selected the backup item (no choice) in individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders. We then assessed preference for array size across presentation modalities and varying levels of response effort. The results to date suggest that (a) larger array sizes were preferred to small arrays or no choice conditions, and (b) presentation modality does not affect preference for array size.

 

Shifting the Preferences of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder From Sedentary Towards Physical Activities

(Applied Research)
KISSEL JOSEPH GOLDMAN (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract:

The majority of youth with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) do not engage in recommended levels of daily physical activity (PA). The motivation to select or engage in PA may contribute to low levels of PA in this population but should be considered in relation to the concurrent motivations to engage in sedentary activities. Researchers observed increased selection of PA in typically developing adults when more PA options were made available and increased selection of appropriate activities as the effort required to access less-appropriate activities increases. The number of options and amount of effort required appear to influence motivation to select sedentary activities, but these effects have not been evaluated in the context of PA in children with ASD. Contrived reinforcement has been shown to increase PA engagement but may also influence the selection of physical over sedentary activities. We manipulated the number of PA options, effort required to access sedentary activities, and/or reinforcement contingency for engaging in PA on PA selection and engagement in 4 children with ASD. Increased PA options and effort to access sedentary activities increased PA selection for two of four participants. Delivering tokens contingent on PA increased selection and engagement for the remaining two participants.

 

A Comparison of Response Requirements During Contingency-Based Progressive Delay Schedule Thinning

(Basic Research)
JULIA IANNACCONE (City University of New York Graduate Center; Queens College), Joshua Jessel (Queens College)
Abstract:

Schedule thinning is an essential step in treating problem behavior, yet little research has been conducted to determine the method associated with sustained treatment effects throughout thinning. A frequently used method for thinning reinforcement involves providing the reinforcer following a programmed response requirement and progressively increasing that requirement (i.e., contingency-based progressive delay [CBPD]). This response requirement during CBPD could be dependent on (1) contextually appropriate behavior (e.g., math completion) or (2) the absence of problem behavior. We designed a computer program for college students to determine the effects of these two response requirements of CBPD on three behaviors: previously reinforced behavior (analogue problem behavior), currently reinforced alternative behavior (analogue functional communication response), and contextually appropriate behavior during the delay. Low rates of responding to the previously reinforced response (problem behavior) were sustained regardless of thinning method. For most participants, undifferentiated high rates of alternative behavior and contextually appropriate behavior were observed. Higher rates of contextually appropriate behavior were observed when the response requirement for math completion was in place during reinforcement thinning. These results support the use of a response requirement for behaviors that are expected of the individual when reinforcement is not immediately forthcoming.

 
 
Paper Session #217
Interventions to Decrease Problem Behavior
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Nancy I. Salinas (Harmony Behavioral Health)
 

Using a Daily Behavior Report Card to Reduce Off-Task Behaviors for a Student With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Domain: Applied Research
BENJAMIN SCOT RIDEN (University of Minnesota Duluth), Sal Ruiz (University of West Florida)
 
Abstract:

We examined the effectiveness of a daily behavior report card as a tier 3 support in reducing off-task classroom behavior for a high school student with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in two settings (i.e., Autism support classroom and inclusive science classroom). A preservice special education teacher in her final student teaching placement implemented the intervention. One 17-year-old female with ASD with high counts of talk outs and distractedness (i.e., looking at others) and moderate counts of finger picking during class was the focus of the intervention. A changing criterion design (CCD) across the three behaviors was used for baseline and intervention implementation data collection. Maintenance data were collected upon withdrawal of the intervention. The data were analyzed using visual analysis. Results indicate significant drops in level during intervention phases across all three behaviors with appropriate reductions in behavior with respect to increases in goal difficulty per use of CCD. Results suggest that the daily behavior report card intervention was an acceptable and effective treatment for reducing off-task behavior with this student. Data were collected to measure the preservice teacher implementation fidelity using a fidelity checklist. Additionally, results show that a preservice special education teacher can be trained to implement a tier three behavior management program for a student presenting inappropriate classroom behaviors with high fidelity.

 
Decreasing Motor Stereotypy Using Antecedent Exercise
Domain: Applied Research
KATHARINE ROBERTS (Arizona State University), Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University)
 
Abstract: Children with autism often engage in some form of stereotypic behavior. Stereotypy is defined as repetitive body movements or repetitive movements of objects that provided the person with sensory stimulation. Additionally, stereotypy may be presented in all five senses: visual, auditory, tactile, taste, and smell. Stereotypy has been used by researchers as an effective reinforcer for task completion or to calm people down from overstimulation in their environment. Exercise has been shown to reduce or even eliminate stereotypic behaviors (Edelson, 2018). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of antecedent exercise to increase task engagement, and reduce stereotypy. All participants were diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and were aged 2 to 15 years. The study took place in clinical and school settings. Participants were asked to engaged in antecedent exercise (jumping on a trampoline) prior to 20-min of an academic task. During the academic task, the participant was observed and scored on their engagement in the task. Participants’ completion rate and accuracy were also measured following antecedent exercise. Baseline results indicate the participant engages in high amounts of stereotypy as well as low rates of academic engagement and low rates of academic completion of tasks. This study demonstrates that participants benefited from antecedent exercise both with motor stereotypy as well as focusing in the classroom.
 
Trial Based Functional Analysis of Stereotypy
Domain: Applied Research
LYDIA RENFRO (Firefly Autism), Ken Winn (Firefly Autism)
 
Abstract: A trial based functional analysis was used to examine the function of motor stereotypy with a five-year-old diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The participant’s motor stereotypy was defined as any instance of body tensing/rigidity, back arching, hand flapping, or repetitive rocking (moving upper body back and forth in a rocking motion,) in a sitting/standing position for 2 seconds or longer. The analysis was conducted in the client’s natural environment and included 3 test conditions including demand, attention, and sensory access; all test conditions also had a control condition i.e. no demand, no attention, and no sensory access. Each set of control/test conditions were alternated every 2 minutes for a minimum of 10 minutes total before moving to another set. Results from the pairwise analysis revealed that stereotypy occurred at significantly lower rate during access to sensory items and when hands on engagement was high. These results were paramount in the development of an intervention plan incorporating sensory items/activities to decrease motor stereotypy.
 

Analysis of Automatically Reinforced Behaviors: Examining the Relationship Between Physiological Responses and Aberrant Behaviors

Domain: Applied Research
NANCY I. SALINAS (Harmony Behavioral Health), Stacy L. Carter (Texas Tech University), Shawn E. Happe (Harmony Behavioral Health)
 
Abstract:

Some types of repetitive and restrictive patterns of behavior characterized in autism and other developmental disabilities are maintained by automatic reinforcement assessed via functional analysis (FA). Due to the nature of automatic reinforcement (i.e., nonsocial/internal sources of reinforcement), tools that are sensitive to biological/physiological activity, and that can potentially differentiate sources of automatic reinforcement, are needed to measure whether stimulation is gained or attenuated. The current investigation applied the knowledge of FA, treatment analysis, and physiological measures to investigate the role that positive and negative automatic reinforcement play in the treatment of problem behaviors. Functionally equivalent physiological effects were utilized to determine if physiologically matched stimuli were more effective than non-matched stimuli in the treatment of automatically reinforced aberrant behaviors. The results show a connection between non-socially mediated behaviors and physiological outcomes. From a theoretical perspective, this research adds to the empirical basis for differentiating operant psychology principles of automatic positive and negative reinforcement, as well as, assessing the role that respondent conditioning plays in maladaptive behaviors (i.e., the extent to which sensory stimulation affects targeted behaviors – whether stimulation is gained or ameliorated).

 
 
 
Symposium #218
CE Offered: BACB
Laboratory Studies Assessing Clinically Relevant Approaches to Understanding Resurgence
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich E-G
Area: EAB/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Marissa Kamlowsky (Florida Institute of Technology )
Discussant: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
CE Instructor: Kelly M. Schieltz, Ph.D.
Abstract: Resurgence is the return of a previously extinguished response due to a discontinuation or reduction in availability of an alternative source of reinforcement. This symposium presents laboratory research relevant to application using human and nonhuman animals. Overall, these presentations cover variables influencing resurgence that could be relevant to the likelihood of relapse under clinical situations. Several presentations examine how manipulations that increase the generality from differentially reinforcing the alternative behavior potentially mitigate resurgence of target responding. The first two presentations assess resurgence when the extinction test for resurgence either includes or does not include stimuli previously paired with alternative reinforcement. Similarly, the third presentation examines two different approaches to mitigating resurgence by introducing extinction of alternative behavior during differential reinforcement of alternative behavior and the presence or absence of delivering a distinct reinforcer for alternative behavior during the resurgence test. The final presentation examines a novel approach to assessing resurgence by examining resurgence of specific strategies for solving mathematical problems.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): relapse mitigation, resurgence, translational research, treatment relapse
Target Audience: Practitioners, teachers, applied researchers, translational researchers, and basic researchers
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define relapse and resurgence, describe some techniques aimed to mitigate resurgence, and state the clinical applications of resurgence studies involving rats as well as university students.
 

A Comparison of Resurgence During Extinction With and Without Conditioned Reinforcement

(Basic Research)
ANTHONY OLIVER (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Resurgence is the transient recurrence of a previously reinforced, but not currently occurring activity, when reinforcement conditions of some ongoing Alternative response are worsened. The degree to which reinforcement conditions need to be worsened to evoke resurgence, however, is not fully understood. This experiment assessed resurgence when the Alternative response was extinguished, in different phases, when an empty food hopper was presented dependent on keypecking and when the hopper presentations were omitted. Three pigeons were exposed to a three-phase resurgence procedure in which the Resurgence Test phase consisted of a single 6-hr session. Two cycles of the three-phase procedure were studied. During the first cycle Resurgence test, hopper presentations (without food) were delivered according to a VR 40 schedule of reinforcement during the Resurgence Test session. During the second cycle Resurgence Test session, the Resurgence Test occurred without any consequence for Alternative responses, that is, conventional extinction. Resurgence occurred during both Resurgence test conditions; however, generally more resurgence occurred in the absence of the hopper presentations and the time course of resurgence differed between the two conditions.

 
Using Auditory Extinction Cues to Mitigate Resurgence
(Basic Research)
SAMUEL SHVARTS (Florida Institute of Technology; The May Institute), Rachel Thomas (Florida Institute of Technology), James J Oskam (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Resurgence is a laboratory model of treatment relapse revealing the effects of Treatment integrity errors on problem behavior eliminated through treatment with differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA). This study took a translational approach to assess the effects of an auditory extinction cue to mitigate resurgence of target responding in children with autism using arbitrary responses to simulate target and alternative responding. The auditory cue was a recorded praise statement and was introduced in Phase 2 and remained in one of the test conditions in Phase 3. In 8 of 12 resurgence test comparisons (with and without the e-cue), responding was mitigated in the e-cue condition compared to the typical resurgence condition. Incorporating a praise statement within DRA treatment could maintain alternative responding while mitigating resurgence of the target response when the reinforcer is not available. This translational study connects applied research examining praise and basic research examining extinction cues to examine a novel DRA treatment strategy.
 

Resurgence in Humans: Increasing Generalization Between Treatment and Testing Reduces Relapse

(Basic Research)
ERIC A. THRAILKILL (University of Vermont, Department of Psychological Science), Mark E. Bouton (University of Vermont, Department of Psychological Science)
Abstract:

Resurgence is the increase in performance of an extinguished instrumental (operant) response that coincides with the extinction of a response that had been reinforced to replace it. Resurgence may involve processes relevant to relapse in applied and clinical behavioral interventions. While resurgence is a robust phenomenon in human operant extinction, the processes that control it remain unclear. We examined whether methods that reduce resurgence in animals also reduce it in humans. Undergraduate participants first learned to emit an operant response (R1) for a reinforcing outcome (snack food; O1). In a second phase (Phase 2), extinction was introduced for R1 and a second response (R2) was simultaneously introduced and reinforced with a monetary reward (USD $0.10 coins; O2). In a test phase, extinction was then introduced for R2 and resurgence of R1 was assessed. In Experiment 1, periodic exposure to R2 extinction during Phase 2 attenuated resurgence. In Experiment 2, response-independent presentations of O2, but not O1, during the test prevented resurgence. The results identify a role for generalization from Phase 2 to the test in determining resurgence in humans. Evidence suggests that resurgence may result from common processes in animals and humans, and it supports a contextual account of resurgence.

 
Resurgence of Problem Solving
(Basic Research)
CATHERINE STEPHENS (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Resurgence is the recurrence of a previously reinforced response after a more recently reinforced response is placed on extinction. Resurgence may explain why problem behavior recurs after initially successful treatment. However, resurgence may also explain how adaptive behavior recurs to solve problems. The aim of this study was to determine if resurgence occurred when a student was asked to solve quadratic equations. Each participant was taught two methods of solving quadratic equations. We reinforced different problem-solving methods across three phases. In the first phase, only simple factoring was reinforced. In the second phase, only the AC method was reinforced (simple factoring was placed on extinction). In the third phase, neither method was reinforced (both on extinction). The AC method was used primarily to solve problems in the extinction phase. For one participant, simple factoring, in combination with other methods, was also used, demonstrating resurgence during problem solving. There may be variables such as changes in context and reinforcement history controlling responding during problem solving. Future research should investigate the role of these variables.
 
 
Symposium #219
CE Offered: BACB
Applications to Research and Practice: Skinner’s Pragmatic Philosophy of Science
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
Discussant: Aubrey C. Daniels (Aubrey Daniels International, Inc.)
CE Instructor: Guy S. Bruce, Ed.D.
Abstract:

The last several years I have taught a workshop for board certified behavior analysts on the application of behavior analysis to improve organizational performance so that clients can achieve efficient progress. The workshop always begins with a discussion of Skinner’s pragmatic philosophy of science and its applications to research and practice. I ask participants if they can define pragmatism and if they have read any of Skinner’s writings that illustrate his pragmatic approach. Usually no hands are raised. Hence I have invited the presenters to discuss Skinner’s pragmatic philosophy of science, “Radical Behaviorism,” and its applications to behavior analysis research and practice. What role did Skinner’s pragmatism play in the discovery of more useful explanations of behavior and procedures for producing behavior change? How does a pragmatic approach differ from other approaches to research and practice? What might be the consequences for the future of behavior analysis if practitioners abandon Skinner’s pragmatism?

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Performance Engineering, Pragmatism, Radical Behaviorism, Scientific Method
Target Audience:

Researchers who prefer more useful explanations and practitioners who prefer more effective procedures will find this symposium useful in achieving their goals.

 
Skinner’s Pragmatism: A Preference for the Most Useful Explanations and Procedures
GUY S. BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
Abstract: B. F. Skinner, in his article, Case Study in Scientific Method (1972), described a very different approach to the scientific study of behavior. It was pragmatic not dogmatic. He 1) asked questions instead of stated hypotheses; 2) studied the changes in the behavior of the individual, not the average of a group of individuals; 3) used sensitive and accurate measures of behavior change such as the response rate; 4) systematically changed one independent variable at a time, while holding constant all others, with the goal of discovering orderly processes of behavior change; 5) looked for practically significant changes in an individual’s behavior that were functionally related to changes in environmental variables, relying on a standard graphic display to evaluate whether the changes in behavior were practically significant; and 6) repeated his experiment with the same and then different subjects to assess the generality of the processes he discovered. Skinner’s pragmatic approach has been extremely fruitful, leading to more effective and efficient explanations and procedures for helping clients make useful changes in their behavior. Now it’s time to apply his pragmatic approach to pragmatic-based research, so that our clients can more efficiently achieve their behavior change goals.
 

Straying From Skinner’s Pragmatic Approach: Threats to Behavior Analysis and ABAI

HENRY D. SCHLINGER (California State University, LA)
Abstract:

Several recent developments that have grown out of behavior analysis have, to varying degrees, strayed from Skinner’s pragmatic approach to the study of behavior and, therefore, threaten the scientific and theoretical framework of behavior analysis and, by extension, the Association for Behavior Analysis International. They are delayed discounting, relational frame theory (RFT)/acceptance and commitment theory (ACT), positive behavior support (PBS), and the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB). Each, in my opinion, has contributed to the erosion of the basic scientific foundation upon which behavior analysis is built. The combined effect is, to paraphrase B. F. Skinner by way of Mike Perone, the “circumvention of an operant analysis,” moving our discipline from being largely analytic to one that is increasingly descriptive and technological. One conclusion that can be drawn from this dramatic change is that those of us who consider ourselves true behavior analysts, that is, those who actually analyze behavior—not certified behavior analysts or behavior scientists—now possibly find ourselves in the minority. My point in this talk is that straying from Skinner’s pragmatic approach and the experimental and theoretical foundations of behavior analysis will dilute our science and, ultimately, our discipline.

 

Behavior Analytic Pragmatism in Research and Practice

JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract:

Pragmatic considerations tend not to be uniformly well understood in behavior analytic research and practice. According to pragmatism, the value of an analytical or explanatory statement is found in its practical implications in the world of human affairs, rather than in some claim that it represents a metaphysical truth or reality. In this regard, the contemplative forms of science, such as the development of equations and models, are sometimes distinguished from the technological, such as interventions aimed at prediction and control. This presentation argues that these forms are more usefully understood as continuous than dichotomous. Equations and models are presumably derived from prior efforts to predict and control. These forms are valuable because of the further opportunities for prediction and control that they occasion, rather than any claims they represent laws of nature. In the applied arena, treatment fidelity and effect size surely seek to highlight pragmatic considerations for interventions. However, the complexity of clients’ histories and the setting sometimes makes the practical contribution of an intervention difficult to assess, especially when the intervention is balanced against ethical considerations. Throughout, the value of scientific statements in behavior analysis lies in the identification of the participating factors in contingencies.

 
Skinner's Radical Behaviorism: Characteristics and Applications for the Continuing Development of Behavior Analysis
SAM LEIGLAND (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: Skinner's pragmatic, systematic and comprehensive approach to science, radical behaviorism, is the scientific foundation of the field of behavior analysis. The interactive development of the experimental analysis of behavior as a research field and radical behaviorism as a system of science has produced a scientific field of unparalleled effectiveness and scope. Examples of behavior-analytic research will be presented which illustrate the range of themes explored empirically and through radical behaviorist interpretation of empirical research from other fields. Examples include programs of research within the field of behavior analysis, the role of private events in a comprehensive analysis of behavior, the functional analysis of philosophical terms, the radical behaviorist interpretation of research findings from fields such as language development, and basic and applied work on verbal behavior, including processes of complex derived stimulus functions such as stimulus equivalence and relational frames. Such examples illustrate the central importance of Skinner's pragmatism in his science of behavior; the perspective favors uselfullness over "theoretical" goals. Further, radical behaviorism may itself be viewed as area of research in behavior analysis, joining the basic, applied and clinical areas of behavior analysis.
 
 
Panel #219A
2019 CPT I Billing Codes for Applied Behavior Analysis: Adoption, Interpretation, and Next Steps
Sunday, May 26, 2019
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Concourse Level, Michigan 1 A-C
Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Wayne W. Fisher, Ph.D.
Chair: Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
WAYNE W. FISHER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
JULIE KORNACK (Center for Autism and Related Disorders)
Abstract:

Since 2009, ABAI has been working with the American Medical Association to establish billing codes for ABA. In 2014, the AMA adopted Current Procedural Terminology (CPT) Category III (or temporary) codes for adaptive behavior services, and the majority of those codes became Category I (permanent) codes, effective January 1, 2019, as a result of joint efforts by ABAI, APBA, Autism Speaks, and the BACB. The AMA codes recognize that ABA services represent empirically supported and medically necessary interventions. As insurers, health plans, and managed care organizations have implemented the CPT I codes, behavior analysts have grappled with a wide array of issues, including contradictory interpretations of the codes, claims denials, and newly imposed hour limits. In this presentation, we will review the activities that the codes are intended to capture, identify the varying interpretations of the codes by funding sources, and discuss what comes next as we work to preserve and expand access to ABA that reflects best practices.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) recognize the varying interpretations of the billing codes by funding sources; (2) know the appropriate use of Medically Unlikely Edits (MUEs); (3) state the difference between concurrent and duplicate billing; (4) state the difference between codes that are valued and codes that are carrier priced.
 
 
Panel #220
CE Offered: BACB
An Update on the Behavior Analyst Certification Board
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: James E. Carr, Ph.D.
Chair: James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
JAMES E. CARR (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
BRIDGET A. TAYLOR (Alpine Learning Group)
NEIL TIMOTHY MARTIN (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

The panelists will discuss recent developments at the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). The most current data on the BACB’s certification programs will be provided: Board Certified Behavior Analyst, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst, and Registered Behavior Technician. In addition, a number of recent and impending developments at the BACB will be described, including changes to certification standards, various international development activities, and the transfer of the VCS program to ABAI.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe recent BACB data trends. Participants will be able to describe the BACB’s recent developments. Participants will be able to describe key facets of the BACB’s international development efforts.
Keyword(s): BACB, certification, professional issues
 
 
Symposium #221
CE Offered: BACB
Eating Well and on the Move: Health and Fitness Interventions for Typically Developing Adults
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 1-3
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno)
CE Instructor: Marianne L. Jackson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The benefits of regular physical activity and healthy eating are well known. Despite this, adherence to such regimes is often weak. As a result, interventions rooted in the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis have become increasingly popular and have been shown to be effective; however, many of these are limited to the application of direct acting reinforcers, and once removed, the effects are often short lived. Interventions based on verbal processes and non-associative processes may prove to be effective and allow for more enduring results. This symposium will present three papers examining the effectiveness of such interventions. The first presentation will examine the use of joint control procedures to increase acquisition rates for individuals in a group fitness setting. The second paper will examine the influence of habituation and satiation on food consumption with college students, and finally, the third paper will be a review and analysis of the effectiveness of interventions based on Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) on healthy eating behavior. Discussion of the results and overall implications will follow.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Healthy Eating, Joint Control, Mindfulness, Physical activity
Target Audience:

Graduate students, practitioners, researchers.

Learning Objectives: Learning Objectives: 1) Describe joint control procedures 2) Describe habituation and sensitization and the role they may play in food consumption 3) Describe one behavioral principle that underlies mindfulness-based interventions for healthy eating
 
Joint Control and the Acquisition of Sequences in a Group Exercise Setting
Natalie Arreola (California State University, Fresno), MARIANNE L. JACKSON (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: Adults often cite lack of enjoyment among their reasons for not exercising, and research has suggested that increased competence in a form of physical activity leads to increased reports of enjoyment and greater adherence. Given this, focusing on skill acquisition may help maintain engagement in physical activities, allowing individuals to reap many of the related benefits. This study evaluated the effects of a joint control procedure on skill acquisition with 15 adult participants, in a group exercise format, using a multiple-probe design. After baseline probes with one sequence, the joint control intervention was implemented with a second sequence. During the intervention, participants were taught to tact each movement, to echo the verbal sequence of movements in each sub-section, and to engage in a self-echoic verbal sequence while the engaging in the sequence of moves themselves. Percentage of correct movements was recorded as the main dependent variable. Probes were conducted with the original sequence and a third sequence to test for generalization. All participants showed increases in the percentage of correct moves and generalization of the effects to a third sequence.
 
Examining the Effects of Olfactory Cues on Food Consumption
MINDY GOMEZ (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno), Nicholas L Vitale (California State University Fresno)
Abstract: Obesity has become a major health epidemic and over consumption of food is estimated to be a contributing factor. Specifically, the alluring sensory properties of food, such as olfactory cues, found in the environment may be one variable that contributes to overconsumption. Research on olfactory food cues has been mixed. On one side, research supports the idea that olfactory food cues can establish food as a reinforcer and increase food consumption. On the other side, studies demonstrate that olfactory cues can decrease food consumption. However, habituation research may explain both phenomena as sensitization and habituation, supporting the finding that olfactory food cues can both increase and decrease responding to food. The current study examined the effects of olfactory food cue exposure lengths on food consumption. Initial results suggest that a shorter exposure time (5 min) results in higher levels of food consumption, suggesting a sensitization effect, whereas a longer exposure time (15 min) results in lower levels of food consumption, suggesting a habituation effect. Final probes introduced a different food cue to test for stimulus specificity as a defining characteristic of habituation.
 
Mind Your Peas and Carrots: A Review and Radical Behavioral Conceptual Analysis of Mindfulness-Based Eating Interventions
MIA BROUSSEAU (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract: Mindfulness-based strategies such as those used in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) are increasingly used for craving and weight management as well as for behaviors related to disordered eating. A growing body of research in the clinical psychology literature provides evidence that these approaches can be effective in changing eating behaviors. However, few studies have examined the effects of these strategies in controlled settings, while pulling apart which components of the strategies are accountable for success. Fewer still have attempted to identify the behavioral mechanisms that may be responsible for behavior change in these interventions. This review will evaluate recent literature and examine evidence for effects of mindfulness-based interventions on eating behaviors. In cases where treatments have been effective, we attempt a radical behavioral conceptual analysis of what behavioral principles account for effectiveness. We discuss implications for future research and, especially, implications for behavior analytic approaches to improving eating behavior.
 
 
Symposium #222
Cooperation and Pro-Environmental Behaviors: From Conceptualization to Developing Applications
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Rita Olla (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Aecio De Borba Vasconcelos Neto Vasconcelos Neto (Universidade Federal do Para)
Abstract:

Cooperation among members of groups, or between groups, represents the challenge of these days. Understanding how cooperative behaviors can be developed and promoted, both at conceptual level and in the applied field becomes strategic. This symposium will address several perspectives on cooperative behavior, starting with a conceptual discussion of ways language may affect cooperation at the sociocultural and behavioral levels of analyses. In the process, we will analyze the important contribution by the Nobel Prize in Economics, Elinor Ostrom in the form of the eight Core Design Principles, associated with successful management of common resources. In this context, pro-environmental behavior can be seen as a form of cooperation in managing the common resources of our planet. Accordingly, an important step in our analysis of cooperation is the development of applied tools to foster individuals’ cooperative choices in relation to the environment and, in principle, for any social situation in which cooperation and not competition is required for the benefit of everybody.

Instruction Level: Basic
 

Some Conceptual Perspectives on Cooperative Behavior: Rule Governance and Ostrom’s Core Design Principles

RITA OLLA (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Multilevel Theory of Selection offers a biological model to explain cooperative behaviors (seen as traits) that may challenge the traditional Darwinian view of natural selection favoring only the individuals. Cooperation in groups, established in order to manage conditions that benefit the individuals but that each individual cannot accomplish alone, is often negatively affected by behaviors of members of the same community that are able to take advantage from the group effort but do not contribute to cover the associated cost for its production. This situation may end up negatively affecting the survival of the community itself. Nobel Prize in Economics Elinor Ostrom defined eight Core Design Principles (CDPs) that characterize communities able to avoid the exploitation and the destruction of the common resources (as portraited by Gareth Hardin’s Tragedy of the commons) without resorting to an external regulating authority or privatizing their use. By drawing upon the behavioral analytic, as well as sociological perspectives, we will discuss the importance of verbal networks and rule-governance in the analysis of cooperation.

 

The Elect: Developing a Game for the Teaching of Pro-Environmental Behaviors

SILVIA REGINA DE SOUZA ARRABAL GIL (Londrina State University), Marcela de Oliveira Ortolan (Universidade Estadual de Londrina)
Abstract:

Human actions are causing damage to the environment and technologies that promote effective environmental education need to be developed and evaluated. Games have been used to teach different behaviors, as they improve the involvement of the student in the task and enable new contents to be learned. Building an educational game assumes a set of steps which, if they are followed, increase the likelihood of the game fulfilling its education and recreational function. The objective of this symposium is to describe and discuss the process of building a game aimed at teaching pro-environmental behaviors - “The Elected”. The process began by describing the game’s goal. We then specified the contingencies for achieving the game’s goal and established its formal elements - technology, mechanics, story and aesthetics. The game tells the story of a world in which the environment has collapsed, and humankind has been sent to outer space, but some people have been elected to return and make the Earth an inhabitable planet once more. The game should be played collectively, enabling the teaching of relevant social behaviors such as cooperation. A large number of people who use board games justifies the development of this type of technology.

 
 
Paper Session #223
Creating Solutions to Climate Change
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee
Area: CSS
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Criss Wilhite (California State University Fresno )
 
The Role of a Sustainability Institute in Solutions to Climate Change
Domain: Service Delivery
CRISS WILHITE (California State University Fresno), Beth Weinman (California State University Fresno)
 
Abstract: The importance and roles of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) in sustainability are not clearly understood by others working in the field of sustainable practices. Fortunately, ABA and OBM were instrumental (along with other disciplines) in the proposal of a sustainability institute at California State University, Fresno, in 2014. The Institute of Water and Sustainability was established in May of 2018. The Associate Vice-President of the Institute was introduced to ABA and OBM at the Fresno State Sustainability Conference the month before. The Institute has enabled the integration of faculty research and applications, student coursework, infrastructure improvements, and community outreach relative to climate change, water policy, and sustainable practices. This ongoing process has the potential to accelerate solutions and adaptations to climate change at the regional level and to contribute to solutions and adaptations at the global level.
 

Introducing the Scientific Method Through the Science of Climate Change: Building Opportunities Through Networks of Discovery at Fresno State

Domain: Service Delivery
BETH WEINMAN (California State University Fresno), Criss Wilhite (California State University Fresno)
 
Abstract:

Building Opportunities through Networks of Discovery (BOND) is a program for first-year students in the College of Science and Mathematics at Fresno State. The program includes behavior analytic education, is in its fourth year and was designed to improve student retention in the sciences. Students engage in practice, provide the solutions based on their research, and develop a sense of belonging to the College and University. The projects undertaken are intergenerational, collaborative, and “course-based research experiences” (CUREs) that are supported by campus Facilities Management and Water and Sustainability Institute administrators, who help with course content and provide students the campus data needed to propose research and solutions to real-life campus problems. Using “high-impact practices” that involve year-long authentic sustainability research on campus, the students in the program show increased STEM persistence as well as reduced achievement gaps when compared to control groups.

 
 
 
Symposium #224
CE Offered: BACB
Injuries Observed in Functional Classes of Self-Injurious Behavior
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer N. Haddock (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Kennedy Krieger Institute )
Discussant: SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Jennifer N. Haddock, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Self-injurious behavior (SIB) is common among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Little is known about the relations between the forms and functions of SIB and the injuries it produces, yet there is reason to believe relations may exist. Hausman et al. examined the relations between automatic and social reinforcement functions of SIB and the location, type, and severity of injuries it produced in 64 individuals hospitalized for SIB. Results indicated that, of the 55% of individuals with injuries, engaging in a single topography of SIB increased risk of injury, and automatically reinforced SIB increased risk of head injury, specifically. Similarly, Rooker et al. examined the physical characteristics of SIB-produced injuries across groups of individuals with socially reinforced SIB and Subtypes 2 and 3 automatically reinforced SIB (see Hagopian et al., 2017). Results indicated that Subtype 2 automatically reinforced SIB produced the most frequent and severe injuries. Further, an inverse relation was found between the level of differentiation in the functional analysis and the number of injuries across groups. Although results of both studies are preliminary, they suggest the function of SIB may influence the severity and location of injuries produced. Implications for future research and clinical practice will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional analysis, injuries, self-injurious behavior
 

Examination of Injury Characteristics Across Functional Classes of Self-Injurious Behavior for 35 Individuals

NICOLE LYNN HAUSMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Jennifer Lawell (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Limited research has examined how the functions of self-injurious behavior (SIB) relate to the production of injuries and the location, type, or severity of those injuries. In the current study, clinical and medical records were coded for 64 individuals hospitalized for SIB. When injuries were present, the physical properties of SIB and injuries were assessed across groups of individuals with automatically and socially maintained SIB. Results indicated that injuries were observed for 35 of the individuals who engaged in SIB. Individuals who engaged in a single form of SIB were more likely to have injuries (p < .05). Further, individuals with SIB maintained by automatic reinforcement had significantly more severe injuries to the head than those in the social group (q < .05, p = .0132, H = 12.54). Although results are preliminary, the results provide evidence that the function of SIB may influence the severity and location of injuries produced.

 

Examination of Injury Characteristics Across Functional Subtypes/Subcategories of Self-Injurious Behavior

GRIFFIN ROOKER (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Jessica Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Noor Javed (Kennedy Kreiger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Katharine Finney (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Self-injurious behavior (SIB) is inherently problematic because it can lead to injuries, including those that are quite severe and may result in loss of function or permanent disfigurement. There is reason to suspect that the function of SIB can affect its form, and consequently the injuries that SIB produces. The current study classified the physical characteristics of injuries across groups of individuals with automatically reinforced SIB (ASIB Subtypes 2 and 3) and socially reinforced SIB (attention and tangibly maintained). Differences were identified between groups, with individuals with ASIB Subtype 2 having the most frequent and severe injuries. Further, an inverse relation was found between the level of differentiation in the functional analysis and the number of injuries across groups. Additional research is needed to replicate these findings, and determine how the function of SIB affects the injuries it produces.

 
 
Symposium #225
CE Offered: BACB
Toilet Training Across the Lifespan: Recent Advances and Recommendations
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B
Area: DDA/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Richard G. Smith, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Regardless of an individual's age, toilet training is a critical life skill. Seminal behavioral research on toilet training was conducted with adults (e.g., Adrian & Foxx, 1971). As early intervention for children with autism has expanded, more recent research on toilet training has focused on evaluations with you children (e.g., Greer, Neidert, & Dozier, 2016; Tarbox, Williams, & Friman, 2004). However, needs may vary based on an individual's age. For example, after learning to eliminate in a toilet, young children may have a limited history with using the bathroom independently. This may require specific training on approaching the bathroom for eliminations. Later in life, individuals may have a long history of problematic behavior that interferes with independent self-care skills. Therefore, the purpose of this symposium is to present recent research on issues unique to participants from distinct developmental periods: early childhood and mature adulthood. The authors will present two evaluations of procedures designed to address issues prevalent in each developmental period (self initiations for young children and problem behavior that interferes with toilet usage for an adult). Finally, our discussant will provide recommendations on identifying issues unique to individuals of differing ages and ideas for methods to address these issues.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Adults, Toilet Training, Young Children
Target Audience:

Researchers interested in the development of self-care skills; Practitioners who work with young children and older adults

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe toilet-training issues unique to individuals of different ages. 2. Describe an evaluation of teaching self-iniation skills to young children and an evaluation of reinforcement to reduce SIB that interferes with eliminations in a toilet and reinforcement to increase eliminations in a toilet 3. Describe other toilet-training issues that may be relevant to individuals of different agents and at least one method to address these issues
 

Establishing Appropriate Toileting Behavior in an Adult Female With Developmental Disabilities and Severe Self-Injurious Behavior

KATHLEEN ANN BAYLISS (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Incontinence can adversely impact an individual’s quality of life, often increasing the likelihood of physical ailment, poor hygiene, stigmatization, disruption of schedule, and restriction of activities (Kroeger & Sorensen-Burnworth, 2009). Previous research suggests that multiple demographic factors may produce barriers to acquiring and maintaining continence. Such factors include: age, IQ, mobility, available resources and the prevalence of disturbing behavior patterns (Lohmann, Eyman & Lask, 1967; Eyman, Olmstead, Grossman & Call, 1993; Sadler & Merkert, 1977; Kahng, Iwata & Lewin, 2002). Our participant was a 51 year-old woman, diagnosed with a profound intellectual disability, who engaged in high rates of severe self-injurious behaviors (SIB) predominantly in the forms of head banging and head hitting. A changing criterion design and systematic generalization was implemented to enable appropriate toileting behavior in the natural environment. Treatment consisted of conjugate reinforcement for optimal toilet positioning with the absence of SIB, episodic positive reinforcement of eliminating in the toilet, and programed generalization across environments and staff. Results showed the maintenance of optimal toilet positioning, decreases in SIB (under 1 instance per min), and appropriate elimination in 96.3% of all available sessions. Direct support staff were trained to implement the program with 100% fidelity.

 
An Evaluation of Methods for Teaching Young Children to Self-Initiate Toileting
ALI MARKOWITZ VICKSTROM (University of Kansas), Stephanie M. Glaze (The University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Toileting is an essential developmental milestone for young children and a step toward independence. The majority of behavioral toilet-training research has relied on complex multicomponent training packages (Kroeger & Sorensen-Burnworth, 2009). Most of these training programs do not directly target self-initiations. To date, we have evaluated the effects of a treatment package with 6 young children within the context of a preschool classroom. Treatment consists of the use of underwear, response-dependent sit schedules, and differential reinforcement of three target behaviors: appropriate eliminations, accidents, and self-initiations. Results showed overall improvements in appropriate eliminations and accidents (4 of 6 children) and accuracy of self-initiated toileting (3 of 6 children). Results are discussed in terms of response-dependent versus arbitrary sit schedules, treatment efficiency, and potential requisite skills required for successful toilet training with young children.
 
 
Symposium #226
Teaching Procedures for Eye Contact, Vocalizations, Joint Attention and Social Referencing in Children With Neurotypical Development and Children With Autism
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Hayley Neimy (Endicott College)
Discussant: Amy J. Davies Lackey (Manhattan Childrens Center)
Abstract:

We present two sets of studies that evaluate teaching procedures for early acquisition of social behaviors in two populations: children with neurotypical development and children with Autism. This symposium extends the findings of Pelaez and colleagues (1996, 2011, 2012) by presenting parent-training procedures where the caregivers implement protocols that involve a number of behavior analytic tactics. The first presenter presents studies conducted with neurotypically developing infants that test the 1) effects of two forms of contingent vocalizations as well as control condition on the acquisition of vocalizations, 2) effects of three different caregiver bids on the acquisition of joint attention responses, and 3) effects of a behavior skills training approach on the acquisition of social referencing. The second presentation extends the first presenter’s findings to toddlers with autism. She tests the1) effects of social reinforcement versus no social reinforcement on the acquisition of eye contact, 2) effects of two forms of contingent vocalizations as well as control condition on the acquisition of vocalizations and 3) the effects of three different caregiver bids on the acquisition of joint attention responses. The discussant highlights the developmental sequencing of these social skills as well as prerequisite repertoires for early learning of communication and other more complex social skills such as perspective taking. The operant procedures and the data reported have significant implications for future research and for effective interventions with children with ASD.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

Teaching Procedures for Eye Contact, Vocalizations and Joint Attention in Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
SUDHA RAMASWAMY (Mercy College)
Abstract:

This study consists of three experiments. The first experiment tests the effectiveness of social reinforcement on the emission of eye contact in toddlers with autism in an ABAB design. The second experiment examines the effectiveness of two forms of contingent social reinforcement (vocal imitation and Motherese speech) on increasing the overall frequency of vocalizations in toddlers with autism using an alternating treatments design across participants. Additionally, a third experiment tests the effectiveness of behavior analytic teaching procedures on the acquisition of joint attention responses in a multiple baseline design across participants. The findings extend previously published efficacy of these procedures in the training of eye contact, vocalizations, joint attention modeled after Pelaez and colleagues’ (2012) operant learning paradigm. The results of the study provide valuable information about identifying reinforcers for social responses as well as the sequencing of behavior chains as they relate to the development of more complex social responses.

 

Teaching Procedures for Vocalizations, Joint Attention, and Social Referencing in Neurotypically Developing Toddlers

(Applied Research)
CHRISTINE O'ROURKE LANG LANG (Mercy College), Sudha Ramaswamy (Mercy College)
Abstract:

As replications of previous research conducted by Paleaz and colleagues (1996, 2011, 2012), a series of three experiments were performed to examine teaching procedures for increasing vocalizations, joint attention, and social referencing in young children. The first experiment examines the effectiveness of contingent social reinforcement in the forms of vocal imitation and Motherese speech on increasing the frequency of vocalizations in neurotypically developing toddlers. An alternating treatments design across participants was utilized and results demonstrated a functional relationship between the implementation of the teaching procedures and an increase in participant vocalizations. The acquisition of joint attention through the implementation of behavior analytic teaching procedures was examined in the second experiment. A multiple baseline design across participants was employed and findings show a functional relationship between the increase in toddler joint attention responses and the intervention procedures implemented. Lastly, the third experiment examines the effectiveness of a Behavior Skills Training approach involving written protocols, vocal directions, role play, in-vivo practice and immediate feedback on teaching caregivers to increase their child's ability to engage in social referencing. Overall, the findings extend the research previously conducted by Pelaez and colleagues’ (2012) in demonstrating that the operant learning procedures employed were successful in the training of vocalizations, joint attention, and social referencing.

 
 
Special Event #227
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
CHOICE: Session 2
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD North
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Kyonka, Ph.D.
 

CHOICE: Influencing Preferences for Conditions With and Without Choice-Making Opportunities

Abstract:

When provided with the opportunity to select between conditions in which multiple responses may produce reinforcement or conditions in which one response produces reinforcement, human and non-human animals more often select (i.e., display preference for) the conditions associated with multiple response options (i.e., choice-making conditions). However, this finding is neither static within, nor universal across participants. This data-based presentation will discuss learning histories and variations in choice presentation methods which impact these preferences.

 
JEFFREY TIGER (Marquette University)
 

Dr. Tiger is an associate professor of psychology and the behavior analysis program director at Marquette University. He completed his Ph.D. in Behavioral Psychology at the University of Kansas under the guidance of Greg Hanley and a postdoctoral fellowship at the University of Nebraska Medical Center with Wayne Fisher. Dr. Tiger is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst and licensed behavior analyst in the state of Wisconsin. He has served on the board of editors of Behavior Analysis in Practice and the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) and is a current Associate Editor for JABA. He also received the B. F. Skinner New Researcher Award in 2012, awarded by Division 25 of the APA. Dr. Tiger’s research emphasizes the development of effective intervention practices for individuals with developmental disabilities, while extending our knowledge of the basic processes that result in behavior change. Some examples of his research include evaluating the value of choice-making opportunities, developing stimulus control over social behavior through multiple schedule arrangements, and teaching braille related skills to individuals with and without visual impairments.

 

CHOICE: Variability as a Determinant of Food and Cocaine Choice in Rhesus Monkeys

Abstract:

Relative to nondrug reinforcers, illicit drugs may be uncertain or variable in terms of their availability, quality, price, and time and effort to obtain. Thus, variability may be an important aspect that differs for illicit drugs relative to nondrug alternatives. Research has demonstrated that reinforcers available under variable schedules of reinforcement are generally chosen over reinforcers offered under fixed schedules. As such, illicit drugs may more effectively compete with more predictable, nondrug alternatives, perhaps due to an inherent variability of the conditions associated with the acquisition of illicit drugs. Conversely, drug choice could be reduced by making nondrug reinforcers available under variable schedules. To examine these issues, male and female rhesus monkeys are given choices between fixed and variable schedules of cocaine or food. In control conditions, both schedules are a fixed-ratio (FR) 50, 100, or 200. In test conditions, the schedule of cocaine or food delivery is changed to a mixed-ratio (MR) 50, 100 or 200 on one lever and an equal on average FR on the opposite lever. At sufficiently large MR values, choice of cocaine or food under an MR schedule tends to be greater than choice of the same reinforcer under an FR schedule. However, we see individual differences in the degree to which MR schedules are chosen across different cocaine doses and schedule values. Our findings suggest that variable availability could contribute to excessive allocation of behavior toward procuring illicit drugs at the expense of more predictable, nondrug alternatives, and this effect appears likely to persist during periods of scarce drug access.

 
SALLY HUSKINSON (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
 

Dr. Sally Huskinson is currently an Assistant Professor in the Division of Neurobiology and Behavior Research in the Department of Psychiatry and Human Behavior at the University of Mississippi Medical Center. As an undergraduate, she worked with Dr. Erin Rasmussen at Idaho State University where she earned her bachelor’s degree (2007) in psychology. She went on to earn her master’s (2011) and doctoral (2012) degrees in psychology at West Virginia University with the mentorship of Dr. Karen Anderson. In 2012, Dr. Huskinson went to the University of Mississippi Medical Center to complete a postdoctoral fellowship in behavioral pharmacology with Dr. William Woolverton until his untimely death in 2013. Dr. Huskinson finished her postdoctoral training with Drs. Kevin Freeman and James Rowlett, also at the University of Mississippi Medical Center where she currently resides. Her research interests are in drug abuse with an emphasis on drug self-administration and choice procedures, including delay discounting and uncertain drug access.

 
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe features of providing choice-making opportunities which may contribute to preference for these conditions; (2) describe histories of differential reinforcement that may be arranged to enhance the reinforcing efficacy of choice-making opportunities; (3) explain how uncertain access to illicit drugs might influence behavioral allocation between drug and nondrug reinforcers; (4) describe how uncertain access to a drug can be evaluated using choice procedures in the laboratory; (5) describe how we might use our knowledge about variable schedules to inform treatments for substance use disorders.
 
 
 
Invited Tutorial #228
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Best Practices in BCBA Supervision
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Dana Reinecke, Ph.D.
Chair: Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Presenting Authors: : DANA REINECKE (Capella University; SupervisorABA), CHERYL DAVIS (The Sage Colleges; SupervisorABA)
Abstract:

Several recommended practices for behavior-analytic supervision have recently been identified (e.g., Sellers, Valentino, & LeBlanc, 2016; Turner, Fischer, & Luiselli, 2016). These include establishing a committed and positive relationship, evaluating the effects of supervision, incorporating ethics and professional development, continuing a professional relationship after certification, and establishing a plan for structured competence- and performance-based evaluation. This tutorial will review specific strategies to address each of these practices. Given the recent emphasis on training and monitoring of supervisee skills throughout training (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2017), we will focus on how to use the BACB task list to implement competence- and performance-based evaluation throughout supervision. Additionally, we will make suggestions for the ongoing evaluation of the effects of supervision.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

New and experienced BACB supervisors who have completed the 8-hour supervision training.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe ways to establish an effective supervisor-supervisee relationship, and to continue a collegial relationship after certification is obtained; (2) describe ways to incorporate ethics and professional development into supervision; (3) describe strategies for competence- and performance-based evaluation of supervisee skills during supervision; (4) describe strategies for the ongoing evaluation of the effects of supervision.
 
DANA REINECKE (Capella University; SupervisorABA), CHERYL DAVIS (The Sage Colleges; SupervisorABA)

Dana Reinecke is a doctoral level Board-Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D) and a New York State Licensed Behavior Analyst (LBA).  Dana is a Core Faculty member in the Applied Behavior Analysis department at Capella University. Dana provides training and consultation to school districts, private schools, agencies, and families for individuals with disabilities. She has presented original research and workshops on the treatment of autism and applications of ABA at regional, national, and international conferences. She has published her research in peer-reviewed journals, written chapters in published books, and co-edited books on ABA and autism. Current areas of research include use of technology to support students with and without disabilities, self-management training of college students with disabilities, and online teaching strategies for effective college and graduate education. Dana is actively involved in the New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA), serving as President in 2017 and 2018.

Cheryl Davis is a licensed and certified behavior analyst as well as a special education teacher who received her doctoral degree from Endicott College in Applied Behavior Analysis. Cheryl is an Assistant Professor at The Sage Colleges, as well as owner of 7 Dimensions Consulting, LLC. She received a Master’s of Science Degree in Intensive Special Education from Simmons College in Boston, MA after attending The University of Connecticut where she received a bachelor’s degree in Human Development. Cheryl then pursued her BCBA, while working in a world renown ABA school. With over 25 years of experience working with children and families with autism, developmental disabilities, and related disorders, Cheryl specializes in effective supervision for upcoming BCBA/BCaBA candidates. She has a passion for supervision, in both providing it to people who are in locations with limited access to behavior analysis and working with other supervisors to develop best supervision practices. Cheryl also specializes in skill acquisition programming for clients in need, online teaching, and active student responding. She has had experience as a supervisor, teacher, job coach, home therapist, residential supervisor, public school consultant, staff trainer and professor. Cheryl has extensive experience in developing training topics for both parents and teaching staff.

 
 
Symposium #229
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research on Teaching Graph Construction and Visual Analysis
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina)
CE Instructor: Katie Wolfe, Ph.D.
Abstract: The graphic depiction and visual analysis of data is integral to the science of applied behavior analysis, and it is important to investigate how to most effectively teach these critical skills to new researchers and practitioners. This symposium consists of the three data-based papers that describe recent research on teaching graph construction and visual analysis. The first paper will describe a component analysis of instruction using task analysis to create reversal design graphs in Excel. The second paper will describe the results of a single-case study evaluating the effects of a clinical decision-making model on the accuracy of a) visual analysis and b) data-based decisions made by Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs). The third paper will report results of a survey of Behavior Analyst Certification Board Verified Course Sequence (VCS) Coordinators on the content and instructional methods used to teach visual and statistical analysis of single-case research data in VCS courses. The results of each study will be described with implications for training future researchers and practitioners in the graphic representation and analysis of data.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): graphic representation, single-case research, single-subject research, visual analysis
Target Audience: Current BCBAs, researchers, faculty members
Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe the effective components of task analysis instruction for creating reversal design graphs. 2. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe the evidence for using a clinical decision making model to improve data-based decision making. 3. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe how instructors in VCS sequences report that they are teaching the visual and statistical analysis of data.
 

Optimizing Computer-Based Instructions for Visualizing Data in Microsoft Excel Through Component Analysis

BRYAN TYNER (CUNY Graduate Center), Steven Floumanhaft (Queens College, CUNY), Daniel Mark Fienup (Columbia University)
Abstract:

Task-analysis instruction is widely used for teaching and learning how to visualize data using computer software. Numerous studies demonstrate the efficacy of specific task analyses for teaching students and behavior analysts how to create graphs; however, little is known about the properties of task-analysis instruction that promote skill acquisition. Findings are reported from two component analyses of the instructional content presented in a computer-based tutorial for creating a reversal-design graph in Microsoft Excel. The first study demonstrated the relative effects on learner performance of describing and presenting images of: (a) stimuli to which a learner must respond, (b) the target responses required to create the graph, and (c) stimulus changes in the graph and the software's graphical user interface that are produced by correct responses. The second study further analyzed the relative effects of presenting text and images on graphing performance. The findings informed the development of a checklist of best practices for designing and evaluating graphing instruction, which will be shared.

 

Training Front-Line Employees to Conduct Visual Analysis Using a Clinical Decision-Making Model

KAILIE JAE KIPFMILLER (Michigan State University), Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University), Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina), Kate La Londe (Michigan State University), Emma Seliina Sipila (Michigan State University), M. Y. Savana Bak (Michigan State University), Marisa H Fisher (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts visually analyze graphs to interpret data in order to make data-based decisions. Front-line employees, such as the Registered Behavior Technician, are the forefront of behavioral intervention and responsible for its direct implementation. Though front-line employees implement behavioral interventions on a daily basis, they are not often trained to interpret these data. A clinical decision-making model may aid front- line employees in learning how to interpret graphs. Such training will allow front-line employees to evaluate whether the data suggest a learner is struggling with a prescribed intervention, if variations in treatment implementation may be affecting obtained data, and to identify these potential outcomes to provide optimal and individualized therapy. A multiple-baseline-across-participants design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of a clinical decision-making model on the percentage of correct clinical decisions interpreted from line graphs. All of the participants increased their percentage of correct responses after the introduction of the clinical decision- making model. Two of the 8 participants required additional feedback. The implications of these findings are discussed.

 
The Analysis of Single-Case Research Data: Current Instructional Practices
MEKA MCCAMMON (University of South Carolina), Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina)
Abstract: Visual analysis is the predominant method of analysis in single-case research (SCR). However, most research suggests that agreement between visual analysts is often suboptimal. Poor agreement may be due to a lack of clear guidelines and criteria for visual analysis, as well as variability in how individuals are trained. To date, no research has investigated how instructors are teaching this foundational skill to future researchers and practitioners. Therefore, we developed a 36-item survey containing questions about the content and methods used to teach visual and statistical analysis of SCR data in Verified Course Sequences (VCS). Four independent Board Cerified Behavior Analysts reviewed the survey for clarity and comprehensiveness, and then we distributed it via the VCS Coordinator Listserv to approximately 200 VCS coordinators. Thirty-seven (19%) instructors completed the survey. Results suggest that there is variability across instructors in some fundamental aspects of data analysis (i.e., number of replications required for experimental control), but a great deal of consistency in others (i.e., emphasizing visual over statistical analysis). Additional results will be discussed, along with their implications both for teaching students to analyze SCR data and for conducting additional research on content addressed in behavior-analytic training programs.
 
 
Symposium #230
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Extending Equivalence-Based Instruction Protocols and Research Designs
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University - Brooklyn)
CE Instructor: Bryan J. Blair, Ph.D.
Abstract: In recent years, research in the area of Equivalence-Based Instruction (EBI) has demonstrated that a variety of skills can be taught using basic EBI experimental preparations, including undergraduate and graduate academic content and behavior analytic skills. EBI is approaching a status as an evidence-based practice, however, many questions remain (e.g., training/testing protocols, use of compound/complex stimuli, prompting, response topography, fluency, class size, reinforcement schedule, instructional feedback, EBI system design, research design etc.) The first study in the current symposium addresses some of these issues (compound/complex stimuli, response topography) while teaching typically developing adults complex socially relevant skills (Skinner’s verbal operants) using computer-based learning tools with video vignettes. In the second study, response fluency, as opposed to accuracy, was assessed as a dependent variable and implications will be discussed. The third paper discusses issues and challenges related to demonstrating experimental control in pretest-posttest EBI research studies (history and maturation threats to internal validity) and proposes a possible solution.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): fluency, research design, stimulus equivalence, verbal behavior
Target Audience: ABA practitioners (post-graduate) and researchers.
Learning Objectives: N/A
 

Using Equivalence-Based Instruction With Video Vignettes to Teach Skinner’s Verbal Operants

BRYAN J. BLAIR (Long Island University - Brooklyn), Lesley A. Shawler (Endicott College)
Abstract:

While equivalence-based instruction has been thoroughly investigated using a variety of stimulus-stimulus relations (e.g., auditory-visual, visual-visual etc.) across settings and participants, the formation of equivalence classes with video stimuli has yet to be fully systematically investigated. Videos are widely used by learners of all ages in training and educational settings, and the widespread availability of high-speed internet across devices makes an investigation into how to incorporate video-based stimuli into emergent learning protocols socially relevant and necessary. The current study evaluated the use of video vignettes to teach Skinner’s verbal operants to ABA practitioners, and the establishment of six 4-member equivalence classes (the elementary operants) where only two relations in each class were directly trained. Specifically, the purpose of the current study was to assess whether the use of video vignettes as part of an EBI system using selection-based conditional discrimination and match-to-sample training, and topography-based tact training, would result in the establishment of equivalence classes and emergent responding across response topographies. Initial data suggest that, like other stimulus-stimulus relations, compound auditory-visual stimuli, such as videos of applied vignettes, can be used to form equivalence classes with minimal direct training and a near immediate emergence of derived relational responding. Implications and future research questions will also be discussed.

 
Advancing the Analysis of Rate of Responding in a Stimulus Equivalence Paradigm
HAZEL BAKER (Advances Learning Center and LEARN Behavioral), Ginette Wilson Bishop (Advances Learning Center and LEARN Behavioral), Katherine A. Johnson (Advances Learning Center and LEARN Behavioral)
Abstract: Both stimulus equivalence and fluency-building are areas of behavior-analytic research that have fostered much replication and academic progress. To date, the research in these areas has not comprehensively examined the outcomes of equivalence-based instruction on rate of responding. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of teaching trained relations in an equivalence paradigm on rate of accurate responding. Typical adults were recruited to participate in a basic study that used accuracy-based teaching methods to train specific relations, and measure rate of accurate responding in addition to percentage of accurate responding throughout the protocol. The results suggest that when accurate responding emerges, rates of responding do not match trained relations as clearly. Additionally, categories of emergent responding (such as reflexive, transitive, and symmetric relations) may occur at different rates, and be impacted differently by the teaching procedure. Because these results are the first single-subject analysis of this sort, implications should be considered preliminary while research on the topic progresses. Applications of equivalence-based instruction continues to be informed by progression of basic research, including implications that different measurements of outcomes inform different understandings of equivalence.
 

The “Air Gap” Research Design: Demonstrating Experimental Control With Participant Isolation in Within-Subjects Research Designs

PAUL MAHONEY, II (Amego, Inc.), Bryan J. Blair (Long Island University - Brooklyn)
Abstract:

Internal validity in research is demonstrated through the careful implementation of experimental designs and procedures that mitigate the impact of threats to validity or confounds caused by variables that are challenging to completely eliminate (e.g., opportunities to learn with another in other settings, participant abilities that change throughout study, and testing effects). Within-subject designs are uniquely able to reduce the threats to internal validity with repeated measurements of performances, the establishment of stable baseline responding, the measurement of effects of the repeated application of the independent variable, and the replication of the effects of the independent variable in a multiple-baseline design. However, in research with skill acquisition where gradual changes in learner performances are difficult to observe (e.g., in equivalence-based instruction (EBI) protocols in which skills are generally acquired quickly and posttests demonstrate the near immediate emergence of untrained responding), traditional experimental designs have been seen as insufficient in mitigating threats to internal validity. We discuss some of those criticisms and propose a possible solution based on experimental isolation that might control for threats to internal validity inherent in pretest-posttest designs, particularly in EBI research.

 
 
Special Event #230A
Accreditation and Verified Course Sequences: Recognition of University Training in Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Domain: Theory
Chair: Jenna Lynn Mrljak (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
Panelists: MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Amego Inc.), MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

The discipline of behavior analysis is experiencing rapid growth, which is especially noticeable in recent the increase of university programs offering training in behavior analysis. There are currently two mechanisms for university training programs to be recognized: accreditation of degree-granting programs and verification of course sequences. This panel will present these systems, including their procedures for obtaining and maintaining recognition along with their respective goals. This session is designed for current VCS coordinators, program directors of ABAI-accredited programs, and those interested in applying for either system of recognition.

Instruction Level: Basic
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Amego Inc.)
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University)
 
 
Symposium #231
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Indications of Welfare: How Behavior Analysts Contribute to Objective Measures of Animal Well-Being
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Alpine 1/2
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Janie A Funk (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Megan Elizabeth Arant (Texas Tech University)
CE Instructor: Megan Elizabeth Arant, M.A.
Abstract:

Welfare can be a complex construct to define and measure. Some caretakers approach welfare in a topographical sense that is characterized by implementing certain environmental arrangements that are presumed to improve animal well-being. Alternatively, a functional approach can be taken which involves objective outcome measures. Identifying objective outcome measures comes with its own challenges and it is not always obvious if and how a behavior is related to welfare. We may consider welfare on a continuum that caretakers must consider and make decisions upon regarding what it means to make progress towards greater welfare of the animal. Furthermore, histories of the individual animal and species influence what efforts are required to assess and improve the animal’s well-being. Organizational contingencies may also make it difficult to sufficiently address welfare concerns. This symposium will provide examples of how behavior analysts have contributed to behavior-informed welfare measures in a variety of applied settings. Insight into the challenges of navigating organizational constraints will be discussed, as well as recommendations for collaborating with other professionals towards improved welfare of animals.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): animal training, animal welfare, interdisciplinary collaboration
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in utilizing our science and technology to positively influence the welfare of animals are encouraged to attend.

 
Solid Foundations: Behavioral Goal Setting to Improve Enrichment Evaluation
CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (Disney's Animal Kingdom and University of Florida)
Abstract: Modern zoos use environmental enrichment to provide animals with choices and opportunities for species typical behavior. The SPIDER model of environmental enrichment (Setting goals, Planning, Implementing, Documenting, Evaluating, Re-adjusting) was introduced in 2001 and is now a part of the accreditation standards of the Association of Zoos and Aquariums. Despite wide acceptance of the model, which includes an “Evaluation” component, zoos have long struggled to systematically evaluate enrichment efforts on an ongoing basis. One challenge is that environmental enrichment strategies are often item-based rather than behavior-based. This can lead to uncertainty in the evaluation process. In this presentation I will discuss the “Setting goals” element of the model and its importance as a foundation for behavior-based enrichment and systematic evaluation.
 
Advances in the Assessment and Measurement of Captive Animal Welfare
KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: A common goal of captive animal settings is to create environments that allow animals to behave as naturally as possible. This is often measured in terms of welfare. Identifying and defining the variables that make up an animal’s welfare is a challenging task that requires intimate knowledge of both the species and individual. Welfare is dynamic and would optimally be measured continuously. Developing methods to continuously and reliably measure welfare adds another layer of complexity for captive animal settings, but does not need to be a limiting factor. The goal of this talk is to highlight how the utilization of current technology, basic knowledge in the experimental analysis of behavior, and intuitive collaborations can greatly enhance our knowledge of captive animal welfare. Examples will include current research being conducted by the presenter in collaboration with the Cincinnati Zoo and Botanical Garden, which includes the implementation of radio frequency identification technology to monitor swimming behavior in little blue penguins, an operant chamber-inspired board with Asian Elephants, and a lickometer to measure and reinforce water consumption in domestic and wild cats.
 

Assessing and Maintaining Welfare in Shelter Dogs Using Behavior Analysis

ERICA N. FEUERBACHER (Virginia Tech)
Abstract:

With improvements in shelter adoptions and reduced volume of animals entering many shelters, some shelters now have the ability to keep animals for longer periods of time until they are adopted. However, with this comes new challenges for keeping dogs behaviorally healthy during their stay at the shelter. This, coupled with most shelters limits on staff and resources, makes finding programs that are easily implemented essential. We will discuss research looking at assessing welfare of dogs in shelters using behavior and two programs that were focused on improving welfare while minimizing the impact on staff time and shelter resources. The two programs are co-housing shelter dogs and brief sleepovers. In the co-housing study, dog-friendly dogs were paired with another dog or kenneled alone and behavior was assessed over a seven-day period. The brief sleepover study evaluated dogs before, during, and after a one- or two-day sleepover with a volunteer foster. We will discuss what impacts those programs had on the behavior and welfare of shelter dogs and where they point for future interventions.

 

Shelter to Home Transitions: Sending Training Home With the Adopted Pet

TERRI M. BRIGHT (MSPCA Angell)
Abstract:

In an animal shelter, welfare ideally includes husbandry, enrichment, behavior assessment and training, as well as finding the right home for the animal. The right home ideally includes families who are motivated to train the pet to be a good family and community member. To further this mission, for animals with special behavioral needs, a pre-adoption behavioral counseling session was required that entailed a discussion of the problem behavior, what assessment had been done, and what training had been effective (or not). The adopter was then instructed in how to carry out the training before they took the animal home, and they reported progress as the animal made the adjustment with its new family. They then came back in in the following month to report as to how the training was going and to ask any questions. Along with other programs, this can be an effective model for adoption of animals with problem behaviors.

 
 
Symposium #232
CE Offered: BACB
Behaviour Analytic Research in a School for Children and Young Adults Diagnosed With Autism and a Learning Disability
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Emma Hawkins (Jigsaw CABAS School)
Discussant: Emma Hawkins (Jigsaw CABAS School)
CE Instructor: Emma Hawkins, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium reviews four studies conducted in a school for children and young adults diagnosed with autism and a learning disability. Teachers within the school are encouraged to replicate research conducted in other settings (schools and clinics) and to evaluate the results of their work. They are encouraged to conduct basic research to determine the effectiveness of different tactics in the classroom and also advanced research in terms of inducing emergent behaviour. The first study reviewed a variety of procedures for addressing vocal stereotypy and established the most effective procedure for each individual participant. The second study focused on establishing a more creative curriculum with embedded reinforcement to increase the rate of learning in the classroom. The final two studies focused on using multiple exemplar instruction to induce emergent behaviour: either the joining of speaker behaviour and writer behaviour or emergent intraverbal vocal responses. A school setting that encourages and reinforces research within its setting clearly results in positive outcomes for the student population.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs

 
Evaluating the Effects of Non-Contingent Auditory Stimulation and Response Interruption and Redirection, With or Without Matched Stimulus, on Vocal Stereotypy
EMILY PEAK (Jigsaw CABAS School), Kate Hewett (Jigsaw CABAS School), Louise Stock (Jigsaw CABAS School), Mariann Szabo (Jigsaw CABAS School)
Abstract: The current study examines the effects of response interruption and redirection (RIRD) with and without matched stimulation, matched stimulation alone and non-contingent auditory stimulation on vocal stereotypy. Participants comprised of three males ranging in age form 9 years to 15 years. All participants had a diagnosis of autism and attended the same school setting. Participants emitted high levels of stereotypy in the form of humming, repeating words and phrases, high-pitched screams and squeals. Participants initially completed a series of assessments presented in a multiple baseline across participant design. Subsequent treatment sessions comprised of response interruption and redirection with matched and unmatched stimuli, matched stimuli alone and non-contingent auditory stimulation conditions presented in a multi-element design. Results showed that for Participant 1 the matched stimulus condition and the RIRD & matched stimulus condition were the most successful in reducing the duration of vocal stereotypy. For participants 2 and 3, non-contingent auditory stimulation was the most effective condition for reducing the vocal stereotypy emitted. Results are discussed in terms of future research and significance for the participants.
 

The Importance of a Creative Curriculum: The Use of Stimuli With Embedded Reinforcement to Decrease Learn Units to Criterion for Early Learners

HAYLEY LOUISE LOCKE (Jigsaw CABAS School), Kate Hewett (Jigsaw CABAS School)
Abstract:

The purpose of the study was to examine the effects of embedded reinforcement on engagement with curricular stimuli and acquisition of learning objectives for a 5 year old male with an autism spectrum disorder. Weekly learn units to criterion were compared for 6 weeks prior to the treatment; whilst the participant followed a typical individualised curriculum in an ABA school with a token economy reinforcement system in place. During the 6 week treatment phase the curricular stimuli was manipulated to incorporate the participants known reinforcers and key interests, all other conditions remained the same as baseline. Embedded reinforcement resulted in a significant decrease in learn units to criterion demonstrating an increased acquisition of learning objectives and indicating that individuals preferences and interests should be considered and creatively embedded into their curricular stimuli. Implications of these findings and further research suggested to address limitations of the study are discussed.

 

Effect of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on the Transfer of Stimulus Function Across Written and Vocal Spelling Responses

NATALIE LEOW-DYKE (Jigsaw CABAS School)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to determine the effect of multiple exemplar instruction on the transfer of stimulus function across writing and vocal spelling responses. The participant was a 13 year old boy with a diagnosis of autism. Prior to the onset of the study, he did not demonstrate joint stimulus control of spelling across saying and writing. Multiple exemplar instruction was utilised to induce this emergent behaviour. The participant required a modified multiple exemplar instruction procedure which included an additional opportunity to see the letters of the word after saying them and hear the letters of the word after writing them. The results showed an increase in the number of correct untaught responses to the initial set of words. Furthermore, when a novel set of words were taught as a written spelling response, the untaught vocal spelling response emerged. Similarly, when a further novel set of words were taught as a vocal spelling response, the untaught written topography emerged. The findings demonstrate the inducement of transfer of stimulus function across vocal spelling and writing as a result of MEI procedures. This has implications for incidental learning in the classroom once transfer of stimulus function has been acquired.

 

The Use of Multiple Exemplar Instruction to Induce Emergent Intraverbal Vocal Responses in Children Diagnosed With Autism

KATE HEWETT (Jigsaw CABAS School), Emma Hawkins (Jigsaw CABAS School)
Abstract:

The present study replicated a study by May, Hawkins, and Dymond (2012) by testing for the emergence of intraverbal vocal responses following tact training with four children diagnosed with autism. Participants were taught to tact the name and favourite food item of two contrived cartoon monsters in the presence of a picture of the monster. Following tact training, test probes revealed the emergence of untrained vocal intraverbals, in the absence of the pictures, in one participant. The present study therefore extended the original study by implementing multiple exemplar instruction with a different set of materials for the remaining three participants. Once the criterion was met on the multiple exemplar instruction procedure then the initial test for the emergence of intraverbal vocal responses was conducted. All three participants were successful with this post-test and a subsequent re-test using a novel set of stimuli. Using multiple exemplar instruction to induce emergent intraverbal vocal responses is discussed along with the limitations of this study.

 
 
Symposium #233
CE Offered: BACB
Current Trends and Recent Advancements in Safety Skills Instruction
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Douglas Kupferman (Caldwell University)
Discussant: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Nancy Marchese, M.A.
Abstract:

Children are routinely exposed to potential hazards in everyday environments that may lead to injury, harm or even death. Safety skill instruction remains an important area of focus for scientist practitioners. This symposium will present four diverse papers focusing upon safety skills. The first paper will review strengths and gaps of safety skills research of individuals with ASD. The second paper will present research evaluating the extent to which BST conducted in a single context would evoke the safety response across a range of contexts. In the third paper, research on the use of social referencing to teach safety skills to toddlers with autism will be presented. The fourth paper will present findings on the use of videomodeling to establish differential responding to lures across known and unknown people. This symposium will commence with comments from an expert in safety skill instruction, Dr. Ray Miltenberger. Effective instructional strategies and areas of additional research will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): safety skills
Target Audience:

scientist practitioners

Learning Objectives: To discuss behavioral approaches to safety skills instruction To discuss the role of BST safety skills To discuss the role of social referencing on safety skills To discuss the role of videomodeling on safety skills To discuss the role of stimulus control and safety skills
 
Teaching Safety Skills to Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Review of the Literature
(Applied Research)
NANCY MARCHESE (Breakthrough Autism), Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC), Melissa Bottoni (Breakthrough Autism)
Abstract: Individuals with autism are at risk for a variety of unsafe home- and community-based injuries and dangerous situations. This talk reviews the experimental research on behavioral strategies for teaching safety skills to individuals with autism. Behavioral strategies are effective in teaching a range of safety skills (e.g., seeking assistance when lost, responding appropriately to dangerous stimuli). However, some safety skills are understudied (e.g., water safety, home-based safety). Additional research is needed to investigate the variables that impact maintenance and generalization of safety skills.
 

Effects of Behavioral Skills Training on the Stimulus Control of Safety Responding

(Applied Research)
NICOLE LEE (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Antonia R. Giannakakos (Manhattanville College)
Abstract:

Teaching individuals a safety response when they encounter a firearm may be one way to prevent accidental injuries or death. Previous researchers have used behavioral skills training (BST) with and without in-situ training to teach individuals with and without disabilities to engage in a safety response in the presence of a firearm. However, few studies have arranged BST to ensure the safety response occurred in response to a representative sample of all relevant stimulus features for which a response should be evoked. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the extent to which BST conducted in a single context established stimulus control that would evoke the safety response across a range of contexts under which a dangerous stimulus could be encountered in a room in a house. All participants demonstrated a discriminated safety response following BST. Further, safety responses generalized across all contexts not associated with training for all participants.

 

The Use of Social Referencing to Teach Safety Skills to Toddlers With Autism

(Applied Research)
KATHRYN COUGER (NECC), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to teach safety skills to 2 toddlers with autism through a social referencing chain. Experimental control came from a concurrent multiple probe design across stimulus categories within subjects, and a concurrent multiple probe design across stimulus sets. Participants were trained using differential reinforcement and least-to-most prompting to gaze shift from an item in a bin or a lunchbox to an adult and reach or use an “all done” response based on the adult’s facial expression. Mastery of the skill with the stimuli used in training were followed by social referencing probes where the child could not see the items within the bin or lunchbox and a novel items probe where unfamiliar items were presented in the bin and lunchbox. Results show acquisition of both discrimination between safe and dangerous stimuli and the maintenance of a social referencing chain in the presence of novel stimuli. Interobserver agreement was calculated for 31.6% of sessions and averaged 91.4% (range 75%-100%). These findings are discussed as they relate to the implications of teaching socially valid safety skills to toddlers with autism.

 

Effects of Video Modeling on Responding to Lures With Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
CHRISTINA ABADIR (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Deficits in safety skills and communication place individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) at risk of danger. Abduction prevention remains an understudied area. Video modeling has effectively resulted in the acquisition of safety skills for individuals with developmental disabilities and ASD. Existing research has yet to evaluate responding to lures from known people. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of video modeling to teach appropriate responding to lures from strangers using a multiple probe across participants with an embedded adapted alternating treatments design. We extended research by assessing responding to lures from known people by securing a code word using video modeling as the sole intervention. In addition, we programmed for and assessed generalization using multiple lure types, confederates, and locations. Participants learned to appropriately respond to lures from strangers and known people after viewing a video model and generalized responding to novel community settings, people, and lures. Maintenance was assessed for three participants at least one week following mastery criteria and maintained the skills. Procedures, goals and outcomes were considered socially valid among parents, clinicians, and educators.

 
 
Symposium #234
Translational Intervention Research in Rumination Disorder: Novel Populations and Analytic Methodology
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Robert D Rieske (Idaho State University)
Discussant: Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: The efficacious treatment of rumination disorder and the process by which we meta-analytically assess efficacy in single-case designs are both areas of research that have been lacking. Although treatment of rumination disorder has been researched for decades, the global effectiveness of these interventions have been limited. The current translational symposium will present four papers across various domains focused on the treatment of rumination disorder and the evaluation of treatment efficacy utilizing a novel methodology with the evaluation of rumination interventions as an example. First, a single-case study evaluating three common interventions in the treatment of rumination disorder in a non-verbal young adult with autism spectrum disorder will be presented. The second presentation will focus on the treatment of rumination disorder in neurotypical adolescents in a specialized treatment program for adolescent rumination syndrome (ARS). The third presentation will describe a novel application of simulation modeling analysis (SMA; Borckardt et al., 2008) to conduct meta-analyses of single-subject time-series studies. Lastly, a meta-analysis of rumination interventions for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities utilizing the SMA procedure will be presented with comparison to other traditional and contemporary methods of effect size estimation.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): adolescent rumination, meta-analysis, rumination disorder, simulaiton-modeling analysis
 
Rumination Disorder: A Case Study
(Applied Research)
KAROLINA STETINOVA (Idaho State University), Diane Keister (Idaho State University), Gabriela Sepulveda (Idaho State University), Michelle Lemay (Idaho State University), Robert D Rieske (Idaho State University)
Abstract: Rumination disorder is classified as a feeding disorder in which an individual regurgitates and re-swallows food soon after its initial consumption. Various interventions have been used in the treatment of rumination disorder, three of which were assessed within this single-case study. The participant in this study was a non-verbal young adult male with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder, severe intellectual disability, and long-term, treatment-resistant rumination disorder. Interventions utilized included a satiation procedure, a replacement behavior, and contingent reinforcement via attention and sensory stimulation. These interventions were chosen based on the participant’s needs, his personal preferences, and results of a meta-analysis completed on the topic of rumination disorder presented within this symposium. The study utilized a multiple-treatment reversal design (ABACADA) with reversals to baseline after each treatment. Treatments were assessed for effectiveness through visual inspection and simulation modeling analysis (SMA), and the most effective treatment was then implemented by residential staff to assess for maintenance and feasibility of a staff-implemented procedure. The results and procedures of this study will serve as a template in treatment planning and evaluation for other individuals suffering from rumination disorder, as the effectiveness of multiple interventions was assessed by this study.
 

Adolescent Rumination Syndrome: Three Case Studies

(Service Delivery)
ANTHONY ALIOTO (Nemours; A.I. duPont Hospital for Children)
Abstract:

The treatment of rumination disorder in neurotypical adolescents has received an increase in attention over the past 10 years. Behavioral interventions have been shown to be the mainstay of treatment, with approaches studied such as the use of diaphragmatic breathing, biofeedback, habit reversal therapy (HRT), distraction, gradual refeeding, and habituation. Most demonstrations of efficacy, however, have utilized case studies or a group of patients undergoing non-standardized treatment protocols. As such, the utility and generalizability of results has remained difficult to ascertain. The current paper demonstrates the challenges in outcome variable selection, data collection, and presentation of results by presenting three case studies. Each adolescent took part in an inpatient intensive treatment program specifically designed to treat adolescent rumination syndrome. While the general approach to treatment was similar across patients, each patient’s rumination presentation, individual needs, and treatment goals were distinct enough to make similar data collection across patients a significant challenge. Treatment and data from each admission will be presented to highlight these challenges and the need for a methodology to compare results across patients and studies.

 

Simulation Modeling Analysis: Innovative Applications for Meta-Analyses With Single Case Experimental Designs

(Theory)
SAMUEL PEER (Idaho State University), Robert D Rieske (Idaho State University), Michelle Lemay (Idaho State University)
Abstract:

Meta-analysis of single case experimental designs (SCEDs) can uniquely advance the scientific literature and guide evidence-based service delivery–particularly for comparatively rare populations and/or syndromes (e.g., rumination disorder). Notwithstanding these potential benefits (e.g., cross-field interoperability, identification of moderators and mechanisms of change, increased external validity of ideographic results), meta-analysis of SCEDs has been stymied by a lack of feasible, valid, and translational methods. For instance, visual analysis of time-series data, especially data with autocorrelation, can be unreliable and prone to overestimating the presence and/or level of an effect. Additionally, the ubiquitous autocorrelation in SCEDs’ time-series data contraindicate conventional statistics, including common meta-analytic computations of statistical significance and effect size. Although some extant methods do address autocorrelation, they typically require an oft-prohibitive number of data points per phase. One notable exception is simulation modeling analysis (SMA), a free, user-friendly bootstrapping technique designed to perform both univariate effect-of-phase and multivariate process-change analyses with autoregressive data streams while maximizing power and minimizing Type I error rates. Prior studies have demonstrated SMA’s utility with individual SCEDs, but the current presentation will propose and illustrate a novel application of SMA for meta-analyses with SCEDs and discuss potential implications for behavior analytic scholarship, practice, and policy.

 

A Meta-Analytic Review of the Treatment of Rumination Disorder: A Pilot Utilizing Simulation Modeling Analysis

(Applied Research)
MICHELLE LEMAY (Idaho State University), Robert D Rieske (Idaho State University), Samuel Peer (Idaho State University), Diane Keister (Idaho State University), Karolina Stetinova (Idaho State University), Megan Olsen (Idaho State University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current meta-analysis was to assess the efficacy of common treatments for rumination disorder in an intellectual/developmentally disabled population with limited verbal abilities. No publication to our knowledge has yet to statistically evaluate and compare these treatments in one comprehensive study. Our literature search resulted in a total of 45 articles and 72 individual cases receiving treatment. The mean age for participants was 22 years and 30% were female. We used simulation modeling analysis (SMA) to determine the effect size of the change in rumination between baseline and treatment phases. The cases were categorized into establishing operations (EO), punishment (PU), and reinforcement (RE). The effect sizes were then combined within each group and an ANOVA was used to determine statistical significance between groups. Results of this study can inform the field by identifying effective treatments to be implemented for rumination disorder as well as what treatments have been shown to be ineffective. The study also serves as a pilot of utilizing a novel methodology in the estimation of comparison of effect sizes in single case designs.

 
 
Symposium #235
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Basic and Translational Research Evaluating the Effects of Baseline and Treatment Duration on Resurgence
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute )
Discussant: Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
CE Instructor: Ashley Marie Fuhrman, M.S.
Abstract:

It is important for the experimental and applied domains of behavior analysis to collaborate. Recent basic and translational research has demonstrated that practitioners can use quantitative models (e.g., Behavioral Momentum Theory and Resurgence as Choice Theory) to improve applied treatments for socially significant behavior. The presentations in this symposium will discuss the implications of basic and translational research evaluating the effects of baseline and treatment duration on the resurgence of target behavior. The symposium will consist of four presentations followed by comments from Dr. Timothy Shahan. First, Holly Pericozzi will present on the effects of baseline reinforcement history as a mediator of the resurgence of target behavior in adults with developmental disabilities. Next, Madeleine Keevy and Kayla Randall will present studies evaluating the effects of treatment duration on the resurgence of problem behavior in children. Finally, Kaitlyn Browning will discuss the effects of treatment duration on the resurgence of target behavior in rats.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): functional communication, quantitative models, relapse, resurgence
Target Audience:

Practitioners, faculty, graduate students, and professionals

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to: 1. Describe how the duration of exposure to baseline reinforcement may serve as a mediator of resurgence of target responding, 2. Explain how Behavioral Momentum Theory and Resurgence as Choice Theory make differing predictions about the effects of treatment duration on resurgence, and 3. Describe how differences in the length of exposure to treatment may affect the resurgence of problem behavior.
 
Evaluation of Duration of Exposure to Baseline Reinforcement as Mediator of Resurgence
(Applied Research)
HOLLY G PERICOZZI (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Eugenia Perry (Vanderbilt University), Cassandra Standish (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Resurgence is the reemergence of previously reinforced behavior after the reinforcement of an alternative behavior has been discontinued. When addressing challenging behavior, a failure to implement effective treatments with seamless fidelity could result in the resurgence of previously extinguished problem behavior. Ideally, practitioners could design treatment components that mitigate the effects of resurgence. For example, recent translational work targeting arbitrary human responses suggests that incorporating multiple-mand instruction into a serial training format could produce a recency effect and response reversion when functional reinforcement isn’t available (both would be desirable outcomes in clinical settings). However, a replication of these procedures with socially significant human behavior (i.e., problem behavior and mands) produced primacy effects with inconsistent reversion. One potential explanation for these disparate results, supported by contemporary theory, is that differences in duration of exposure to baseline schedules of reinforcement were responsible for observed effects. In this translational investigation, we employed two-component multiple-schedules across three adults with developmental disabilities to determine whether differential exposure to baseline schedules of reinforcement could mediate within-subject primacy and recency effects. Results were obtained with high interobserver agreement and show differentiated responding across components; which could have implications for the design of future translational models of research.
 
The Effects of Time in Extinction on Resurgence of Destructive Behavior in Children
(Applied Research)
MADELEINE DIANE KEEVY (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Billie Retzlaff (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Applied researchers have become increasingly interested in examining variables that contribute to the resurgence of destructive behavior. Behavioral Momentum Theory suggests time in extinction predicts obtained levels of resurgence, with higher levels of resurgence being observed following briefer exposures to extinction (Nevin & Shahan, 2011). Using a three-phase procedure, we examined resurgence of destructive behavior following relatively long and short exposures to functional communication training (i.e., differential reinforcement with extinction) for six children. Whereas Behavioral Momentum Theory predicts that having three times the number of sessions in Phase II will consistently reduce the level of resurgence of destructive behavior, this finding was observed in a minority of participants. Our results are consistent with other studies that have used a similar procedures and found time in extinction did not differentially impact resurgence. Therefore it may be that another conceptual framework, such as Resurgence as Choice Theory or Context Theory, is better able to account for the negligible differences observed in resurgence.
 

The Effects of Treatment Duration on Resurgence Using Resurgence as Choice Theory

(Applied Research)
KAYLA RECHELLE RANDALL (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

In functional communication training (FCT), resurgence of destructive behavior may occur when reinforcement is not delivered for the alternative functional communication response (e.g., when the caregiver is busy with a sibling). Researchers have used quantitative models such as Behavioral Momentum Theory (BMT; Shahan & Sweeney, 2011) and Resurgence as Choice Theory (RaC; Shahan & Craig, 2017) to make predictions about this type of treatment relapse. Both BMT and RaC suggest that more time arranged in extinction for target responding (e.g., destructive behavior) will lessen resurgence. Whereas BMT would predict time in extinction as a highly influential variable on the resurgence of target behavior, RaC would predict time in extinction may not be as influential. Basic and applied investigations (e.g., Wacker et al., 2011; Winterbauer, Lucke, & Bouton, 2013) have generated mixed findings about treatment duration and its effect on resurgence. In this study, we exposed participants with destructive behavior to three durations (i.e., short, moderate, and extended) of FCT which each consisted of three phases (i.e., baseline, FCT, and extinction) to clarify the necessary duration of treatment to produce the least amount of resurgence.

 
Treatment Duration and Resurgence
(Basic Research)
KAITLYN BROWNING (Utah State University), Rusty Nall (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract: Resurgence is the reoccurrence of a previously suppressed behavior following a worsening of conditions for a more recently reinforced alternative behavior. Behavioral Momentum Theory (BMT) and Resurgence as Choice (RaC) make differing predictions about the effects of treatment duration on resurgence, and the present experiment was designed to evaluate these predictions. In baseline, rats earned food for pressing a target lever. During treatment, target responding was extinguished while food was available for pressing an alternative lever. Resurgence of target responding was tested by extinguishing the alternative response. The duration of the treatment phase varied across five standard-duration groups, and the sixth group was exposed to cycling on/off alternative reinforcement across sessions. Consistent with the predictions of RaC, resurgence as a function of treatment duration was best described by a power function in the standard-duration groups. However, inconsistent with both RaC and BMT, resurgence was reduced in the on/off group compared to the standard-duration groups. These results suggest that increasing the duration of DRA might not meaningfully decrease resurgence, but that a repeated history of alternative-response extinction might. These results provide possible avenues for developing treatment and theory.
 
 
Symposium #236
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Typical and Near-Typical Learners Higher Order Reasoning, Planning, Conceptual Knowledge and Their Foundations
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy)
CE Instructor: Andrew Bulla, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The four presentations in this symposium will illustrate evidence based practices in teaching higher order instructional objectives. The first two presentations examine teaching higher order thinking and planning repertoires, beginning with Vivian Mach, who will describe procedures for teaching children to generate questions when faced with a discrepant situation - the critical initial step in the reasoning process. Next, Shiloh Isbell will detail a a schoolwide extension of an executive functioning curriculum that assesses specific skill deficits, teaches students relevant planning and tracking repertoires, and probes self-reflection of students’ developing skillsets. In the third presentation, Drew Bulla will present a study that investigates how to select and craft specific active student responding questions to promote higher order conceptual learning. Finally, Aoife McTiernan will discuss the process of launching a learning center in Wales to teach a wide array of these foundational and higher order instructional objectives to typical learners. The chair will make comments on each presentation in turn as the symposium proceeds.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

behavior analysts and other psychology and educational professionals

 
Ask Yourself a Question: How Children Learn to Generate Questions to Solve Real-Life Situations
(Service Delivery)
VIVIAN MACH (Morningside Academy), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: When we sense discrepancies in our world, feel stuck in the midst of a problem situation, or look for answers when a curiosity arises, we have a need for both questions and answers. Before we can solve the problem we need to think. As John Dewey (1910) wrote, “Thinking begins in a forked-road situation, a situation which is ambiguous, which presents a dilemma, which proposes alternatives.” To formulate and define the problem to solve, we must first ask ourselves questions. In this presentation we will describe our Talk Aloud Problem Solving (TAPS) class, which teaches children how to think and  reason through those problems. The “thinking classroom” described here presents a sequence of instruction for elementary students with mild special education needs. The learners recognize the better question(s) to ask when presented with real-world scenarios. They learn to discriminate which questions are most relevant and will lead to solutions. They generate questions while playing the game of 20 Questions to learn about the efficiency of asking the right question. They experience field trips that are designed with built-in ambiguity such as navigating a downtown neighborhood with closed sidewalks due to construction and take a shopping trip to a cashierless store.
 
A Schoolwide Implementation of a Program Designed to Shape Executive Functioning Behaviors
(Service Delivery)
SHILOH M ISBELL (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Many students are unsuccessful in school not because they have a specific learning disability but rather because they lack a strong repertoire of executive functioning skills. This presentation is an extension of a project conducted at Morningside Academy during the 2017-18 school year by two middle school teachers, who designed and implemented a program to assess and shape executive functioning skills. Rather than treating the learning deficits labeled executive functioning as cognitive problems, the program assessed those repertoires through a behavior analytic lens. The final product of the project was a set of assessments and tracking tools called The Executive Functioning Tracking Journal. Initial findings showed that students who participated in the program showed an increase in executive functioning behaviors, which were a result of modeling, practice, and self-reflection built into the program. This presentation will show the processes for implementing the program in multiple classrooms - including how to tailor it to different learner profiles - coaching teachers to ensure fidelity of implementation, and collecting meaningful data to make instructional decisions.
 
An Evaluation of Instructional Strategies to Teach Conceptual Knowledge in an Introductory College Course
(Applied Research)
ANDREW BULLA (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Jennifer Wertalik (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Daniel Anthony Crafton (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong)
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that only approximately 63% of students beginning college complete a bachelor’s degree within six years (Berkner, He, & Cataldi, 2002). Behavior analysis poses a solution to this problem by offering a variety of methods that have demonstrated increases in academic achievement in higher education (Bernstein & Chase, 2013). Active student responding represents one behavior analytic practice that has garnered attention in higher education. Active student responding (ASR) occurs when students make an observable response to instructional material (Heward, 1997). Guidance on the type of questions asked during ASR activities appears minimal. The type of questions presented during response card activities that yield the greatest learning outcomes represents an empirical question that has yet to be answered. The present study sought to evaluate the effects of the type of question asked during response board activities on the emergence of conceptual learning. More specifically, the experimenters directly compared the effects of practice questions that ask students to recall specific definitions to practice questions that require the student to discriminate between examples and non-examples of the concept presented during instruction. Results of the study are displayed on a standard celeration chart. Social acceptability data will also be presented.
 

The University of South Wales Academics Intervention Service: A Description and Evaluation of a University-Based Intervention Service for Teaching Academic Skills

(Service Delivery)
AOIFE MCTIERNAN (University of South Wales), Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

The Academics Intervention Service (AIS) at the University of South Wales provides academic tutoring to children between the ages of 6-11, using behavior analytic instructional approaches. An overview of the service is provided, as well as case examples, which demonstrate typical instructional components and outcomes. The AIS has recently been developed within the Behaviour Analysis Clinic at the University, and provides opportunities for both psychology and behavior analysis students to gain experience in the application of behavior analysis in educational settings. In addition to providing a description of services, we describe the clinical training provided, and discuss the advantages and potential barriers to growing such a service. Further analysis and data should be collected in order to evaluate long-term benefits for both clients and trainee professionals learning to provide behaviour analytic services. However, early data demonstrates benefits for each client in targeted academic domains and that the AIS a valuable setting for students and trainee professionals.

 
 
Paper Session #237
Teaching Academic and Social/Emotional Behaviors
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Robert C. Pennington (University of North Carolina-Charlotte)
 
Contingency Adduction as a Fundamental Component of the “Creative Act”
Domain: Theory
NOLAN WILLIAMS (1991), Paul Thomas Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University)
 
Abstract: Recently the study of creative behavior has become characterized as the study of generativity. That is, the investigation of procedures that result in the occurrence of untrained, often composite, patterns from earlier trained components. Increasingly, a range of applied programs are attempting to apply generative procedures in their design. Headsprout Early Reading®, for example, explicitly employed generative procedures to teach reading. What is not well understood, however, is the role contingency adduction plays in the generative process. Contingency adduction is defined when patterns shaped under one context are recruited by contingencies in another context for which the pattern was not originally shaped. Adduced patterns may be new sequences of repertoires, the combination of repertoires, or the repertoire may acquire a new function. The moment of reinforcement of these new patterns from previously established patterns mark the moment of adduction. Accordingly, procedures which make such selection more likely may be fundamental to encourage what might be called creative behavior. Examples of contingency adduction involving both verbal and nonverbal procedures and both humans and animals will be described, and their implications noted.
 
Effects of Peer-Mediated Repeated Reading With Self-Monitoring on Reading Achievement and Academic Engagement
Domain: Applied Research
MARIA HELTON (The Ohio State University), Alana Telesman (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University)
 
Abstract: Students who engage in off-task behaviors often miss critical instruction, which inhibits them from experiencing academic achievement and future success. Additionally, students who struggle with reading often engage in off-task behaviors during reading instruction and miss valuable information (Miles & Stipek, 2006). Unsurprisingly, students who engage in disruptive off-task behaviors often perform below their peers academically (Lane, Barton-Arwood, Nelson, & Wehby, 2008). The following studies used a multiple probe across participants design to examine the effects of peer-mediated repeated reading with self-monitoring on reading fluency, reading comprehension, and academic engagement for third grade students identified with or at-risk for disabilities. The first study evaluated the effects of this intervention package with peer-target dyads. The second study used matched skill peers dyads. Results of a Tau-U analysis and visual analysis of the first study indicate moderate to large effects for all participants for reading fluency and academic engagement. A social validity measure indicated participants preferred working with partners as opposed to working individually. The second study is currently being conducted and should be completed by January 2019. Current visual analysis demonstrates increases academic engagement, reading fluency, and reading comprehension. Limitations, future directions for research, and implications for practice are included.
 

Using Autoclitic Frames to Teach Sentence Construction to Individuals With Developmental Disabilities: Three Iterative Investigations

Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT C. PENNINGTON (University of North Carolina-Charlotte)
 
Abstract:

Individuals with developmental disabilities often have difficulty acquiring functional repertoires in written expression. Writing skills are critical as they are often required for success across academic, social, and employment contexts. Of the many written expression skills, sentence writing serves as a foundational unit for more complex responses (e.g., paragraphs, essays). Unfortunately, there is limited research on the effects of intervention on sentence writing skills within this unique population. In this session, the presenter will describe a series of recently published single case studies (i.e., concurrent multiple probe designs) demonstrating the efficacy of an instructional package for teaching sentence writing skills across 10 individuals with developmental disabilities. The package, comprised of response prompting, modeling of autoclitic frames, and technology, resulted in the rapid acquisition of targeted responses and generalized responding across novel instructional stimuli. The presenter will describe findings based on individual learner performance and suggest areas for further iteration and new investigation.

 

Implementation of a Social-Emotional Intervention Package to Teach Behavioral Expectations in Early Childhood: A Pilot Study

Domain: Applied Research
CHARIS LAUREN PRICE (The Ohio State University), Timothy J. Lewis (University of Missouri)
 
Abstract:

With the rising incidence in young children being suspended and expelled from pre-school settings, on-going examination of evidence-based social/emotional/behavioral interventions is essential. The present pilot study explored the feasibility of a social/emotional/behavioral intervention on teacher and student behavior. Children and teachers were recruited from an inclusive early childhood center in a Midwestern city to participate in this study focused on explicitly teaching behavioral expectations. Using a multiple probe design across three children, the impact of scripted stories, role plays, prompts, and positive reinforcement was examined. Teachers were trained on how to implement the intervention through simple technical assistance meetings, including on-going feedback. Although teachers did not implement all intervention components with high fidelity, a change in behavior was observed for all three target children which resulted in an established functional relation between the intervention package and child adherence to behavioral expectations.

 
 
 
Symposium #238
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Technological Advances in Staff Training
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Toronto
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Regina A. Carroll, Ph.D.
Abstract: The current symposium investigates evidence-based methodologies for staff training, including the use of verbal and textual prompts, behavioral observations, and video modeling. First, Landon Cowan will present a study investigating the effects of textual and verbal prompts on teaching graduate-level therapists to evaluate their own clinical skills, and to determine the influence of self-evaluation on clinical performance. Second, Kathleen Marano will present a study assessing the effects of conducting behavioral observations and ratings on staff implementation of a paired-stimulus preference assessment. Third, Abigail Blackman will present a series of studies examining the influence of the observer effect on participants’ integrity with implementing the guided-compliance procedure. Fourth, Amber Paden will present a study evaluating the use of video modeling with voiceover instructions to teach supervisors to provide performance feedback to therapists implementing the guided-compliance procedure. Finally, Nicole Gravina will discuss interesting components of each study, and describe future areas of research on staff training.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral Observations, Feedback, Observer effect, Staff Training
Target Audience: The target audience is professionals and researchers in behavior analysis
Learning Objectives: NA
 
The Effects of Textual and Verbal Prompts on the Self-Evaluation Skills and Clinical Performance of Graduate-Level Therapists
LANDON COWAN (University of Houston- Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: In the past few years, there has been a 400% increase in the number of individuals obtaining Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA™) credentials in the United States (Dockhand & Fuqua, 2016). Previous research has suggested that there is a deficit of empirical research on the training and supervision of individuals seeking their BCBA™ and BCaBA™ credentials (LeBlanc & Luiselli, 2016; Reed & Henley, 2015; Sellers, Valentino, & LeBlanc, 2016). Organizational behavior management (OBM) research studies suggest that task clarification, performance feedback, and self-monitoring are effective in training employees and increasing workplace performance (Dargin, Mahoney, Cox, Sweetens, & Poling, 2014; Olson & Winchester, 2008). A multiple baseline across participants design is employed to investigate the effects of textual and verbal prompts on teaching graduate-level therapists to evaluate their own clinical skills, and to determine the influence of self-evaluation on clinical performance. A self-evaluation data collection sheet is used to teach therapists to evaluate their own clinical performance. Therapists are asked to write replacement behaviors for those skills that they did not perform correctly. Incorrect evaluations resulted in watching a video of their clinical session and using the self-evaluation sheet to record their performance. Thus far, results with two participants indicate that the textual prompt procedure is effective in increase self-evaluation of clinical skills. Additionally, there was an increase in clinical performance for both participants. Data will be collected with 1-2 additional participants.
 
Effect of Conducting Behavioral Observations and Ratings on Staff Implementation of a Paired-Stimulus Preference Assessment
KATHLEEN EMILY MARANO (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Research is needed to find an efficient staff training method that requires little direct training by a qualified professional. One such technique is the observation and rating of others’ behavior. This technique may result in individuals learning to perform the behavior themselves, a result called observer effects. No studies have assessed observer effects and stimulus preference assessment implementation. The purpose of the present study was to assess the effects of conducting behavioral observations and ratings on staff implementation of a paired-stimulus preference assessment. Staff trainees scored videos of implementation of steps and conducted the assessment with a simulated consumer. Results showed the procedure was effective and efficient. Probes conducted with an actual consumer and with novel items showed extension of skills. These results extend the literature on observer effects by showing this procedure’s usefulness in applied settings.
 
The Impact of Variations in Training on the Observer Effect
ABIGAIL BLACKMAN (University of Kansas), Matthew Novak (University of Kansas), Tyler Erath (University of Kansas), Ryan Gallagher (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: A limitation of behavioral skills training is that it is resource intensive, which may be a barrier to its adoption in applied settings. Recent research provides emerging support for the efficacy of behavioral observations and data recording on the behavior of the observer (referred to as the “observer effect”). This presentation will share findings of three experiments with undergraduate student participants that investigated the observer effect. In the first experiment, participants recorded data while observing a video model of guided compliance. In experiment two, participants recorded data while observing a peer trainee implement guided compliance and then provided performance feedback. In experiment three, participants recorded data while observing numerous videos of a teacher implementing guided compliance and answered questions regarding teacher implementation within the videos. Across all experiments, performance improved for some participants; however, experimenter feedback was necessary for most participants to meet criterion performance. Specifically, the observer effect was not consistently found. Implications of these findings as they apply to training staff will be presented.
 

Training Supervisors to Provide Performance Feedback Using Video Modeling With Voiceover Instructions

AMBER R. PADEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Elizabeth J. Preas (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amanda L. Gibson (May Institute), Natalie Ruth Shuler (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Supervisors often use performance-feedback to train staff members to implement behavioral interventions. However, few studies have focused on evaluating methods to teach supervisors to provide effective feedback. The purpose of the current study was evaluate the use of video modeling with voiceover instructions to teach supervisors to provide performance feedback. In Study 1, we used a multiple-baseline design to evaluate the use of video modeling with voiceover instruction to train nine supervisors to provide performance feedback to a confederate therapist implementing a guided-compliance procedure. Specifically, we assessed supervisors’ accuracy with implementing eight feedback component skills during scripted role-plays before and after video modeling. We also assessed the extent to which supervisors’ skills generalized when providing feedback to an actual therapist implementing the guided-compliance procedure with a child with autism. All supervisors mastered the feedback component skills following video modeling. During Study 2, five of the supervisors trained in Study 1 used performance feedback to teach five therapists working with children with autism spectrum disorder to implement a guided-compliance procedure. All therapist learned to implement the guided-compliance procedure with a child with autism. Overall, the results of the current study suggest that video modeling may be an efficacious and efficient method to train supervisors.

 
 
Paper Session #239
Supporting Staff Performance Through Organizational Behavior Management
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A
Area: OBM
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Michelle Fuhr (University Pediatricians Autism Center)
 
Using Ethical Standards to Combat Negativity in the Workplace
Domain: Service Delivery
MICHELLE FUHR (University Pediatricians Autism Center; Wayne State University)
 
Abstract: Negative workplace cultures reduce employee satisfaction (Morrison R.L, 2008; Venkataramani, G., Labianca, G., & Grosser, T., 2013) which can have a detrimental effect on the company and the clients it serves. Although people typically enjoy a positive culture in the workplace, negative culture can occur through ineffective conflict resolution. As Behavior Analysts, we have ethical obligations which should limit our participation in negative workplace culture as well as encourage our commitment to positive culture. This extends to our ethical obligations when supervising others and expands to our commitment to our field. Our opinions of other treatment facilities and providers can foster a negative culture in our field and create an offensive image. Participants are encouraged to ask themselves: What is my role in creating and maintaining a positive culture? And what do our ethical guidelines recommend for conflict resolution? Determining what our roles are in contributing to a positive culture, and using our ethical standards to combat negativity, we can make a more positive environment with less turnover.
 

Effects of Aggression Subtypes in Adults With Developmental Disabilities on Direct Support Professional Job Turnover and Performance Outcomes

Domain: Service Delivery
ROSE NEVILL (University of Virginia), Susan Havercamp (Ohio State University)
 
Abstract:

There is an estimated annual turnover of 48.1 to 53.6% (M = 50%) in direct support professionals working with adults with autism and related developmental disabilities. Risk of turnover is substantially increased when direct support professionals are required to manage challenging behaviors, such as aggression, in the work environment. Such a high turnover rate translates into reduced continuity of care, negatively impacted quality of behavioral interventions that are delivered, and in turn reduced quality of life of care recipients. The current study explored the relationship between subtypes of aggression experienced, turnover, and cognitive outcomes of direct support professionals supporting adults with developmental disabilities. Results found that being the recipient of verbal aggression from adults with DD predicted a significantly higher risk of burnout and job turnover in direct support professionals than other aggression subtypes, such as physical aggression, despite caregivers indicated experiencing an equal severity of aggression across subtypes. These findings are used to make recommendations for the implementation of function-based treatments for verbal aggression while exploring opportunities for promoting direct support professionals’ coping behavior, such that risk of burnout and staff turnover is minimized.

 
Clinical Decision Modeling in Behavior Analysis: An Organizational Management Approach for the Adherence of Scientific and Ethical Standards
Domain: Service Delivery
MICHAEL JAMES CAMERON (University of Southern California), Penny Gilliotte (University of Southern California), Alexandria Emily Leidt (University of Southern California)
 
Abstract: Decision theory involves the construction of a system of behaviors fundamental to planning, and the process for acting on a decision. Selecting an option for behavior-based action implies that there are alternative decision pathways to be considered. In consequence, within a decision-making process, it is necessary to: (a) identify the scope of reasonable choices; (b) select the option that aligns with stakeholder values, goals, objectives, mandates and applicable laws, and; (c) develop a decision implementation plan. Although decision modeling has been used for over a decade in scientific disciplines such as medicine, the methodology is in a nascent stage of development within behavior analysis. However, the field of behavior analysis is poised to benefit from advances in other disciplines and to build upon the important contributions of LeBlanc, Raetz, Sellers, and Carr (2016) and Brodhead (2018). The purpose of this paper is to: (1) describe and demonstrate a technology-enabled platform for designing decision models, (2) provide an overview of areas in behavior analysis that will benefit from a Clinical Decision Support System (CDSS), and (3) support the community of Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Board Certified assistant Behavior Analysts, and Registered Behavior Technicians interested in optimizing clinical and ethical accountability by using an information and knowledge management system.
 
Improving Staff Performance in a Clinical, Behavior Analytic Setting: An Empirical Study
Domain: Applied Research
MADELINE JANE BURKE (Applied Behavior Services, LLC)
 
Abstract: The present study evaluates the effects of an interdependent group positive reinforcement system compared to an interdependent group positive reinforcement system with a response cost system on staff performance. This study takes place in a clinical, behavior analytic setting that serves children with autism, developmental disabilities, and emotional disturbances. Performance areas measured in this study include arriving to work on time, maintaining work area organization, accurately collecting data, correctly implementing client programs, communicating with supervisors, obtaining their walkie-talkie, charging their walkie-talkie, performing their daily chore, and going the extra mile (helping others with their tasks, taking on an extra chore, etc.). Four groups of randomly sorted participants competed to earn the most points by the end of each phase of the study and to earn the most overall most points at the conclusion of the study. Results showed that positive reinforcement system alone increased staff performance at a greater rate than positive reinforcement system with the response cost system. Based on results, recommendations are provided for the use of various reinforcement systems to improve staff performance in clinical settings and for future research.
 
 
 
Symposium #240
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in Emergent and Multiply Controlled Verbal Behavior
Sunday, May 26, 2019
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD South
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Olga Meleshkevich (Simmons University)
Discussant: Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates)
CE Instructor: Mark L. Sundberg, Ph.D.
Abstract: Particularly with children with autism, verbal responses (and their response products) emitted under the control of one set of stimuli may facilitate the emission of verbal responses under a different set of stimuli. Conine, Vollmer, and Dela Rosa demonstrated that tacting during listener training facilitated intraverbal responding. In the remaining three studies, the researchers evaluated the extent to which an echoic response (e.g., “Color”) facilitated intraverbal-tact responding; that is, responding under the control of both a verbal (e.g., “What is it?” “What color is it?”) and nonverbal (e.g., picture of a green square) stimulus. Aragon, Rodriguez, McKeown, and Luczynski considered this echoic response a differential observing response (DOR), and they also evaluated a corresponding category intraverbal to facilitate the intraverbal-tacts. degli Espinosa, Gerosa, and Brocchin trained the echoic responding to one stimulus at a time (e.g., square) and then produced generalization to novel stimuli across novel classes. Meleshkevich, Axe, and degli Espinosa trained echoic responses to combined visual stimuli (e.g., green square) and documented generalization within and across categories. The data will be discussed in terms of verbal mediation, multiple control, joint control, and autoclitic control.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): intraverbal, listener behavior, multiple control, question discrimination
Target Audience: behavior analysts, researchers, professors, graduate students, speech-language pathologists
 
Variables Contributing to Emergent Intraverbal Responses Following Listener Training
DANIEL E CONINE (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Cynthia Dela Rosa (Florida Autism Center)
Abstract: In Skinner’s Verbal Behavior, several elementary verbal operants are defined as being functionally independent. However, training one verbal operant may often result in untrained (emergent) responses in another verbal operant. One example is the relationship between listener training and intraverbal responding, where previous research has produced mixed findings. Our study extends prior research by conducting listener training with and without tact requirements for three children with autism using a multiple baseline across responses. Results suggest that tacts during listener training are predictive of emergent intraverbals. These findings have applied significance for clinicians looking to teach intraverbals to individuals with autism.
 
The Use of Joint Control to Facilitate the Emergence of Intraverbal Tacts
MICHAEL ARAGON (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Monroe Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ciobha Anne McKeown (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Children with autism may respond over-selectively to a given element in a conditional discrimination. In such cases, prompting a differential observing response (DOR) can reduce restricted stimulus control. A DOR commonly used during intraverbal training is an echoic DOR in which a portion of the sample stimulus is repeated (e.g., echoic of “color” when asked, “What color?”). Alternatively, a DOR that promotes joint control may be a mechanism through which multiply controlled verbal behavior is brought to strength. This study evaluated the role of joint control in facilitating intraverbal tacts. We asked two children with autism to tact one of two components (color vs. shape) when presented with a complex stimulus (e.g., a green square). If mastery was not achieved with an echoic DOR and differential reinforcement, we taught participants to engage in the DOR plus a corresponding category intraverbal (e.g., “red, yellow, blue” in response to “What color?”) prior to responding under both intraverbal and tact control. Results indicated the DOR plus category intraverbal facilitated accurate conditional discriminations of the elements when the DOR and differential reinforcement failed. High-level performance maintained following the removal of the prompted category intraverbal. We discuss the implications of joint control facilitating intraverbal tacts.
 

“What Color?” Versus “What Is It?”: Teaching Children With Autism to Discriminate Questions

FRANCESCA DEGLI ESPINOSA (ABA Clinic, U.K., University of Salerno, Italy), Francesca Gerosa (Queen’s University, Belfast), Veronica Brocchin (Bangor University, UK)
Abstract:

Rarely are verbal responses, even the simplest ones like saying the colour or name of a common visible object, not preceded by a verbal antecedent, such as a question. The ability to discriminate questions is therefore one of the most fundamental listener and speaker skills, yet it is poorly understood and underappreciated by ABA curricula. The present study will present both an analysis of intraverbally-controlled tacting and the first investigation to date on how to establish it effectively. Following chance responding on baseline measures across multiple probes of different stimulus classes (coloured items, numbers, animals), four children with autism underwent a procedure that brought tact responses under multiple echoic, intraverbal and non-verbal control on one set of stimuli only. Results showed that all participants were able to discriminate questions with respect to trained stimuli and demonstrated generalisation to novel stimuli across novel classes. In other words, once children learned to understand the question, they were able to demonstrate such understanding by answering questions on completely new stimuli. The present research provides clinicians with a conceptually systematic framework for teaching complex and generalised verbal behaviour to children with autism that is firmly based on a Skinnerian analysis of verbal stimulus control.

 

The Effects of Incorporating Echoic Responding Into Intraverbal Tact Training

OLGA MELESHKEVICH (Simmons University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University), Francesca Degli Espinosa (ABA Clinic, U.K., University of Salerno, Italy)
Abstract:

We evaluated a procedure to teach answering questions about visual stimuli (i.e., intraverbal-tacts) by echoing the key word in the question. For example, in the presence of a blue cup and the question, “What color?” the participants were required to respond, “Color blue.” We evaluated two categories of questions: Object/Color (i.e., “What is it?” “What color?”) and Shape/Number (i.e., “What shape?” “What number?”). Stimuli in each category were distributed into one trained and two generalization sets. Cross-category probes were untrained combinations of trained components of visual stimuli: colored numbers, colored shapes, and colored shapes with numbers. We used a multiple probe across behaviors and participants design with 3 preschoolers with autism. After mastering the trained sets, all participants demonstrated generalized question answering across all generalization probes. IOA data were collected in 100% of sessions across participants and phases; means were 95-100%.

 
 
Panel #241
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
The Balancing ACT: Ethical Considerations for BCBAs Doing Acceptance and Commitment Training
Sunday, May 26, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 1-3
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Adam DeLine Hahs, Ph.D.
Chair: Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
ADAM DELINE HAHS (Arizona State University)
HEATHER LYNN LEWIS (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) has been shown to be an effective treatment strategy for a range of populations, including individuals with autism. Recent behavior analytic attention has been paid to ACT, as evidenced by a recent surge of behavior analytic training/workshops, curriculum materials and protocols, research publications, etc. While promising, limited information is currently available for practitioners to assess their integrity with implementing ACT with their clients. Similarly, behavior analysts have minimal resources to consider ethical conduct when implementing behavioral therapies in general, and ACT specifically. Therefore, the current panel will discuss relevant scope of practice for behavior analysts when implementing ACT in their practice. The goal of the panel is to provide attendees with insight into specific areas, to ensure ethical and quality implementation of ACT. The following topics will be discussed: implementation strategies, ethical considerations, and strategies for targeting private events. All three panelists have published empirical studies using acceptance and commitment training and relational frame theory (RFT), and are board certified behavior analyst-doctoral.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: 1. Label key ethical codes that pertain to using ACT in clinical practice 2. Identify strategies for targeting private events 3. Define how to assess integrity of ACT implementation
Keyword(s): ACT, Behavior Therapy, Ethical Considerations, Psychological flexibility
 
 
Symposium #242
Understanding the Success and Failure of Goal-Oriented Behaviors and its Consequences
Sunday, May 26, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV; Domain: Translational
Chair: Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State University)
Abstract: This symposium discusses the foundations of goal-oriented behaviors in relation to task completion and developmental stage. The first paper explores the notion of incomplete performance of a series of behavior chains and subsequently an end “task goal”. It specifies why such interruptions or “breaks” in a behavior occurs in humans. These long-term broken chains prevents further development in behavior and achievement of ultimate goals in various domains. The failure of reaching set goals and the inability to resolve them can often lead people to question the meaningfulness in life and existential crises. The second paper uses the Model of Hierarchical Complexity (MHC) to illustrate the requirement of attaining a certain behavioral-development stage needed to successfully overcome one’s existential crisis. The MHC is a behavioral-developmental stage-based framework for scoring the hieratical complexity of a behavioral task and assigning individuals to a developmental stage according to their performance on a task. The third paper is a cross-cultural study of goal-oriented behavior on human capital flight of highly-skilled individuals. Demographic information, reasons for migrating, and MHC developmental stages of the sample are analyzed to examine behaviors of those who choose to migrate versus those do not.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral tasks, cross-cultural development, existential crisis, MHC
 

Broken Chains: An Analysis of Why Chains of Task Sequences are Left Incomplete in Humans Preventing Them From Reaching Their Ultimate Goal

(Theory)
Simran Malhotra (Dare Association, Inc), LUCAS ALEXANDER HALEY COMMONS-MILLER (Dare Institute)
Abstract:

A simple behavior usually occurs in the presence of a stimulus followed by a response. This response then obtains a reinforcer depending on the reinforcement contingency. In a sequence from a behavioral chain, the response serves as a stimulus for a different response. That response leads to reinforcement, depending on the reinforcement contingency. Multiple sequences make up a chain of behavior. The chain of behavior is complete when the “task goal” is met. Chained behaviors are often rule-governed. One essential rule is that each step in the sequence has to be completed in order to move to the next step. Completion of sequences eventually leads to completion of the chain of behavior. The failure to complete even one step in the sequence prevents the completion of that particular sequence, making it impossible to complete the chain or “task goal”. This paper will discuss what causes interruptions in or “breaks” chains of behavior in humans, in turn preventing them from achieving their goals. It also discusses the ways in which one can prevent long-term broken chains taking into account the value of completing tasks in the RIASEC (Realistic, Investigative, Artistic, Social, Entrepreneurial and Conventional) domains.

 

The Nature and Explanations of Existential Crises

(Theory)
Mansi Shah (Dare Association, Inc), MARK KEFFER (Dare Association, Inc)
Abstract:

This talk outlines the background, nature, explanations existential crises. About 75% of people have unresolved existential crisis. Existential crises occur in route to discovering meaning in life through successful resolution of conflicts. The route itself is explored as one which is identifiable due to historical periods of time increasing the overall availability of choice within societies. There is a further key differentiation between availability and accessibility of choice. Each crisis differs in their complexities and the goals that are pursued in desire of their resolution. These goals are further explored within the scope of their fulfillment or lack thereof. Furthermore, the explanations of existential crises are broken down into sociological, cultural and biological factors. They all play key and differing roles in how they structure not only the occurrence of existential crises but also a person’s likelihood to resolve their crises. Existential crises themselves should be regarded not negatively but positively for its allowing of people to find the meaning that they desire in their lives. People resolve for themselves what their true interest are and how to fulfill them through behavioral choice. Conformity and lake of “smarts” interfere with finding such meaning.

 
Brain and Skill Drain in Relation to Model of Hierarchical Complexity
(Basic Research)
MANSI J SHAH (Dare Association, Inc)
Abstract: Human capital flight is the emigration of highly skilled or well-educated individuals. The net benefits of human capital flight for the receiving country are sometimes referred to as a "brain gain". The net sending country costs are referred to as a "brain drain". Such migrations occur because of several attractions: 1) more open-minded societies; 2) opportunity to pursue one’s interests; 3) latest technology; 4) higher salaries; 5) greater comfort; 6) better standard of living. This study focused on 3 groups of people: a) Never moved anywhere; b) Moved within the country; c) Moved to a different part of the world. Interests and Behavioral-Developmental Stage scores were collected. To understand the reasoning for not migrating and migrating, 60 participants filled out a survey along with a self-report interview. We found out people migrated because: 1) higher salaries and job satisfaction; 2) Education; 3) Better Health Care; 4) Standard of living and 5) Safety. The 2017 census report showed the percentage of people migrated from 2000 to 2017 from different regions of the world. Finally, we ran a correlation between the interest and stages. We found a strong positive correlation between education and professions in relation to the MHC stages.
 
 
Special Event #243
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
CHOICE: Session 3
Sunday, May 26, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD North
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D.
 

CHOICE: How Stimuli Come to Choose: Transformation, Valuation, and Durability of Learned Reinforcers

Abstract:

From a behavioral selectionist perspective, it is not the individual who chooses, but the consequent stimuli (e.g., reinforcers) that select out responding. New reinforcers are learned throughout the lifespan, just as new responses are learned. When new reinforcers are acquired, stimuli that do not function to reinforce are transformed such that new stimulus control is established. The question is: How do stimuli that did not have value come to be transformed into reinforcers, or, how are new reinforcers learned? This presentation will describe three ways in which new reinforcers are established with children: stimulus-stimulus pairings, operant procedures, and observational conditioning-by-denial procedures. These procedures have been successful in altering the value of stimuli leading to changes in a) musical preference and “appreciation,” b) food preferences, c) social reinforcers, d) educational reinforcers, e) foundational verbal developmental cusps, such as observing responses, and f) stimulus control for social learning.

 
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University)
 

Dr. Jessica Singer-Dudek is the Director of Transdisciplinary Programs in ABA at Columbia University Teachers College. She also serves as a Senior Behavior Analyst Consultant to schools implementing the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) model, and serves as the CABAS® Professional Advisory Board Secretary/Treasurer. Dr. Dudek’s research interests include component analyses of successful behavior analytic models of education, teacher and supervisor training, verbally governed and verbally governing behaviors, establishment of early observing responses, verbal behavior development, conditioned reinforcement, and observational learning.

 

CHOICE: How Should/Do People Choose When Discrimination is Difficult?

Abstract:

Classic models of signal detection assume that subjects set a criterion on a similarity dimension, calling all events below that S1 and all above S2. The criterion should be set at the point that maximizes the expected (long run) payoffs. This tutorial describes that model and the effect of discriminability (d’) on the ability to accurately position the criterion. It is shown that the forces driving the criterion toward optimal are too weak and complicated to ever work when discriminability is poor. How do subjects do it? They don’t: They deviate systematically from optimality. Why? What do they actually do? Will any model successfully predict their behavior? How is Gerd Gigerenzer relevant? These questions will be answered, and those answers questioned.

 
PETER KILLEEN (Arizona State University)
 

Peter received his doctorate in 1969 under the perplexed gazes of Howie Rachlin, Dick Herrnstein, and Fred Skinner. His first (and only) position was at Arizona State University (in the department Previously-Known-As Fort Skinner in the Desert). He has studied choice behavior and schedule-induced responses like polydipsia, reinforcement schedules, timing, and delay discounting. His reinforcers include the Poetry in Science Award; the APA Div. 25 Med Outstanding Researcher Award; the Hilgard Award for the Best Theoretical Paper on Hypnosis (!); the F. J. McGuigan Lecture on Understanding the Human Mind (!!); Presidents of the Society of Experimental Psychologists, the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior, and the 3rd International Seminar on Behavior (SINCA). A year at the Institute for Advanced Studies in Oslo birthed a paper that received The Faculty of 1000’s “Must Read” for its behavioral energetics theory of ADHD. His statistic prep was an Emerging Research Front Feature on Thomson Reuters Sciencewatch. He has written oodles of screeds on Choice; his first, now receiving social security, showed that pigeons were indifferent between free food and schedules where they had to work for it https://goo.gl/E8gzSo; his last was a deep dive into the logistics of choice https://goo.gl/y9GjJG. What matters in his golden years is family and friends, the well-being of behavior analysis, and thinking deep thoughts. He is urging our field to turn some of their efforts to understanding the role of emotions in behavior, and bridging to the outer world through embodied cognition. About these you will hear more at the presidential address.

 
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss a behavioral selectionist point of view of choice; (2) discuss various methods of how stimuli are transformed into conditioned reinforcers; (3) discuss the effects of learned reinforcers on a wide variety of social and non-social behaviors; (4) draw the logo of SDT, and show how the criterion should move with changes in frequency of signal or payoff changes; (5) explain what today’s analysis demonstrates to be the strategy people probably use; (6) scratch your head over why optimality analysis persisted as a descriptive model many decades after it was invalidated; (7) argue whether it remains a good normative model; (8) explain what “to Gerd” means.
 
 
 
Symposium #244
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Theory and Practice of Misophonia: A Multisensory Conditioned Respondent Behavior Disorder
Sunday, May 26, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Thomas H. Dozier (Misophonia Treatment Institute)
Discussant: Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC)
CE Instructor: Emily Thomas Johnson, M.S.
Abstract:

Misophonia is an understudied but relatively common respondent behavior condition, the effects of which range from annoying to debilitating. Misophonia is known as a condition where commonly occurring innocuous stimuli (e.g. chewing sound) elicit anger and accompanying physiological responses which function as motivating operations for overt aggression and escape. Although there are some common misophonic stimuli, each person has a unique set of stimuli, which often includes auditory and visual stimuli, but can be any sensory modality. Misophonia is similar to general sensory sensitivity which is common with autism, but the management and intervention for each are quite different. Misophonia was first identified and named by audiologists and has been considered a hearing disorder. Recently misophonia has come to be viewed as an anger disorder and the focus of psychiatrists, psychologists, and neuroscience. Behaviorally, misophonia may be considered a classically conditioned physical respondent phenomenon, and it may be more appropriate to view misophonia as a conditioned behavioral disorder.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): classical conditioning, misophonia, motivating operation, respondent behavior
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, psychologists, school counselors, and other clinicians

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify 3 or more common misophonic stimuli in at least 2 stimulus modalities. 2. Identify the key difference in the theory of stimulus-stimulus classical conditioning and stimulus-response classical conditioning. 3. Explain how the theory of stimulus-response classical conditioning provides a plausible theory for why misophonic responses strengthen with real-life exposure to trigger stimuli.
 
Theory of Misophonia: A Stimulus-Response Classically Conditioned Behavior
(Theory)
THOMAS H. DOZIER (Misophonia Treatment Institute)
Abstract: Misophonia is a respondent behavior condition that has only been observed in humans, therefore basic research concerning the etiology of misophonia is not possible. With misophonia, common stimuli such as the sound of chewing, sniffing, or visual images of other chewing of leg jiggling elicit a very distressing reflex response. Research studies indicate misophonia consists of conditioned emotional responses and physical respondents. A review of this limited literature will be included. Case reports studies indicate that the physical respondent of misophonia has similar topography to unconscious operant or respondent behavior occurring during onset of misophonia. A basic theory for development of respondent behavior is stimulus-response classical conditioning. The theory of stimulus-response classical conditioning will be examined and contrasted with stimulus-stimulus classical conditioning theory. The misophonic response does not typically extinguish with repeated exposure or prolonged avoidance. A theory for this will be explained using stimulus-response classical conditioning theory. Treatment cases will be reviewed which indicate possible options for interventions to remediate the misophonic response.
 

Behavioral Treatment of Problem Behavior Evoked by Bodily Sounds in an Adult With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
SHAJI HAQ (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Juan Rafael (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Ken Nhu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Ignacio Aviles (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Cristain Ceja (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Trong Pham (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Amber Shults (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.), Joyce C. Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.)
Abstract:

Misophonia is characterized by an autonomic response that is elicited by certain innocuous or repetitive sounds (Edelstein, Brang, Rouw, & Ramachandran, 2013), and individuals with misophonia may display an extreme, overt response commonly associated with rage, hatred, and a loss of self-control (Dozier, 2015). In this investigation, we used an operant approach to treat problem behavior evoked by bodily sounds (i.e., coughing, sneezing, sniffling, and clearing throat) for a young adult with autism spectrum disorder. The procedure involved pairing bodily sounds with preferred edibles at fixed intervals and withholding attention from the participant if he engaged in problem behavior (i.e., attention extinction). In addition, problem behavior did not produce any delays to the presentation of the next bodily sound (i.e., escape extinction). The intervention produced immediate reductions of problem behavior and the effects of treatment maintained during progressively lean schedules of reinforcement. A brief review of past research, along with implications for research and clinical practice will be discussed.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #245
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

The Public Lives of Animal Behavior

Sunday, May 26, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D.
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
MICHAEL PETTIT (York University)

Michael Pettit is an associate professor of psychology at York University in Toronto, CA where he teaches in their unique Historical, Theoretical, and Critical Studies of Psychology program. He is the author of The Science of Deception (University of Chicago Press, 2013) and over a dozen articles on the history of the social and behavioral sciences.

Abstract:

The behavior of nonhuman animals continues to elicit considerable interest not only from scientists, but from a wide range of publics. This fascination means studies of animal behavior often have a double life, a source of a scientific knowledge while also providing edifying entertainment. For this reason, students of animal behavior have had to grapple with an array of (both wanted and unwanted) audiences for their research. In this talk, I will offer examples from the history of psychology, with a particular focus on the controversies over animal sexuality and cognition, to illustrate the ways in which scientific knowledge has been consumed and contested.

Target Audience:

The audience includes those interested in the history and theory of psychology and the behavioral sciences.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe important episodes in the history of animal behavior; (2) challenge the diffusionist model of the public understanding of science; (3) put contemporary concerns into historical perspective.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #246
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

How to Leverage Behavioral and Pharmacological Sciences to Impact the Opioid Crisis

Sunday, May 26, 2019
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: William Stoops, Ph.D.
Chair: William Stoops (University of Kentucky)
SHARON WALSH (University of Kentucky)
Dr. Sharon Walsh is a Professor of Behavioral Science and Psychiatry, and Director of the Center on Drug and Alcohol Research at the University of Kentucky. Dr. Walsh's clinical research has focused on pharmacological issues in opioid and cocaine dependence. She has conducted pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic studies of licit and illicit opioids and opioid treatment agents, including buprenorphine, methadone and LAAM. She has conducted abuse liability evaluations of opioid compounds in humans. She has evaluated potential pharmacotherapies for efficacy and safety in the treatment of cocaine dependence employing both inpatient drug interaction studies and outpatient clinical trials. Her work has been supported through continuous funding from the National Institute on Drug Abuse along with funding from private foundations and industry. She has provided expert advice to the FDA, NIH, legal representatives and the pharmaceutical industry.
Abstract:

This presentation will provide an overview of the origins of the present opioid crisis, now in its second decade, in the United States. This year alone it is estimated that approximately 50,000 lives will be lost to opioid overdose with innumerable others suffering other consequences of the disorder. Effective interventions must span the continuum from prevention (both through education and improved opioid prescribing practices), expansion of evidence-based treatment and increasing additional harm reduction approaches to decrease the health risks associated with opioid use and injection drug use. The basis for the use of pharmacotherapies for the treatment of opioid use disorder are grounded in the principles of behavioral pharmacology, and the empirical evidence for the efficacy of our pharmacological armamentarium will be reviewed. The utility of additional behavioral approaches to augment the effectiveness of pharmacotherapeutics will be discussed. Finally, innovative programs that are having significant impact on the crisis will be discussed.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

Learning Objectives: PENDING
 
 
Symposium #247
CE Offered: BACB
Synthesizing the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Literature
Sunday, May 26, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rachel Metras (Western New England University)
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Rachel Metras, M.A.
Abstract:

The assessment and treatment of problem behavior has long been a focus of behavior analytic research and practice. By conducting literature reviews, researchers connect relevant literature, synthesize empirical findings, and discover important relations that might not be detected by reading a series of empirical papers. In this way, literature reviews may help guide future research and practice. This symposium seeks to highlight and summarize literature on current assessment and treatment practices. The presenters will discuss: the extent to which descriptive assessment and functional analysis (FA) results correspond; the prevalence and use of synthesized contingencies in FAs; the scope and outcomes of different function-based treatments for multiply-maintained problem behavior; and the extent to which stimuli identified through a competing stimulus assessment have been incorporated into treatments for problem behavior. The potential merits and implications of the existing literature for assessment and treatment of problem behavior will be discussed, and recommendations for future research and practice will be provided.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Competing Stimuli, Descriptive Assessments, Functional Analysis, Synthesized Contingencies
Target Audience:

BCBAs, applied behavior analytic researchers, students of behavior analysis

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the extent to which descriptive assessment and functional analysis (FA) results correspond, (2) identify the prevalence and uses of synthesized contingencies in published FA applications, (3) describe treatment outcomes for multiply-maintained problem behavior under different treatment conditions, and (4) discuss the uses of competing stimuli (as identified through competing stimulus assessments) in treatments of problem behavior.
 
Use of Descriptive Assessment and Correspondence to Functional Analysis: A Systematic Review
Bethany P. Contreras Young (Middle Tennessee State University), SAVANNAH TATE (University of Missouri Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Assessment is used to identify the function of problem behavior and leads to the development of effective treatment. Two types of direct assessment are often used to identify function of problem behavior: descriptive assessment (DA) and functional analysis (FA). Some researchers have suggested that DA is not as accurate as FA (Thompson & Iwata, 2007), yet many practitioners continue to use DA as a primary method for identifying variables maintaining problem behavior (Roscoe et al., 2015). We are conducting a systematic literature review to identify the use of DA and the correspondence between results of DA and FA. We conducted a thorough search of the existing literature and included any articles that reported the methods and results of a DA for problem behavior. For articles that included both a DA and FA, we calculated agreement in function between the two assessments per participant. Data analysis is still underway, but thus far we have found that the results of DA corresponded with results of FA in 59% of cases. In 22% of cases, results of DA yielded completely different results than FA. We will conduct additional analyses, including sensitivity and specificity analysis of the assessment results.
 
Nature and Scope of Synthesis in Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior
JESSICA SLATON (Nashoba Learning Group), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) of problem behavior typically includes the contingent delivery of a single reinforcer following problem behavior. However, the FA literature also includes examples of analyses that have delivered multiple reinforcers, arranged multiple establishing operations in one or more test conditions, or both. These analyses have been successfully applied under heterogeneous conditions over several decades and with various synthesized establishing operations and reinforcers, but their qualitative details, outcomes, and contributions to the literature have never been described in a comprehensive manner. The purpose of the current review was to: (a) identify articles that have reported the use of synthesized FAs or treatments; (b) describe the nature and scope of synthesis as it has been applied in the FA literature; (c) analyze outcomes of synthesized FAs and treatments to determine general benefits and disadvantages of synthesis; and (d) offer recommendations for future areas of research. We identified 55 articles with a total of 287 applications of synthesized FAs or treatments across 149 participants, published between 1995 and 2018. We found that 94% percent of all synthesized FAs were differentiated, and synthesized treatments indicated an average mean baseline reduction of 90.2% across all treatment applications.
 
A Review of Treatments for Problem Behavior Maintained by Multiple Reinforcers
ROBIN K. LANDA (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
Abstract: Functional analyses enable researchers to identify contingencies that influence problem behavior so that effective treatment can be developed. Hanley, Iwata, and McCord (2003) reported that problem behavior was controlled by multiple reinforcers in 15% of the 514 differentiated functional analyses published between 1961 and 2000 (a total of 77 analyses). The percentage of analyses showing control by multiple reinforcers increased to 24% of the 158 differentiated analyses published from 2001 to 2012 (an additional 38 analyses; Beavers, Iwata, & Lerman, 2013). These data combined with the recent awareness of synthesized contingencies operating in past analyses as well as the increase in prevalence of synthesized contingencies (Slaton & Hanley, 2018) underscore the importance of a technology for treating multiply-controlled problem behavior; however, the procedural details and outcomes of function-based treatments that involve multiple reinforcers have yet to be summarized. The goal of this review is to summarize and critically evaluate the procedures and outcomes of function-based treatments that have involved multiple suspected reinforcers for problem behavior.
 
Evolution of Competing Stimulus Assessments: A Quantitative Review
JENNIFER N. HADDOCK (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: We reviewed the literature on competing stimulus assessments (CSAs), which are pre-treatment assessments designed to systematically identify stimuli that displace problem behavior, ostensibly through reinforcer competition. Although CSA methods vary across studies, most share these features: (a) presentation of nominated stimuli, singly, across a series of trials, (b) a no stimulus control trial, and (c) measurement of problem behavior and stimulus engagement. Stimuli associated with clinically significant reductions in problem behavior in the CSA are frequently delivered noncontingently during treatments for automatically reinforced problem behavior or used as supplementary treatment components for socially reinforced problem behavior. In the majority of cases in which an extended analysis was performed following the CSA, reductions in problem behavior observed during the CSA produced similar reductions during treatment, regardless of topography or function of problem behavior, or whether the stimuli “matched” the stimulation thought to be produced by problem behavior. Implications for research and practice will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #248
CE Offered: BACB
Accumulated and Distributed Reinforcement Arrangements: Further Comparisons in Multiple Contexts
Sunday, May 26, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Nathalie Fernandez (University of Florida)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Iser Guillermo DeLeon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Several recent studies have compared the relative effects of, and preferences for, reinforcer arrangements that provided either a) immediate, but discontinuous, access to a reinforcer following a small response requirement (i.e., distributed reinforcement) or b) delayed, but continuous (or uninterrupted), access to the same total quantity of the reinforcer following a larger response requirement (i.e. accumulated reinforcement). Most (but not all) comparisons have revealed that learners prefer, and work more efficiently, under the accumulated reinforcement condition despite the inherent delay to first contact with the reinforcer. The studies in this symposium extend our understanding of these effects in multiple contexts and under multiple conditions. The themes collectively explored include implications for varying applied contexts (e.g., feeding disorders, skill acquisition, problem behavior); effects of effort permutations (e.g., task difficulty, task mastery), and effects of schedule requirements (e.g., reinforcer production schedules, token exchange-production schedules). Collectively, the studies contribute to our understanding of the determinants of choice and preference and advance our knowledge of best practices for individualized learning arrangements.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate

 

Preference for and Efficacy of Accumulated and Distributed Response-Reinforcer Arrangements During Skill Acquisition

(Applied Research)
MICHELLE A. FRANK-CRAWFORD (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center), Ting Chen (The Faison Center), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

We evaluated preference for and efficacy of distributed and accumulated response-reinforcer arrangements during discrete-trial teaching for unmastered tasks. During the distributed arrangement, participants received 30-s access to a reinforcer after each correct response. During accumulated arrangements, access was accrued throughout the work period and delivered in its entirety upon completion of the work requirement. Accumulated arrangements were assessed with and without the use of tokens. In Experiment 1, four of five participants preferred one of the accumulated arrangements and preference remained unchanged across mastered and unmastered tasks for all 5 participants. Four individuals participated in Experiment 2 and we conducted replications with new target stimuli with three of these individuals (for a total of seven analyses). Target stimuli were mastered more quickly in one of the accumulated arrangements in six of the seven analyses. Partial correspondence between preference and efficacy outcomes was obtained for two of the three individuals for whom both experiments were conducted. These results support prior research indicating that many learners with intellectual and/or developmental disabilities prefer accumulated reinforcement and that accumulated arrangements can be as effective as distributed arrangements in teaching new skills.

 
Comparing Effectiveness of Distributed, Accumulated, and Negative Reinforcement in the Treatment of Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior
(Applied Research)
ANDREW C BONNER (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Sarah Weinsztok (University of Florida), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Treatments for escape-maintained problem behavior sometimes consist of placing problem behavior on extinction and delivering reinforcers according to a differential reinforcement schedule. However, evidence suggests that positive reinforcement for task completion may decrease escape-maintained problem behavior in the absence of escape extinction. Moreover, a variety of reinforcers (e.g., food, toys, escape) and reinforcement arrangements (e.g., distributed, accumulated) have been utilized in prior research. However, the differential effects of these interventions on treatment durability when problem behavior continues to produce escape remains unknown. Treatment durability refers here to an interventions capacity to maintain low rates of problem behavior as the unit price per reinforcer is increased. Thus, the current study evaluated whether interventions incorporating the use of tokens (exchangeable for accumulated access to toys) would equal or exceed the effects, in terms of treatment durability, of interventions that incorporate distributed access to food or the functional reinforcer. Results showed that for two of four participants, accumulated positive reinforcement was as durable as distributed positive reinforcement. Furthermore, the intervention involving negative reinforcement for compliance was either not effective or deteriorated as schedule thinning was conducted for all participants.
 
Accumulated and Distributed Reinforcer Arrangements in the Treatment for Pediatric Food Refusal and Selectivity
(Applied Research)
ELAINE CHEN (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Treatment for inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB) often includes extinction and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) arranged using distributed reinforcement where brief reinforcer access is delivered immediately following each appropriate mealtime response. Alternatively, DRA may be arranged using accumulated reinforcement where longer, continuous access to reinforcers is delivered following the completion of a larger response requirement (e.g., multiple consecutive bites). Although research has suggested that individuals prefer and perform better under accumulated arrangements in academic settings, no research to date has evaluated their efficacy in the context of mealtime. The present study compared preference for and the efficacy of distributed and accumulated (with and without tokens) reinforcement with three participants who engaged in IMB. The results suggest that distributed reinforcement was as or more effective than accumulated reinforcement at treating IMB. In addition, two participants preferred distributed reinforcement and the third preferred accumulated reinforcement without tokens.
 
Preferences for Token Exchange-Production Schedules: Effects of Task Difficulty and Token-Production Schedules
(Basic Research)
JOHN FALLIGANT (Auburn University/Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Sacha T. Pence (Drake University), Sarah Bedell (Auburn University)
Abstract: Individuals allocate behavior to simultaneously available schedules of reinforcement as a function of different dimensions of reinforcement (e.g., delays, magnitude, response effort). Previous research suggests that accumulated exchange-production schedules promote increased work completion and are more preferred than distributed exchange-production schedules despite the commensurate delays to reinforcement. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate whether the response effort or token-production schedules associated with token delivery influence preferences for exchange-production schedules. Participants consisted of three children with autism who were referred to a university-based applied behavior analysis clinic for escape-maintained problem behavior. Tokens exchanged under accumulated schedules supported higher rates of responding and were more preferred, relative to distributed schedules, when they were earned for completing easy tasks (Experiment 1). When participants earned tokens for completing difficult tasks, they generally preferred accumulated exchange-production schedules, and accumulated schedules were slightly more effective than distributed schedules in maintaining behavior (Experiment 2). Under dense token-production schedules, accumulated exchange-production schedules were preferred, but participant’s preferences switched to distributed schedules under increasing token-production (i.e., leaner) schedules (Experiment 3).
 
 
Symposium #249
CE Offered: BACB
Functional Behavior Assessment and Treatment of Sleep Problems in Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 26, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sandy Jin (California State University, Northridge)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (University of Texas at San Antonio)
CE Instructor: Sandy Jin, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Sleep problems are ubiquitous among children and adolescents diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). These problems are unlikely to abate without treatment, resulting in adverse long-term effects on the daytime functioning and wellbeing of people with ASD and their siblings, parents, and others. To effectively address sleep problems, it is important to first identify the variables controlling relevant behavior. Functional Behavior Assessment (FBA) is a process that can help facilitate an understanding of the reinforcement contingencies that either disrupt or facilitate bed preparation, sleep onset, self-soothing behavior following night wakings, and waking at an appropriate time in the morning. From this process, caregivers and clinicians are more equipped to devise individualized and function-based treatment programs for individuals diagnosed with ASD whose sleep is chronically disturbed. This symposium contains a series of presentations as follows: (a) discussion of the core behavioral model of sleep with specific considerations of how this needs to be adapted for individuals diagnosed with ASD, (b) efficacy evaluation of function-based treatments with and without melatonin for sleep problems of children diagnosed with ASD, (c) effectiveness of adolescent-led or combined parent/adolescent-led behavioral treatments for sleep problems in 7, 9-15 year old participants diagnosed with ASD, and (d) outcome data for 40 participants diagnosed with ASD who have received function-based treatments for their sleep problems.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Functional Assessment, Sleep, Sleep Treatment
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Graduate Students of Behavior Analysis, BCaBA, RBT, Clinical Psychologists, Psychiatrists, Pediatricians

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will gain an understanding of the variables that influence sleep in children diagnosed with autism. 2. Attendees will gain an understanding of the reinforcement contingencies that disrupt or facilitate bed preparation, sleep onset, self-soothing behavior following night wakings, and waking at an appropriate time in the morning. 3. Attendees will learn the efficacy and social acceptability of function-based treatments for sleep problems of children diagnosed with autism. 4. Attendees will learn strategies to design individualized treatments for sleep problems in children diagnosed with autism.
 

A Behavioral Model of Pediatric Sleep Disturbance: Adaptations for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Theory)
NEVILLE MORRIS BLAMPIED (University of Canterbury), Karyn France (University of Canterbury), Jenna van Deurs (University of Canterbury)
Abstract:

Sleep is essential to health, wellbeing, and development and chronic sleep disruption has many adverse consequences. Children and adolescents with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder have high rates of sleep disturbance. For typically developing children Blampied and France (1983; JABA, 26, 477-92) proposed a bio-social-behavioral model of pediatric sleep disturbance for typically developing children that explains sleep disturbance in terms of (a) stimulus control (or its lack) for sleep-interfering and facilitating behaviors, and (b) related contingencies of reinforcement for the behaviors. Going to sleep is a state transition supplying primary reinforcement for a terminal link in a concurrent chain, where choice of sleep facilitating or interfering behaviors is dynamically influenced by the salience of the stimuli for the concurrent chains and the associated schedules of reinforcement. This model guides functional behavioral assessment of sleep disturbances and the design of remedial interventions. This talk will outline the model and elaborate on those aspects that need particular attention to adapt it for children and adolescents with ASD, such as the impact of extended device use, stereotypic behavior and or high-intensity challenging behavior. This is intended to provide background information for papers to follow in the symposium.

 

Assessment and Treatment of Sleep Problems in Children Diagnosed With Autism: Behavioral Treatment With and Without Melatonin

(Applied Research)
SANDY JIN (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract:

Sleep problems are prevalent and persistent in young children, especially children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). These problems negatively impact the health and development of young children and are often challenging to address for caregivers and clinicians. Pharmacological interventions, such as melatonin, are commonly recommended for pediatric sleep problems despite limited research on their efficacy and social acceptability. Function-based behavioral interventions shows merit as a promising alternative but has yet to draw to focus of mainstream treatment providers. This present study evaluated the efficacy of personalized and assessment-based behavioral intervention with and without melatonin on the sleep problems of children diagnosed with ASD. Nighttime infrared video and sleep diary were used to measure sleep interfering behaviors, sleep onset delay, night and early wakings, the total amount of sleep, as well as other relevant variables in the participating children. Parents and caregivers were encouraged to assist with treatment development during the assessment process and served as interventionists at home following behavioral skills training. A multiple-baseline-across-subjects designed was used to evaluate the treatments. Parents also provided feedback on the acceptability of each treatment and on their satisfaction with the outcomes. The relative advantages and disadvantages of each treatment option, their comparative efficacy, and the extent to which parents can implement the strategies with integrity are discussed.

 

Treating Sleep Disturbance in Young People With Autism

(Applied Research)
JENNA VAN DEURS (University of Caterbury), Laurie McLay (University of Canterbury), Karyn France (University of Canterbury), Neville Morris Blampied (University of Canterbury)
Abstract:

Young people with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often exhibit significant sleep problems e.g., delayed sleep onset latency, and frequent and prolonged night wakings throughout their life, but there is little research into effective interventions for them. Previous research has largely focused on sleep problems in non-verbal preschool or school-aged children with autism, where parents are the primary intervention agents. We illustrate how behavioural sleep interventions can be adapted to include young people with ASD, who are verbal and have various levels of functioning, in therapy. The current study used a single-case multiple baseline design to evaluate the effectiveness of adolescent-led or combined parent/adolescent-led behavioral treatments for sleep problems in 7, 9-15 year old participants with ASD. Selected participants displayed sufficient communication abilities to participate in therapy, assessed by clinical judgement and the Communication domain of the Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales; inclusion was not limited by IQ. Preliminary analysis indicates both young person-led and combined parent/ young person-led treatment approaches resulted in a reduction in target sleep variables for 6/7 participants. Parent and young person treatment fidelity and social validity data will also be presented. The process and implications of including young people with ASD within the therapeutic process will be discussed.

 

Evaluating the Effect of Function-Based Treatments for Sleep Disturbance in People With Autism

(Applied Research)
LAURIE MCLAY (University of Canterbury), Karyn France (University of Canterbury), Neville Morris Blampied (University of Canterbury), Jenna van Deurs (University of Canterbury), Jolene Hunter (University of Canterbury)
Abstract:

Sleep problems in children and adolescents with autism are often maintained by antecedent variables and reinforcement contingencies unique to the individual. Functional Behavioural Assessment (FBA) is a tool used identify this unique combinations of variables for each individual. To date, few large N studies replicating the evaluation of function-based interventions for sleep problems in people with autism exist. This presentation reports the outcomes of a series of single-case multiple baseline design studies evaluating the effects of function-based, parent-implemented interventions for 40 children and adolescents with ASD. Data was gathered using a combination of daily parent-reported sleep diaries, videosomnography and actigraphy and was used to calculate a Sleep Problem Severity score for baseline, treatment, and short- and long-term follow-up. Treatment fidelity, reliability and social validity data were also collected. Preliminary analysis indicates that FBA-based interventions led to a reduction in some or all sleep problems for all children who completed intervention. These gains were generally maintained at short- and long-term follow-up. The implications of these findings for clinical practice and future research will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #250
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Assessment and Treatment With Juvenile and Adult Offenders
Sunday, May 26, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: P. Raymond Joslyn (Berry College)
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: P. Raymond Joslyn, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has been shown to be effective in addressing behavior in a multitude of populations and settings. However, there are still many populations that remain underserved and understudied in behavior analysis. The current symposium will address various methods of assessment and treatment for criminal offenders, an understudied population. The first presentation will cover a multicomponent intervention to reduce problem behavior and multipharmaceutical interventions with adolescent offenders diagnosed with intellectual disabilities. The second presentation will discuss a study on the use of rules, role playing, and feedback to increase appropriate behavior with adjudicated adolescents. The third presentation will cover the use of relative risk to determine high- and low- risk environmental and behavioral factors related to severe aggression in juvenile offenders. Finally, the last presentation will discuss the use of behavioral interventions such as differential reinforcement to increase appropriate behavior and decrease inappropriate behavior with adult male prisoners. Implications and future directions will also be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): criminal offenders, delinquency, high-risk behavior, restrictive settings
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts who currently work with or are interested in working nontraditional populations such as juvenile offenders, prisoners, and/or ID offenders would benefit from the research in this symposium.

Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to: 1) Describe current research in the area of juvenile delinquency. 2) Discuss some potential challenges and obstacles for behavior analysts working in prisons. 3) Describe interventions that can reduce reliance on psychotropic medication for individuals with severe problem behavior.
 

Residential Behavioral Treatment and the Withdrawal of Polypharmaceutical Treatment in Adolescents
With Intellectual and Other Developmental Disabilities

Duncan Pritchard (Aran Hall School), HEATHER PENNEY (Aran Hall School), Veda Richards (Aran Hall School)
Abstract:

Psychotropic medication is frequently used to treat behavior disorders in adolescents with intellectual and other developmental disabilities, despite the risk of severe side-effects from the medication. A multi-component behavioral intervention was associated with a reduction in severe problem behavior presented by three male adolescents attending a residential program in the UK. Prior to their admission to the program, the three young people had been prescribed 3-4 psychotropic medications by community-based psychiatrists. None of the participants were attending school prior to their admission to the program and two had received criminal convictions. Alongside intensive behavioral treatment concurrent with systematic withdrawal of their psychotropic medication, the participants all attended the on-site school and gained a range of awards and qualifications. They were also able to participate in staff supported community-based activities such as food and clothes shopping, visits to the cinema, sports events, and restaurants. During their time in the program, two of the young people went on to attend college and work experience. The success of the behavioral treatment concurrent with the withdrawal of the medication perhaps demonstrates that the increasing prevalence of polypharmacy should be questioned by behavior analysts.

 

Rules, Role-Play, and Feedback Increase Appropriate Reactions of Adolescent Males Who Have Been Adjudicated

KRISTEN BROGAN (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Anna Kate Edgemon (Auburn University), Amanda Niedfeld (Auburn University), Jodi Coon (Auburn University), Kelli Thompson (Auburn University), Barry Burkhart (Auburn University)
Abstract:

Adolescents who have been adjudicated may engage in excess behavior immediately following verbal directives or reprimands from staff. Excess behavior may include verbal aggression, indices of disrespect (e.g., eye rolling, grunting, obscene gestures), or even physical aggression. These excess behaviors may evoke further directives or reprimands from staff which in turn escalates the excess behavior. These cyclical interactions may result in severe consequences for both staff (e.g., risk of injury, involvement in an incident report) and adolescents (e.g., risk of injury, time out). Teaching adolescents who are detained to respond appropriately to staff directives and reprimands may produce large collateral changes in the way staff interact with adolescents in detention facilities. We taught eleven adolescent males who had been adjudicated to respond appropriately to staff directives and reprimands through the use of behavioral skills training. All participants showed low percentages of appropriate reactions in baseline and high percentages of appropriate reactions during treatment and generalization sessions. Implications of programming to teach appropriate reactions to diverse populations are discussed.

 

Risk Assessment of Severe Aggression With Detained Juvenile Offenders

P. RAYMOND JOSLYN (Berry College), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Although functional assessment is an ideal approach for developing behavioral treatment, there are some scenarios in which it is difficult or infeasible. For behaviors that occur infrequently and are extremely dangerous, obtaining objective and reliable information can be challenging. For example, it would be unethical and dangerous to conduct a functional analysis of aggression that is likely to result in severe injury to staff members and it would be difficult to obtain indirect information if the behavior occurs infrequently. However, relative risk can be used to determine risk and protective factors for the occurrence of these difficult-to-assess behaviors. A relative risk calculation compares the conditional (factor-specific) rate or probability of a behavior to the unconditional (overall) rate or probability to provide information about conditions in which the behavior is more or less likely to occur. The current study was conducted in a long-term detention facility for juvenile offenders. We used environmental and resident behavior characteristics to calculate relative risk for severe aggression. Examination of specific factors such as the time of day, day of week, location, and latency to first instance of behavior indicated risk and protective factors for severe aggression. Implications for treatment, assessment, and future research are discussed.

 
Behaviour Analytic Interventions for Offenders in Secure Prisons: Opportunities and Challenges
CHRISTOPHER SEEL (University of South Wales), Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
Abstract: Behaviour analytic interventions hold great promise for improving outcomes for offenders in secure correctional facilities, despite the relative dearth of behaviour analysts working in these settings. This presentation will use multiple case examples to demonstrate the utility of reinforcement-based interventions in a UK prison housing nearly 2000 male offenders. For example, one case (Figure 1) demonstrates how a differential reinforcement of alternative behaviour (DRA) procedure increased prisoner engagement in education. Results showed that access to tokens exchangeable for cleaning tasks and certificates of accomplishment resulted in more consistent engagement in education sessions. However, positive changes were moderated by the presence of punitive procedures implemented by prison staff. A second case (Figure 2) demonstrates how a differential reinforcement of other behaviour (DRO) procedure decreased a prisoner’s unwarranted visits to the staff office. Visits decreased when the prisoner accessed to one-to-one staff attention and stationery contingent on absence of office interruptions. However, treatment effects were less stable when implementation was transferred to prison staff. We will highlight challenges of working in prison environments, including the volatility of the setting, dealing with procedural integrity compromises when transferring intervention implementation to prison officers, and addressing prison officer perspectives on appropriate strategies for behaviour change.
 
 
Symposium #251
CE Offered: BACB
Sticky Interventions for Environmentally Relevant Behaviors
Sunday, May 26, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Thomas Anatol Da Rocha Woelz (PUC-SP)
Discussant: Mark P. Alavosius (Praxis2LLC)
CE Instructor: Mark P. Alavosius, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Most behaviors recommended to slow, prevent or adapt to global warming entail delayed consequences that may be inadequate to maintain behavior change. A challenge to any effort to organize behaviors responsive to climate change is increasing the current value of those behaviors to individuals, organizations and communities and consideration of their value to future generations. A framework for research and practice to govern consumption of community resources and preserve natural capital for future generations might consider what determines ‘sticky’ interventions that persist over time and attract others to invest in their expansion. Central to this framework are principles governing collective action, policies that define contingencies and organizational models that promote valuing of natural resources over unchecked consumption. Presentations in this symposium will highlight the emerging discussions and research associated with socially relevant issues.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Social Issues, Sticky Interventions
Target Audience:

Academicians, students, and practitioners who are interested in performance improvement in organizations.

Learning Objectives: The audience will describe the foundation (concepts, principles, methodology) underlying contingency analysis at the cultural level of selection. The audience will discuss the behavior analytic account of implicit bias as related to emerging socio-cultural issues. The audience will list behaviors and results that align with a behavior analytic discussion of wellbeing.
 

Methodological Developments for Evaluating Bicycle Lane Implementation on Urban Mobility

(Theory)
Felipe Leite (Imagine Behavioral Technology - Fortaleza/Brazil), MIGUEL ABDALA PAIVA MACIEL (Federal University of Ceará), Gerôncio de Oliveira Filho (University of Fortaleza), Carlos Rafael Fernandes Picanço (Universidade Federal do Para), Thais Maria Monteiro Guimarães (Federal University of Pará), Felipe Augusto Gomes Wanderley (Imagine Behavioral Technology), Hernando Borges Neves Filho (Imagine Behavioral Technology)
Abstract:

Large populations in urban centers leads to increasing complexity and concurrency between contingencies that affect individuals and groups. Modern urban mobility debates focus on how to implement policies that address this issue in an environmentally conscious account. Private automobiles are the preferred transportation in urban centers, however bicycles are gaining attention as an environmentally friendly alternative. This presentation discuss methodological developments to measure the impacts of the implementation of bicycle lanes on the use of bicycles as a basic means of transport. Counting of individuals biking were conduct in two two-hour time intervals by two independent observers on four days before bike lane implementation and four days after implementation. Follow-ups with equal measures were made in two months after the bicycle lanes are open. Video feeds from public security cameras were obtained, which allowed the use of BORIS software. A complementary software was developed in PASCAL to increase measurement precision from the video feeds in BORIS. Preliminary results indicated precise measurement and high IOA (≥90%). These developments are important to discuss the difficulties of evaluating public policies in developing countries such as Brazil, which can have direct implications for efficient urban planning and sustainable development.

 

Programming and Implementation of a Cultural Design for Solid Waste Management

(Applied Research)
Carla Morello Hayashi (Londrina State University), CAMILA MUCHON DE MELO (State University of Londrina)
Abstract:

Solid waste management has often been target of interventions in behavior analysis therefore this research had the purpose to develop a cultural design to this practice. Two studies were made in a community. The first one followed a systematized guidance used to cultural designs and 21 people participated. The procedure was divided into two stages to gather information about the community demand for pro-environmental practices and about the inappropriate practice of solid waste management. As a result, the cultural design was planned. The second study consisted of the implementation of a cultural design and 33 children participated. It was divided into: environment modification, instruction activities, gamification strategy and a practical activity. A baseline procedure was performed before the interventions and at the end of the program, two follow-up sessions were held. After each phase, the products of behaviors were measured. The results showed that the proportion of correct discards in Follow Up I and II was significantly higher than the first baseline (p = 0,0001?5%), as well as the proportion of separations by recyclable and organic items in both Follow Ups was significantly higher than the second baseline (p = 0,0001?5%). It was concluded that the cultural design was effective.

 
A Metacontingency Account of a Community’s Response to a Natural Disaster
(Theory)
JOSE ARDILA (University of Nevada), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (Praxis2LLC)
Abstract: Weather and climate disasters are increasing threats for the survival of human communities across the globe (IPCC, 2018). The aim of this presentation is to analyze the ways by which the citizens of Puerto Rico responded to Hurricane María’s landfall. For this purpose, we used the elaborated account of the metacontingency (Houmanfar, Rodrigues, and Ward, 2010) to analyze the community’s process of recovery and adaptation. First, we will provide an overview of Glenn’s (2004), and Houmanfar and colleagues’ (2010), accounts of the metacontingency. Next, we will offer a descriptive analysis of the adaptive actions of puertorricans in the aftermath of Hurricane María. At the individual level, we will identify cultural responses with respect to institutionalized stimulus functions (cf. Kantor, 1982). At the group level, we will identify the cultural milieu (i.e. contextual variables) as well as the macro and metacontingencies involved in Puerto Rico’s recovery and adaptation. The results of this analysis have theoretical and applied implications. At the theoretical level, the 5-term metacontingency effectively orients scientific work towards the identification of the psychological and sociological factors involved in the human response to natural disasters. At the applied level, identifying these factors can potentially inform future preventive, recovery, and adaptive measures and procedures.
 
Evidence-Based Advocacy
(Theory)
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: Human behavior is at the root of each of the major interlocking issues facing current societies and the global environment, including climate change, growing authoritarianism, violence, poverty, and the struggles of refugee populations. The evidence that those issues are genuine, serious, and structurally-based is overwhelming, and each is associated with serious violations of human rights. Reshaping the practices of human societies to address these issues is extraordinarily difficult, especially when the existence and importance of each remains controversial within the general public and across cultures. There are at least three related and apparently valuable responses under these conditions: Advocacy, Activism, and Accompaniment. There is an enormous literature related to each of these strategic options (Mattaini, 2013; Mattaini & Holtschneider, 2016); comprehensive, established evidence bases that can guide those practices are, however, not well developed. One of the projects being pursued by the Coalition of Behavior Science (organized by ABAI) therefore, is assembling a knowledge base to effectively guide evidence-based advocacy for sustainability and social and environmental justice, drawing on existing literature and current events, interpreted and conceptualized from a behavior science perspective. Coalition efforts in this area will be sketched in this presentation.
 
 
Symposium #252
“Problematic” in Sexual Behavior: Operational Definitions and Interventions
Sunday, May 26, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Barbara Gross (Empowered: A Center for Sexuality)
Discussant: Sorah Stein (Partnership for Behavior Change)
Abstract:

For many practitioners, protecting clients’ sexual behavior rights and the safety of clients and others can be a challenging balancing act. Clear operational definitions of sexual behavior are a key component in choosing supports that best serve our clients and those around them. This symposium presents behavior analytic conceptualizations of defining problematic sexual behavior, and difference between sexual behavior and romantic behavior. This symposium also presents data on the implementation of interventions for treating harmful sexual behavior using best practice and technology. Presenters will discuss resulting data and their implications as applicable, and will discuss recommendations for future research, instruction, and applied projects.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): pornography, relationship education, sex education, sexual behavior
 
Rule 34 and Client Rights: Definitions of “Problematic” and “Pornography”
(Service Delivery)
BARBARA GROSS (Empowered: A Center for Sexuality)
Abstract: Internet pornography is an industry where opinions regarding its utility, risk, or societal impact vary widely based on audience (Montgomery-Graham, Kohut, Fisher, & Campbell, 2015). Available literature often focuses on "inappropriate" or "problematic" use of Internet pornography with little to no clarification about what this means (Short, Black, Smith, Wetterneck, & Wells, 2011). Before we intervene on behaviors, it is important to determine if the behavior is one that should be targeted at all, and if so we must consider the least intrusive methods that protect client rights while also considering safety. This conversation will offer suggestions for operational definitions for pornography, behavioral language defining "inappropriate" use, and finally, will extend and contrast these definitions with other potentially sexual behaviors.
 

The Right to Be a Slut—Or Not: Tacting Desire and Building Correlating Skill Sets

(Service Delivery)
WORNER LELAND (Upswing Advocates), Janani Vaidya (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

For many individuals in the US, cultural and formal education conflate romantic interest with sexual interest. It is often taught that a sexual relationship necessitates a romantic relationship, and vice versa. Because of this, skill set needs may be assumed and training may focus on skills that don’t align with client desires. For clients with asexual or aromantic identities, there is still great room for growth in providing ethical and affirming services with skill building that validates these identities and their unique needs and that centers bodily autonomy. Examining cultural assumptions about interpersonal closeness, this talk examines tacting different components of desire, communicating desire, and skill building to meet idiosyncratic interpersonal goals.

 
The Evolution of Technology and the Treatment of Problematic Sexual Behavior in Real World Settings
(Applied Research)
Stephani Fauerbach (Human Development Center), KIMBERLY E. CHURCH (Human Development Center), Ashley Tomaka (Human Development Center)
Abstract: Ethical challenges related to providing treatment to individuals who have engaged in problematic sexual behavior have become even more complex as technology has advanced. Human Development Center (HDC), inc., is a non-profit organization that provides behavior analytic treatment to consumers with intellectual disabilities in a variety of community-based settings. HDC specializes in treating behaviors that interfere with the consumer’s ability to live successfully and safely in the community. Behavior analysis service plans and clinical data for two individuals with problematic sexual behavior targeted for reduction will be presented, highlighting a collaborative, data based decision making process that guides treatment and levels of support. Balancing rights and safety requires constant vigilance, collaboration, training and knowledge of current media and technology. Examples of ethical dilemmas related to problematic sexual behavior and technology will be reviewed, and suggestions for future research and treatment will be discussed.
 
Managing Harmful Sexual Behavior: Keeping Everyone Safe
(Applied Research)
DUNCAN PRITCHARD (Aran Hall School), Heather Penney (Aran Hall School), Veda Richards (Senad Group)
Abstract: A multi-component behavioral intervention (MCBI) was developed and refined over ten years to meet the increasing prevalence of harmful sexual behavior presented by adolescent males with intellectual and other developmental disabilities referred to a residential program. The MCBI is now comprised of a point and level system, and weekly sex and relationship education and therapy/counselling components. The young people who were enrolled in the program earned supervised access to the internet and also participated in staff supported community-based leisure activities and also attended college and work experience in cafes, garden centers and shops. Those young people whose harmful sexual behavior persisted were denied access to some of these activities. The ethical considerations of denying young people access to these age-appropriate activities will be discussed. Follow-up data will also be presented and discussed, as will the importance of ensuring that all stakeholders (i.e., parents, staff, funding agencies, regulators, etc.) share the same commitment to keeping everyone safe.
 
 
Symposium #253
CE Offered: BACB
The Effect of Response Rate, Reinforcement Schedules, and Stimulus-Reinforcer Relations on Response Patterns During Extinction and Delays to Reinforcement
Sunday, May 26, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich E-G
Area: EAB/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Fabiola Vargas (University of Texas at Austin)
Discussant: Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
CE Instructor: Jennifer J. McComas, Ph.D.
Abstract: Response patterns during extinction or delays to reinforcement following functional communication training are of interest to those concerned about durable treatment effects. This symposium is comprised of four data-based presentations on the effect of response rate, reinforcement schedules, and stimulus-reinforcer relations on response patterns during extinction and delays to reinforcement. The studies presented are translational in nature and span basic human operant to applied investigations, all designed to improve our understanding of the effect of these variables on subsequent response patterns. Fabiola Vargas Londono will present first on the effect of response rate of functional communication responses (FCRs) on subsequent responding during extinction. Next, Jennifer McComas will present the results of a human operant study of the effect of a lag schedule of reinforcement on subsequent persistence and resurgence, followed by Kelly Schieltz who will present on the effects of stimulus-reinforcer relations on resurgence of problem behavior. Rachel Cagliani will present the final paper that demonstrates the effects of delays to reinforcement on FCRs. Finally, Christopher Podlesnik will discuss the papers in the context of translational research and future directions.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Scientist-practitioners, researchers, BCBA-Ds
 

Further Evaluations of the Effects of Response Rate on Resurgence of Responding in Individuals With Autism: A Translational Study

(Applied Research)
FABIOLA VARGAS LONDOÑO (UT-Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Ramirez-Cristoforo (The University of Texas at Austin), Cayenne Shpall (Student)
Abstract:

Prior research has demonstrated that response rate pertaining to target responding can affect levels resurgence (e.g., Reed & Morgan, 2007; Da Silva, Maxwell, & Lattal, 2008). However, the effects of response rate have not been evaluated with clinically relevant populations. We conducted a two-experiment study in which we translated the results of Da Silva et al. (2008). In Experiment 1, we assessed resurgence of respective mands with distinct response rates (in Phase A) including a relative high response rate (i.e., under a FR 6 schedule of reinforcement) versus a relatively low response rate (i.e., under a FR 1 schedule of reinforcement) with an equal rate of reinforcement in individuals with autism. The results of Experiment 1 were idiosyncratic and inconsistent with basic findings. In Experiment 2, based on aspects of the findings in Experiment 1, we incorporated a discrimination procedure and subsequently evaluated relative resurgence of responding across conditions with different rates of responding. The results of Experiment 2 were consistent with the basic findings in that higher levels of resurgence were associated with higher rates of responding. Future avenues of research and potential implications of the current results will be discussed.

 
A Translational Evaluation of the Effects of a Lag Schedule on Resurgence of Target Responding and Persistence of Alternative Responding: An Analog of Functional Communication Training
(Basic Research)
JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Ashley Bagwell (University of Texas at Austin), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is one of the most commonly cited function-based treatments for problem behavior. However, FCT has been demonstrated to be susceptible to treatment relapse (i.e., resurgence) during challenges to treatment. One strategy for preventing and/or mitigating resurgence is the inclusion of multiple alternative responses during FCT. We evaluated the effects of reinforcing multiple alternative responses via lag schedules on the persistence and resurgence of responding within a human operant experimental preparation. We alternated two conditions across a 3-phase resurgence preparation. During Phase A, in both conditions, a target response was reinforced on a fixed ratio (FR) 1 schedule. During Phase B, target responding was on extinction in both conditions; an alternative response was reinforced on a FR 1 schedule in one condition and multiple responses were reinforced on a Lag 3 schedule in the other condition. During Phase C, all responses across both conditions were on extinction and we compared persistence of alternative responding and resurgence of targeting responding across conditions. The majority of subjects exhibited higher persistence of alternative responding and lower resurgence of target responding in the Lag schedule condition. Future avenues of research and potential implications of the current results will be discussed.
 
An Evaluation of Resurgence Following Functional Communication Training Conducted in Alternative Antecedent Contexts via Telehealth
(Applied Research)
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (University of Iowa), Alyssa N. Suess (Trinity Health), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Jessica Detrick (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Treatments based on differential reinforcement may inadvertently increase the recurrence of problem behavior when challenge conditions are encountered. The current study evaluated one potential solution to the possible strengthening effects of differential reinforcement treatments using methodology proposed by Mace et al. (2010). Participants were four children with autism spectrum disorder and treatment involved using telehealth to implement functional communication training (FCT) in three contexts with antecedent stimuli that had minimal histories of reinforcement for problem behavior before initiating FCT in the treatment context. Evaluations of the effects of treatment and tests of resurgence were conducted intermittently during treatment to evaluate maintenance, and to specifically compare the results to Wacker et al. (2011). The initial results of FCT treatment were comparable to Wacker et al. (2011) when treatment was initiated with alternative stimuli. Resurgence was reduced to similar levels during extinction challenges for all participants when compared to those achieved by Wacker et al., but clinically significant reductions in resurgence occurred more quickly in the present study
 
An Evaluation of Local Extinction Following Augmentative and Alternative Communication Mands on Response Variability
(Applied Research)
RACHEL CAGLIANI (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Abstract: Carr and Kologinsky (1983) found that when mands contacted extinction individuals altered their responding to another mand modality. Several studies have further investigated the effect of response variability by demonstrating that altering parameters of reinforcement, specifically delay to reinforcement or temporary extinction, may result in individuals shifting their response allocation from AAC to vocalizations (Tincani, 2004; Tincani, Crozier, & Alazetta, 2006; Carbone, Sweeney-Kerwin, Attanasio, & Kasper, 2010; Gevarter et al., 2014). Delay to reinforcement serves as a temporary exposure to extinction; the individual responds and the therapist waits a pre-determined amount of time before delivering the reinforcer. The current study evaluated response variability when augmentative and alternative communication mands temporarily contacted extinction. Across three data sets, 6 of 8 individuals overall with autism spectrum disorder shifted their responding to vocalizations when the AAC mand contacted extinction temporarily. Researchers determined the appropriate delay to reinforcement through a parametric manipulation.
 
 
Symposium #254
Methodological Innovations in the Study of Equivalence Relations
Sunday, May 26, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich BC
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Haven Sierra Niland (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Richard W. Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract:

This symposium presents four papers using methodological variations to ask new and interesting questions about stimulus control and equivalence relations and their role in the organization of complex behavior. The first paper, by Dunvoll et al. examines the differences in N400 peaks when unrelated familiar and unfamiliar stimuli are presented during equivalence testing. When compared, the results indicate no difference in N400 peaks. The second paper, by Braaten and Arntzen, explores whether participants are able do discriminate between stimuli of a variety of sizes when presented in the periphery of a matching-to-sample task. The results show a significant difference in participant’s ability to discriminate stimuli of difference sizes and positions. The third paper, by Niland and Vaidya, examines the effects of common reinforcers on the emergence of simple discriminations. The results indicate differences in performance across the two arrangements and are related to Sidman’s theory of equivalence. The final paper, by Luc and Vaidya, asks whether the Stroop effect is produced by conflicts among stimulus classes by training stimulus-stimulus relations using equivalence procedures and using a go/no-go task so measure responding to congruent and incongruent combinations. Results replicated findings in Stroop literature which demonstrate slower reaction times to incongruent stimuli.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 

Equivalence Class Formation, N400 and Autism Spectrum: The Role of Meaningful Stimuli in Unrelated Stimulus Pair

GURO DUNVOLL (Norwegian Centre for Mental Disorders Research, KG Jebsen Centre for Psychosis Research, Oslo University Hospital), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University), Torbjørn Elvsåshagen (Norwegian Center for Mental Disorders Research, KG Jebsen Centre for Psychosis Research, Oslo University Hospital), Christoffer Hatlestad-Hall (CHTD research, Division of Clinical Neuroscience, Oslo University Hospital), Eva Malt (Department of Adult Habilitation, Akershus University Hospital)
Abstract:

Research has demonstrated that equivalence class formation is reflected in the electrophysiological (EEG) component N400. Stimulus pair related through symmetry and transitivity/equivalence do not produce a negativity at 400 ms after stimuli presentation while unrelated do. In the current experiment, 6 adults with high function autism participated. They were trained in 6 conditional discriminations with C-stimuli as meaningful before a priming test with EEG-measures. Here related and unrelated stimulus pairs were presented, symmetry relations and half of the unrelated consisted of stimuli with one meaningful picture. The results show that the transitivity/equivalence pairs produced a greater peak in the N400 than symmetry pair (see Figure 1). The unrelated stimulus pair with familiar stimuli produced a N400 similar to the unrelated stimulus pair without familiar stimuli. The conclusion is that meaningful stimuli in itself did not produce a change in the N400 component.

 

Peripheral Vision in Matching-to-Sample Procedures

Live Braaten (Oslo Metropolitan University), ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract:

In visual search, peripheral vision plays an important role. The present experiment investigated to what extent participants attends to stimuli that vary in size and positions in the periphery. Participants were taught eight conditional discriminations. In the test conditions, four stimuli sizes and three stimuli positions were manipulated in 12 blocks, 24 trials each. In the test trials, participants had to fixate their gaze on the sample while selecting a comparison stimulus. Eye movements were measured with a head-mounted eye-tracker. In Experiment 1, arbitrary relations were trained and tested. In Experiment, 2 participants were exposed to identity matching of abstract stimuli, and in Experiment 3 participants were exposed to identity matching of simple shapes. Initial results show that participants in Experiments 1 and 2, discriminated between abstract stimuli in the periphery when they were 0.7 cm or larger. If stimuli were 0.7 cm and more than 12 cm from the fixation point, discrimination ceased. Participants were unable to discriminate stimuli that were 0.3 cm regardless of position. When stimuli were simple, participants discriminated stimuli as small as 0.3 cm when they were 6 cm and 12 cm from the sample position but when the distance was 18 cm discrimination decrease.

 
The Effects of Common and Uncommon Reinforcer Arrangements on the Emergence of Simple Discriminations
HAVEN SIERRA NILAND (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: A computerized program was designed to test whether arrangements of common and uncommon reinforcers among two two-term correlations (stimulus-reinforcer and response-reinforcer) resulted in emergent simple discriminations with eight adult human participants. Data from this experiment indicates that common reinforcer arrangements resulted in high rates of responding in the presence of the putative discriminative stimulus and relatively low rates or no responding in the presence of the putative s-delta during testing in extinction. Conversely, uncommon reinforcer arrangements resulted in low rates of responding with no stimuli acquiring any clear discriminative control. The current data reflect a comparison of arrangements across subjects. However, future research aims to compare the two arrangements within subject. These data extend the discussion of how and why some stimuli acquire discriminative function and provide some evidence for Sidman’s (2000) theory of stimulus equivalence which suggests that all positive elements in the contingency fall into the equivalence class. Finally, these data may warrant a reconsideration of popular reinforcement procedures in applied practice.
 
The Stroop Effect as Interactions Between Stimulus Classes
OANH LUC (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Participants demonstrate the Stroop effect when, in naming the color in which a word appears, reaction times are longer when the color and word are incongruent (e.g., yellow printed in blue) compared to when they are congruent (e.g., yellow printed in yellow). This study asks whether the Stroop effect is due to conflict among stimulus classes. On a computer program, adult participants underwent a match-to-sample procedure to establish three, three-member classes (color, nonsense word, and pattern) in a serialized order of training. Like the Stroop test, participants were tested in a go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli from within classes, between classes, and from the unattached set. Results show that participants accurately and most quickly respond to compound stimuli within the same class, compared to compound stimuli formed with members from different classes. These data are consistent with the Stroop effect in that congruent compounds produce faster reaction times relative to incongruent compounds. The presentation will consider whether other instances of the Stroop effect are interpretable in terms of conflict or cohesion of stimulus class elements in tested compounds.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #255
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Toward a Complete Technology of Reinforcer Identification
Sunday, May 26, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF
Area: PRA; Domain: Basic Research
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Richard Graff, Ph.D.
Chair: Paula Ribeiro Braga Kenyon (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Presenting Authors: : RICHARD GRAFF (May Institute)
Abstract:

Behavior analyst practitioners use reinforcement-based procedures to increase desirable behavior and to reduce undesirable behavior. The success of these procedures depends in part on the clinician’s ability to identify reinforcers and deliver them in an effective manner. Understanding how to identify reinforcers is critical to designing and implementing effective reinforcement-based interventions, and requires a working knowledge of preference assessments. However, there are few resources available to practitioners that synthesize the rich technology of reinforcer identification that behavior analysts developed over the past 30 years. This tutorial reviews different preference assessment methods that have been published in the behavior analytic literature, how to identify stimuli to include in assessments, the prerequisite skills required for each assessment, and the conditions under which assessments should be conducted to maximize the validity of preference hierarchies that are established. Variables that influence preference assessment outcomes are reviewed, including the effects of pre-assessment motivating operations, displacement effects that result from including items from different categories (edible, tangible, social) on the same assessment, and the role of differential consequences following selection responses.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analytic practitioners and clinicians who work with individuals with autism and developmental and intellectual disabilities.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe three different preference assessment methods and the prerequisite skills required for each assessment; (2) describe the role of pre-assessment motivating operations on preference assessment outcomes; (3) describe potential displacement effects when different categories of stimuli are included on the same preference assessment; (4) describe the role of differential consequences when implementing preference assessment procedures.
 
RICHARD GRAFF (May Institute)

Richard B. Graff, Ph.D., BCBA-D, LABA, has worked in the field of autism and developmental disabilities for 32 years. He currently serves as the Senior Vice President of Clinical Training and Services at the May Institute. He previously served as Senior Scientist and Clinical Director at the New England Center for Children and as a clinical consultant to the Rhode Island Department of Human Services. Rick is on the Board of Directors of the Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy and serves on the Conference Planning Committee for the Association of Professional Behavior Analysts. Rick also serves on the Code Compliance Committee of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board® (BACB®). He is an Adjunct Faculty member for Western New England University and Endicott College. Rick's research interests include preference and reinforcement, choice, functional analysis and treatment of challenging behavior, and skill acquisition in learners with severe disabilities. Rick has served on the editorial boards of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and Behavioral Interventions, and his research has been published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavioral Interventions, Behavior Modification, Research in Developmental Disabilities, Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, Behavior Analysis in Practice, and The Journal of Special Education.

 
 
Symposium #256
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Whose Job is it, Anyway?: How to Stop Passing the Buck and Start Evolving the Field Through Nurturing Supervised Experiences
Sunday, May 26, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sara Baillie (Trinity Christian College)
Discussant: Jennifer Klapatch Totsch (National Louis University)
CE Instructor: Sara Baillie, Ed.D.
Abstract:

The topic of field experience supervision has received growing attention in recent years, as evidenced by the continuously evolving BACB field experience standards and the recent special edition on supervision in Behavior Analysis in Practice. In addition to the exponential growth of new BCBAs functioning as supervisors and supervisees pursuing this supervision, there is also growing variability in the topography of training experiences and the capacity in which BCBAs function as supervisors. However, the field experience standards and the majority of literature to date on best practices in providing this supervision discuss the provision of supervision in a simplistic, supervisee-supervisor dyad. There has been little discussion of navigating complex and multifaceted supervisory relationships, from both the perspective of the supervisor and the supervisee, in service of producing optimal supervisee learning outcomes. In this symposium, supervisors and former supervisees will share their experiences in navigating these multifaceted supervisory relationships and the effect it had on their ability to provide and receive socially valid, effective supervision. We’ll conclude with suggestions for empowering both supervisors and supervisees in creating socially valid field experiences, aligned with Biglan’s (2015) recommendations to “make everyone’s environment more nurturing—less coercive and more caring, supportive of human development, and focused on doing what works” (p. 213).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): social validity, supervision
Target Audience:

current or future field experience supervisors; current or future field experience supervisees

 

The Move Away From University Practicum Options: How Will This Change Graduate Training Programs?

SARA BAILLIE (Trinity Christian College)
Abstract:

Large institutions, such as universities, can be compared to large, slow-moving barges. With established processes and procedures already in place, it can be near impossible to change the direction quickly. And yet, with the continuous, unanticipated changes from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), we have been expected to change our graduate training programs quite abruptly (in the context of how long it takes for such changes to be processed and approved by the governing institution). One such adjustment is required to meet the new field experience standards. With the upcoming removal of university oversight from the field experience standards, we have been compelled to think outside of the box to determine how we can continue to facilitate quality field experiences to our students. Looking towards other professions as models, this discussion will include comparisons to other professions and the role of universities in overseeing their training requirements, how the removal of university oversight from the field experience standards may impact graduate training programs, and details about how one institution has navigated these changes in order to continue facilitating socially valid field experiences for its students.

 
The Balancing Act: Providing Meaningful Field Experiences While Meeting Case Supervision Needs
JAMINE LAYNE DETTMERING (ReachABA, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Lindsay B. Rouse (ReachABA), Rosie Ward (ReachABA)
Abstract: Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) working in service delivery agencies provide case supervision to those individuals, such as behavior technicians, who are providing direct services to their clients. Often, BCBAs are also tasked with concurrently providing those supervisees field experience supervision. While there may be considerable overlap between field experience supervision and case supervision, the goals are fundamentally different. Whereas the goal of case supervision is directly related to facilitating effective treatment delivery and ensure consumer protection (BACB, 2014), the overarching goal of field experience supervision is to develop the supervisee’s behavior-analytic, professional, and ethical repertoires (BACB, 2012). The difference in these goals can create many barriers for BCBAs who provide supervision in this dual capacity. With resource, setting, and time constraints, it can be difficult to assess the supervisee’s current repertoire, prioritize goals, and arrange appropriate supervision activities, as is required by our ethical codes and field experience standards. While recent literature has suggested techniques for standardizing and streamlining this process, BCBAs often supervise multiple supervisees concurrently, each with different entering skill sets, at different points in the continuum of their field experience, and for varying durations of time. This presentation will discuss these barriers from the perspective of an agency supervisor and explore potential solutions to address those barriers.
 

The Trials and Tribulations of Providing Effective Training and Supervision as a Third Party Supervisor

Erin Abell (Garden Center Services; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), DANIKA MCGANDY (Gorbold Behavioral Consulting, inc.), Shannon Biagi (Chief Motivating Officers, LLC)
Abstract:

Consultative supervision models have developed out of necessity; in many instances, supervisees pursuing field experience supervision may not have access to a local BCBA, or the BCBA directly responsible for the supervisee’s clients may not have the capacity to provide field experience supervision. As a result, BCBAs sometimes act as “3rd party” supervisors, such as when a supervisee hires a BCBA to provide field experience supervision or when university faculty provide field experience supervision outside of traditional lab settings. While this model has increased the accessibility of field experience supervision for supervisees, providing adequate supervision and training in a consultative model has its challenges. It is often difficult to provide effective training and feedback due to the nature of this model, in which 3rd party supervisors may have little to no control over clinical decisions regarding the supervisee’s clients. In addition, when providing feedback to a supervisee in this model, it can be challenging to do so in a way that is perceived to be collaborative, as opposed to critical, by other supervisors involved. The consultative supervision model creates several competing contingencies for the supervisee, their direct supervisor, and the consultant supervisor, which can severely affect the efficacy of the consultative supervision and impact the social validity of the experience for everyone involved. By creating stronger contingencies for a more collaborative training model, both direct and 3rd party supervisors can more effectively support the development of their supervisees and improve delivery in our field as a whole.

 

The Social Validity of Current Supervision Experiences: A Student’s Perspective

LAUREN BROUWERS (ReachABA)
Abstract:

While it is pertinent that students equip themselves for accruing supervision hours by fully engaging in their coursework, it is also imperative that students advocate for themselves when the coursework is not sufficient. In order to ensure that the supervision experience is well-rounded, it is important that aspiring Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) take an active role in this experience through seeking opportunities for further developing technical skills and generalizing environmental assessment and analysis to the behavior of their supervisor to ensure that the supervisor is filling the gaps that academic training could not. While it can be argued that the supervisor’s job is not to be their professor, the supervisor’s job is to be a mentor that guides the student through how to apply the coursework concepts to the task list and the clients receiving services regardless of when supervision starts, whether that is the first or last day of classes. In this session, the supervision experience’s benefits, as well as its drawbacks, will be addressed from the perspective of a former student and supervisee.

 
 
Symposium #257
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Learning in Higher Education: Fluency, Oral Quizzes, Reducing Procrastination, and Weekly Quizzes
Sunday, May 26, 2019
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Christopher J. Perrin (Georgian Court University)
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The four papers in this symposium extend research demonstrating the application of principles of behavior analysis to improving learning in undergraduate and graduate courses. In a graduate course, Perrin and Wilson compared two methods of fluency-based practice of terms – see/say versus see/type definitions – and found both improved weekly quiz scores, though the see/type method was preferred. In an online graduate course, Axe, Chase, Breault, and Neault found that oral quizzes administered at the start of live sessions improved written quiz and exam scores. In a graduate course, Bird and Chase reduced procrastination by providing study materials contingent on completing practice quizzes, though students did not prefer distributing their practice until bonus points were contingent on distributed practice. Finally, in a study focused on low-performing students in an undergraduate course, Dalfen, Fienup, and D’Ateno showed that requiring a passing criterion on weekly quizzes improved exam scores. These studies will be discussed in terms of the behavior analytic strategies of fluency-based instruction, self-control, choice behavior, and mastery learning.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): fluency, passing criteria, procrastination, quizzes/exams
Target Audience:

behavior analysts, professors, graduate students, researchers

 
Comparing the Effects of See-Say (SAFMEDS) and See-Type (TAFMEDS) Fluency Exercises on Quiz Performance
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (Georgian Court University), David M. Wilson (Georgian Court University)
Abstract: Precision teaching techniques used in higher education often are see/say activities (i.e.., SAFMEDS) despite the fact that examinations are usually in a see/write or see/type learning channel. Previous researchers (e.g., Cihon, Sturtz, & Eshleman, 2012) have suggested it may be beneficial to conduct practice in the same learning channel as assessment. In a recent study, use of a see/type (i.e., TAFMEDS) exercise delivered by course management software was been shown to improve quiz performance relative to a no exercise condition (Perrin & Wilson, 2017). As such, the current investigation compared the effects of SAFMEDS and TAFMEDS on the weekly quiz performance of students enrolled in a graduate level experimental analysis of behavior course. Each week, students completed either SAFMEDS or TAFMEDS in a counterbalanced fashion in preparation for an in-class written quiz. Results indicated that quiz scores were similar across the SAFMEDS AND TAFMEDS conditions. In addition, the majority of students rated SAFMEDS and TAFMEDS as “useful in preparing for the quiz”. If given a choice, more students indicated a preference for TAFMEDS (54.5%) than SAFMEDS (45.5%).
 
The Effects of Oral Quizzes on Written Exam Performance in an Online Graduate Course
JUDAH B. AXE (Simmons University), Philip N. Chase (Simmons University), Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center; Simmons University), Noelle Neault (Simmons University)
Abstract: There is limited research on strategies to improve exam performance in higher education, and even less in online teaching. Work from behavioral instruction has suggested that oral quizzing may improve written exam performance (Johnson & Ruskin, 1977). In the current study, 20 graduate students in an online research course were exposed to weeks with and without oral quizzes. Oral quizzes occurred during the first 15 minutes of four out of 10 live sessions in which the instructor randomly called on students to answer questions from the previous week’s content. Written quizzes and exams were divided into questions on content for which there was (oral quiz condition) and was not (no oral quiz condition) an oral quiz. Results indicated that 15 of the 20 participants had higher scores in the oral quiz condition. In one of the two terms, one section performed better on a post-oral exam compared to a pre-oral exam. Most participants reported liking the oral quizzes and feeling they helped in the course. Two of the three instructors rated the oral quizzes as helpful. Oral quizzes may have produced better learning as they held students accountable to verbalizing content and required more frequent studying.
 

Applied Behavior Analysis Master's Student Pacing: Procrastination, Preference, and Performance

ZACHARY C. BIRD (Principled Behavior Consultants; Simmons University), Philip N. Chase (Simmons University)
Abstract:

Previous research has shown that a large percentage of students procrastinate and a majority of those students wish to reduce it. The purpose of experiment 1 of the current study was to replicate previous findings that contingent access to study materials would produce distributed studying patterns. The current study extended previous research by evaluating preference for treatment using both a choice procedure as well as an end-of-semester survey. Results indicated that although contingent access to study materials was successful at reducing procrastination, students chose to pace themselves when allowed. Given that the intervention was disliked by a vast majority of students and was time intensive for researchers, professors may be reluctant to use the contingent access intervention. Experiment 2 evaluated a treatment for procrastination that was likely to be preferred by the students and more efficient to implement. Effects of a bonus point contingency for pacing was evaluated. Results indicated that a majority of students who procrastinated opted to distribute their studying behavior to access bonus points in the course. The data from both studies are discussed in terms of recommendations for future research regarding the use of bonus points in college courses and implications of student and professor preference.

 
Passing Criterion: How Lowering Expectations for Quizzes can Produce Higher Scores on Exams
Samantha Dalfen (Behavioral Intervention Psychological Services), DANIEL MARK FIENUP (Columbia University), Patricia A. D'Ateno (Queens College CUNY)
Abstract: Students in higher education perform better on exams when they complete frequent quizzes on the assigned reading material; but little research has investigated how different grading criteria for quizzes affect quiz and exam performance. Previous research has shown that the frequent quiz effect has a lower impact on low-performing students, or the students who need help the most. To address this limitation, we examined the effects of different passing criterion for quizzes on exam scores. A passing criterion consists of requiring a student to obtain a certain score to earn full credit for the quiz, thus lowering the response effort to obtain reinforcement for completing quizzes. In Experiment 1, we compared low- and high-passing criterion and found that low-passing criterion produced better outcomes, especially for low performing students. In Experiment 2, we compared a low-passing criterion to a standard quiz grading criterion; we also manipulated the type of exam question and whether exam questions were replicated from a previous quiz. Experiment 2 revealed that passing criteria produced higher performance on exams. Collectively, the experiments support the notion that lowering the response effort for earning points from quizzes translated to improved exam scores.
 
 
Paper Session #258
Challenges to Concept of the Motivating Operation
Sunday, May 26, 2019
12:00 PM–12:20 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Alpine 1/2
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Advanced
Chair: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
 

The Utility and Challenges of the Motivating Operation Concept

Domain: Theory
ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services)
 
Abstract:

The motivating operation (MO) as defined by Jack Michael and others has been increasingly used over the past few decades in support of applied treatment. In particular the MO concept has been used in early intensive behavioral treatment (EIBI) of children on the autism spectrum. However, Michael defines the MO concept in terms of its hypothesized effect on consequent stimuli (behavior changes and value changes). Of particular concern is the concept of “value”. Changes in the value of a stimulus are inferred rather than directly observed phenomenon. This indirect measure is problematic, since direct measures of responding are available. Additionally, the use of the MO as an antecedent causal account of specific topographies of behavior conflicts with a Skinnerian selection by consequences view of behavior, this dichotomy will be discussed with respect to discrimination responding. Challenges in discrimination of MOs and discriminative stimuli (SD’s) with respect to the standard of the “availability” of a reinforcer will also be evaluated. The author will propose alternatives to the problematic conceptual description of MOs and Conditioned Motivating Operations (CMOs).

 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #259
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA

The Effects of Human-Animal Interaction on Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Sunday, May 26, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Valeri Farmer-Dougan, Ph.D.
Chair: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
MARGUERITE O'HAIRE (Purdue University)

Dr. Marguerite (Maggie) O’Haire is an internationally recognized Fulbright Scholar who is currently an Associate Professor of Human-Animal Interaction in the Center for the Human-Animal Bond at Purdue University. She earned her BA in Psychology from Vassar College in New York and her Ph.D. in Psychology from The University of Queensland in Australia. Her research program focuses on the unique and pervasive ways that humans interact with animals. From research with household pets to highly trained service animals, her findings have been instrumental in evaluating the value of the human-animal bond. She has received funding from three different NIH institutes to fund her human-animal interaction research, including an NICHD-funded trial of animal-assisted intervention for autism. In addition to her peer-reviewed publications and textbook chapters, her work has also been highlighted in over 1,000 media stories around the globe, including NPR, the Wall Street Journal, and the New York Times. For more information, see www.humananimalinteraction.org.

Abstract:

The field of human-animal interaction encompasses the unique and pervasive relationships between humans and animals. These relationships can influence human health, well-being, and development. An emerging body of research has begun to systematically evaluate these effects across a broad range of populations and settings. One population that has received growing attention is children with autism spectrum disorder. This talk will review the evidence base for this practice as well as provide concrete examples of research with various animal species, including guinea pigs in inclusion classroom settings and therapy dogs in a specialized psychiatric hospital program.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify different types of animal-assisted intervention; (2) describe outcomes of animal-assisted intervention for autism spectrum disorder; (3) list behavioral changes from animal presence.
 
 
Panel #260
CE Offered: BACB
School Based Behavior Consultation: Developing Sustainable Interventions With Strong Contextual Fit
Sunday, May 26, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Katherine Bateman, Ph.D.
Chair: Elizabeth Kelly (University of Washington)
KATHERINE BATEMAN (University of Virginia)
ERIN STEWART (University of Washington)
SCOTT A. SPAULDING (University of Washington)
Abstract:

Over the last century, diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) has continuously increased, drastically changing education systems across the country as more and more students with autism, as well as other disabilities, are educated in public school settings. Higher rates of maladaptive and challenging behaviors are often observed in classrooms, as one significant area of development that is often associated with a diagnosis of autism is behavior regulation. The field of education continues to shift theory and practice to better accommodate and teach children of all abilities in public school settings. Further, school personnel are often required to implement high levels of intervention to support and meet the needs of all students in accessing presented curriculum and instruction. Research identifies an overall lack of training and behavioral skills in teacher preparation programs to effectively intervene on challenging behavior while maintaining high quality instruction. In order to meet the needs of all students educated in public school settings, Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) are increasingly utilized in a consultation model of collaboration, aiming to develop effective behavior interventions for students with challenging behavior. In order to create sustainable interventions in classrooms, one major factor that should be considered is the contextual fit of potential behavior plans. Further, it is critical that interventions include analysis of contextual fit during the development phase of interventions to ensure plans created by BCBAs can easily be implemented in the already occurring systems and supports of each unique classroom. This leads to higher positive outcomes of intervention for students and teachers, as intervention easily fits into the particular nuances of each classroom. Ultimately, this strong contextual fit leads to high fidelity of implementation of developed plans. This panel will discuss barriers and constraints that affect high fidelity of implementation in school settings, as well as present an interview protocol developed as a tool to guide BCBAs in development of intervention plans from the onset of the consultation experience. This interview tool aims to identify contributing factors to sustainability of interventions in each unique classrooms in order to develop behavior intervention plans that are individualized to the student and particular classroom, ensuring that they are effective, feasible, and sustainable.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs and teachers that are involved in school based behavior consultation.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify and understand barriers present when implementing behavior support plans developed in collaboration during school based consultation. 2. Discuss and explore issues of sustainability and the idea of contextual fit of interventions in classrooms. 3. Examine and explore interview tool presented to analyze contextual fit prior to development of behavior interventions in classrooms.
Keyword(s): Behavior Intervention, School Consultation, Service Delivery, Sustainability
 
 
Panel #261
CE Offered: BACB/NASP — 
Ethics
Fostering Relationships With Family Members: Compassionate Care in Applied Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 26, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 1-3
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Bridget A. Taylor, Psy.D.
Chair: Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
LINDA A. LEBLANC (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
EVELYN RACHAEL GOULD (McLean Hospital, Harvard Medical School; FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.)
KATE E. MASSEY (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Within certain areas of healthcare, it has been documented that treating patients with compassion and empathy can have important benefits, such as increasing patient satisfaction, enhancing adherence to treatment, and improving clinical outcomes. While current empirical support for these outcomes is mixed (Kirby, Tellegen & Steindl, 2017), there is increasing scientific interest in the benefits of compassionate care. Behavior analysts have recently begun to articulate the importance of attending to relationships in our clinical work. For example, Taylor, LeBlanc and Nosik (2018) proposed that clinical outcomes of clients may be enhanced by improving relationships with caregivers. The panel will review survey data documenting parent perception of compassionate care by behavior analysts, as well as behavior analysts’ impressions of training needs in this area. Panelists will present their respective clinical and or research programs that incorporate compassionate care, such as ACT in parent training, and staff training programs to increase the therapeutic relationship skills of BCBA’s. Audience members will have an opportunity to ask questions and engage in discussion with panelists.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Target audience is Master or Doctoral Level clinicians, BCBAs or BCBA-Ds.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to 1. Identify components of the BACB ethical code related to building therapeutic relationships with parents. 2. Identify curriculum components that can be incorporated into a comprehensive training program to teach these skills. 3. State the potential positive impact therapeutic relationship skills could have on client outcomes.
 
 
Symposium #262
Principles and Practices of Behavior Analysis in Integrated Care Settings
Sunday, May 26, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Michael Jon Vriesman (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Teryn Bruni (University of Michigan Medical Center)
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis has the capacity to solve a variety of socially important problems but has struggled to expand its scope in order to move into mainstream contexts. The increasing value of integrated care within the healthcare system provides multiple outlets for behavior analysts to branch out. The need for addressing behavioral health concerns in pediatric primary care is one avenue for behavior analysts to provide direct clinical services in a new setting. Specifically, behavior analysts have the training to implement brief, problem-focused interventions, which are required in the integrated care setting. In addition to providing clinical services, behavior analysts can capitalize on their rigorous methodologies to identify barriers and assess process changes within integrated care systems by employing quality improvement (QI) interventions. Because of the considerable overlap between behavior analysis and QI principles, behavior analysts already have the skills to carry out QI interventions. This symposium will explain how both the principles and practices of behavior analysts can contribute to more effective and efficient delivery of integrated healthcare services.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): integrated care, practice scope
 
Behavior Analysis and Quality Improvement
Michael Jon Vriesman (Eastern Michigan University), LEAH ROSE LALONDE (Eastern Michigan University), Alexandros Maragakis (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: While many suggestions have been offered for expanding the scope of behavior analysis, many are difficult to implement as they require significant time, effort, and training. Integrating behavioral and somatic healthcare has become a recent focus to improve access to behavioral health services, reduce costs, and improve patient outcomes. To assist in the integration of these services quality improvement programs are often utilized, which allow the clinician to determine the impact of processes within a system on the patient outcomes. The concepts and techniques utilized within quality improvement have considerable overlap with behavior analysis, as both focus on small n designs, look at clinically significant and measurable outcomes, and use a contextual approach. Behavior analysts have the skills and training to conduct quality improvement programs within integrated care. This presentation will highlight the similarities between quality improvement and behavior analysis and how behavior analysts participating in quality improvement can expand the field while improving integrated care services.
 

Applied Behavior Analysis in Pediatric Primary Care: Bringing Applied Behavior Analysis to Scale

BLAKE M. LANCASTER (University of Michigan), Teryn Bruni (University of Michigan Medical Center)
Abstract:

An opportunity exists for behavior analytic providers to expand their practice to reach a wider population within the arena of integrated pediatric primary care. One-third of youth will experience behavior concerns in their lifetime, but the majority will not receive behavioral health treatment. Primary care pediatricians (PCPs) are often the first and only professionals to identify and treat pediatric behavior problems, despite lacking time and appropriate training to do so effectively. Insufficient access to evidence-based behavioral interventions is associated with poorer long-term health outcomes and greater health care cost. Behavior analytic providers are well-suited to provide brief, problem focused evidence-based interventions. However, behavior analytic providers need to adapt their practices for implementation in primary care medical settings. Flexibility in data collection, analytical rigor, and ways in which evidence-based treatment protocols are delivered will be essential to effectively promote ABA as a broad-reaching clinical discipline. This presentation will aim to describe the integrated behavioral health model and discuss ways in which behavior analytic providers can adjust their practice to meet the needs of primary care settings.

 
 
Panel #263
Behavior Analytic Contributions to Conceptualizing and Intervening With Grief and Bereavement
Sunday, May 26, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Theory
Chair: Melissa Morgan Miller (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
ANN D. ROST (Missouri State University)
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center)
TIMOTHY M. WEIL (Tandem Behavioral Health & Wellness)
Abstract:

Though grief is a universal piece of the human experience, it has received little attention from a behavior analytic perspective. In behavior analysis, we maintain that behavior is the dependent variable where context is the independent variable. In normal behavior analytic experiments, we might directly manipulate the independent variable in order to determine the cause of the behavior. This is more difficult with applied behavior analysis and becomes exceedingly more difficult in situations where we cannot manipulate particular pieces of context. While basic behavioral principles might allow for a primary understanding of the grieving process, a more in-depth analysis of bereavement might be more challenging for that very reason. With bereavement behaviors, the most significant piece of context is not manipulable for the very reason someone is grieving over it. That is, the person or object is lost or no longer exists in the same way as it did historically. While basic behavioral principles might allow for a primary understanding of the grieving process, a more in-depth analysis of bereavement might be more challenging for that very reason. This panel will provide analyses and address issues in the analysis of bereavement and grief behaviors.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): behavioral medicine, bereavement, grief
 
 
Panel #264
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethical Considerations and Risk Assessment During Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior
Sunday, May 26, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Rebecca Renee Eldridge, Ph.D.
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
REBECCA RENEE ELDRIDGE (Western Michigan University)
CYNTHIA M. ANDERSON (May Institute)
YANNICK ANDREW SCHENK (May Institute)
Abstract:

Functional analysis of problem behavior has become the "gold standard" assessment to be used. However, the use of functional analysis involves some risk, because it creates conditions that occasion problem behavior (Khang et al., 2015). Safety precautions should be part of the considerations when designing and implementing a functional analysis (Poling et al., 2012). Despite the widely accepted use of functional analysis technology to assess problem behavior and the need for safety precautions to reduce risk during a functional analyses, there is not a single source to access recommended safety precautions. Instead, they are scattered throughout the literature. As such, Wiskirchen, Deochand, & Peterson (2017) suggested the need to develop a formal risk-benefit assessment for proceeding with a functional analysis. This session discusses ethical considerations when designing and implementing a functional analysis as well as safety precautions that should be considered in the evaluation of problem behavior. The panelists will also address when to use alternative assessments when the risks of a functional analysis cannot be ameliorated satisfactorily. These safety precautions must also be considered during treatment implementation, because problem behavior is likely to occur during treatment as well. Thus, the panelists will also address safety precautions and considerations within treatment during the discussion.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts working with individuals who engage in severe and challenging behavior

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss how to conduct a risk-benefit analysis with functional analysis procedures; (2) discuss some ways to reduce risk for functional analysis or state other alternative assessments to functional analysis; (3) discuss some safety precautions to consider within treatment procedures for problem behavior.
 
 
Paper Session #265
Reviewing the Literature in Special Topic Areas
Sunday, May 26, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A
Area: DDA
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Sarah Ivy (Florida State University)
 
Assessing the Function of Inappropriate Sexual Behaviors: A Review of the Literature
Domain: Basic Research
THEONI MANTZOROS (The Pennsylvania State University), Pamela Wolfe (The Pennsylvania State University)
 
Abstract: Some individuals with developmental disabilities (DD) may engage in a variety of inappropriate sexual behaviors (ISBs), including, but not limited to, touching or exposing of genitals, inappropriate touching of others, or public masturbation. The purpose of this review was to report on articles in the behavioral literature that examined the function of ISBs of individuals with DD. Ten articles with a total of ten participants were included in the review. Three studies utilized indirect methods of assessment, one study implemented a conditional probability analysis, five implemented a functional analysis, and one used combined methods of assessment. The function of the ISB was maintained by attention for two individuals, automatic-reinforcement for three, tangible for one, multiply controlled for two, and unclear results for two. It is often assumed that individuals who engage in ISBs do so for the purposes of automatic reinforcement, however, the research reveals that (a) the function of the ISBs varies, and (b) there is insufficient research in the area of ISB to gain a true understanding of the behavior and how to effectively treat ISBs using function-based interventions based on evidence-based practices. Limitations for practice and future research are discussed.
 

Systematic Review and Experimental Analysis of Behavioral Interventions to Reduce Restricted or Repetitive Behavior of Individuals With Visual Impairment and Deafblindness

Domain: Applied Research
SARAH IVY (Florida State University)
 
Abstract:

The rise of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and the co-occurrence of visual impairment (VI) and intellectual disability suggest that restricted or repetitive behavior (RRB), a key diagnostic feature of ASD, and stereotypy in particular may be a growing concern for educators and families working with children with VI. Furthermore, previous reviews have suggested that the effectiveness of behavioral interventions to decrease RRB may be moderated by visual impairment. A comprehensive search of the single case literature resulted in 30 studies that reported results of 40 experiments involving at least one participant with VI to test a behavioral intervention to reduce RRB. Study quality, participant characteristics, components of intervention, intervention agents, setting, and specific target behaviors were coded to answer questions about what behavioral interventions were effective for whom and under what conditions. Results showed that nearly all participants had severe to profound intellectual disability, half of participants were deafblind, and only two participants had an ASD diagnosis. Furthermore, success rates were higher for participants with low vision (88.9%) than for participants with blindness (68.4%). Intervention was also more successful to reduce non-self-injurious behavior (81%) than self-injurious behavior (68.4%) and the success rate of interventions involving punishment (73.1%) were comparable to those that included punishment (73.1%). Following, a single case multi-element withdrawal design was used to test the additive effects of systematic prompting, reinforcement of incompatible behavior, and blocking on hand-related stereotypies and object manipulation of leisure items for a nine-year-old boy with deafblindness and a severe to profound intellectual disability. A functional relation was observed to show that hand-related stereotypy decreased due to prompting object manipulation and further decreased when object manipulation was reinforced with edibles. Adding the blocking component to the intervention had inconsistent positive effects on stereotypy, and a functional relation was not observed. Prompting alone did not appear to increase object manipulation until contingent reinforcement was added, and response blocking did not appear to have an additive effect to increase object manipulation.

 
 
 
Symposium #266
Three-Step Interdisciplinary Analysis of Clinical and Organizational Behavior
Sunday, May 26, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mansi J Shah (Dare Association)
Abstract: This symposium presents a three-step application of research in the science of behavioral development. The structure of this session follows the order: 1) a theoretical explanation of specific behavioral analysis; 2) employment of interdisciplinary concepts into a quantifiable behavioral measure; and 3) implementation of quantitative measures to answer behavioral research questions. The first paper provides a guide to mapping behavioral items in a teaching curriculum onto the Model of Hierarchical Complexity (MHC). Detailed information on a behavioral task will be used to assign the behavioral-developmental stages of a person in a domain. This will facilitate the creation of efficacious intervention plans for both typically developing children and children with developmental disabilities across a variety of cultural settings. The second paper introduces the development of a self-report instrument to predict the presence of personality disorders from a behavioral-developmental perspective. The instrument includes for scales of the following eight variables: 1) Attachment; 2) Empathy; 3) Impulsivity; 4) Anger; 5) Depression; 6) Narcissism; 7) Psychoticism; and 8) Awareness of boundaries. The third paper implements two existing scales: the Core Complexity Solutions (CCS) Interest scale and the Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI) to understand and predict employee burnout in organizations from a behavioral-developmental perspective.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): mapping, organizational behavior, personality disorders, scale development
 

Mapping a Teaching Curriculum Onto the Model of Hierarchical Complexity

(Theory)
NIKHIL SINGH (Dare Association), Aarati Raghuvanshi (Dare Association)
Abstract:

Putting a student at the appropriate academic place developmentally in a teaching curriculum increases their likelihood of success. This information is used to match the behavioral-developmental stages of a person in a domain. The Model of Hierarchical Complexity (MHC, 2008) is a framework employed to assign the Order of Hierarchical Complexity (OHC), i.e., difficulty, to the specific behavioral tasks. First, a set of conditions for a specific task must be provided. Each behavioral task must consist of these conditions: a) Level of difficulty; b) Reinforcement schedule/contingency; c) Positive/negative feedback; d) Presentation of discriminative stimulus (SD). In order to assign the appropriate MHC stage to the behavioral-developmental task, one needs to know whether positive/negative feedback was given immediately; if corrections are given for incorrect responses, what the reinforcement schedule/contingency is (i.e. fixed ratio/antecedent), if a verbal or nonverbal SD is present and how they were presented. Second, we pair this information with developmental milestones to accurately map the specified behavioral task to a MHC stage. Mapping teaching curricula onto the MHC will facilitate the creation of efficacious intervention plans. These curricula can be beneficial for both typically developing children and children with developmental disabilities across a variety of cultural settings.

 

Building a Self-Report Instrument for Personality Disorders With Behavioral-Developmental Items Across Eight Domains

(Basic Research)
Aarati Raghuvanshi (Dare Association), NICHOLAS HEWLETT KEEN COMMONS-MILLER (Tufts University), Nikhil Singh (Dare Association)
Abstract:

Abstract Common to all personality disorders are long-term patterns of behavior falling on the following eight variables: 1) Attachment (strength of caring); 2) Empathy (social-perspective taking skills); 3) Impulsivity (acting without delay); 4) Anger (hostility and aggression); 5) Depression (feelings of sadness); 6) Narcissism (exaggerated dependence on self-serving reinforcements); 7) Psychoticism (paranoia); and 8) Awareness of boundaries (differentiating oneself from others). A self-report instrument was developed to measure these variables to predict the presence of personality disorders from a behavioral-developmental perspective. Item selection is generated from both previously established scales (Li, Duong & Going, in press) and novel scales. Scales for narcissism, psychoticism, and awareness of boundaries are developed in this study. The pilot study’s results are factor analyzed to see how well the items line up with the notions of each scale. The unidimensionality of the variables is also analyzed using Rasch analysis after the formal study is run. There were high factor loading values (≥ .700) for items in the five established scales. This brief and valid self-report measure is a valuable tool for improving further assessment of personality disorders and in planning optimal treatments. The proposed instrument is also necessary in understanding personality disorders from a behavioral framework.

 
Understanding and Predicting Employee Burnout in Organizations
(Theory)
SIMRAN TRISAL MALHOTRA (Dare Association)
Abstract: Employee burnout is a rapidly increasing global phenomenon. A recent Gallup study (2018) revealed that two-thirds of full time employees experience burnout at some point of time in their workplace. Of these, twenty three percent of full time employees reported that they felt burned out often or always. Forty-four percent sometimes felt burned out. Maslach and Leiter (1997) indicated that most individuals do not begin their jobs feeling burned out, but in the beginning are more engaged. Other studies have supported that having stronger organizational identification correlates negatively with employee burnout. Burnout is not only limited to just leaving a company, but may result in individual changing one’s professional field completely. This study aims to explain and predict employee burnout from a behavioral-developmental perspective. Data is being collected using the Core Complexity Solutions (CCS) Interest scale and the Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI). The CCS Interest scale measures an individual’s RIASEC (Realistic, Investigative, Artistic, Social, Enterprising and Conventional) personality factors to compare their interest to their jobs. The MBI assess their levels of burnout. Mismatch between an individual’s interest and the positions they hold, also may predict burnout. Options for interventions and therapy will also be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #267
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Behavioral Parent Training to Promote Academic Achievement in Children With Intellectual and Neurodevelopmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 26, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sara S. Kupzyk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
Discussant: Kimberly Martell (Ball State University)
CE Instructor: Sara S. Kupzyk, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Students with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDDs) experience significant barriers to academic achievement. Parents of children will IDDs often feel overwhelmed in finding ways to effectively promote their children’s academic success. Behaviorally-based parent training has been shown to improve parents’ use of evidence-based behavior and academic strategies, and promote subsequent child outcomes. This symposium will include two presentations focused on methods implemented in the context of an academic evaluation and intervention clinic to provide parent training for the purposes of (1) improving parents’ behavior management skills, (2) promoting academic outcomes for children and adolescents with IDDs, and (3) increasing parents’ treatment integrity implementing academic interventions. Participants included parents and their child/adolescent with IDD. A series of multiple baseline designs were used to determine the effectiveness of the parent training program on parents’ behavior management skills and treatment integrity and child/adolescent academic outcomes. Collectively, results indicated that (1) parents improved their use of effective instructions with concomitant improvements in child/adolescent compliance and (2) parents improved their treatment integrity for delivering academic interventions with concomitant improvements children’s reading skills. Results obtained from this program inform both research and practice related to promoting academic achievement for children and adolescents with IDDs.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): academic intervention, consultation, parent training, treatment integrity
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts who work with individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities, behavior analysts who work in educational contexts, clinical psychologists, school psychologists, and graduate students in applied behavior analysis, school psychology, and/or clinical psychology.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will learn to develop and implement group-based parent training to teacher parents to implement effective instructions. 2. This presentation will describe how to implement a systematic framework for increasing parents' treatment integrity of academic interventions. 3. Attendees will learn to analyze program outcome data to determine if a parent training program for improving parent and child skills is effective.
 
Toward Improving Access to Evidence-Based Behavior Management: Evaluation of Group-Based Behavioral Skills Training
(Applied Research)
ZACHARY CHARLES LABROT (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Whitney Strong-Bak (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Sara S. Kupzyk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
Abstract: Children and adolescents with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDDs) often exhibit behavioral difficulties, which can impact their academic achievement. As a result, many parents of children with IDDs may struggle with helping their children improve academic performance due to difficult behaviors. One way to address these concerns is to provide group-based parent training for similar presenting concerns. Behavioral skills training (BST) is an effective strategy for teaching parents to implement evidence-based behavior management strategies. This presentation includes data collected from two separate studies designed to evaluate the effectiveness of a group-based BST program to teach parents effective behavior management strategies. Participants included seven children with intellectual or neurodevelopmental disabilities (e.g., autism, ADHD, intellectual disorder) and their parents. Using two multiple baseline designs, parents were trained to provide effective instructions via group-based BST to promote child compliance in an academic context. Collectively, results indicated that parents demonstrated improved integrity for providing effective instructions, with concomitant improvements in children’s compliance. Further, parents rated group-based BST as a socially valid and effective training procedure. These results are important as they demonstrate that group-based BST is an effective method for improving parents’ ability to implement behavior management strategies with struggling learners.
 
Parent Tutoring for Academic Skills and Application of a Systematic Framework to Enhance Treatment Integrity
(Service Delivery)
SARA S. KUPZYK (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med), Zachary Charles LaBrot (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Meredith Weber (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Emmie Hebert (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Parent tutoring has been identified as a promising practice for improving academic skills. Although treatment integrity is essential to making valid decisions about the effectiveness of interventions, applied interventions are at high risk for poor implementation. A systematic framework for problem solving for treatment integrity failures has been proposed. This model includes high quality initial training for implementers, collection of data on treatment integrity, identification of problems, and strategies to improve integrity based on hypotheses related to the dimensions of integrity (e.g., adherence, quality, dosage, and engagement) and skill, performance, and resource deficits. The purposes of this study were to (a) assess the impact of parent tutoring on students’ early reading skills and (b) examine the usefulness of the systematic framework for solving treatment integrity problems. Two adolescents with intellectual disabilities and their parents participated. Graduate students taught parents to use a research-based intervention in the home environment. Data were collected on parent implementation and adolescent progress with targeted reading skills. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline design was used. Preliminary results indicate improvements in early literacy skills upon implementation of parent tutoring and improvements in parents’ treatment integrity when interventions identified through the systematic framework were implemented.
 
 
Symposium #268
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Applications of Behavioral Skills Training
Sunday, May 26, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A
Area: OBM/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Christopher M. Furlow (Canopy Children's Solutions )
CE Instructor: Christopher M. Furlow, Ph.D.
Abstract: Behavioral Skills Training (BST) has been shown as an effective way to teach basic and complex skills to a variety of populations. In the current symposium, three novel applications that demonstrate the efficacy of BST across settings and behaviors will be presented, as well as a discussion of implications to training.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, In-situ feedback, Staff training
Target Audience: Practicing Behavior Analysts, graduate students, faculty members in behavior analysis
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will review the steps of Behavioral Skills Training 2. Participants will learn the application of in-situ feedback as part of BST across three novel applications. 3. Participants will discuss implications of in-situ feedback as part of an overall training package.
 

A Comparison of Immediate and Post-Session Feedback with Behavioral Skills Training to Improve Interview Skills in College Students

LAURA-KATHERINE K BARKER (Canopy Children's Solutions), James Moore (Canopy Children's Solutions)
Abstract:

Successful interviewing skills help maximize the probability that a job candidate will make a positive impression upon a prospective employer. Stocco, Thompson, Hart, and Soriano (2017) described a method using Behavioral Skills Training (BST) to increase appropriate interview skills that used post-session feedback. Immediate feedback has been shown as an effective method that may improve the effectiveness and efficiency of the training package described by Stocco et al. This study aimed to replicate Stocco et al. using BST to improve interview skills of college students and extend the study by comparing post-session and immediate feedback. All participants demonstrated improvements in interview skills, thus replicating the findings of Stocco et al. More specifically, BST with immediate feedback showed greater acquisition, maintenance, and generalization, with fewer training minutes required to meet mastery criteria compared to BST with post-session feedback.

 
An Evaluation of Group Training Methods on the Treatment Integrity of Day Treatment Staff
MADELINE POTTER (Canopy Children's Solutions), James Moore (Canopy Children's Solutions), Christopher M. Furlow (Canopy Children's Solutions), Laura-Katherine K Barker (The university of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract: A variety of group training methods, including Behavioral Skills Training, voice-over video instruction, voice-over video feedback, and in-situ feedback were evaluated in the acquisition of basic applied behavior analytic methods (effective instruction delivery and time-in) across three day-treatment classrooms for children with autism. A multiple-baseline design across classrooms was employed to determine the effects of transitional BST with a voice-over video instruction component, voice-over feedback, and then in-situ feedback delivered during on-going teaching. Results indicated that, although all methods led to initial increases in integrity, only in-situ training resulted in acceptable levels of performance that maintained in the absence of feedback. Results are discussed in the context of effective and efficient group training strategies.
 
An Application of a Staff Training Model to Newly Hired Registered Behavior Technicians
MARY THOMASON (Canopy Children's Solutions), Christopher M. Furlow (Canopy Children's Solutions), Laura-Katherine K Barker (The university of Southern Mississippi), James Moore (Canopy Children's Solutions)
Abstract: Competency training for newly-hired Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs) presents numerous challenges for practicing behavior analysts. Efficient and effective training solutions offer valuable tools that could offset the numerous time and monetary demands placed on clinicians. This study replicated and extended the findings of Potter et al. (previous paper) to a sample of newly-hired RBTs. Results indicated that training with in-situ feedback was the only training method that resulted in significant acquisition of mastery-level skills that also maintained in the absence of feedback.
 
 
Symposium #269
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
There is More to Supervision Than Surviving the Nine to Five
Sunday, May 26, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Toronto
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Krystyna Riley (ALULA)
CE Instructor: Krystyna Riley, M.S.
Abstract:

Based on the BACB®'s US Employment Demand for Behavior Analysts: 2010-2017 report published on 06/14/2018, "annual demand for individuals holding BCBA/BCBA-D certification has increased approximately 800% from 2010 to 2017." As of October 3rd, 2018, there are 30,540 individuals who hold a BCBA; in 2013, there were only 12,625 BCBA's. As a field, we have 59% of our credentialed workforce operating with 5 or fewer years of experience. ALULA has 25 years of experience uplifting business performance. We have a proven track record of helping Fortune 500 companies improve strategy execution. ALULA will present on the methodologies and tools we use to inspire and accelerate the extraordinary growth of individuals and exceptional performance of business. You will learn about how we coach leaders at all experience levels (early career to CEOs) and apply the wealth of Organizational Behavior Management techniques – all of which you can use in your daily workflow. We are offering a cohesive pragmatic technology to equip BCBAs with practical supervision methodology.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Coaching, Leadership, OBM, Supervision
Target Audience:

BCBA's who are supervisors at all experience levels (early career to CEOs).

 

There is More to Supervision Than Behavior Skills Training

HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

In this talk, you will learn the difference between BST and supervision. BST is a content-based training model, but supervisors are responsible for more than designing and implementing training solutions. In this talk, you will learn about the supervision process, what it means to be a supervisor across each phase of the supervision process, and what key behaviors you should be engaging in within and across phases to unlock extraordinary performance.

 

There is More to Management Than Supervision

AMY DURGIN (ALULA)
Abstract:

This talk will build upon what you learned during the first talk. You will learn about how and why management is different than supervision. The tools used to manage and the management behaviors you need to engage in differ in areas, such as: process control, planning, resources allocation, and project management. You will learn how to balance between managing and supervising. Although, good supervision can unlock extraordinary performance, good management techniques are imperative to create an environment where extraordinary performance can occur.

 

There is More to Business Than Management and Supervision

KRYSTYNA RILEY (ALULA)
Abstract:

For our final talk, you will learn about leadership from a behavioral perspective. We will discuss how effective leadership is different from management and supervision, and will give you tools and techniques to take your leadership skills to the next level. You will learn about different types of leaders and the results they typically see, key behaviors that leaders should engage in, and the types of data managers and supervisors should produce to enable effective leadership. Lastly, you will understand how leadership, management, and supervision are interconnected and, when effective, produce extraordinary performance and exceptional value.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #270
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

Behavior Analysis and Relational Frame Theory: Implications

Sunday, May 26, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Carmen Luciano Soriano, Ph.D.
Chair: Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
CARMEN LUCIANO SORIANO (University Almería, Spain; Madrid Institute of Contextual Psychology (MICPSY))
Carmen Luciano, PhD, is Full Professor of Psychology and Director of the Functional Analysis Doctoral Program at University of Almeria, Spain. And she is Director of Master in Contextual Psychology in Madrid Institute of Contextual Psychology (MICPSY). She received her doctoral degree from the Universidad Complutense, Madrid in 1984. She got a Post-doc-Fulbright fellowship in Boston University and Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies (USA) to do research in the emergence of problema-solving in 1985. She has focused her work in tracking the integration of philosophical, basic and applied areas as a dimensional contextual tree of knowledge. She has directed thirty doctoral theses and has published pivotal papers in Behavior Analysis, RFT and ACT. She is mostly focused in analyzing the deictic and hierarchical framing that might be implied in bringing emotions, thoughts, and valued functions to the present to doing possible flexibility responding. She has a vibrating and creative style while teaching, doing research or working with clients.
Abstract:

Behavior Analysis (BA) and Relational Frame Theory (RFT) are integrated in a continuum dimension that is rooted to the functional and contextual perspective of behavior. The implications are simply huge. In this presentation, I will travel back to those times where BA began to provide formulas about how contingencies organized behavior. These effective experiences accounted for part of the enormous variability shown in behavior and very soon B.F. Skinner realized the impact of rules on contingencies. Even more, the relevance of generative self-rules and self-knowledge as well as how we respond to the one`s own behavior were on the table. This door was identified to further scientific inquiry, however it took some time for an insightful behavior to occur in the middle of practical experiences, an insight pointing to the emergent or derived responding. It was when the door was clearly opened to the analysis of further and more sophisticated forms of variability as generativity or derived responding as altering the meaning of contingencies. Relational Frame Theory was a step forward into the analysis of such behavioral phenomena. Consequently, an extension of the functional dimension was in place to account for relevant behaviors as those pointing to human suffering or, conversely, responding to living in peace with oneself. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy is nowadays the contextual Therapy more compromised with the identification of the interactions involved in moving from suffering to living. Very good news for the functional and contextual perspective of behavior with the focus in the emergence of insightful behavior in the days to come that might connect still isolated points.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify BA and RFT as part of the same functional dimension; (2) discuss the emergence of insight in behavioral science; (3) discuss ACT strategies based on RFT.
 
 
Special Event #271
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
CHOICE: The Future of Choice in Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 26, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD North
Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (University of New England)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Kyonka, Ph.D.
Panelists: AMY ODUM (Utah State University), ERIN B. RASMUSSEN (Idaho State University), TODD A. WARD (bSci21 Media, LLC)
Abstract:

Conceptually, “choice” can be theoretically fraught for radical behaviorists because of its incompatibility with strict determinism. Pragmatically though, choice has been an important and popular topic in behavior analysis research and practice. Broadly defined, choice is consistently among the most popular topics at this conference and in behavioral journals. It has yielded some of the most significant conceptual and empirical advances in behavior analysis. From substance abuse to consumer activities to problem behavior, few areas of behavior analysis have escaped the influence of choice. Choice is a critical variable in mathematical elaborations on the matching law that serve as the foundation for quantitative models of behavior and client preference assessments alike. This panel follows six individual presentations about key concepts, cutting edge research, and contemporary thinking about choice in behavior analysis education, research, and practice. In this panel, three distinguished behavior analysts will reflect on the value of choice for behavior analysts and offer their thoughts about where the field might go in the future. The panel is also an opportunity for an interactive discussion with the audience about the future of choice in behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

AMY ODUM (Utah State University)
ERIN B. RASMUSSEN (Idaho State University)
TODD A. WARD (bSci21 Media, LLC)
 
 
Paper Session #272
Behavior Analytic Approaches to the Concepts of "Mind" and Tonal Memory
Sunday, May 26, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
 

Teaching the Construct and Concept of Mind: “The Climate Is to the Weather As…”

Domain: Theory
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas)
 
Abstract:

Teaching mentalism and naturalism in the behavioral, cognitive, and social sciences – and in the culture at large -- is difficult, especially when advancing a naturalistic perspective. Western philosophy and languages teach a mentalistic construct of mind. Behavior analysis teaches a naturalist concept of mind. This presentation teaches the distinction through an analogy based on the everyday relation between the climate and the weather. Although the content of the analogy can vary, its underlying logic is the same. One form of the analogy is this: “the climate is to the weather as personality is to behavior.” The climate does not cause of the weather. It describes uniformities in the weather over time (e.g., heat, humidity). Likewise, personality is not the cause of behavior, but describes uniformities in behavior over time (e.g., altruistic and aggressive behavior). According to Gilbert Ryle (1900-1976), to assume that climate and personality exist independently of weather and behavior is a “category mistake.” The presentation then expands on the analogy in other domains, among them, the relations between knowledge and knowing, competence and performance, memory and remembering, and language and verbal behavior. It concludes with a discussion of effective pedagogy in teaching behavior analysis.

 
The Contribution of Tonal Memory in Basic Musical Abilities
Domain: Basic Research
BENJAMIN REYNOLDS (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: This paper discusses the history of music education as integral to the early development of Psychology through reviewing the work of Drs. Carl Seashore and Raleigh Drake as exemplars of early psychometric and applied approaches to understanding musical behavior in the absence of explicitly mentalistic postulates. This early work is contrasted with the work of Dr. Edwin Gordon and the concept of audiation, which entrenched mentalistic concepts into music instruction from the 1960's to the present. An explicitly naturalistic framework for the study of music aptitude is discussed, as well as some inherent advantages in the use of the theremin as an experimental apparatus. Finally, preliminary data from a study of tonal memory and theremin instruction are shown and suggestions are offered for structuring studies of musical behavior with postulates derived from behavior science.
 
 
 
Symposium #273
CE Offered: BACB
Pushing PEAK to the Edge: Explorations to Music, Empathy, and Advanced Verbal Operants With Neurotypical Children and Individuals With Autism
Sunday, May 26, 2019
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD South
Area: VBC/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Asha Fuller (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Kieva Sofia Hranchuk, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The present symposium explored relatively uncharted territory of PEAK. Specifically, the authors investigated the extent to which the system facilitated a basic musical repertoire in playing notes on a piano, empathetic responding supported by a scenario-based empathy training, and advanced verbal operants with typically-developing children.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Empathy, Music, PEAK, Verbal Operants
Target Audience:

beginner-intermediate behavior analysts or students of

 
Using the PEAK Relational Training System to Teach Music
(Applied Research)
KIEVA SOFIA HRANCHUK (Arizona State University), Mario Lanuza (Arizona State University), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University)
Abstract: The PEAK Relational Training System (Dixon, 2014-2016) has been used predominantly to teach early language and cognition skills. One area of the PEAK system yet to be empirically explored is that of the music-related programs. To that end, the proposed study used the PEAK Relational Training System, Equivalence, Module: Playing Music (13A) program to facilitate the acquisition of recognizing, labeling, and playing musical notes on a piano.
 

Assessment and Training of an Empathetic Repertoire for Children With Autism

(Theory)
SHRAVYA SRINIVAS SANAGALA (Arizona State University, MS ABA program), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University), Alison Parker (ASU)
Abstract:

Great behavior-analytic attention has been afforded to the better understanding of the core skills to an empathetic repertoire. However, these efforts have predominantly remained in the conceptual and theoretical domains of our science. To expand the extent to which behavior analysis has a place in the discussion of a more advanced skill, the current study sought to tease out theoretically-couched prerequisites to a typically-developing empathetic repertoire and, in the absence of said skills, propose a training for those skills.

 
Generalization and Derived Emergence of Metaphorical Sensory Tact Extensions: PEAK for Neurotypical Preschool Children
(Applied Research)
RYAN C. SPEELMAN (Pittsburg State University), Andy Gloshen (Pittsburgh State University - Pittsburgh Kansas)
Abstract: We evaluated multiple exemplar training (MET) and equivalence based instruction (EBI) to promote the emergence of novel metaphorical sensory tact extensions in two neurotypical preschool children. Methods were adapted from the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) equivalence and generalization curriculum guides. Participants were first trained to label pictures (A) using metaphorical tacts (B). Following MET both participants demonstrated response generalization by emitting untrained metaphorical tacts in the presence of novel pictures. Next participants were taught to select a corresponding picture (A) given a functionally related tactile stimulus (C). This phase established three member equivalence classes consisting of pictures, generalized metaphorical responses, and tactile stimuli. Following EBI participants demonstrated emergent transitive relations by providing previously generalized metaphorical tact extensions (B) in the presence of untrained tactile stimuli (C). These preliminary results illustrate the convergent role of relational responding and response generalization in the formation and flexible application of academic concepts. Manualized curriculum guides such as the PEAK may be used in educational practices to facilitate the acquisition of complex language skills common to standard education curriculum.
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #274
Presenter Meet and Greet
Sunday, May 26, 2019
1:00 PM–1:30 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
 
PATRICIA PRELOCK (University of Vermont)
 

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi."

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #274A
Author Signing
Sunday, May 26, 2019
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, ABAI Bookstore
 
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University), MATTHEW CICORIA (Positive Behavioral Outcomes, LLC), GORDON R. FOXALL (Cardiff University; University of Reykjavik), BOBBY NEWMAN (Proud Moments), JUSTIN B. LEAF (Autism Partnership Foundation), W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University), NANCY J. CHAMPLIN (ACI Learning Centers), MELISSA SCHISSLER (ACI Learning Centers), KATHERINE JO SAINT (Fox Valley Autism Treatment Program), ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute), DOUGLAS ROBERTSON (Florida International University), WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University)
 

Purchase one of the many available titles at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author!

 
 
Poster Session #275
AAB Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 26, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
2. Information Use, Social Learning, and Phenotypic Constraint in Wild Vervet Monkeys
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research
CHRISTINA NORD (University of Lethbridge), S. Henzi (University of Lethbridge), Tyler Bonnell (University of Lethbridge), Louise Barrett (University of Lethbridge), Kyla Funk (University of Lethbridge)
Discussant: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

Animals are thought to acquire, apply, and exploit information in order to exhibit socially-learned behavior. In chacma baboons (Papio ursinus), Carter et al. (2016) suggested that it is possible to explain variation in a novel, socially-learned behavior by identifying phenotypic constraints (cognitive, social, behavioral, ecological, and demographic characteristics). We conducted a similar experiment using wild vervet monkeys (Chlorocebus pygerythrus) whose social structure varies significantly from chacma baboons. We presented a novel water patch to three troops of vervet monkeys (approximately 150 individuals) living on a private game reserve in South Africa during times of water scarcity and abundance. Using a Bayesian multi-level model, we tested whether the phenotypic constraints of age, sex, dominance rank, inter-individual behavioral differences, social network structure, and troop ecology influenced water patch exploitation. Here we discuss the sequential nature of information use and argue for the importance of considering phenotypic constraint in the ontogeny and evolution of social learning. We also provide a behavior analytic approach to the concepts of information use and social learning.

 
3. Association Between Odor Discrimination, Cognitive Bias, and Spontaneous Alternation
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
SHIVANI DALAL (Texas Tech University), Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract: In a recent study, higher levels of persistence in dogs was associated with poorer performance on an odor discrimination task, and more persistent dogs were also more likely to employ a win-stay strategy in the odor discrimination task. The aim of this study was to expand on this finding and evaluate the relationship between cognitive bias and odor discrimination accuracy. The spontaneous alternation task allows dogs to choose between two arms of a T-maze after being rewarded in one location. We then observed whether the dog returned to the side that was previously rewarded or shifted to the alternative side. In addition, the dogs were tested on a cognitive bias task to evaluate whether odor discrimination performance was associated with an optimistic/pessimistic bias. In this task, dogs were trained to recognize one side of the room as positive (food present) and the other as negative (food absent). Ambiguous trials (NN, NP, or M) were interspersed throughout the session, and the time it took the dog to reach each location was recorded. Initial trends show that dogs that perceived ambiguous stimuli as more negative (“pessimistic”), tended to perform best on the discrimination task, but more subjects are undergoing testing to confirm.
 
4. Are You Better Than Food? Dogs Preference for Owners or Food in aConcurrent Choice Procedure
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research
LINDSAY TAYLOR ISERNIA (Virginia Tech), Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
Discussant: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

One approach to investigating the dog-human bond is to evaluate dogs’ preferences for their owner compared to other salient stimuli. Dogs typically preferred food to petting from their owners in familiar contexts, but were more likely to be sensitive to a thinning food schedule, or prefer their owner on all schedules of reinforcement in unfamiliar contexts. One issue with this prior research is that the dog was not equally deprived of food and access to the owner. Thus, in this study we tested dogs’ preference for their owners versus food when they had been deprived of both for at least four hours. After a dog was separated from their owner for the required time, we gave them a concurrent choice between a bowl of food or the owner. The dogs were presented with the food they were normally fed. The dog’s behavior was recorded for a minute-long session. We tested each dog in at least four sessions. Generally, dogs preferred their owner over food and also made the owner their first choice over the food. However, we detected individual differences in dogs. We are confident in our results as we conducted multiple sessions with each dog.

 
5. Effects of Starch Content on Reinforcer Efficacy Using Progressive Ratio Performance in Horses
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
JOANNA PLATZER (Virginia Tech), Lindsay Taylor Isernia (Virginia Tech), Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech)
Discussant: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

Reinforcer efficacy is an essential issue for training and maintaining desirable behavior in animals. Horses are often required to perform long sequences of behavior such that identifying reinforcers that can maintain long bouts of behavior or high effort behaviors would be useful. One way of testing reinforcer efficacy is using a progressive ratio schedule and measuring break points. Higher break points correspond to more effective reinforcers. We trained horses used in a riding instruction program to touch a target stick with their noses. After horses reached criterion levels of responding, they entered the testing phase in which we used three different grains with varying starch content as reinforcers to determine if starch content affected reinforcer value. Horses were tested on each grain each testing day and we tested each horse multiple days. We measured trials to criterion during training and break points during testing. We will discuss our results in terms of individual differences and sensitivity to different levels of starch using concepts of unit price, demand, and work.We are confident in our results given that we used a single-subject design and tested each horse multiple times on each grain type.

 
6. Social Transmission of Food Preferences in Canines
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
ARMANDO DANTE MENDEZ (Texas Tech University), Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract: The passing of food preferences between peers is a robust phenomenon in rodents. In previous studies, brief interactions with a demonstrator (another rodent) that has recently eaten has been shown to influence subsequent food choice of an observer. This phenomenon has recently been extended to dogs; however, whether dogs can develop food preferences from interactions with humans has not yet been tested. This study aims to test whether inter-species social interactions influence food preferences in dogs. Thus far, we evaluated 14 dogs and their owners. Owners consumed flavored oatmeal with either blueberry or strawberry jam. Owners/demonstrators were asked to make close contact with their dog during a 5 min interaction period. After social interaction, dogs were offered a two-bowl preference test where two bowls are equipped with a digital scale to continuously measure consumption. We found a general trend that pet dogs with owners that ate blueberry had no clear preference between the strawberry and blueberry. However, pet dogs with owners that ate the strawberry had a clear preference for strawberry, showing owner consumption had modest impact on canine choice.
 
7. The Smell of Dog: Exploring Canine Olfactory Investigation
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research
TATJANA JARVIS (Texas Tech University), Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

There is a common untested belief that domesticated dogs tend to sniff their owners more when they have been around unfamiliar dogs. In this study we aimed to determine whether this phenomenon is true in a controlled test. Six dogs interacted with a familiar caretaker while wearing sweatpants impregnated with one of four odors: odor of an unfamiliar dog, odor of self, almond extract, and no scent control. The Experimenter wore the sweatpants and stood in an enclosed space. The Experimenter called the dog’s name and pet the dog for ten seconds to encourage the dog to approach the experimenter, and then remained neutral for the duration of a 2 min session. The interaction was recorded and coded for the time the dog spent sniffing the Experimenter’s pants. Each dog went through each condition twice in a pseudorandomized order. Dogs spent significantly more time investigating sweatpants with an unfamiliar dog odor compared to self, control and almond extract. There was no difference in time sniffing between almond extract, self, and control. These results support that dogs do spontaneously recognize unfamiliar canine odors.

 
8. Behavioral Observation of Goat Facial Contact with a Non-native Invasive Weed Species (Rosa Multiflora)
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
MARCIE DESROCHERS (State University of New York, Brockport), Nicole Fuller (The College at Brockport--State University of New York), Lori-Ann B. Forzano (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Jim Witnauer (The College at Brockport-State University at New York), Katie Amantangelo (The College at Brockport--State University of New York)
Discussant: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

Non-native invasive plants (NNIP) have the potential to cause considerable economic and environmental harm. Ruminants, including goats (Capra hircus), are a NNIP management strategy that may be less environmentally harmful than herbicide use, less time consuming than physical weed removal, and more cost effective than either strategy. In this naturalistic observation study, the extent to which goats made facial contact with one NNIP--Rosa multiflora--was evaluated. The goat herd was led by the handler to a Rosa bush in a forest where they were free to roam or remain next to the Rosa bush with the handler. Momentary time samples of goat facial contact (any part of the goat’s head touching any part of a Rosa bush) with 9 goats (5 adult and 4 juvenile does) were collected during 49 video-recorded sessions. Although all goats were observed to contact Rosa, it did not occur frequently (M = 28.02%), was highly variable (SD = 26.75), and in only 2% of sessions was more than 50%. Individual differences in amount of Rosa contact occurred ranging from 29.17-7.83% per session. Operant conditioning methods are necessary to increase goats’ contact with NNIP and facilitate its destruction through stomping or eating.

 
9. Evaluation of Use of Operant Conditioning Procedures to Increase a Goat’s (Capra Hircus) Consumption of a Non-Native Invasive Weed Specie
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
MARCIE DESROCHERS (State University of New York, Brockport), Lori-Ann B. Forzano (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Jim Witnauer (The College at Brockport--State University of New York), Katie Amantangelo (The College at Brockport--State University of New York), Jackie Webster (The College at Brockport--State University of New York)
Discussant: Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
Abstract:

Non-native invasive plants (NNIP) can cause considerable economic and environmental harm. Ruminants such as goats (Capra hircus) as a NNIP management strategy may be less environmentally harmful compared to traditional herbicide use, less time consuming than human weed removal, and more cost effective than herbicides and/or manual removal. An experimental demonstration of operant conditioning procedures to increase a goat’s consumption of one NNIP--Rosa multiflora--was performed. A multielement research design was used to compare a goat’s frequency of eating Rosa during training (prompting/fading, differential reinforcement) versus baseline conditions. Sessions occurred while the goat freely roamed with a herd in a forest containing native and non-native shrubs and trees. Data consists of observational coding of goat eating behavior during video recorded sessions. During all 15 sessions, a higher frequency of goat Rosa eating behavior occurred in the training condition compared to baseline (M = 45.53 versus 6.67, respectively). Conversely, the goat consumed vegetation other than Rosa less frequently in the training condition compared to baseline (M = 23.47 versus 47.87, respectively). Although these findings suggest that operant conditioning procedures may increase a goat’s consumption of Rosa, demonstration of maintenance and replication across other goats and NNIP are needed.

 
10. Home Alone: An Operant Approach to Separation-Related Vocalization and Pacing in aCompanion Dog
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE PFALLER-SADOVSKY (Queen's University Belfast; Verhaltensanalytische Beratung für Hundehalter; Happy-Fellow® Coaching und Seminar)
Discussant: Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
Abstract:

Separation-related issues, often characterized by excessive vocalizations, locomotory behaviors and/or property destruction are common canine behaviour problems. While other disciplines (e.g., veterinary behaviour and applied ethology) have extensively researched these phenomena, behaviour analysis has paid little attention to them. This data-supported case study investigated an operant approach as treatment for separation-related behaviors in a companion dog. Lucy, a 6-month old, mixture-breed dog was presented for excessive vocalization when left alone. Upon initial consultation and baseline taking, it was found that Lucy had no settle (i.e., lying-down on cue) response in her repertoire and displayed high instances of vocalizations (i.e., whining and barking) and pacing (i.e., walking around the apartment) when left alone. Treatment comprised (a) teaching a solid settle response; (b) shaping successively longer durations of separation; and (c) counterconditioning with a stuffed toy. A modification of ABC design was used for data analysis. Results showed overall improvements in settle responses, vocalizations, and pacing. A follow-up probe detected medium-term improvements across all behaviors. This case study suggests shaping procedures as potential treatments for canine separation-related issues. More research is needed to further investigate efficacy and generality of operant approaches for treating separation-related behaviors of varying magnitudes in companion dogs.

 
11. Generalization of Olfactory Thresholds in Canines
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
MALLORY TATUM DECHANT (Texas Tech University), Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: Canine olfactory detection limits are critical for operational canine handlers to ensure a dog can reasonably detect a target under the present conditions. Commonly, one dilution is repeatedly utilized for training and this may lead to a narrow generalization gradient for odor concentration. In this study, we evaluated the effect of odor concentration used in training on olfactory thresholds. Dogs were trained on a three alternative forced choice task in which the odorant (amyl acetate) was discriminated from the diluent (mineral oil). Dogs were trained initially at 10-2 v/v dilution until 86% accuracy over two consecutive days was achieved. Next, a descending 15-step staircase procedure of half-log dilutions was used to assess threshold. Dogs then returned to training with a decreased training dilution (10-4) followed by a re-assessment of threshold. Dogs then returned to training at a further dilution, and threshold re-assessed. Threshold showed progressive improvements in detecting lower concentrations with decreased training dilution. More dogs are currently under evaluation with a yoked-control group receiving an equivalent amount of training with only the highest dilution. We expect training with a wider range of decreasing dilutions will lead to the lowest thresholds compared to training at only one concentration.
 
12. Making a Tiger's Day: Free-Operant Preference Assessment and Environmental Enrichment to Improve Quality of Life
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Trista Shrock (Missouri State University), MICHAEL C. CLAYTON (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: Problem behaviors often occur in captive wild animals due to stress and boredom. Environmental enrichment is one of the most successful methods for minimizing these types of behaviors in captive wild animals. The current study investigated individual preferences of play items and scents for seven adult Bengal tigers in a Tiger Sanctuary using a free-operant preference assessment. Three phases were run on each tiger, ultimately establishing a hierarchy of preferred play items and scents for each tiger included in the study.
 
13. Operant Conditioning of Lake Sturgeon (Acipenser fulvescens)
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research
BRITTANY LOUISE COOK (University of Manitoba), Emilie Fonti (University of Manitoba), Baénie La Fleur (University of Manitoba), Spenser Martin (University of Manitoba), Stefaniia Martsynkevych (University of Manitoba), Jessica Summers (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba)
Discussant: Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
Abstract:

In a square experimental tank (ET), one experimentally naïve lake sturgeon (Acipenser fulvescens) was operantly conditioned to enter one of four target areas where it received an auditory feedback-response stimulus (an automated “click”) following its association with darkness reinforcement. The number of responses for each of the four targets was monitored by visual observation and computer software. The reliability of visual observation was confirmed by IOA among observers. The targets were in each corner of the ET and had to be entered by the subject to constitute a response. The study consisted of the following phases: (1) no-feedback baseline (NFB); (2) response feedback stimulus baseline (RFSB); (3) continuous reinforcement schedule (CRF); (4) extinction (EX); (5) test for spontaneous recovery; and (6) fixed-ratio schedule of reinforcement (FR1 ~ CRF, FR2, and FR4). It was found during phases 3 and 6 that the subject preferred the target area that resulted in reinforcement as it was indicated by an increase in target area responses for that corner; and decreased responding on the target during phases 4 and 5. Results during the other phases were less clear. This was to the best of our knowledge the first operant conditioning study conducted using this species.

 
14. The Comparison and Reliability of Domestic Cat (Felis catus) Preference Assessments
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
BETHANY HINTZE (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
Abstract:

Pet cats are often thought to be difficult to train, which may be due to a lack of knowledge of what motivates cats to respond (Vitale Shreve, Mehrkam, & Udell 2017). The present study compared two preference assessments with shelter cats – a free operant design (Vitale Shreve et al., 2017) and a paired stimulus design (Fisher et al., 1992). The purpose was to determine an ideal assessment for use in a shelter setting, including ease of use and reliability of results. Each cat completed both assessments, had their most-preferred stimulus used as a reinforcer in basic obedience training for five training sessions, and then was retested. On their initial assessments (n = 20), chicken-flavored wet food was selected most during the paired stimulus assessments (45%), while petting won the free operant assessments (50%). On their retests (n = 6), only two cats had consistent preferences. While data is still being collected, initial analysis demonstrate the paired stimulus assessment worked best overall (easier to set up, required less space, and resulted in less cat stress behavior) and that cat preferences are likely to change in as little as a week regardless of assessment used, indicating regular assessments are necessary.

 
15. Effect of Therapy Dog Handling Styles on Dog and Child Behavior
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
MEGAN ELIZABETH ARANT (Texas Tech University), Alexandra Protopopova (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
Abstract: With the incorporation of therapy dogs in educational programs, understanding what type of interactions influence positive behavior in the child is important. On the other hand, it is critical to consider how the dog perceives sessions with children, in order to preserve their welfare and longevity of service. During a session, therapy dog handlers interact with both children and the dog simultaneously, which may influence both parties' behavior. This experiment investigates how handlers influence their dogs' behavior and the children's social behavior. Different, but commonly employed, handling styles were examined, such as passive sitting next to the dog, actively giving treats to the dog, and slight restraint using the leash. Twelve child-dog dyads (twelve dogs, five children with autism spectrum disorder) were assessed to understand how leash restriction, handler behavior, and types of reinforcement influence dog and child behavior will provide guidance for future visits.
 
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #276
Career Fair
Sunday, May 26, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall

Visit participating companies seeking prime candidates in the field of behavior analysis. Additional details for job seekers, employers, and recruiters, and be found on Career Central.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #277
Professional Photographs
Sunday, May 26, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall

Bring your badge and have your professional photograph taken for use in social media, professional online bios, and more!

 
 
Poster Session #278
BPN Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 26, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
16. Establishing a Conditioned Place Preference Using Planaria: Comparing Nicotine to Cotinine
Area: BPN; Domain: Theory
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University), May Dang (South Dakota State University), Skylind Dvoracek (South Dakota State University), Shafiqur Rahman (South Dakota State University)
Discussant: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: We will present data pertaining to the reinforcing properties of nicotine and its major metabolite, cotinine, using the invertebrate planaria as an animal model. The reinforcement effects will be assessed using the conditioned place preference (CPP) procedure. Since planaria typically how behavior described as being light phobic, the ability to reverse this light-avoidance behavior after an illuminated environment is paired with a reinforcer makes conditioned place preference fairly straightforward using this animal model. Unlike nicotine, cotinine apparently lacks stimulant properties but like nicotine, cotinine will establish a conditioned place preference. There is, however, only one study that has examined nicotine’s ability to establish a conditioned place preference in this invertebrate. Cotinine is of particular interest since it is the primary metabolite of nicotine, has a much longer half-life than nicotine and has never been shown to establish a conditioned place preference in other animal models. Cotinine has been shown to have some degree of generalization with nicotine in drug discrimination studies but no studies have examined whether cotinine would function as a reinforcer in an operant drug-self-administration procedure. Cotinine is the subject of translational research, currently studied as a neuroprotective agent in animal models of Parkinson’s and Alzheimer’s disease.
 
17. Drug Effects on ADHD Symptoms: Treatment Differences Between Spontaneously Hyperactive Rats and Conditioned Wistar Rats
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
SPENCER GARRISON (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College)
Discussant: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Although the etiology of Attention Deficit-Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD) has yet to be clearly elucidated, current research has suggested that multiple factors are involved in the development of the disorder. For individuals with a diagnosis of ADHD it is unclear whether their symptoms are caused by behavioral conditioning or whether genetic/biological factors are involved. The present experiment sought to evaluate the differences in the effects of d-amphetamine (1.32 mg/kg), a drug often used to treat hyperactivity, on the ambulatory activity (wheel running) of six spontaneously hyperactive rats (SHRs) and six Wistar rats. The Wistar rats underwent hyperactivity conditioning with daily IP injections of cocaine (10.0 mg/kg). The Wistar rats displayed activity levels equivalent to those of the SHR rats following conditioning. After d-amphetamine treatment, the conditioned Wistar rats showed marked decreases in activity levels while the SHRs exhibited an increase in activity levels (p = .015). The results of the present study suggest that there exist a difference in the effects of d-amphetamine based on the etiology of the hyperactive symptoms.
 
18. Opiates and Impulsive Choice: Effects of Oxycodone on Sensitivity to Reinforcement Amount
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
KATELYN HUNT (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: An increase in impulsive choice has been documented with the use and abuse of opioids. A change in sensitivity to reinforcement amount has been identified as a potential behavioral mechanism of this effect. The purpose of this study was to examine the impact of a drug-induced change in sensitivity to reinforcement amount with the opioid oxycodone. Seven male Sprague-Dawley rats responded under a rapid-acquisition, concurrent-chains choice procedure where two different reinforcer amount ratios (1:4 and 4:1) changed every five sessions. After response ratios accurately tracked changes in reinforcer amount every five sessions and sensitivity estimates were above .20, the effects of oxycodone at doses ranging from 0.3-1.7 mg/kg were determined. A select drug effect was found with certain doses such that sensitivity was decreased without a dramatic change in overall initial link response rates or bias. These results suggest oxycodone may increase impulsive behavior by decreasing sensitivity to reinforcement amount.
 
19. Effects of Housing Condition on Changes in Demand for Ethanol in Female Rats
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
GABRIELLE MARIE-ANNE SUTTON (Millersville University of Pennsylvania), Courtney Wilkinson (Millersville University of Pennsylvania), Kelly M. Banna (Millersville University of Pennsylvania)
Discussant: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Research suggests that animals housed in enriched environments self-administer less drugs than animals housed in standard or impoverished environments. This study investigated the effects of enrichment on demand and escalation of demand for ethanol in female rats. Sixteen rats were assigned to either enriched (n = 8) or standard (n = 8) environments. Animals in enriched environments were group housed (n = 4) in large cages with toys. Standard animals were housed individually in shoebox cages. Animals were trained to lever-press for ethanol on a fixed ratio 1 (FR 1), then FRs were increased every three sessions until animals failed to earn a reinforcer in any of those sessions. Animals then completed 21 days of self-administration at an FR 3, which was followed by a second demand analysis (in progress). Standard-housed animals a) reached significantly higher breakpoints in Demand 1 than animals housed in enriched conditions and b) did not significantly differ from enriched rats in reinforcers earned at an FR 1. This suggests that demand for ethanol is higher among individually housed rats than in those housed in enriched environments. Changes in demand over time as a function of housing environment will be evaluated following Demand 2.
 
20. The Effects of Environmental Enrichment on Reinstatement of Ethanol Seeking in Female Rats
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
COURTNEY WILKINSON (Millersville University of Pennsylvania), Gabrielle Marie-Anne Sutton (Millersville University of Pennsylvania), Kelly M. Banna (Millersville University of Pennsylvania)
Discussant: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Effective long-term treatment of Alcohol Use Disorder is constantly challenged by the phenomenon of relapse. Relapse in abstinent alcoholics can occur for many reasons including an onset of stress (stress-induced), the presence of environmental cues associated with the drug (cue-induced), and/or the consumption of a small amount of alcohol or another drug (drug-induced). The current research investigated the effects of housing environment on self-administration, extinction, and reinstatement of ethanol-seeking. Sixteen female, Long Evans rats (eight sibling pairs) were housed in either enriched (n = 8) or standard (n = 8) environments. Animals lever-pressed for ethanol on a fixed ratio 3 (FR 3) schedule of reinforcement for 21 days. Ratios were then increased every three days until animals earned zero reinforcers on at least one day, at which point, responding was placed on extinction. Once responding meets extinction criteria (in progress), response rates will be evaluated following separate exposure to cues, ethanol, and stress. Differences in rates of responding will be evaluated as a function of a) housing condition and b) type of exposure. Results of this study may provide insight into contributing factors of human relapse and suggest potential interventions for alcohol abuse and relapse in humans.
 
21. Changes in the Elimination and Resurgence of Alcohol-Maintained Behavior Across Replications
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
JEMMA E. COOK (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Cassie Chandler (University of Kentucky), Daniela Rüedi-Bettschen (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Donna Platt (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Discussant: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Resurgence, the recurrence of suppressed behavior when reinforcement conditions worsen, may be a mechanism of relapse for those diagnosed with alcohol-use disorder following successful treatment. Pharmacological interventions may be developed to facilitate behavioral treatments of alcohol-use disorder and block resurgence. This first requires modeling the maintenance, treatment, and resurgence of alcohol-maintained behavior and assessing how this behavior changes across replications. In Phase 1, the lever-pressing of 11 rats was maintained by oral alcohol on a fixed-ratio schedule. In Phase 2, lever-pressing was extinguished and sweetened condensed milk was delivered on a differential-reinforcement-of-other-behavior (DRO) schedule. In Phase 3, the DRO schedule was eliminated. This 3-phase cycle was replicated 4 times. Across replications, 1.) In Phase 1, response rates and dose of alcohol consumed did not significantly differ, 2.) In Phase 2, alcohol-maintained behavior was eliminated more rapidly, and 3.) In Phase 3, the resurgence effect was generally stable. In a second experiment, following the establishment of alcohol-maintained behavior in 4 groups of rats in Phase 1, naltrexone was administered in Phase 2, Phase 3, or both Phases 2 and 3 for separate groups. In Phase 2, naltrexone facilitated the elimination of alcohol-maintained behavior. In Phase 3, the resurgence of alcohol-maintained behavior was reduced only for those rats that received naltrexone in Phases 2 and 3. The resurgence of alcohol-maintained behavior is replicable within-subject and may serve as a useful model for the development of pharmacological interventions to facilitate behavioral treatments and reduce the likelihood of relapse.
 
22. Reinforcing and Sedative Effects of Triazolam and Pregnanolone Combinations in Female Rhesus Macaques
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
JEMMA E. COOK (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Donna Platt (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Daniela Rüedi-Bettschen (University of Mississippi Medical Center), Barak Gunter (Charles River Laboratories, Matawan, MI), James K. Rowlett (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Discussant: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Benzodiazepines (BZs) are prescribed as anxiolytics, but their use is limited by side effects including abuse liability and daytime drowsiness. Neuroactive steroids (NSs) are compounds that, like BZs, modulate the effects of GABA at the GABA-A receptor. In a previous study, combinations of the BZ triazolam and NS pregnanolone produced supra-additive anxiolytic effects but infra-additive reinforcing effects in male rhesus macaques. The sedative effects of these combinations and their reinforcing effects in females are unknown yet are critically important in assessing potential clinical utility of BZ-NS combinations. In Experiment 1, four female rhesus macaques were intravenously administered triazolam, pregnanolone, and triazolam:pregnanolone combinations in dose ratios of 1:1, 1:3, and 1:9. Trained observers, blinded to condition, scored the occurrence of species-typical and drug-induced behaviors across 160 min post-drug administration. Ataxia and deep sedation significantly increased and species-typical activities significantly decreased as a function of dose for all drugs. Triazolam:pregnanolone combinations had supra-additive effects in inducing deep sedation. In Experiment 2, three female rhesus macaques self-administered triazolam, pregnanolone, and triazolam:pregnanolone combinations intravenously under a progressive-ratio schedule. Triazolam:pregnanolone combinations had supra-additive reinforcing effects in two subjects but infra-additive reinforcing effects in one subject. Combinations of triazolam and pregnanolone produced supra-additive effects on deep sedation, significant increases in observable ataxia, and had supra-additive reinforcing effects in some subjects. Combinations of triazolam and pregnanolone may be useful as clinical sedative drugs in the context of treating insomnia or in surgical anesthesia, but sex differences in their utility may exist.
 
23. Does Exposure to Alcohol-Related Media Influence Alcohol Purchasing?
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Ryan Powers (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), MATTHEW E. ANDRZEJEWSKI (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Megan Bartz (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Maggie Smith (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Mackenzie Kropidlowski (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater), Abigail Schmidt (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater)
Discussant: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Economic demand for alcoholic beverages can be assessed using the Alcohol Purchase Task (APT) where participants hypothetically buy drinks at set prices. The APT allows for detailed behavioral economic analyses including elasticity and breakpoint. In this experiment, participants were presented a scenario, completed a shortened version of the APT, watched 1 of 4 videos (pro-alcohol, anti-alcohol, neutral-alcohol and neutrol-no alcohol), were presented a second scenario, and then completed a second, but distinct, version of the APT. A full 4 (videos) X 2 (scenario order) factorial experiment was conducted, allowing for both between-conditions and within-subjects analyses. Results from sixty-one participants (n=61) suggest some influence of the different videos and scenarios. For example, economic demand for alcohol was significantly reduced by exposure to an anti-alcohol video in one scenario order, but not the other. However, the demand characteristics of the survey itself may have produced some of these effects. A full comparison of conditions, as well as an increase in sample sizes may assist in interpreting whether or not exposure to videos changes economic demand for alcohol.

 
24. Behavioral Skills Training to Improve the Ability to Pour a Standard Drink of Beer
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
NICOLE SCHULTZ (Auburn University), Emily Junkin (Auburn University ), Christopher J. Correia (Auburn University)
Discussant: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: Assessing variables that affect behavioral skills training aimed at reducing alcohol-related risk has important clinical implications. Participants trained to pour a standard drink of beer received a dose of alcohol or a placebo dose and completed two additional free-pours along the blood alcohol concentration (BAC) curve. Data collected to date (n=8) suggest that participants were able to pour a standard drink of beer within the 10% training criteria range (12 oz) after a stimulus fading training procedure (M=11.34 oz, SD=0.42). After receiving a dose of alcohol (Mean BrAC=.080), free-pours increased slightly (M=11.48 oz, SD=0.62) on the ascending limb of the BAC curve, and slightly decreased back to baseline levels on the descending limb (M=11.38 oz, SD=0.48). After a placebo dose of alcohol (Mean BrAC=.00), free-pours remained as accurate as training pours on the ascending limb of the BAC curve (M=11.38 oz, SD=0.53), as well as on the descending limb (M=11.38 oz, SD=0.18). These preliminary data suggest that free-pouring a standard drink of beer is a trainable skill that persists despite a moderate dose of alcohol, as all pour across both the experimental and control conditions remained within the training criteria. However, additional data are necessary to support these conclusions.
 
25. Effects of Time-Based Sequential Administration of Polydrug Abstinence Reinforcement
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
FORREST TOEGEL (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Shrinidhi Subramaniam (California State University, Stanislaus), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University)
Discussant: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Polydrug use is a common problem among patients in opioid substitution treatment, and can be difficult to treat. Abstinence reinforcement can decrease polydrug use when contingencies target single drugs sequentially, until abstinence is obtained for each drug. The present study examined effects of sequential administration of drug-abstinence contingencies delivered based on time – rather than on obtained abstinence. Adults in opioid substitution treatment (n = 91) were invited to work in the Therapeutic Workplace – an employment-based intervention for drug addiction – for 3 months. Participants gained access to paid work ($10/hr maximum) by providing urine samples three times per week. The urine samples were then tested for opiates and cocaine. During an induction period, participants earned maximum pay independent of drug abstinence. After induction, the amount of pay was contingent upon providing urine samples that were negative for opiates. Two weeks later, the amount of pay was contingent upon providing urine samples that were negative for both opiates and cocaine. Analyses of urine samples collected before and after the contingencies showed that abstinence from opiates and cocaine increased significantly after the contingencies were implemented. The results will be discussed in terms of previous research on abstinence-reinforcement interventions that target polydrug use.

 
26. Episodic Remembering and Navigation as a Function of Stimulus Control Changes in a Virtual Environment
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
OANH LUC (University of North Texas), Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Correct navigation, or the ability to remember where you are, has been attributed to the role of memory and neurobiological mechanisms. The neuroscientific literature implicates the hippocampus in spatial navigation, for example. While such accounts are important to consider, it is imperative to isolate functional relations between environmental events and behavior. Specifically, contingencies may select for certain patterns of behavior considered in spatial navigation. This study sought to examine such influences on navigation behaviors of adult human participants in a virtual simulation of a maze using the MazeSuite software. The maze design was adapted from Morris’ (1984) ‘water maze’ typically used on rats. Rats are dropped in a circular tub filled with opaque water and swim until they discover a hidden platform to stand on and escape the water. Subsequent trials show that rats get faster at finding the platform. Tests are then made to determine whether the rat was responding to spatial cues (i.e., stimulus-stimulus configurations of the environment), or responding to proprioceptive-based cues (i.e., stimulus-response properties). In similar fashion, participants navigate the same maze repeatedly until they have had practice encountering the hidden platform, or end goal, while the program takes measures of path length, duration, and virtual velocity. Tests are then implemented where hidden walls are placed in the same maze that blocks the movement of the user, thereby forcing them to remember direction, or S-R relations. However, if participants were using S-S cues to navigate, performance should very little be disrupted. Preliminary results of this study are discussed along with theoretical implications and future research.

 
27. Effect of Positive Reinforcement on Response Competition in a Stroop Color-Word Task: A Neuro-Operant Experiment
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Amrita Pal (UNT), DANIELE ORTU (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to examine how positive reinforcement influences both the behavioral and neural stroop effects. More specifically, we examined how reaction time data and Event Related Potentials (ERPs) vary for congruent vs incongruent conditions within a Stroop task administered with and without positive reinforcement. The research question addressed was if positive reinforcement affected response competition as measured by lower Reaction Time in the congruent condition compared to the incongruent condition. Behavioral and EEG data collected on 16 participants are discussed.

 
28. Dopaminergic and Cholinergic Neuromodulation: A Neuro-Operant Review and Interpretation
Area: BPN; Domain: Theory
Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas), APRIL M. BECKER (University of North Texas and University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Discussant: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Neuromodulation is one of the physiological mechanisms involved in selection by reinforcement of environment-behavior relations. Different neuromodulatory systems appear to be differentially responsive to appetitive and aversive stimuli, and they also partially innervate non-overlapping brain areas, creating an interesting behavioral and neuroanatomical mechanistic puzzle. Here we review the behavioral neuroscience and neuroanatomical literature on the Dopaminergic and Cholinergic systems. Our goal is to eventually propose a neuro-operant framework describing the interactions among all systems involved in neuromodulation.

 
 
 
Poster Session #279
EAB Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 26, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Gisel G. G. Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
29. Differential Acquisition of Incrementing Matching- and Non-Matching to Sample Tasks in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
THOMAS WAGNER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Nicole Westrick (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Genevieve Guidone (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jonathan David Shaw (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Ashley Summer Campbell (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Connor Hebert (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Gisel G. G. Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: In the rodent odor span task responses to odors are always reinforced the first time they are presented in a session, but never reinforced when presented again during that same session. This task may be described as in incrementing non-matching to sample task with each new odor serving both as a sample and as a reinforced comparison stimulus on first presentation. Rats rapidly learn to respond only to session-novel stimuli in this task, but the extent to which acquisition is based on novelty preference is unknown. The present study created a free operant version of the odor span task and compared acquisition under both incrementing non-matching- and matching-to-sample variations of the task. Twelve rats (six matching, six non-matching) were trained to make nose-poke responses to either session-familiar (Matching Group) or session-novel (Non-Matching Group) odor stimuli to on an FI 5-s schedule of food reinforcement. Rats in the Non-Matching Group mastered the task at much faster rates, and were performing with better accuracy at the end of training. Discriminated performances were obtained in most of the rats in the Matching Group, but several failed to develop above chance responding. Preference for novelty may explain the more rapid acquisition of incremental non-matching, but data from the Matching Group shows that the incrementing task can be learned even when it requires responding to more familiar stimuli.
 
30. Variables Affecting Performance on an Incrementing Non-Matching to Samples Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NICOLE WESTRICK (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Genevieve Guidone (UNCW), Angela Marie Bennett (University of North Carolina Wilmington ), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Gisel G. G. Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: The Rodent Odor Span Task (OST) is used in cognitive neuroscience as a model of both working and episodic memory. In this task, rats learn to select the session-novel scent on each trial; the task is in effect an incrementing non-match to samples procedure. Rats perform at high accuracy even as the number of odors to remember increases during the session. We investigated variables that may impact performance. Rats were trained daily on the OST (24 trials/session) with three odors on each trial-one session-novel and two randomly selected from odors presented earlier in the session. After rats consistently performed the task accurately, we manipulated the comparison odors used in the second half of the session; one was an odor presented early in the session and the other had been recently presented. More errors were made by selection of the less recent odor comparison, suggesting that “time since smelled” may be more important than is often recognized in the OST. Further, insertion of a short delay in the middle of the session resulted in a short-lived decrement in performance, again underscoring the contribution of relative familiarity for stimulus control.
 
31. An Analysis of the Impact of Identity Training With Consequence Images on the Emergence of Equivalence Classes Based on Class-Specific Consequences
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ANNA REEVES SHEPHERD (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Courtney Mullinax (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caroline Draughon (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Gisel G. G. Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

Recent stimulus equivalence research has utilized simple-discrimination training procedures with three-term contingencies. However, these procedures have not been effective from the outset for some participants. Crossmodal identity training with compound-consequence images has been shown to facilitate early probe performances (Sheehan, 2018). The current study examined which stimulus-control topographies are important for success on initial probe performances. Specifically, the impact of the crossmodal component of identity training and whether it helps establish a correspondence between the computer-presented images and reinforcer tokens was evaluated. Seven typically developing children (ages 3-4) received one of three variations of identity training (i.e., crossmodal identity training, computer-based identity training, or tabletop identity training) prior to simple discrimination training with compound discriminative stimuli and class-specific reinforcers. Data to date suggest signs of emergence for one participant, who received crossmodal identity training, although these data do not indicate complete emergence. These data raise the question of which variables are responsible for the lack of emergent performances in the current study.

 
32. Comparing the Use of Different Parameters to Reduce Negative Racial Biases Through Equivalence Class Formation in Children
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TÁHCITA MEDRADO MIZAEL (Federal University of São Carlos (UFSCar - Brazil)), João Henrique de Almeida (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Discussant: Gisel G. G. Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: A previous study has shown that equivalence class formation can be used to reduce children’s negative racial biases towards Black faces by training participants to relate a positive (A1) or negative symbols (A2) to abstract stimuli (B1 and B2) and then the abstract symbols to Black faces (C1) or another abstract stimulus (C2). Given the social implications of this, this research is based on it and was aimed to examine the effectiveness of the three parameters used in this previous research to class formation and maintenance six weeks after training. Forty-six children (27 female; 11 Black), all aged 8-10 were recruited for demonstrating negative racial biases towards Black faces. They were divided into four groups and 1) Symmetry tests, 2) mixed training or 3) feedback reduction were used after AB and BC training; for the 4) control group only AB and BC training were given. Then, all groups were tested for equivalence. Results showed that symmetry tests were the most effective parameter regarding equivalence class formation, with 10 participants forming the classes, in comparison to 6-8 in the other groups. However, the results for maintenance were very similar across groups (6 or 7 participants maintained equivalence relations in all groups). This type of investigation is important because some of these parameters could be used, in the future, as part of intervention packages aimed at reducing racial and other types of prejudices.
 
33. Effects of Notecard Training and Selection-Based Instruction via Blackboard on Topographical Responding With College Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
HELOISA CURSI CAMPOS (Arkansas State University), BillyJoe Dromgool (Arkansas State University)
Discussant: Gisel G. G. Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

Selection-based instruction (i.e., multiple-choice format) might not be enough for the emergence of topographical responses such as writing. This study examined the emergence of topographical responses after participants read notecards, which presented descriptions of the trained relations, and answered selection-based questions, and the formation of equivalence classes. Stimuli involved 4 four-member classes [textual label (A), textual definition (B), graph (C), vignette (D)] of single-subject designs. Fifteen undergraduates were submitted to a pretest-training-posttest design. Pre and posttests presented AB, AC, AD, BA, CA, DA, BC, BD, CB, DB (selection-based), CA tact and AB and BA intraverbal (topographical) relations. AB, AC, AD relations were trained and BA, CA, DA, BC, CB, BD, DB emergent relations were tests. Ten participants increased pre- to posttests scores on the selection-based and topographical tests, indicating that the training comprised of notecards and selection-based questions taught participants to select the correct answers on the selection-based questions. Moreover, the training taught some of the participants to write the names and definitions of the single-case designs, even without explicit training. Five participants demonstrated the emergence of equivalence classes. This study showed the emergence of topographical responses after participants were exposed to a training comprised of notecards and selection-based questions.

 
34. Derived Reading Via Stimulus Pairing With Orientation
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
GIOVAN WILLIAN RIBEIRO (Federal University of Sao Carlos), Hindira Naomi Kawasaki (Federal University of Sao Carlos), Letícia Regina Fava Menzori (Federal University of Sao Carlos), Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Micah Amd (McGill University; Federal University of Sao Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Discussant: Gisel G. G. Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: A relational learning procedure involving the presentation of stimulus-stimulus (S-S) pairs with an orientation requirement (a fixation cross signaling the position of stimulus onsets) was used for establishing SAME-AS relations in the present study. We employed the pairing procedure for relating written words (A) with pictures (B), followed by tests for emergent relations, to determine whether reading of the written words were derived. Four children (6-7 years) with reading performance deficits participated in our study. Stimuli constituted of written words and their visual referents (‘LUA’ and image of moon), divided into two sets of three S-S pairs (Set 1: A1-B1, A2-B2, A3-B3; Set 2: A4-B4, A5-B5, A6-B6). Each S-S pair was presented for 30-40 trials (90-120 trials per set). Each trial commenced with a fixation cross on one of four corners of the screen. The participant was required to click on the cross, which produced a word-picture sequence. Probes investigating the acquisition of reading abilities showed strong evidence that all children could read words from both sets within 120 training trials. We also report evidence of partial to total retention of derived reading capacities. The results have significant implications for educational interventions on relational learning.
 
35. Reorganization of Equivalence Classes Established by Delayed Matching to Sample Procedure
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
GIOVAN WILLIAN RIBEIRO (Federal University of Sao Carlos), Deisy De Souza (Federal University of Sao Carlos)
Discussant: Gisel G. G. Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

Delayed matching to sample (DMTS) improves equivalence classes formation when compared to simultaneous matching (SMTS). However, this differential outcome was not observed for classes established by SMTS when the reorganization of classes was tested after reversal of conditional discriminations using both procedures. We aimed to complete this investigation evaluating the effects of conditional discrimination reversals, carried out by DMTS or SMTS, over the reorganization of classes initially established by DMTS. Undergraduate students learned AB, AC and AD conditional discriminations through DMTS (2s). After the emergence of equivalence relations between B, C and D stimuli, participants were divided into two groups: DMTS Group continued with DMTS (2s) and SMTS Group was exposed to SMTS. A reversal training modified AD relations (A1D2, A2D1) and reorganization tests verified whether baseline equivalence relations were altered. Out of 20 participants, 15 reorganized the classes. No differences were observed when accuracy on reorganization tests was compared between the groups. However, choice response speed was significantly lower for SMTS group in reorganization tests when compared to DMTS or to both groups in equivalence tests. The results suggest that additional measures of classes reorganization (e.g., response speed) should be useful to investigate the modification of equivalence relations.

 
36. The Effects of Go/No-Go Discrimination Pretraining on Subsequent Stimulus-Equivalence Outcomes
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Richard W. Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell), SAMANTHA HOPE MCGOULDRICK (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Clinton Fuller (University of Massachusetts Lowell; Nashoba Learning Group, Bedford, MA), Matthew Hayes (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Angel Monegro (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Discussant: Gisel G. G. Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

In pursuit of a behavior analytic account of symbolic meaning, researchers often investigate conditions that influence the probability that derived stimulus relations will emerge. One common preparation for such investigations is premised on a well-replicated experimental outcome termed “The Meaningful PIC Effect”: In potential stimulus classes of otherwise non-representational (meaningless) forms, ABCDE, a higher percentage (yield) of participants demonstrate equivalence relations in conditions where the C stimuli are pictures than in conditions where C stimuli are non-representational. Further, within this paradigm, pretraining a stimulus function to non-representational C stimuli through successive-discrimination procedures enhances equivalence outcomes. However, such pretraining typically has been conducted with keyboard responses involving letters of the alphabet, themselves meaningful stimuli - a potential confound. The present study asked whether pretraining successive discrimination of non-representational C stimuli using a simple one-button go/no-go procedure would similarly enhance subsequent equivalence yield with ABCDE non-representational stimuli. College-student participants were randomly assigned to a keyboard-response successive-discrimination condition, a one-button go/no-go successive-discrimination condition, or two control conditions. Across 29 participants to date, both variations of successive-discrimination pretraining enhanced equivalence yields, suggesting another way in which meaningfulness emerges from acquired stimulus function. Additional data collection is ongoing to increase group sizes and statistical power.

 
37. Assessment of Fading Procedures for Teaching Arbitrary Relationships to Children
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LIDIA MARIA MARIA MARSON MARSON POSTALLI (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Hindira Naomi Kawasaki (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Mayara Ferreira (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Felipe de Rose (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), William J. McIlvane (University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Discussant: Gisel G. G. Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract:

The comprehension of socially agreed codes (arbitrarily related to other events) plays important roles in everyday tasks. The present study investigated the acquisition of arbitrary relations in typically developing children, using two procedures for fading the sample stimulus in a matching-to-sample procedure (MTS). In Static Fading, gradual transformations in the sample stimulus occurred in a sequence of trials; in Dynamic Fading, transformations occurred within each trial. Twelve children aged between three and six years participated. We used four sets of three pairs of stimuli, each pair consisting of a picture and a letter. The computerized procedure began by teaching letter-letter identity matching (IDMTS), which gradually morphed into arbitrary visual-visual picture-letter matching. Each participant was exposed to the four stimulus sets, which alternated according to the fading procedure, and the order of alternation was balanced between participants (DSDS x SDSD). Six children learned all relations, two learned the relations for two stimulus sets, one child learned one stimulus set and three children did show any learning. The amount of training and the number of learned stimulus sets relations varied with age: older children tended to learn more relations with less exposure to the procedure, regardless of the type of fading procedure.

 
38. Enhancing Derived Relational Learning Through Stimulus Variation
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NICHOLAS VAN ZANDT (Western Michigan University), Adam H. Doughty (College of Charleston)
Discussant: Gisel G. G. Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: It is critical that behavior analysts develop novel procedures to broaden our means of teaching derived relational learning. The present research involved two experiments with undergraduate-student participants investigating the impact of varying, or interchanging, stimuli on the formation of transitive relations. In Experiment 1, a linear-series training structure was used (AB, BC, CD) in which each A stimulus (A1, A2, A3) was comprised of three stimuli (e.g., A1 varied between three stimuli across trials). In addition, there were two groups such that the variation was in either real or pseudo-words. Robust AD transitive relations were generated regardless of word type. Using only pseudo-words, Experiment 2 then found similar results when only the D stimuli were interchanged. This reliable learning occurred despite the presence of a linear-series training structure, known to be less effective at instilling relational learning. As such, the present procedures may prove particularly useful in teaching derived relational learning.
 
39. An ERP Investigation of Stimulus Equivalence Based on "Name-Object" Relations
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Gustavo Dias (Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais), Renato Bortoloti (Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais), MARCELO VITOR SILVEIRA (Universidade Federal do ABC), Edson Massayuki Huziwara (Universidade Federal de Minas Gerais)
Discussant: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract:

The N400 is an event-related brain potential sensitive to the semantic relations in naturally occurring language. To illustrate, when words are unrelated (e.g., grease-bread) the N400 will be more negative than N400 evoked by related words (e.g., butter-bread). The peak amplitudes can be used to differentiate the types of experimentally-defined stimulus relations established by Matching-to-Sample (MTS) procedures. That is, the N400 will be more negative for the “non-equivalent” than to the “equivalent” stimulus-stimulus relations. Research reported here concerns the impact of explicit training of name-object relations, in the N400 waveforms. In this regard, a between groups design was used, in which both groups were exposed to the same experimental procedures, except for the stimuli used, so that Group 1 used only abstract figures, and Group 2 used both pseudowords and abstract figures, during MTS training. The waverforms obtained from participants shows a clear N400 effect for Group 2, but not for Group 1. These results are discussed considering the possibility that this effect reflects a difference between groups in the degree of relatedness between stimuli in equivalence classes.

 
40. Equivalence Class Formation and Priming with Pictures and Words
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
GURO DUNVOLL (Norwegian Centre for Mental Disorders Research, KG Jebsen Centre for Psychosis Research, Oslo University Hospital), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University ), Torbjørn Elvsåshagen (Norwegian Center for Mental Disorders Research, KG Jebsen Centre for Psychosis Research, Oslo University Hospital ), Eva Malt (Department of Adult Habilitation, Akershus University Hospital )
Discussant: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract: Finding effective training methods is an important issue when teaching people with autism. A matching to sample (MTS) arrangement is one way to train relations between stimuli and test for emergent relations. Also, testing of relations can be done by a priming procedure in which two stimuli are presented, and the participant are asked to judge whether or not the stimuli are related. In the current experiment, one participant diagnosed with autism and a chromosome 3q29 microdeletion, two participants with high functioning autism and two typically developing adults participated. They were all trained in 6 conditional discriminations in a many to one (MTO) training structure with C-stimuli as meaningful pictures. One-third of the possible emergent relations where tested in an MTS format before the rest of the relations were tested with a priming procedure. The participants also conducted a priming procedure with related and unrelated words. Finally, a complete MTS test were conducted. The results show that the participant with 3q29 microdeletion used more training trials than the participants with high-functioning autism and typically developing adults, but responded within the criteria of 90% in all of the test except the word priming. The other participants responded within the criteria of all tests. The findings rise the question whether word priming deficit may be a specific deficit in 3q29 deletion carriers with autism.
 
42. Emotion Induction of Three Emotions (Happiness, Sadness, and Gratitude) and Their Effects on an Equivalence Test
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARIA ISABEL MUNOZ-BLANCO (Universidad Panamericana)
Discussant: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract:

Research outside of behavior analysis has explored the use of emotion induction procedures. Previous research has shown that depending on the emotion induced, it is possible to alter discounting when an emotion of “gratitude” was induced, compared to the induction of happiness or sadness. The current research explores the effects of emotion induction of these three emotions on an equivalence test. 120 undergraduate students were separated randomly into four groups according to the emotion they were induced: gratitude, happiness, sadness and control. After the emotion induction procedure, participants went through a respondent conditioning training of four stimuli classes and were later presented with a learning test of the relations trained and an equivalence test with a multiple matching-to-sample test. Results so far show that most of the participants (independent of their group) scored well in the learning test but didn’t achieve equivalence, however, the participants of the control group had better scores in the equivalence test. Higher scores on the learning test are observed in the gratitude and the control groups. Results are discussed with respect to the effectiveness of emotion induction procedures and their value in behavior analytical research.

 
43. Studying Conditional Discrimination Using Different Training Protocols in a Patient With Vascular Dementia: A Replication
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
HANNA STEINUNN STEINGRIMSDOTTIR (Oslo Metropolitan University), Heidi Grete Aasland (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract:

Vascular Dementia is a type of neurocognitive disorder caused by a disruption in the blood supply to the brain. Such disruption can damage the brain cells, leading to problems in cognitive functioning such as remembering. The participant, Charlie, was a 74 year-old male diagnosed with Vascular Dementia. He lived in a nursing home at the time of the study. The study was a replication of an earlier experiment conducted with the same participant seven months earlier. In that study, a conditional discrimination training was presented by the use of either simultaneous (A-phases) or the simple-to-complex (B-phases) protocol. These phases were replicated in the current study. The stimuli, pictures of Charlie’s significant other, were presented using the Many-to-One training structure. Based on the findings from previous study, the inter-trial-interval was set to 5000 ms throughout the experiment. The results showed that the simple-to-complex protocol lead to higher accuracy of responding (see Figure 1). Additionally, the results also show how conditional discrimination may be sensitive to changes in cognition caused by additional disruptions of blood flow to the brain (a new stroke).

 
44. Self-Rated Pain Stimuli in Equivalence Class Formation
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JON MAGNUS EILERTSEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan Univeristy)
Discussant: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract:

Training structures have been observed to influence yields in equivalence class formation. The Linear Series (LS) training structure provides the lowest yields. The current study investigates the influence of a LS training structure on the transfer of stimulus function and preference tests. Sixteen college students rated six images showing needle injections to different parts of a human hand. The images were rated on a 5-point Likert Scale ranging from least to most painful (1¬–5). The images rated as most and least painful were later employed as D1 and D2 stimuli, respectively. The D3 image showed a Q tip being pressed against a hand. Next, the participants trained six conditional discriminations in a LS training structure and tested of forming three 3-member equivalence classes. Six out of the 16 participants formed three 3-member classes, whereas five out of six participants successfully expanded the classes to three 4-member classes. Class expansion was done by training the needle injection images (D-stimuli) to the A-stimuli. In a preference test, three bottles were labelled with the B-stimuli. Three participants chose bottle B3, whereas one participant chose bottles B1 and B2. One out of five participants rated the B and D stimuli the same.

 
45. Conflicting Relations Paradigm: The Effects of A Stimulus Equivalence-Based Approach to Changing Bias
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT HENERY (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota)
Discussant: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract: The stimulus equivalence paradigm has been used in a small number of studies to examine attitudes and responding towards socially relevant stimuli. The present study was a systemic replication of the training and testing protocol from Mizael, de Almeida, Silveira, & de Rose (2016) with a novel study population that included 8 East African and 7 Native American elementary age children. The school that these children attended reported frequent and hostile interactions between these groups of students. All 15 children learned relations during matching tasks and demonstrated symmetry and transitivity between outgroup faces and positive stimuli. Fourteen of the 15 children demonstrated equivalence class formation, successfully replicating the results of the Mizael et al. (2016) study. All 15 children also completed an array of stereotyping and prejudice measures before and after delayed match-to-sample training (DMTS) and testing to detect any generalization of the DMTS training effects beyond the experimental context. Participant performance on those measures suggested little, if any, generalization of training effects. Results are discussed in terms of the utility of the stimulus equivalence paradigm for addressing the challenges related to stereotyping and prejudice.
 
46. Effects of Stimuli Dimension on the Emergence of Transitive Relations Using a Go/No-Go Procedure
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
BEATRIZ ELENA ARROYO ANTUNEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara (Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento)), Cristiano Dos Santos (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Flores (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Discussant: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract: The establishment of derived relations on non-human subjects has been difficult to report, due it is apparently a human phenomena. However, it has been found that by using a go/no go procedure instead of a matching-to-sample procedure, relations that have not been trained can emerge on animal subjects. Two pigeons were exposed to a go/no go procedure, one replicating the procedure reported by Urcuioli and Swisher (2015), training three different relations: hue-form (A-B), form-hue (B-C) and form-form (B-B) in order to test hue-hue transitivity (A-C). The other pigeon was trained in form-hue (A-B), hue-form (B-C) and hue-hue (B-B) to test a transitive relation form-form (A-C). The first pigeon responded more to the comparisons of the AC relation that was not related to a positive trial, while the second pigeon responded more to the comparison of the AC relation that was related to a positive trial. This preliminary results indicate the possible lack of generality of the phenomena of emergence relations in non-human subjects.
 
47. An Evaluation of the Efficiency of Equivalence-Based Instruction
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JULIANA SEQUEIRA SEQUEIRA CESAR DE OLIVEIRA (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Discussant: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract: Few studies have compared the efficiency of equivalence-based procedures to other methods of instruction. Therefore, this study evaluated the efficiency of EBI protocol compared to direct instruction (DI), using fifteen visual abstract stimuli (A1 through E3). Forty-eight undergraduate students were assigned to one of four groups: The EBI-DI group received EBI in Phase 1 and DI in Phase 2, and vice versa for DI-EBI group. EBI-EBI and DI-DI group received EBI and DI in both phases, respectively. In Phase 1,EBI-first groups received training on AB and BC relations and DI-first groups received training with all possible relations. After achieving mastery criterion, the ABC test included all possible trial types. In Phase 2, all groups received training to (a) add a fourth stimulus (D), and (b) add a fifth stimulus (E) to the class. No statistically significant difference was found between EBI and DI-first groups in the number of trials, reaction time during test and overall trials to achieve criteria and the performance in ABC test. There were effects of the first training condition (EBI vs. DI) and the second training condition (EBI vs. DI) on the percentage accuracy in the first ABCD, but not in EBCDE test.
 
48. Relational Density Theory: The Relative Influence of Volumetric-Mass-Density on the Resistance of Relational Classes
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ANNALISE GIAMANCO (Missouri State University), Mason Todd (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Lacie Campbell (Missouri State University), Taylor Lauer (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara - CEIC)
Abstract:

Relational Density Theory (RDT) provides a behavioral account of higher-order and self-organizing properties of equivalence networks. Similar to behavioral momentum theory, RDT posits that a first self-organizing property is the relative resistance of relational behavior as a product of behavioral mass. In RDT, mass is a function of the competing molar state volume (class size and nodal distance) and density (response strength) of a given equivalence class. The purpose of the present study was to extend upon prior research on RDT with 13 college student participants. In phases 1 and 2, 4 classes were established that differed in size (3-member, 4-member, 6-member, 8-member) in a one-to-many training structure (max. nodal distance = 1 for all classes). In phase 3, a single derived relation within each class was counter conditioned (-x), and changes in relational responding for each class were evaluated in phase 4. We predicted that classes with greater volume would be more resistant given similar obtained density values in phases 2 and 3. Results suggest that greater distance from the counter-conditioned relation was predictive of greater resistance to counter-conditioning, consistent with a first model prediction within RDT.

 
49. Relational Density Theory: Nodal Distance from Counter Conditioning Influence Resistance of Equivalence Classes
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MASON TODD (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Lacie Campbell (Missouri State University), Annalise Giamanco (Missouri State University), Taylor Lauer (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Alvaro A. Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Abstract: Belisle and Dixon (in press) put forward Relational Density Theory (RDT) as a behavioral account of non-linear higher-order and self-organizing properties that influence the development and resistance of equivalence classes. In RDT, relational mass is a self-organizing property that can predict the resistance of classes that differ along the competing properties of relational volume (sum nodal distance) and relational density (mean strength of relations contained within a class). The theory predicts that classes that contain more nodes and are stronger will also be more resistant to force applied to the class, such as through counter conditioning or the application of any other control parameter. The purpose of the present study was to extend upon prior research on RDT with 12 college student participants. In phases 1 and 2, 4 classes were established that differed both in size and nodal distance (3-member, 4-member, 6-member, 8-member) in a linear training structure (nodal distance = class size -1). In phase 3, a single derived relation within each class was counter conditioned (-x), and changes in relational responding for each class were evaluated in phase 4. Results showed that relations within classes that operated at greater nodal distance from the source of counter conditioning were more resistant, producing orderly outcomes with most participants. Results have implications for understanding higher-order molar properties of equivalence classes with implications for developing models of complex human behavior.
 
50. Instructional Function: Effects of Type and Description´s Contents and Feedback Frequency in Adult Performances
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
PAULA CUEVAS LÓPEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), Gerardo A Ortiz Rueda Rueda (Universidad de Guadalajara-Mexico)
Discussant: Alvaro A. Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Abstract: The instructional function of a description is to restrict the individual´s range of responses in order to prevent the participants from making mistakes. The acquisition of this function is related to variables such as the specificity (type) of the instruction, the feedback frequency received and the correspondence between description and contingencies. We assess the effects of description’s contents with aforementioned variables on the acquisition and maintenance of instructional function of human performance in a first-order matching-to-sample task. In Experiment 1 sixteen undergraduate students were assigned to groups that received an instruction qualified as Specific-Pertinent differing in the contents of the description (instantial, dimensional) and the feedback frequency (absent, continuous). Experiment 2 followed the previous logic, differing only in the type of the instruction, that was Generic-Pertinent. Results showed high percentage of correct responses in training sessions since the beginning of this phase for all the groups in Experiment 1. In Experiment 2, the groups with continuous feedback showed high percentage of correct responses in training phase. These findings are discussed in terms of information given by the variable interaction that is required in order to acquire the matching criteria.
 
51. Say-Do-Report Correspondence in Adults: Linguistic Morphology and Delay Between Contexts
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CONCEPCION SERRADOR DIEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), Gerardo A Ortiz Rueda Rueda (Universidad de Guadalajara-Mexico), Maria Xesus Frojan Parga Parga (Universidad Autonoma de Madrid)
Discussant: Alvaro A. Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Abstract:

The effects of linguistic morphology of saying and reporting, and delay between the say-do-report moments, have not been systematically assessed in the say-do correspondence studies. In the present study adults were exposed to task, differentiated by the moment: 1) Say, i.e. answer questions; 2) Do, i.e. perform do-moment-related actions; 3) Report, i.e. answer questions about previous moments. In Experiment 1 groups of adults were exposed to three different linguistic morphologies (e.g. writing, vocalizing, pointing); whereas, for Experiment 2 two groups were exposed to different delay values (e.g. 0 and 24hrs). Results showed little difference between linguistic morphologies and correspondence, and less correspondence under the 24hr delay. These results are discussed in terms of the factors that modulate the establishment of correspondence (i.e. task dependence, existing temporality between the Say, Do and Report moments).

 
52. Examining Behavioral Flexibility Following Discontinuation of Reinforcement for Previously Reinforced Responses Using a Touchscreen
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
YAARA SHAHAM (Florida Institute of Technology), Carolyn Ritchey (Florida Institute of Technology), Victoria Ryan (Florida Institute of Technology), Ronald Joseph Clark (Florida Institute of Technology), Yuto Mizutani (Aichi Gakuin University), Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology), Toshikazu Kuroda (Aichi Bunkyo University), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Alvaro A. Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Abstract: Using a touchscreen interface, this study assessed (1) the extent to which operant responding tracks contingency changes and (2) whether extinguishing a recently reinforced response results in either an increase in a previously reinforced response or generates a general increase in variability. University students and children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder were exposed to a single 6-min session in which they could swipe an animated 3D soccer ball any direction/angle. The session started with a 1-min period (Phase 1) during which reinforcer delivery was presented upon every target determined by the first swipe direction. This was followed by a 3-min period (Phase 2), during which reinforcer delivery was presented upon every alternative swipe, 180-degrees from the target-swipe direction. Reinforcer delivery was discontinued during the last 2-min period (Phase 3) with no exteroceptive stimulus change accompanying the phase change. Target-swipe direction resurged during Phase 3 but an increase in swiping variability also increased in both sets of participants. This procedure offers methods to assess a continuum of variability during conditions producing relapse in human participants.
 
53. Conjugate Reinforcement of Video Playback Speed
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
SEAN SAUNDERS (University of Nevada, Reno), Morgan L. Manson (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Alvaro A. Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Abstract: Conjugate schedules are an integral component to learning from our natural environment. Despite this, they still remain one of the least studied schedules of reinforcement. Many of the studies examining conjugate reinforcement run into the problem of containing either an artificial ceiling (i.e., picture gains clarity) or an artificial floor (i.e., tone decreases in volume). To remove these artificial caps, we examined conjugate reinforcement by manipulating the playback speed of a chosen video. Participants were given a list of popular television shows and asked to choose which one they would prefer to watch. The chosen video would then play at varying speeds, depending on the phase, and the participants could alter the playback speed by pressing a single button on a keyboard. The playback speed of the video would constantly either decrease or increase back to the predetermined speed for that phase causing the participant to find an optimal button press rate to view their chosen video.
 
54. Resistance to Extinction: A PORTL Replication of Podlesnik, Bai, and Elliffe (2012)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LINDSAY COHEN (University of North Texas), Kyle Roundtree (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Mary Elizabeth Hunter (The Art and Science of Animal Training; University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Alvaro A. Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that a target response will be more resistant to disruption if an alternative response is also reinforced in the same context as the target response. This effect has sometimes been attributed to “behavioral momentum theory,” which posits that a Pavlovian relation between the stimulus and reinforcer is being strengthened. A previous study conducted by Podlesnik, Bai, and Elliffe (2012) with pigeons using VI schedules showed that a target response occurred less frequently, but was more persistent when it was reinforced in the same context as an alternative response. However, the authors attributed this effect to the phenomenon of discrimination training, rather than to behavioral momentum. The purpose of the current study was to replicate Podlesnik et al. using PORTL (the Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab) and human participants. Similar to the results reported by Podlesnik et al., our data showed that resistance to extinction was reduced when the target stimulus and alternative stimulus were introduced in separate contexts, compared to when they were introduced in the same context, thus providing further translation evidence for this phenomenon.
 
55. Can a Negative Discriminative Stimulus Punish Behavior? A PORTL Replication of Bland, Cowie, Ellfie, and Podlesnik (2018)
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KATHERINE DRUMMOND (University of North Texas), Jules Ochoa (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Mary Elizabeth Hunter (The Art and Science of Animal Training), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Alvaro A. Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Abstract:

Research by Bland, Cowie, Ellfie, and Podlesnik (2018) demonstrated that a negative discriminative stimulus (i.e., stimulus correlated with the absence of reinforcers, S-) could be used to punish behavior maintained by positive reinforcers with pigeons. We replicated Bland et al. using the Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab (PORTL). In the first phase, college students card touching was reinforced in the presence of one card (S+) and extinguished in the presence of an S-. In subsequent phases, we evaluated whether the S- functioned as a punisher when the S- was placed atop the S+ for 1-s intervals when presented (a) after an average of four responses to the S+ and (b) after each response to the S+. In both phases, participants’ behavior changed following the presentation of the S- when compared to a phase with the S+ only and a control stimulus. Most participants responding decreased in at least one of the punishment conditions. These results replicated Bland et al. because the presentation of the S- decreased the rate of responses maintained by positive reinforcement.

 
56. Resurgence in a Vigilance Task With Human Participants
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
KATYA QUIÑONES-OROZCO (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rogelio Escobar (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Discussant: Alvaro A. Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Abstract:

A recurring issue in the literature on resurgence of operant responding in human participants is lack of sensitivity to reinforcement schedules and extinction. In the present experiment, to increase the sensitivity to the schedule, a vigilance task was used. In the 1950s, Holland found that these tasks are useful to demonstrate systematic effects of different reinforcement schedules on human operant responding. Participants pressed a button to observe the state of a pointer on a dial (vigilance response). The pointer moved on a variable interval (VI) schedule and served as reinforcement of the vigilance response. When a change in the state was detected, pressing a red collect button produced points that were exchanged for money. A console with three buttons was built to establish two vigilance responses on a three-phase resurgence procedure. During Phase 1, presses on a green button were reinforced. During Phase 2, alternative presses on a blue button were reinforced and presses on the green button were extinguished. In Phase 3 presses on both buttons were extinguished. Resurgence of the vigilance response established in Phase 1 was found on the four participants. Alternative responses, however, were observed during most of the extinction sessions.

 
57. Shaping the Autoshaped Response
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
NOLAN WILLIAMS (The University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Alvaro A. Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Abstract:

Autoshaping is a phenomenon that produces steady rates of responding, despite the lack of contingency between reinforcer and responding (Brown & Jenkins, 1968). Attempts to determine the processes responsible for the establishment and maintenance of autoshaped responding have produced conflicting results (e.g. Williams & Williams, 1969; Barrera, 1974). These experiments employed negative automaintenance procedures to determine the role of operant and respondent processes. A comparison of the procedures of each study revealed a discrepancy in these negative automaintenance procedures. This study attempted to determine the effect of this discrepancy on the persistence of autoshaped responding in each of the two procedural variations. This study was conducted using human participants in the Portable Operant Research and Teaching Laboratory (PORTL) ( Rosales-Ruiz & Hunter 2014). A forward pairing preparation was used to establish responding to two different manipulanda (see Brown & Jenkins, 1968). Once established, each manipulandum was assigned to one of the two different negative automaintenance conditions. Each participant was exposed to both conditions consecutively. Results suggest that the procedural variation may account for the discrepancy in the previous findings. Implications for the role of conditioned reinforcers and shaping in autoshaping and automaintenance are discussed.

 
 
 
Poster Session #281
EDC Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 26, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Kimberly Martell (Ball State University)
58. Effects of High-Preference Pre-Writing Organizers on Students’ With EBD Writing Production
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BROOKS VOSTAL (Bowling Green State University), Alicia Mrachko (Bowling Green State University)
Discussant: Kimberly Martell (Ball State University)
Abstract:

Students with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD) present a range of academic, behavioral, and social needs (Ennis et al., 2017). In particular, students with EBD struggle to become effective writers (Ennis, 2016). One possible explanation for this underachievement is that writing requires skills in self-monitoring and self-regulation that are characteristically weak in this population (Gage et al., 2014). Moreover, students with EBD often demonstrate low levels of academic engagement (Wagner & Cameto, 2004). The current study examined the effects of an antecedent intervention to support students with EBD during writing instruction. Participants included four males in grades 5 and 6 served in a separate school for students with EBD, all of who had specific writing goals in their Individualized Educational Programs. Using a multielement design, researchers compared the effects of high-preference pre-writing organizers to traditional organizers on total words written. Data indicated that each student produced more wiring when using the preferred organizer versus the less preferred one. Results are discussed in terms of the adaptability of low-intensity antecedent interventions for use by behavior analysts and educators who teach students EBD.

 
59. Effects of GO 4 IT…NOW! Strategy Instruction on Writing Skills of Students With Behavior Disorder: A Maintenance Study
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CAITLIN CRISS (Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University at Newark), Corinne Gist (The Ohio State University), Alana Telesman (The Ohio State University), Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Kimberly Martell (Ball State University)
Abstract:

Students with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD) consistently underperform in writing compared to their peers without disabilities. Most interventions for students with EBD focus on social behavior, and academic interventions are not prioritized. There is limited research on effective academic interventions, specifically in the areas of written expression, for students with EBD. In this study students with EBD received intervention—GO 4 IT...NOW! strategy instruction—to improve writing skills. Using effective techniques, such as feedback, self-editing, and self-correcting, students with EBD improved their writing and learned to write paragraphs about their goals as well as basic expository paragraphs. This study occurred over two school years in an urban alternative setting with middle school students. During intervention, instruction was provided in small group and one-on-one sessions over a 19-lesson sequence. By the end of these lessons, each student met mastery criteria based on a quality writing rubric. During the following school year, data were collected to measure maintenance, and booster sessions were delivered to students as needed. Results indicated a functional relation between the GO 4 IT…NOW! strategy instruction and improved paragraph writing. Students generally maintained some of the gains they made during the previous year but required booster sessions to return to levels comparable to their post-instruction scores.

 
60. Effects of Handwriting Intervention on Letter Formation Fluency for Elementary Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTIN PANOS (Department of Teaching and Learning, University of Iowa)
Discussant: Kimberly Martell (Ball State University)
Abstract:

Elementary students need proficiency in transcription skills (i.e., spelling and handwriting) to develop more advanced writing skills. Unfortunately, students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) tend to have difficulty with several areas of written expression, including handwritten letter formation. A small number of prior studies have addressed letter formation for students with ASD through intervention which has targeted limited letter sets (i.e., within 3 or fewer words). Given the need for research addressing a broader range of letters (i.e., the entire alphabet), the goal of the present study was to evaluate the effects of the CASL (Center for Advancing Student Learning) Handwriting Program on the fluency of handwritten letter formation of three elementary students with ASD. Eighteen, 20-min lessons taught formation of the entire lowercase alphabet using explicit instruction and timed practice. Using a multiple baseline across participants design, all students experienced immediate increases in letter formation accuracy as measured by correct letter points and error letter points on a 1.5-min sentence copy task. Throughout intervention, all three students gradually improved their overall letter formation accuracy, and 2 of 3 students showed increased rates of letter formation. However, the observed gains fell short of levels expected from fluency as a learning outcome. Results extend prior research which has demonstrated the positive effects of CASL Handwriting for students with learning disabilities.

 
61. The Effects of an Autonomous Technology-Based Writing Package for Students With Autism Intellectual Disability
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT C. PENNINGTON (University of North Carolina-Charlotte)
Discussant: Kimberly Martell (Ball State University)
Abstract:

In this investigation, researchers used a concurrent multiple probe design to evaluate to effects of an autonomous technology-based writing package in teaching sentence construction to 8 students with ASD and ID. The package integrated innovative technological features and transfer of stimulus control procedures. Data suggest the package was effective but provide insight in to the need for future iterative research

 
62. Comparing the Effects of Protagonist Race on Preschoolers’ Engagement in Book Reading
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT C. PENNINGTON (University of North Carolina-Charlotte)
Discussant: Kimberly Martell (Ball State University)
Abstract: In the current study, an alternating treatments design was used to examine whether preschool children’s engagement in book reading activities was greater when the protagonist in the book was of the same or different race as the child participant. Initiations, accurate responses to questions, passive engagement, teacher redirections, and child preference were measured. There was no functional relation demonstrating children’s engagement was greater when read books with protagonists of a corresponding race to the child. However, the non-experimental measure of preference demonstrated that children, when given an opportunity, typically chose books with a protagonist of the same race. Findings are discussed relative to the common recommendation in early childhood education to use diverse children’s books.
 
63. An Evaluation of the Effectiveness of Precision Teaching and Direct Instruction on Reading Fluency
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JOSHUA THOMAS SMITH (Francis Marion University), Mary Carter (Francis Marion University), Gregory Pilot (Francis Marion University), Nidhi Patel (Francis Marion University), Mary Sawyer (Fit Learning Atlanta), Traci Taber (School Psychology)
Discussant: Kimberly Martell (Ball State University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a precision teaching treatment package on the reading fluency of elementary-aged students. The Fit Lite Model represented a truncated version of the Fit Learning ModelTM, utilizing a personalized system of instruction paradigm to allow each learner to progress through the curriculum at his/her own pace. Progression through targeted skills was determined by the achievement of particular measures of reading competency. Designed for learners to acquire an emerging, foundational literacy repertoire, elements of the treatment package included direct instruction, behavior management techniques founded in applied behavior analysis, and data-based decision making. Visual analysis of graphed data demonstrated increased fluency for early literacy components that generalized to improved reading fluency determined by curriculum-based measures. Intervention was delivered in 20-minute sessions conducted 4 times a week with participants engaging in 20 sessions on average. Average words per minute (WPM) increase was 11.9 WPM, and average percentile ranking increase was 16 points.
 
64. Reading Skills in First and Second Language Among Children With Specific Reading Disorder
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
GEORGIA ANDREOU (University of Thessaly), Vassiliki Tsela (University of Thessaly)
Discussant: Kimberly Martell (Ball State University)
Abstract:

Research in foreign language learning by students with specific reading disorder is based on the hypothesis that there is a close relation between the students’ skills in their first language and those in their second/foreign language. The aim of the present study is to investigate reading skills in primary and secondary school students with specific reading disorder and their equivalents with good reading skills, in Greek as a first language (L1) and in French as a foreign language (L2). Furthermore, a basic objective of the study is to examine whether reading skills in Greek could predict reading skills in French for both groups. The sample of the study consists of one hundred and eight (N=108) students with good reading skills and one hundred and eight (N=108) students with specific reading disorder, who are assessed for their decoding and comprehension reading skills in both languages. The results of the study revealed that students with specific reading disorder had a statistically significant lower performance than those with good reading skills, in all tasks in both languages. Furthermore, the results revealed that the deficits appeared in a specific task in one language were transferred analogically to the same task in the other language.

 
65. An Evaluation of Two Supplemental SAFMEDS Procedures
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MEAGHAN CHIRINOS (Temple University; Melmark), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark)
Discussant: Kimberly Martell (Ball State University)
Abstract: SAFMEDS, a fluency based intervention that often uses flashcards, stands for “say-all-fast-minute-every-day-shuffled.” It is typically used in rate building and as a knowledge based assessment across numerous settings. A review of the fluency and SAFMEDS literature shows a lack of empirical research with this commonly used intervention (Quigley et al., 2017). Many differences in SAFMEDS implementations exist, including numerous variations to the procedure itself. The literature indicates not only a lack of common procedures, but also a lack of experimental control. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effects of the basic SAFMEDS procedure for learning Chinese characters when compared to two supplemental practice procedures. The basic SAFMEDS procedure did not appear to be effective in significantly increasing the rate of correct responding in participants learning Chinese characters. Rates of correct responding were greater with additional practice added to the basic SAFMEDS procedure; specifically, higher levels of responding were evident in conditions using the whole deck review supplemental practice procedure.
 
66. Ask Yourself: A Comprehension Self-Questioning Strategy at the Elementary Level
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
JESSICA MCQUESTON (University of Wisconsin - Madison), Andrea Ruppar (University of Wisconsin - Madison)
Discussant: Kimberly Martell (Ball State University)
Abstract: Previous research indicates that the "Ask Yourself" strategy has a positive academic and social impact on high school students with significant disabilities. The current study replicates this earlier work with one elementary aged student. A multiple baseline across behaviors design was used to determine the effectiveness of teaching the Ask Yourself strategy to one second grade student with a significant disability. The student was included in a general education classroom for literacy instruction and had complex communication needs. An individualized set of materials and adaptation of the Ask Yourself strategy was developed in collaboration between the researcher and the participant’s special education teacher. While limitations in study design prevent the current study from demonstrating a functional relationship between use of the Ask Yourself strategy and the participant correctly answering comprehension questions, the participant’s academic and social improvement was recognized by his teachers and parents. Implications for future research and practice are included.
 
67. Targeting Pronouns and Verbs in Communication Instruction for Adolescents With Significant Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KATE DOYLE (Mount St Joseph University), Christina R. Carnahan (University of Cincinnati)
Discussant: Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc.)
Abstract:

Teaching individuals with complex communication needs to communicate beyond basic requests is an essential outcome of our schools. Approaches for teaching language often rely heavily on modeling without direct teaching of specific concepts or vocabulary. These approaches often lack the systematization necessary to meet the unique instructional needs of learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and complex communication challenges. Approximately 30% of individuals with ASD experience significant challenges in the area of communication and are considered to be minimally verbal into adulthood (DiStefano, Shih, Kalser, Landa, & Kasari, 2016; Finke et al., 2017). While some individuals labeled as minimally verbal are able to make basic requests across settings, they do not have functional communication systems that support meaningful social communication interactions at school or work, at home. In this multiple baseline study across participants, a structured protocol was created to teach adolescents with significant ASD to comment using specific vocabulary (i.e., pronouns plus verbs) in both one on one and small group instruction using age appropriate activities. Data collected included a) pronoun use, b) verb use, and c)the the length of the utterances. All students demonstrated communication gains with pronouns post intervention. One student demonstrated gains in the use of verbs.

 
68. Increasing Speed and Accuracy of Academic Responding in Detained Adolescent Males: Vocabulary Fluency
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM TIREY DAVIS (Auburn University), Sally A Hamrick (Auburn University), Kristen Brogan (Auburn University), Cassidy McDougale (Auburn University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Kelli Thompson (Auburn University), Barry Burkhart (Auburn.edu)
Discussant: Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc.)
Abstract: Poor academic performance can result from deficits in both recall of academic facts and speed of responding on academic tasks. Behavior analysts have primarily used fluency training to increase speed and accuracy of responding to academic tasks in children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) or attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Although previous research on fluency with individuals with ASD and ADHD has proven effective, there is a limited literature base to show the generality of the teaching technique to more diverse populations without diagnoses. In the present study, researchers utilized a three-tiered concurrent multiple-baseline design across sets to evaluate the effects of antecedent exposure, feedback and response repetition on vocabulary fluency for two detained adolescent males with no diagnoses. Results indicate that antecedent exposure, feedback, and response repetition increased the speed and accuracy of correct academic responding for both participants. We discuss the implications of fluency training using antecedent exposure, feedback, and response repetition for academic responding of diverse populations.
 
69. Repeated Reading Intervention for English Language Learners and Native Speakers in an After School Program
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA L. YURICK (Cleveland State University), Anthony Menendez (Cleveland State University)
Discussant: Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc.)
Abstract: Oral reading fluency is an important prerequisite skill when intermediate elementary-aged students move from "learning to read" to "reading to learn". Oral reading fluency as a behavioral cusp becomes even more imperative for English Language Learners (ELL). In order to access educational opportunities, ELLs must not only be fluent with spoken language, but also written English. This study evaluated a peer-mediated repeated reading intervention for five ELLs paired with native speakers in first, second, and third grade. Students were paired with readers of similar levels and engaged in fifteen minutes of peer-mediated repeated readings twice weekly in an after school program for refugee students across three months of instruction. A reversal design was used to examine the level and trend of correct words per minute read within a peer-mediated intervention in contrast to independent reading practice. All students demonstrated steeper trends of oral reading fluency improvement with the peer-mediated practice. ELLs showed accelerated trends compared to native speakers. Implications for practice including error correction techniques and the use of additional prompts and supports for ELLs will be discussed.
 
70. Using Classwide Peer Tutoring for English Language Vocabulary Development for Native and Non-Native Speakers
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA L. YURICK (Cleveland State University)
Discussant: Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc.)
Abstract: Students who are English Language Learners (ELLs) are increasingly represented in classrooms across the country. English language and vocabulary development is a crucial skill to master in order to maximize the benefit of general education instruction. Students who are native speakers may be able to support that development by serving as models of language use and helping to support accurate language skills for ELLs. In this study, a Classwide Peer Tutoring (CWPT) intervention model was used with ELLs and native speakers to teach vocabulary definitions and contextual use within a multiple-baseline across subjects design with a nested reversal. ELL students were taught definitions and then provided models of contextual use within spoken English sentences. Target students vocabulary development was measured for both definition accuracy as well as number of words in sentence using the word correctly. All target students showed improvement in both definition and contextual use within the CWPT intervention. Directions for future research and implications for practice will be discussed.
 
71. Reading Instruction Using Direct Instruction and Fluency Building in a Typical Icelandic Classrom in First and Second Grade
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
HARPA ÓSKARSDÓTTIR (University of Iceland), Zuilma Gabriela Sigurdardottir (University of Iceland)
Discussant: Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc.)
Abstract:

Direct Instruction (DI) is an evidence-based and empirically tested teaching method that has been found to be very effective in English-speaking countries. DI has been especially effective when combined with fluency building methods. These methods are not generally in use in Iceland although dozens of single-case experiments have indicated that they are very effective when psychology students have used the methods with special ed students. In this project, a group comparison was undertaken to study the effects of reading instruction with DI and fluency building in Icelandic by trained teachers on reading performance of students in 1st and 2nd grade in a traditional classroom. Participants were in total 72 students in 1st grade and 75 students in 2nd grade in two comparable elementary schools in Iceland, one had the experimental group, the other school had the comparison group. Performance in reading was evaluated and comparisons were made within the experimental and comparison groups at the beginning and end of each school year and between the experimental and comparison groups. Results show that students in the experimental groups showed more progress than students in the comparison groups and scored higher on 10 of the 11 variables tested at the end of the study.

 
72. The Use of Phonetic Hand Cues as an Intermediate Response to Gain Stimulus Control in Phonetic Reading
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LILIANA DIETSCH-VAZQUEZ (Integrative Methods), Angela Alcantara (Nova Southeastern University)
Discussant: Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc.)
Abstract:

The slower rate of learning for students with intellectual disabilities prompted the design of a reading package effective in accelerating decoding skills. Centered on the behavioral analysis of memory (Palmer, 1991), the design incorporated phonetic hand cues as an intermediate behavior, salience of the stimuli (letters) enhanced, competing responses controlled (errorless teaching and short intertrial intervals), and constant stimulus conditions maintained (systematic instructional sequence). The subject was taught to imitate a hand signal associated with the phonetic sound of a letter. Instruction systematically moved from isolated letters to whole word presentation for consonant-vowel-consonant words. Study 1 followed a 6-step instructional sequence across 4 participants (ages 9-10, Down Syndrome and Autism). Study 2 replicated only 3 of the 6 steps across the same 4 participants plus 1 new participant (age 14, Down Syndrome), evaluating the effectiveness of a shorter instructional sequence. A multiple baseline design across participants demonstrated discriminative control of responding by multielement stimuli for printed words in both study 1 and 2 for all participants. A steady increase in decoding words is observed from baseline to intervention. This supports stimulus control procedures as an effective way to enhance phonetic reading in students with intellectual disabilities.

 
74. Use of the Abrakedabra Game To Teach Portuguese Words With Consonant Clusters
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SILVIA REGINA DE SOUZA ARRABAL GIL (Londrina State University), Beatriz Suzuki (State University of Londrina)
Discussant: Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc.)
Abstract: The network of relationships model has important contributions for teaching reading and writing. Games have been used as a tool when teaching these behaviors. This study assessed the effects of an educational game on the behavior of reading and writing Portuguese language words with consonant clusters. Three six-year-old children took part. First the relationships between the printed word and the word spoken by the participant; a figure and the printed word; a figure and the word written by the participant; and between the spoken word and a set of letters were evaluated. The game was used in the intervention as a means of teaching the relationships between printed words, syllables and words spoken, written and spelt by the participant, and between groups of letters and figures. Tests were done during the intervention and at the end of the study. The percentage of correct answers for all the relationships taught increased. This would appear to indicate that the game can be used for teaching words containing consonant clusters. Considering that reading and writing difficulties result in learning difficulties on diverse levels, there is an evident need to develop effective technologies that engage learners in the teaching of these behaviors.
 
 
 
Poster Session #282
TBA Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 26, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
75. Training Individuals to Implement Discrete Trials With Fidelity: A Meta-Analysis
Area: TBA; Domain: Basic Research
JOELLE FINGERHUT (University at Albany, SUNY), Mariola Moeyaert (University at Albany, SUNY)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

Discrete trial training is a popular teaching method for individuals with autism. It includes many components, which can make it a difficult teaching method for individuals to learn. This meta-analysis examined the impact of different training techniques on individuals’ ability to implement discrete trials with fidelity. Twenty-five studies and 110 cases were included in the analysis. Only single case designs were included, and discrete trial implementation fidelity needed to be the dependent variable for inclusion eligibility. Training length, participant type, maintenance phases, and training type are among some of the variables that were coded and included for analysis. Hierarchical linear modeling, which has the ability to analyze clustered data, was used to estimate the treatment effect. Results showed that trainings are successful in improving both parents’ and teachers’ implementation fidelity of discrete trials. Furthermore, results demonstrated that behavioral skills training has a statistically significantly effect on discrete trial implementation fidelity. The results showed that the number of sessions in the intervention phase is a positive predictor of discrete trial implementation fidelity. Moreover, the results provide evidence that the effects of the trainings last across time. These results have implications for how individuals should be trained to implement discrete trials and other evidence based practices.

 
76. The Social Validity of a Technological Decision-Making Model for Selecting an Adapted Functional Analysis Procedure
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
ELIAN ALJADEFF-ABERGEL (Kinneret College on the Sea of Galilee), Shiri Ayvazo (David Yellin Academic College)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Behavior analysts are expected to treat challenging behaviors and to favorably change them. The treatment of challenging behaviors requires precise and effective assessment that could facilitate a function-based intervention. Functional analysis (FA) is considered a gold standard for the evaluation of behavior functions. Nonetheless, many practitioners report a low use of the method, relative to other indirect and direct methods. The literature identifies several explanations for the low application of FA. Among these reasons: time restrictions, limited control in the natural setting and risks involve in conducting FA with dangerous behavior. Therefore, since the establishment of the traditional FA, alternative adapted functional analysis methods had been developed and behavior analysts can now pick and choose which FA adaptation is most suitable for their client. With that said, pending on their expertise, behavior analysts may need assistance in selecting the most appropriate method. A technological decision-making model may help in the process of selecting and implementing an adapted FA procedure. We have created a computer-based version of such decision-making model and made it available to a group of behavior analysts. In this presentation our purpose is to evaluate the social validity and the appropriateness of this model to these behavior analysts
 
77. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy: A Values-Based Approach to Reduce Procrastination Among Online University Students
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
NELLY DIXON (Purdue University Global), Edward Cumella (Purdue University Global), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

In online higher education environments, students present with diverse contextual factors that decrease students’ abilities to engage in timely coursework. There is limited research on Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and procrastination within the online educational setting. This investigation explores whether an ACT values-based approach using Ecological Momentary Intervention (EMI) will impact procrastination in an online educational environment. Ten students enrolled in a 10-semester online Master of Psychology program were randomly assigned to either an experimental or control group. Treatment consisted of a short media-based values exploration grounded in ACT and daily EMI prompts delivered to participants’ cell phones. Both groups completed pre-, post-, and follow-up questionnaires, the Academic Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-II (AAQ) and Academic Procrastination Scale-Short Form (APS). Outcome data from the questionnaires, Discussion Boards, and assignment submissions were analyzed across the time periods, contrasting the experimental and control groups via t tests. Results indicate a significant decrease in academic procrastination behaviors in the experimental group between baseline and post-test, which maintained and decreased further by six weeks post-intervention; there were minor and non-significant increases in academic procrastination among control participants. Maintaining an active connection to one’s values appears to result in effective decreases of student procrastination behaviors.

 
78. Using Video-Based Training to Teach Students and Behavior Technicians the Conservative Dual-Criteria Method
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
CHANDLER PELFREY (Rollins College), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Practicing behavior analysts and registered behavior technicians (RBTs) are required to base their practices on scientific evidence. Analyzing single-subject data is among the most important behavior-analytic practices because it guides clinical decision-making. Although prior research has shown the conservative dual-criteria (CDC) method is accurate (Fisher, Kelley, & Lomas, 2003) and can be used with real graphs like those used in behavior-analytic practice (Lanovaz, Huxley, & Dufour, 2017; Wolfe, Seaman, Drasgow, & Sherlock, 2018), most empirically supported training procedures involved in-person training. Because in-person training in behavior-analytic practice can be expensive, video-based trainings might be more viable. Using a multiple baseline design, we evaluated the efficacy of a video-based training to teach RBTs and students to implement the CDC method. Subjects received packets of simulated AB graphs and interpret them by answering “yes” or “no” to the question, “Does the graph show a treatment effect?” on their own computers. The video-based training included written instructions, vocal instructions, and modeling. We measured the accuracy of each subject’s interpretations as well as his or her correspondence with the CDC method before and after the video-based training. Limitations of the CDC method and future research directions are discussed.
 
80. Creating an Operant Laboratory Experiment: Color Discrimination in Goldfish
Area: TBA; Domain: Basic Research
KATHRYN M. POTOCZAK (Shippensburg University of Pennsylvania), Morgan Mellott (Shippensburg University of Pennsylvania)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: This project sought to create an alternative to teaching basic operant conditioning techniques with rodents by developing a means to illustrate stimulus discrimination for an operant laboratory experiment for use with goldfish. It utilized two comet goldfish, and after food wand training, subjects were trained to swim through a colored hoop in the presence of a light the same color as the hoop using a food reinforcer. Subjects were trained individually with a blue hoop and light, and then with a green set. Both hoops were then presented, but only one light (green or blue). Subjects were required to swim through the colored hoop that corresponded with the light presented in order to earn the food reinforcer, demonstrating color discrimination. Data was recorded and presented graphically on sheets created specifically for use with this procedure. This experiment will teach future students about shaping and stimulus discrimination, foundational concepts in the field of behavior analysis. This process was a part of a larger project that aims to create a complete operant lab manual for use with goldfish, which would allow students the opportunity to participate in an operant lab that is less costly and more manageable than a traditional rat lab.
 
81. Creating an Operant Laboratory Experiment: Fixed-Ratio Responding in Goldfish
Area: TBA; Domain: Basic Research
KATHRYN M. POTOCZAK (Shippensburg University of Pennsylvania), Thomas Fisher (Shippensburg University of Pennsylvania), Grace Ramacciotti (Shippensburg University of Pennsylvania)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: This project sought to create an alternative to teaching basic operant conditioning techniques with rodents by developing a means to illustrate fixed-ratio (FR) schedules of reinforcement for an operant laboratory experiment for use with goldfish. It utilized four comet goldfish, and after food wand training, subjects were trained to nose tap a specific-shaped (star, square, circle, or triangle) plastic stimulus for a food reinforcer. Once the nose tap was acquired, subjects were required to nose tap the training stimulus progressively more times in order to earn the food reinforcer, up to FR8. Data was recorded and presented graphically on sheets created specifically for use with this procedure. This experiment will teach future students about the operant conditioning concepts of shaping (teaching a new behavior using successive approximations, positive reinforcement, and extinction) and intermittent reinforcement (ratio schedules), foundational concepts in the field of behavior analysis. This process was a part of a larger project that aims to create a complete operant lab manual for use with goldfish, which would allow students the opportunity to participate in an operant lab that is less costly and more manageable than a traditional rat lab.
 
84. Conditional Relationships Analysis in the Scientific Practice of University Students
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (Universidad Veracruzana), Alejandro Francisco Reyes (Universidad Veracruzana), Luis Olvera (Universidad Veracruzana), Enrique Zepeta (Universidad Veracruzana), Dinorah Escudero (Universidad Veracruzana), Cecilia Magdalena Molina Lopez Lopez (University of Veracruz)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the study was to analyze the contingency relations of scientific work as an individual practice in an introductory course to go in the Master in Research in Applied Psychology to Education of the Institute of Psychology and Education of the University of Veracruz. Former authorization, 29 aspirants of both sexes, graduates of the degree in psychology and related disciplines, developed and defended in the face of the Selection Committee a conceptual and empirical article to support a research problem in psychology applied to education. Procedure: The course was divided into two stages. In the first one, the applicants received information and advice to elaborate the article and in the second the academic conditions and physical spaces for the realization of the corresponding activity were established. The behavior of the applicants was observed and recorded in real time in interaction with teachers, students and learning contents in the educational spaces of the aforementioned Institute based on six performance criteria. The results showed that the analysis of the scientific practice as a psychological dimension contributed to the selection of eighteen candidates who met the admission profile to the master's program of twenty-nine who participated in the introductory course.

 
85. Conditioned Motivating Operations
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
MARY E. GREGA (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

Abstract: Motivating operations affect the efficacy of reinforcers and the probability of behavior maintained by those reinforcers. Michael (1982) proposed a universal term, establishing operations, to refer to events that either increase or decrease the effectiveness of consequences. Conditioned establishing operations (CEOs) are events that alter the effectiveness of a consequence because of the individual organism’s learning history. Michael (1993) outlined three types of CEOs: surrogate CEOs, which are neutral events that acquire the motivational characteristics of the unconditioned establishing operations (UEO) that they’re paired with; reflexive CEOs, which are those that establish their own termination as a form of reinforcement or punishment; and transitive CEOs, which establish some stimulus as a form of effective reinforcement and evokes the behavior that has produced that other stimulus. Since 1982, the establishing operation concept has been modernized with the addition of the motivating operation umbrella term, incorporating both the concepts of establishing and abolishing operations. In this poster, we review the CEO concept and propose updates in line with the current concepts of motivating and abolishing operations.

 
86. The Use of Noncontingent Reinforcement for the Reduction of Problem Behavior and the Application of Weber's Law to a Fading Procedure
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
LISA NEITZKE (Oklahoma State University; Munroe-Meyer Institute/UNMC), Gary Duhon (Oklahoma State University), Kortney Rist (Oklahoma State University)
Discussant: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) is in evidence based intervention that is easily implemented but is not always sustainable in classrooms. The application of Weber’s Law of Just Noticeable Difference is an efficient method to systematically reduce problem behavior when applied to a fading procedure ensuing a treatment phase. Three participants who were referred to the school’s multidisciplinary data team for behavioral concerns were selected from a rural school district in the South-Central United States. Participants 1 and 2 exhibited a reduction of disruptive behavior from baseline conditions, and experimental control was demonstrated when the same effects were replicated in the second treatment phase. Further, fading the intervention at 25% based on Weber’s Fraction demonstrated to be a sufficient rate to increase the time between each application of NCR and the level of the frequency of disruptive behavior stabilized throughout each fading session. By the final fading session, each participant was receiving teacher attention at the same rate they were at baseline conditions while the frequency of disruptive behavior remained low. NCR did not demonstrate the same effects in Participant 3 as in Participants 1 and 2, likely due to procedural integrity not being maintained by Teacher B throughout the treatment phase.

 
 
 
Poster Session #284
OBM Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 26, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Peter-Cornelius Dams (Dams & Associates, Inc.)
88. Effectiveness of Immediate Versus Delayed Feedback on Therapist Skills in Implementing Discrete Trial Training
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
YUKIE KURUMIYA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Patricia Weigand (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Peter-Cornelius Dams (Dams & Associates, Inc.)
Abstract:

The current study was conducted to 1) compare and evaluate the effectiveness of feedback at two different temporal locations (immediately after the performance versus immediately prior to the next performance opportunity), 2) investigate what behavior functions(s) that feedback could serve, and 3) identify whether preference of timing corresponded to performance improvement. Three experienced behavior therapists with different baseline levels participated in this study. Their performance in discrete trial training was evaluated in an alternating treatment design. Results indicated that both delayed feedback and immediate feedback were effective in improving discrete trial teaching implementation to the mastery level across all participants with no significant differences across all participants. A correlation between preference for feedback timing and performance was observed with two out of three participants. However, the findings suggest that, regardless of the personal preference of performers, feedback may primarily function as an EO for performers with a higher level of skill acquisition; whereas, feedback may primarily function as reinforcement for performers with a lower level of skill acquisition.

 
89. Preferences and Performance Measures: Evaluating the Effects of Preference Assessment Methods and Reinforcer Delivery on Behavioral Staff Performance
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
DANIKA MCGANDY (Gorbold Behavioral Consulting, Inc.; Performance Trajectory), Stephanie Gorbold (Gorbold Behavioral Consulting, Inc.; Performance Trajectory), Myra Bertling (Performance Trajectory), Shazeen Ahmad (Gorbold Behavioral Consulting, Inc.; Performance Trajectory)
Discussant: Peter-Cornelius Dams (Dams & Associates, Inc.)
Abstract:

Performance scorecards are an important performance management tool for any organization. They help both staff and managers track and gain a clear understanding of how employees are performing on tasks that are pertinent to their role, as well as the areas in which they may need additional support. They also allow for an objective measure to use when rewarding employee behavior, which when done with motivating consequences, can result in improved performance. The organizational behavior management literature includes few studies evaluating the effectiveness of various preference assessment methodologies on behavioral staff performance (Waldvogel, J.M., & Dixon, M.R., 2008; Wine, B., Reis, M., & Hantula, D., 2014). The current study evaluates the effectiveness of a survey and ranking preference assessment method in identifying potential reinforcers for staff behavior. Effectiveness of preference assessment method is measured by comparing several staff performance measures before and after contingent reinforcer delivery across 21 months. Staff performance measures evaluated in this study include number of appointment cancellations, percent of clinical objectives mastered, and frequency of staff caseload changes.

 
90. Behavioral Safety in the Hairdresser’s Shop
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Alexandra Schönleber (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt), CHRISTOPH F. BOERDLEIN (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt)
Discussant: Peter-Cornelius Dams (Dams & Associates, Inc.)
Abstract: Unsafe or risky postures are a common problem among professional hairdressers. Hairstylists work with chemicals, gas, many electric tools – and on top of that, they must stand all day long. This leads to postural deformities and persistent pain. A pilot study for the use of Behavior Based Safety (BBS) in a hairdresser shop was performed. As a result, three significant ergonomic behaviors became the focus of the intervention: • the hairstylist stands with both feet (three-point-stand) hip width on the floor • the hairstylist sits or stands with an upright upper body, the head is straight • the hairstylist changes the hairdryer and the brush into the other hand, at least every other minute The safe work behavior of two hairdressers in an owner-managed hairdresser shop was the dependent variable of the research. After baseline observations, the intervention has been implemented in a staggered manner, using a multiple-baseline design across subjects. Task clarification alone resulted in only minor and temporary improvements. Only the introduction of feedback and goal setting led to significant improvements in safe work postures.
 
91. Direct Support Staff Retention and Turnover in the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis: A National Survey
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CORINNE THORNTON (Temple University; Aveanna)
Discussant: Peter-Cornelius Dams (Dams & Associates, Inc.)
Abstract:

This paper explores the current rates and correlates of turnover among direct support staff working with individuals with developmental disabilities. While the United State Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics collects data on annual separation rates by a variety of industry sectors, there is not a recognized sector for the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Other data sources similarly do not include Applied Behavior Analysis as its own industry sector, which produces a gap in knowledge. This study uses data obtained from providers of services for individuals with developmental disabilities in a national online survey to obtain rates of turnover for the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Results indicate a lower rate of turnover than what is reported in the fields of education, and social services in general. The results also indicate that pay rate and amount of supervision offered increase retention while training offered pre and post hire has little correlation to rate of turnover.

 
92. Evaluating the Effectiveness of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist: Human Services in the Residential Group Home Setting
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
MELYSSA MCDONOUGH (REM Minnesota), Brittany Kappel (REM Minnesota)
Discussant: Peter-Cornelius Dams (Dams & Associates, Inc.)
Abstract:

The Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Human Services was evaluated for its applicability and usefulness in the residential group home setting. This study held two purposes; to assess if the PDC-HS would be an effective tool in determining performance deficit areas of staff expected to implement behavior procedures, as well as to determine if indicated versus non-indicated treatment of staff behavior resulted in change in client behavior. Results of this study showed that with Person A, at baseline, frequency of target behavior averaged 3.4 instances per day while staff adherence averaged 41%. After treatment, the average frequency of target behavior reduced to 0 and staff adherence increased to 100% with the same results at follow-up. With Person B, at baseline, frequency of target behaviors averaged 0.6 per day while staff adherence averaged 63%. After treatment, the average frequency of target behaviors reduced to 0 per day and staff adherence increased to 100% with the same results at a one month follow-up.

 
93. Evaluating the Effects of a Token Economy on Target Responses in Staff
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JOANNE M GETTY (ABC Group Hawai'i), Janell Kaneshiro (ABC Group Hawai'i), Alexandra Pilar Sagastume (ABC Group Hawai'i)
Discussant: Peter-Cornelius Dams (Dams & Associates, Inc.)
Abstract:

An area worthy of the attention of behavioral science is the behavior of staff in human service settings. The principles of learning and behavior, as applied to staff and the workplace can enable researchers to analyze what environmental changes can be made to increase staff motivation which can therefore result in increased performance, productivity, efficiency, or a decrease in errors. Although the growing popularity of Organizational Behavior Management has had an effect on the frequency of behavioral interventions used in business, the social importance of the behavior of staff that implement behavioral interventions used in treatment facilities and clinics necessitates further investigation and research. The current study evaluated the effect of the delivery of generalized conditioned reinforcers (tokens) to staff in a center that provides applied behavior analytic educational and behavior consulting to individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and other related developmental disabilities contingent on social interactions with clients not involving demands. This study attempts to contribute to current literature in applied behavioral science with the methodological application of a token economy to staff in human service settings.

 
94. Occupational Safety and the Relapse of At-Risk Work Practices
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
JONATHAN E. FRIEDEL (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention/National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Anne Foreman (CDC/NIOSH), Oliver Wirth (CDC/NIOSH)
Discussant: Peter-Cornelius Dams (Dams & Associates, Inc.)
Abstract:

Behavioral-focused interventions are common in comprehensive workplace safety programs. The use of behavioral technologies such as positive reinforcement, measurement and feedback, and goal-setting can be effective in helping to establish safe work practices, but the long-term maintenance of these practices proves to be a challenge in industrial settings where competing reinforcement contingencies (e.g., productivity and time pressures) are ever-present. In these settings, the recurrence (i.e., relapse) of at-risk behaviors is a continual threat. The goal of this poster is to summarize the different forms and underlying behavioral principles of relapse (e.g., reacquisition, spontaneous recovery, renewal, reinstatement, resurgence, etc.) and how these contribute to breakdowns in the long-term efficacy of behavioral safety interventions. We conclude that an understanding of these principles will allow occupational safety experts to anticipate the potential for relapse in the design of more effective behavioral interventions.

 
95. Using an Adaptive Computer-Based Staff Training Package to Teach Staff a Social Skills Intervention
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Caitlin Mailey (Drexel University), JESSICA DAY-WATKINS (Drexel University)
Discussant: Peter-Cornelius Dams (Dams & Associates, Inc.)
Abstract: The staff training literature often sites availability of expert trainers as a limitation to replicating training packages using in vivo training. This study evaluated the effectiveness of an adaptive, computer-based staff training package called Train-to-Code to teach a social skills intervention using a video model to two graduate students and one undergraduate student. Multiple video exemplars of each step of the procedure were viewed and coded as implemented correctly or incorrectly according to a comprehensive taxonomy developed by the researcher. Most-to-least prompting as well as feedback and error correction were embedded into the program and were faded as the participant succeeded through each of the seven levels of training for a total of six modules. A multiple probe across participants design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the program during pre- and post-training probes that were conducted with a confederate learner before and after completion of the training. Two of three participant scores increased from pre-training probes to post-training probes indicating that Train-to-Code was effective at teaching participants to teach a social skills intervention using a video model. These results have implications for remote staff training when in vivo training is not feasible.
 
96. Using the Performance Diagnostic Checklist to Increase Treatment Fidelity on Behavior Intervention Plans
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KAITLIN M GOULD (University of Massachusetts Boston), Melissa Collier-Meek (University of Massachusetts Boston), Lisa Sanetti (University of Connecticut)
Discussant: Peter-Cornelius Dams (Dams & Associates, Inc.)
Abstract: Paraeducators are responsible for implementing behavior plans for students in special education, but often have little prior training or experience. This lack of training fails to prepare paraeducators for their complex, challenging role of delivering instruction and supports to students with intensive needs. This poster will introduce the Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC) and review how it was used to identify appropriate supports in a study across paraeducators supporting students with autism in the general education classroom. Paraeducator implementation and student behavior were assessed via direct observation. Observations occurred for 30 min 2-3 times per week. Delivery of PDC-informed support was staggered across paraeducators to demonstrate experimental control in keeping with multiple baseline design. Visual analyses were conducted to evaluate the impact of the PDC support on implementation and student outcomes. Results suggest that the PDC informed the selection of different implementation supports for paraeducators, but all required direct training. When applied, the PDC-informed supports were an associated with an increase in the level and trend of treatment fidelity for most paraeducators. One paraeducators’ treatment fidelity data did not increase following the PDC support. Student outcome data will also be analyzed and reported in this presentation.
 
 
 
Poster Session #285
CBM Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 26, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
97. Staff Training to Reduce Over-Prompting for Activity Engagement in Adult Clients
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
SHAI MAOR (Pyles and Associates), Adrienne Mubarek (Pyles and Associates)
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

This treatment evaluation was conducted to assess implementation of a prompting procedure which would be effective in decreasing the rate of prompts per minute with regards to activity engagement for an adult client. Assessments and direct observation were conducted to assess the most preferred reinforcer or reinforcing activity to increase independence in activity completion. Data were collected on staff’s total prompts per minute per session. During baseline, staff attempted to verbally prompt activity engagement (e.g., “it’s time to clean your room”) at a rate of about one prompt per minute. Direct support staff were then trained on specific prompting strategies that consisted of if/then statements as an antecedent and implementation of variable ratio (2 min) schedules of reinforcement. These were then implemented during sessions as a replacement for previous verbal prompting of task reminders only. Data during intervention shows a slight decrease in the rate of prompts per minute, showing an average of ½ a prompt per min (or 1 prompt every two minutes). The results of this treatment evaluation suggest that providing staff training on prompting strategies plus reinforcer delivery is effective at reducing rates of prompting per minute, while still maintaining client activity engagement.

 
98. A Look at Parental Stressors and Behavior Skills Training on Parents as an Indication of Adherence to Behavioral Health Therapies
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE BAKAZAN (Arizona State University), Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University)
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Researchers have reported that training parents to teach their children leads to increased communicative behavior, correct gross motor and vocal imitation, as well as increased maternal knowledge of autism, parent-child interactions and reduced maternal depression (Lafaskis & Sturmey, 2007; McConachie & Diggle, 2005). The current study had two goals. First, we wanted to identify parents’ competing contingencies and their application of behavior interventions in the home environment within a behavior health organization. The second goal was to increase parent adherence to the individualized therapy plan through implementing a parental behavior skills training (BST) package with a textual prompt. The BST package included the following four components: instruction, modeling, role-play and feedback. Two families with children receiving services from a behavior health organization participated in the study. Upon completion of baseline, each family underwent a BST session that included instruction, modeling, role-play and feedback. Following BST, an individualized, textual prompt was provided to each family to help adhere to the treatment plan when therapists were not in the home. Results of the study suggest that a BST package plus a textual prompt was effective in increasing parent adherence to a treatment plan. Future research should address the progress of the child following a parental BST package and how parent involvement can effect adherence to treatment plans.
 
99. Decreasing Caregiver Stress Through Concurrent Social Skills Curriculum
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JENNA MARIE RABE (Child Communication and Behavior Specialists), Courtney Chase (Child Communication and Behavior Specialists), Paige Marie Ritari (Child Communication and Behavior Specialists)
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Studies have found caregiver stress levels for families with children diagnosed with Autism are consistently higher than that of caregivers of typically developing children. Research has shown reduction in caregiver stress through child participation in behavior analytic services. The current study looks to determine if child and caregiver participation in behavior analytic social skill group curriculum has a positive impact on self-reported caregiver stress levels. Participants were assigned to each condition based off age, adaptive level, and geographic location. Participants received either the Social Thinkers curriculum, The Accept Identify Move (AIM) curriculum, or the Acceptance and Commitment Theory (ACT) curriculum. Participants completed the curriculum within a group format with peers. Caregiver trainings occurred within a group format as well and provided caregivers with access to similar peers. Caregiver and child application of the curriculum outside of session was measured through caregiver data collection. The current study will compare self-reported caregiver stress levels using the Children’s Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire (CPFQ) and Parental Stress Scale. Baseline levels will be compared to scores at the end of the 4 month curriculum. The current study hopes to identify potential resources for caregiver stress reduction. Keywords: Social Skills, Parental Stress Levels, ACT, AIM
 
100. Fear Hierarchies and Demand Fading: A Case Study of Feeding Therapy With an Adolescent
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
DANIELLE TARVER ALEXANDER (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Behavioral treatment of children with feeding disorders has been widely documented; however the research of the treatment of adolescents with feeding difficulties is limited. This study focuses on Brandon, a 13-year-old boy with a history of anxiety symptoms and limited food variety, during his daily outpatient admission in a behavioral psychology feeding program to increase his food variety and decrease gagging in the presence of novel/non-preferred foods. Therapists worked with caregivers and Brandon to develop a list of target foods that Brandon would eat at age-appropriate portions, organized by least-to-most anxiety producing per Brandon’s report, while utilizing coping skills (e.g., deep breathing and muscle relaxation) and food strategies (e.g., alternating bites of non-preferred and preferred foods, taking small bites, and taking sips of water between bites). Brandon’s treatment package included demand fading procedures to decrease anxiety symptoms and gagging behaviors during meals. With exposure to the target foods, Brandon’s gagging decreased across sessions, and on average, resulted in lower levels of gagging during portion challenges. In addition to the five target foods that Brandon wanted to incorporate into his diet, he increased his food variety by 21 novel foods within his six week admission. The methods utilized in this study may be useful to practitioners to extend the behavioral treatment components to older children and adolescents with feeding disorders, and warrants further evaluation in future research.

 
101. Implications for the Use of Reversal Designs to Evaluate Treatments for Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY ANDERSEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute), Jaime Crowley (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Pediatric feeding disorders affect between 6 and 45% of typically developing children and 72% of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder, and may lead to learning, behavior, and health problems (Schreck, Williams, Smith, 2004; Volkert & Piazza, 2012). Fortunately, treatments involving escape extinction (EE) are highly effective and often necessary to treat feeding disorders (Volkert & Piazza, 2012). Escape extinction treatments are frequently evaluated using single-subject reversal designs in which a baseline phase (A1) is conducted first, followed by treatment with EE (B1), then the removal of EE (A2), and finally, reimplementing EE (B2) to demonstrate experimental control. In clinical practice, we often encounter problems with demonstrating functional control of the treatment when a child’s improved feeding behavior maintains after being exposed to the treatment in the absence of EE (A2). There are multiple explanations for this outcome including the robust treatment effects of EE, lack of discrimination across phases, and skill acquisition. In the current investigation, we will display our findings that illustrate this phenomenon and discuss explanations. We will also discuss directions for future research in demonstrating functional control during treatment and implications for generalization.
 
102. Comparison of Therapist-Fed Versus Caregiver-Fed Functional Analysis Outcomes in Children With a Pediatric Feeding Disorder
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA E PHIPPS (Munroe-Myer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jaime Crowley (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health, University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jason R. Zeleny (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that therapist-fed functional analyses can be used to identify the environmental events that maintain inappropriate mealtime behavior of children with feeding disorders (Bachmeyer et al., 2009; Girolami & Scotti, 2001; Piazza et al., 2003) and has indicated the necessity of a matched, function-based treatment to achieve clinically acceptable levels of inappropriate mealtime behavior (Bachmeyer et al., 2009; Iwata et al., 1994; Smith et al. (1993). However, Ringdahl and Sellers (2000) demonstrated that results of functional analyses of problem behavior can vary across caregivers and therapists. If problem behavior is more prevalent during caregiver-conducted sessions, an evaluation of caregiver-fed versus therapist-fed functional analyses of inappropriate mealtime behavior is warranted. Our team previously analyzed functional analysis data for 5 participantsfrom an intensive feeding programand determined that in 78% of cases the function matched across caregiver and therapist. The current investigationextended thesefindings by evaluatingand comparingthe outcomes of a caregiver-versustherapist-fed functional analysisfor 5 additionalparticipants.Overall, we found that the functionsmatchedfor 88% of cases.Implications for function-based treatments and considerations for future research in the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders are discussed.

 
103. Using Structured Criteria for Visual Interpretation of the Functional Analysis of Inappropriate Mealtime Behaviors
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
LISA GUERRERO (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Christopher W Engler (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Alison Ruckstuhl (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
Abstract: During the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders, one of the first steps is conducting a functional analysis (FA) to identify the environmental events maintaining inappropriate mealtime behaviors (IMB; Piazza et al., 2003). To analyze a FA, visual interpretation is traditionally used by board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) despite criticism for its lack of standardized rules and subjectivity (Fisch, 1998). However, previous research in visual interpretation of FAs found using structured criteria provides a method to increase agreement between reviewers (Hagopian, Fisher, Thompson, Owen-DeSchryver, 1997; Roane, Fisher, Kelley, Mevers, & Bouxsein, 2013). This study applied the modified visual-inspection criteria developed by Roane and colleagues (2013) to interpret FAs of IMB. FA graphs for 154 children were collected and given to a panel of at least three BCBAs for traditional visual inspection. Once the panel identified the function, the modified visual-inspection criteria were applied to cross-check the function of IMB. The functions identified by both methods were compared for agreement. Results of this study indicate a high level of agreement between methods; however, future research is needed to further assess the utility, benefits, and drawbacks of each method of analysis.
 
104. Examining Establishing Operations and Meal Volume in an Intensive Treatment to Increase Self-Feeding
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER WHIPPLE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Hailey Ormand (Johns Hopkins University)
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Research is limited on treatment for typically-developing children with feeding difficulties. Additionally, most studies of self-feeding have focused on improving feeding skills rather than increasing compliance with mastered feeding tasks. Luiselli (2000) described a treatment comprised of cueing, demand fading, and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) that increased self-feeding for a typically-developing young child with history of gastrostomy tube dependence. The current case study aimed to replicate and extend this literature within an intensive treatment model for a typically-developing 4-year-old male with a history of failure to thrive, gastroesophageal reflux, and severe food refusal. A changing criterion design with an embedded level system for access to preferred items was used to systematically increase self-feeding. Self-feeding responses increased but volume varied and administrative constraints began functioning as an abolishing operation. The child’s meal schedule was adjusted and success criteria were changed from number of bites to a volume-based goal in consideration of establishing operations and feasibility within the home setting. Follow-up data indicate the mastery criterion (i.e., ≥80% of meals in “green level”) was achiever over a 30-day period following discharge.
 
105. A Comparison of Therapist-Fed and Caregiver-Fed Functional Analyses of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CONNOR SHEEHAN (University of North Carolina Wilmington; Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington; Center of Pediatric Behavioral Health), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health, University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jessica Keane (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Taylor Kristina Moseley (UNCW)
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Functional analyses are used to better understand the effects of environmental variables on inappropriate mealtime behavior when developing effective interventions for children with feeding disorders (Bachmeyer et al., 2009; Bachmeyer, et al., in press; Piazza et al., 2003). Trained therapists typically serve as feeders during functional analyses and provide previously observed caregiver-delivered consequences following inappropriate mealtime behavior. It is unclear if the same environmental variables would be identified as functions if a caregiver served as the feeder. Previous literature suggests that caregivers can be trained to implement pediatric feeding protocols, including a functional analysis of inappropriate mealtime behavior (Anderson & McMillian, 2001; Najdowski et al., 2008; Mueller et al., 2003). Caregiver-conducted functional analyses could be beneficial, as caregiver-delivered prompts and consequences better mimic the natural mealtime and potentially serve as discriminative stimuli within the mealtime context. We observed correspondence between identified functions for 7 of 8 therapist-fed versus caregiver-fed functional analyses. We discuss implications for creating and implementing function-based treatments.

 
106. The Use of Variety Fading to Treat Food Selectivity
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ADDAM J WAWRZONEK (The Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine; Michigan State University ), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), William G. Sharp (The Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Variety fading is an antecedent-intervention strategy based on the high-p instructional sequence which is used to increase bite acceptance in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. While initial studies have demonstrated its efficacy, only six studies have been published evaluating the components of the high-p instructional sequence in feeding. Additionally, previous studies have focused on bite acceptance, with limited data examining inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB), such as pushing the spoon away or head turning. The present study is an evaluation of a clinical application of variety fading for children admitted to a day-treatment feeding program for food selectivity. The protocol implemented included the presentation of non-preferred food interspersed with empty spoon (or preferred food) presentations within five-bite sessions. As bite acceptance increased and IMBs decreased, we systematically interspersed additional non-preferred foods, with novel food probes between each phase change. Data indicated that acceptance increased and IMB decreased to low levels once all non-preferred foods were introduced, and remained at low levels during probes of novel foods. Results suggest variety fading may be useful to increase acceptance of nonpreferred food while minimizing bursts in IMB, but more research is needed for replication and to identify specific protocol elements related to efficacy.

 
 
 
Poster Session #287
VRB Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 26, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
107. Comparing the Prevalence of Relational Fram Theory and Equivalence Research With Children and Adults Within Applied Behavior Analysis, 1990-2017
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
TAYLOR LAUER (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Breanna Lee (Missouri State University), Annalise Giamanco (Missouri State University), Elana Sickman (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract:

Prior citation analyses of research on Relational Frame Theory (RFT) have shown considerable research allocation with adults, with a major emphasis on college student participants. This work has been necessary to establish the theoretical, basic, and translational models that are the foundation of RFT. We extended upon this research by specifically evaluating publication trends within journals that operate primarily within an Applied Behavior Analytic framework, emphasizing the application of behavior principles within socially valid contexts. We compared empirical research published in major behavior analytic journals from 1990-2017 that included child and adult participants. In general, our results show that rates of publication are increasing at a considerable rate with both populations. However, unlike in prior citation analyses, our results indicate that research with child participants is becoming increasingly more prevalent in research published in applied behavior analytic journals. The greatest differentiation is observed in The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, where over 70% of empirical studies have been conducted with child participants. The Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis appeared to nearly equally publish research with child and adult participants and the Journal of Contextual Behavioral Science appeared more likely to publish research with adult participants. The results have implications for understanding current trends in applied behavior analytic research on RFT and equivalence and can provide information to researchers within the field.

 
108. The Complexity of Relational Training Within Empirical Behavior Analytic Studies of Relational Frame Theory and Stimulus Equivalence With Children, 1990-2017
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
TAYLOR LAUER (Missouri State University), Breanna Lee (Missouri State University), Annalise Giamanco (Missouri State University), Elana Sickman (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract:

Relational Frame Theory and Stimulus Equivalence training technologies are being increasingly applied with children with- and without- intellectual or developmental disabilities. These contemporary accounts of human language emphasize the generativity and emergence of new verbal behavior in the absence of direct reinforcement. We evaluated empirical research published within major behavior analytic journals from 1990 through 2017 to determine the complexity of relational frames and equivalence classes targeted in training. We report the age and mean number of participants in single-subject experimental design research. We also report whether participants have intellectual or developmental disabilities, the types of relations targeted in training (coordination, hierarchical, perspective taking, comparison, distinction, opposition, causality), the level of entailment (mutual entailment, combinatorial entailment), and whether researchers typically probe for transfers or transformations of stimulus function resultant from emergent frames or classes. Our results also compare the use of culturally relevant / socially valid class members against the use of arbitrary stimuli to control for history effects. Taken together, the results have implications for understanding the current state of RFT research with children within a behavior analytic model and may be used to extend research in this area for a more complete account for human language development.

 
109. Effect of a Values-Related Arbitrary Visual Stimulus as a Motivative Augmental for Academic Performance of Undergraduate College Students
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
NATHAN BURGSTAHLER (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract: Values-based interventions have been the subject of increasing conceptual and empirical attention in behavior analytic literature. Relational Frame Theory (RFT), an account of human language and cognition, may provide an empirically-valid account of the formation of values and the mechanisms though which it effects behavior. From this perspective, the language processes involved in values-driven behavior include hierarchical, or categorical, relational responding and rule-governed behavior. The present study sought to measure the effect of an arbitrary symbol related to a values-focused hierarchy as a motivative augmental for academic performance with a sample of undergraduate university students in a classroom setting. The results suggest the presence of a values-related augmental stimulus in the classroom improved on-task behavior, quiz performance, task completion, and self-rating of performance compared to a neutral stimulus in a two-treatment, repeated measures crossover design. The results do not suggest the treatment was effective on changes participants’ self-reported valuing behavior. Overall, the results support a behavioral conceptualization of values-driven behavior and provide an avenue for future research on values-based intervention in the classroom.
 
110. Disrupting Delayed Matching-to-Sample Performance With Verbal and Non-Verbal Tasks
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
MIKAYLA CAMACHO (Berry College), Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract:

Stimulus control is straightforward when the stimulus is present, but when the behavior occurs after it is no longer present, an explanation is less forthcoming. One interpretation is that mediational responses bridge the gap between stimuli and responses. Some research on covert mediational responses has focused on establishing distractor tasks to block putative rehearsal and look for decrements in performance. When choosing a comparison stimulus in a delayed matching-to-sample (DMTS) task, past studies have suggested that verbal mediation may not be necessary to emit an accurate response after a delay. The current study examined mediational responses in preschool-aged children during a DMTS task. After training participants to tact and select picture cards, experimenters presented three variations of a 60-second distractor task before participants were able to select a specified card from an array of eight. Distractor tasks included (1) a visual card distractor, (2) a vocal interview distractor, and (3) a tangram activity distractor. The results of this study found that accurate performance was highest with the verbal interview distractor, then followed by the tangram distractor, and finally lowest with the visual card distractor. These findings suggest that private verbal mediating responses may not be necessary for accurate responding, but covert imagining may be.

 
111. Contribution of Self-Stimulation on the Recall of Elementary Verbal Operants
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Jamiika Thomas (University of Nevada, Reno), MELANIE S STITES (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract: Skinner (1957) identified five classes of verbal operants in which the controlling variables consist of different sorts of prior verbal stimulation (e.g., visual or auditory). These verbal operants include copying text, taking dictation, echoic, textual, and intraverbal operants. However, each of these elementary verbal operants also involve conditions of self-stimulation (e.g., hearing one’s own voice while engaging in an echoic). The purpose of this study was to examine the conditions under which participants better performed on a recall task following a delay when they could see and/or hear their own responses during training trials in comparison to conditions when they were not able to see and/or hear their own responses. Participants consisted of undergraduate students and were randomly assigned to one of four groups: copying text, taking dictation, echoic, or textual group. Sessions were conducted on a computer and consisted of 25 control and 25 experimental conditions which included a distractor task and an intraverbal recall test of seven-digit sequences. Current results suggest that participants who could see and/or hear their own response products during trials performed better on the recall task compared to participants who could not see and/or hear their own response products during training trials.
 
112. The Effects of Verbal Reprimands on Verbal and Nonverbal Behaviors in Preschool Children
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Isabella Brassolatti (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Anne Cossta Carneiro (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Ana Eduarda Vasconcelos de Sousa (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Angélica Giannini (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Tabata Mazetto (Universidade Federal do Mato Grosso), MARIÉLE CORTEZ (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract: This study investigated how verbal reprimands contingent on children’s self-report about specific nonverbal behaviors may affect the accuracy of such report and the frequency of the nonverbal behaviors. Six children were exposed to a do-say correspondence procedure. “Doing” consisted of playing with some toys (nonverbal behavior) and “saying” consisted of reporting on which toys the child played or did not play with (verbal behavior). Baseline evaluated the children’s self-report accuracy and the frequency of playing behavior (with no programmed consequences for verbal or nonverbal behaviors). Following baseline, children were exposed to Verbal Reprimand sessions, in which affirmative reports of playing with the target (preferred) toys were followed by a verbal reprimand. A multiple baseline across subjects design was employed. Results indicated that the verbal reprimand affected the nonverbal behavior of four participants (i.e., they stopped playing with the target toys). For one participant, the verbal reprimand affected only the verbal behavior (i.e., he started distorting the reports but continued to play with the target toys) and for the last participant, no effect on verbal or nonverbal behaviors was observed. Results suggest that verbal reprimands may have a stronger punitive effect on nonverbal than on verbal behavior in preschool children
 
113. Using a Delayed Prompt Procedure in Tact and Listener Training to Teach Vocabulary in a Foreign Language
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MARIÉLE CORTEZ (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Leticia da Silva (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract: The present study aimed to verify: (a) the effects of tact and listener training in the emergence of bidirectional intraverbal responses (Portuguese-English and English-Portuguese), using a delayed prompt procedure and, (b) the effects of both types of training over time. Four typically developing Brazilian children participated. In tact training, the experimenter presented a visual stimulus and asked for its name in English. In listener training, participants were asked to select the visual stimuli in the presence of foreign-language words. For both types of training, a delayed prompt procedure was used (0s, 2s, 4s), with echoic and gestural prompts in tact and listener training, respectively. Three of four participants met criterion sooner in listener training than in tact training. However, tact training produced greater emergence of bidirectional intraverbal responses than listener training for all participants. Follow-up probes were conducted about 14 and 40 days after the post training test and their results demonstrated that the performances in intraverbal test were maintained for three out of four participants, with increased maintenance for the stimuli sets exposed to tact training. Results confirmed previous studies, showing that tact training produced higher levels of emergent intraverbal responding compared to the listener training condition.
 
114. A Literature Review of Self-Management, Self-Monitoring, and Self-Control Research in Behavior Analytic Journals, 1998-2018
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
CELESTE UNNERSTALL (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract:

Skinner described self-management or self-control as behavior that manipulates aspects of an environment to allow and individual to change or maintain other behaviors. This account differs markedly from traditional psychological accounts that emphasize internal processes as causal variables that can directly influence overt behavior. The purpose of the present citation analysis was to determine application of self-management or self-control strategies within major behavior analytic journals to treat behavioral challenges. Our results suggest that a number of studies have been published evaluating self-management strategies, with the greatest prevalence found in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. The most common term found was “self-control.” We did not, however, see an increasing trend from 1998 to 2018 in research published using the search terms. We discuss the implications of these findings along with an analysis of challenges addressed with the various self-management strategies, along with suggestions for future research in this area of applied behavior analysis.

 
115. A Parametric Analysis of Intensive Tact Instruction on Bidirectional Naming
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAELA ANN DUNHAM (Teachers College at Columbia University), Rebecca Hotchkiss (Teacher's College at Columbia University), Alexandria M Lanter (Teachers College at Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Columbia University)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract: Bidirectional Naming (BiN) is a fundamental verbal cusp that is also a capability, which is a strong predictor of school success. A parametric analysis was conducted on the strength of Intensive Tact Instruction (ITI) on inducing BiN for two participants with Autism ages 8 and 9. The first participant received an additional 100 tact learn units daily while the other participant received an additional 50 learn units daily. Pre and post-intervention probes were conducted to determine if Bidirectional Naming (BiN) was established for both participants following the intervention. The study is still ongoing for both participants, as neither of the participants have met criteria for BiN. The purpose of the study is to determine the number of learn units of ITI needed to induce BiN. Overall, the results thus far, suggest that the accelerated version of 50 tact learn units for ITI is just as effective in inducing BiN , as BiN has increased for both participants but not to criteria, but the study needs to be continued before any conclusions can be made.
 
116. Emoji as Compound Discriminative Stimuli for Text Messaging Behavior
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
VANESSA THOMAS (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract: In the present study, an investigation of the presence of a facial emoji in a text message as a potential compound discriminative stimulus (SD) in text messaging behavior was undertaken. Prior research has indicated such characters as powerful modulators of perceived affective content in text messaging (Lo, 2008; Riordan, 2017a; Riordan, 2017b; Walther & D'Addario, 2001); however, minimal research has been conducted on emoji within a behavior analytic framework. Using an electronic survey which invited participants, college students, to assess a series of text messages containing different emoji, the functional role of the facial emoji in the interpretation of a text message and the reader’s subsequent confidence in that interpretation were assessed to determine the emoji’s salience as an SD. Both the presence or absence of a facial emoji and the emoji’s morphology were shown to significantly (p < .001) alter the interpretation of the text messages, suggesting that the emoji does function as a discriminative stimulus for the response behavior. The findings of this study can be applied to better understand the role of emoji in digital communication using a behavior analytic framework.
 
117. Reflections on “Stroke Diary:" Verbal Behavior Perturbations and Recovery Strategies in a Single Case of Aphasia
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
APRIL M. BECKER (University of North Texas and University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center), Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Thom Ratkos (Berry College)
Abstract:

On September 6, 2011 Dr. Thomas Broussard suffered a stroke and was left with a severe case of aphasia. Dr. Broussard was not, however, the typical patient. As was his particular habit, he recorded every aspect of his experience in writing, even though his capacity for clear written communication was gone. As he slowly regained his verbal abilities, he went back to his old notes, pictures, and other records to piece together the events during and immediately after his stroke, his rehabilitative experiences throughout his recovery, and his personal and family approaches to augmenting that rehabilitation. This rich record is placed squarely in the context of his diary, consisting of voice records, written records, and rehabilitative exercises. The diary provides an opportunity to analyze his verbal behavior at various stages and to study the unique approach of a patient who spent most of his waking hours augmenting the therapy that he received from professionals. He eventually achieved a truly dramatic recovery. His success makes the details of his approach valuable, both from the perspective of understanding verbal behavior and advancing rehabilitation. This review will highlight particular verbal patterns and recovery strategies that may be interesting to a behavior analytic audience.

 
 
 
Poster Session #288
DDA Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 26, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
118. Increasing Food Acceptance for an Individual With Autism
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TRICIA CLEMENT (LaBAA), Paula G. White (Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

According to Benjasuwantep and colleagues (2013), approximately 20-50% of normally developing children and 70-89% of children with developmental disabilities were reported as having some level of feeding problems. For families, feeding challenges range from being a nuisance for parents to having serious medical complications for some individuals. Food selectivity is a common feeding concern that can be somewhat difficult for families to address on their own. Within the literature, several procedures have been shown to improve food selectivity. One of the most common procedures identified were escape extinction procedures (Tanner & Andreone, 2015). While proven effective, escape extinction procedures have been associated with challenging side effects such as response bursts, aggression, emotional responding, and general averseness for both caretaker and client (Bachmeyer, 2009). The purpose of this research study was to investigate the use of an alternative strategy to escape extinction as treatment for food selectivity. In this study, a 10-step graduated exposure hierarchy was used to increase food acceptance in a 13-year-old female diagnosed with autism. Results indicated an increase in number of foods consumed during sessions, as well as during snack breaks in instructional day.

 
119. Prevalence of Response Blocking for Pediatric Feeding Disorders: A Review of Patients From an Intensive Program
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Aaron Lesser (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Elizabeth A. Masler (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Hailey Ormand (Kennedy Krieger Institute), LISA HOLMES (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

The use and description of response blocking when implementing escape extinction procedures has been well-documented in literature for severe problem behavior. Response blocking is a relatively understudied technique related to treatment implementation for children with pediatric feeding disorders. We identified five studies evaluating treatment for food refusal and also mention the use of response blocking (Ormand, Masler, & Lesser, 2018). Wilkins, Piazza, Groff, Volkert, Kozisek, & Milnes, (2014) provided a procedural description of response blocking including the use of a secondary therapist to block inappropriate mealtime behavior. To evaluate the clinical frequency in which response blocking with a secondary therapist is used in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders, we completed case reviews for 23 patients admitted to an intensive pediatric feeding disorders program. Of the patients reviewed, 40% required response blocking to decrease inappropriate mealtime behavior. The most prevalent treatment components included in protocols for patients requiring response blocking from a secondary therapist included nonremoval of the spoon, differential reinforcement, physical guidance, and alternative utensil presentation (i.e., nuk brush). Response blocking for these patients was required during sessions to increase compliance with acceptance of all food (67%), regular texture foods (44%), liquids (22%), and novel foods (11%).

 
120. Self-Evaluation to Improve Complex Job Performance in a Dynamic Work Environment
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TRACY EILEEN SINCLAIR (The University of Oklahoma)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

Transition-age individuals with disabilities continue to lag behind same-age peers in postsecondary outcomes of education, employment, and independent living skills. The role of self-determination in postsecondary success has been thoroughly researched, acknowledged, and proven to be a predictor of postsecondary goal attainment (Test et al., 2009). Skills of self-determination include goal-setting and attainment, self-observation, evaluation, and reinforcement, and independence (Wehmeyer, 2007). Self-management strategies, such as self-evaluation, are a demonstrated evidence-based practive for students with developmental disabilities (Carr et al., 2014). This multiple baseline across participant dyads study examined the application of self-evaluation on overall work performance ratings for students with developmental disabilities in an authentic work environment. Scores of self-evaluation were compared to ratings by job coaches, and over time, student scores and job coach scores showed an emergence of convergence one prompting was used in conjunction with self-evaluation procedures and then faded. This study incorporated the use of a technology-based self-evaluation form. Social validity results demonstrate both students and job coaches involved in the study found self-evaluation to be beneficial to work performance and expressed enjoyment. Furthermore students felt more independent and in control of their work environments, and job coaches felt the students improved in independent living skills and taking ownership of their actions and work behaviors. Implications for practice suggest the incorporation of self-evaluation in the community work setting can positively benefit work performance and increase skills of self-awareness.

 
121. A Study of the Effectiveness of a Multi-Component Fitness Program for Dually Diagnosed Adults With Mental Illnesses and Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
FANNY SHUSTER (Mactown), Samantha Taylor (Mactown), Monica Castro (Mactown)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

Individuals with dual diagnosis of mental illness and intellectual developmental disabilities experience a higher probability to being predisposed to health disparities such as obesity and other health related chronic conditions. The current study aimed at improving levels of physical activity in order to promote weight loss. This fitness program examined the effectiveness of a multi-component fitness program on adult females who are dually diagnosed. A component analysis was implemented, consisting of positive reinforcement through verbal praise, healthy edibles, healthy food outings, and cash reinforcers for each pound lost. Participants weight and percent of success in the fitness program, were measured before, during, and after the intervention. It was concluded that the combination of reinforcers and positive outcomes were the contributing factors to high performance in their exercise engagement. Findings from the fitness program showed the intervention was effective and exhibits potential for other dually diagnosed individuals.

 
122. Using Small-Scale Simulations to Teach Occupational and Daily Living Skills to Individuals With Developmental or Intellectual Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KATELYN HOFFERT (Marquette University), Mary Halbur (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Marisa E. McKee (Marquette University), Samantha Klasek (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Xi'an Williams (Marquette University), Isabelle Carrell (CLASS Intervention)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

Small-scale simulations consist of scale-models that include elements of stimuli from the natural environment in a training session. These small-scale simulations are used to create additional practice opportunities of a target behavior. In behavior-analytic research, there have been limited investigations using such simulations to teach skills (e.g., Page, Iwata, & Neef, 1976). The purpose of this investigation was to use small-scale simulations to teach daily living or occupational skills to individuals with developmental or intellectual disabilities. Following several sessions in which other training procedures (e.g., discrimination training, prompting) were efficacious but did not lead to mastery, the small-scale simulations were introduced as additional practice trials. One adolescent was taught an occupational skill using a 3D simulation, and one child was taught a daily living skill using 2D and 3D simulations. Practice trials with the small-scale simulation immediately preceded opportunities to perform the original target task. Upon introduction of practice with the simulation, correct responding during the simulation trials generalized to the original training sessions. Results of this investigation suggested that providing small-scale simulations can help teach daily living and occupational skills to individuals with ASD. Future clinical applications will be discussed.

 
123. Success of Toilet Training With Children Who Use Gastrointestinal Tubes
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY SHIRLEY (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

There are several examples in the literature of successful toilet training for children who are typically developing and those with developmental disabilities. However, minimal research has been conducted on toilet training with children with medical complexities that impact their ability to orally intake fluids, such as those who use gastrointestinal tubes for caloric intake. One component of toilet training, which may not be feasible for those using gastrointestinal tubes, is the component of fluid loading. Fluid loading involves increasing individuals’ fluid intake across the day to increase opportunities for urination (Azrin and Foxx, 1971). For individuals who use gastrointestinal tubes, fluid loading may not be an option due to possible complications including: over-hydration, metabolic complications due to excessive fluid consumption, and electrolyte imbalance (Blumenstein, Shastri & Stein, 2014). A consecutive case series analysis was conducted, where medical records of participants attending an intensive day treatment program for enuresis between 2014 and 2018 were reviewed. Clinical data indicated seven participants were found to have gastrointestinal tubes in use at the time of their admission. Results indicated that four of the seven participants showed considerable improvements in continent voids, and maintained those improvements following one month post discharge.

 
124. Increasing Vocational Independence and Community Integration in Transition, Post-Secondary, and Adult Programming for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CARLA T. SCHMIDT (University of Cincinnati), Christina R. Carnahan (University of Cincinnati), Diane Clouse (University of Cincinnati)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

The Advancement and Transition Services (ATS) at the University of Cincinnati (UC) addresses the needs of participants with intellectual and developmental disabilities (ID/DD) as they transition from high school through adulthood to enhance employment, healthy and independent living, and personal growth/life-long learning. ATS house three program: the Transition and Access Program (TAP; a four-year residential post-secondary certificate program for adults with ID/DD), IMPACT Innovation (a day service provider for adults more significantly impacted by Autism), and the Collaboration for Employment and Education Synergy (CEES; a 12-week high school/transition age youth workshop). Approximately 150 young adults and adults with ID/DD access these services on UC's campus each year. The purpose of phase one of this study is to determine the percentage of engagement and level of independence of ATS participants during vocational placements. Three data points were collected via direct observation using momentary time sampling. Data were also collected on the level of prompting provided during each interval. Interobserver agreement were collected on 30% of all data points. Phase two of this study will determine and implement appropriate interventions needed to increase independence and community engagement for ATS participants.

 
125. Effectiveness of Water-Prompting to Increase Continent Urine Voids in a Child With Autism
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
GARET S. EDWARDS (Village Autism Center), Zelda Fleming (Georgia State University), Caitlin Delfs (Village Autism Center)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

Research has demonstrated the effectiveness of a variety of procedures to increase urinary continence in children with developmental disabilities (for review see Kroeger & Sorensen-Burnworth, 2009). The majority of these procedures include scheduled sittings, reinforcement for continence, and urine alarms. For some children, traditional methods are ineffective and alternative procedures are used to facilitate the transfer of stimulus control. Hagopian and colleagues (1993) demonstrated the use of a water prompt to increase continent voids in a 9-year-old with intellectual disability, which allowed the child to contact reinforcement on the toilet. The current study sought to replicate these findings with a 5-year-old female diagnosed with autism who demonstrated an increase of both incontinent and continent urine voids following traditional toilet training (i.e., scheduled sit, urine alarm, reinforcement). Following the implementation of a water prompt (hands placed in water while on toilet), the participant’s incontinent voids decreased and continent voids increased. Following stable low levels of incontinent voids (3 or less across 3 days), the water prompt was removed, and the original treatment was put back into place. Initial results suggested that incontinent voids remained low and continent voids remained high.

 
126. Teaching Tolerance of Health and Wellness Routines to Children With Severe Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KENDRA SMALLWOOD (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Natasha Chamberlain (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Malika Jade McPheters (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

Health and wellness routines such as blood pressure and lung checks at doctor visits, haircuts, and nail trimmings are filled with various stimuli which may be aversive and evoke problem behavior for children. Severe problem behavior that may occur may deter caregivers from following through with routines however these routines are not optional as they contribute to the overall well-being of the child and therefore are vital tasks to be able to tolerate and comply with. We used differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) with resetting time contingencies to teach tolerance of these skills to two children with severe problem behavior. We systematically increased the DRO requirement, such that we required the children to display tolerance for each health and wellness routine for longer periods prior to providing a break with access to preferred items such as toys or milk. We collected data on aggressions, self-injurious behavior, and avoidance movements to evaluate the effectiveness of the treatment. Our results showed an overall decrease in problematic behavior and frequency of resets as we systematically increased the length of exposure to each health and wellness routine.

 
127. Decreasing Social Isolation for Adults With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities in a Community Setting: Increasing Skill Development and Social Inclusion With Technology and Specialized Apps
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Courtney Denise Bishop (Brock University), LISA WHITTINGHAM (Swift Behaviour Consulting), Rebecca Ensor (Brock University), Deanna Flagg (Community Living Haldimand), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Kimberly Maich (Atlantic Provinces Applied Behaviour Analysis), Priscilla Burnham Riosa (Brock University)
Discussant: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center)
Abstract:

Social inclusion is a strong indicator of successful quality of life outcomes (QOL) for persons with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) (Cobigo, Ouellet-Kuntz, Lysaght & Martin, 2012). Barriers to social inclusion for persons with IDD have been identified in the literature, including functioning level, adaptive living skills, and staff involvement (Abbot & McConkey, 2006). Technology and applied behavior analysis have improved adaptive functioning, skill development, and subsequently QOL outcomes for persons with IDD (Owuor et al., 2018). This project aims to decrease social isolation for eight adults with IDD living in a supported-independent living program. Skills to reduce social isolation were identified and taught using technology (i.e., iPad) and specialized apps. Using behavioral skills training, task analysis, and shaping procedures, support workers were taught to assist skill development and technology. Two multiple-probe designs across participants were delivered concurrently. Data were taken on the total duration of the target skill and the duration of direct support provided. The percentage of direct support for the target skill decreased for two participants, from an average of 69% to 0% following the introduction of technology, while remaining participants continue to require 36%-77% direct support for the target skill during baseline. Data collection is ongoing.

 
128. The Effects of Positive Reinforcment Assisting With Weight Loss for Individuals with an Intellectual Disability
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Tiffany Salmon (Services for the Underserved), Hanz Medrard (Services for the Underserved), Jonathon Kalik (Services for the Underserved), VIVIAN A. ATTANASIO (Services for the Underserved)
Discussant: Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Adults diagnosed with an intellectual disability have a higher rate of obesity in comparison to typical functioning adults in their same age group (Spanos, D., Melville, C. A., & Hankey, C. R. 2013). This study will evaluate the effectiveness and quality of positive reinforcement on the percentage of completed exercise sessions. Through pairing the completion of exercise activities with a preferred healthy food item, researchers expect the individuals will be more motivated to exercise, despite the increased effort required. Completed exercise sessions will be defined by collecting Partial Interval Recording data on if the individual completes 80% of a home workout DVD. The individuals will choose target days and time of activity completion and reinforcement will only be available for participation during those times. Researchers will use paired choice preference assessments to determine a preference hierarchy and deliver identified reinforcers in least-to most order to determine the quality of reinforcement required to motivate an individual to participate in a high effort and sometimes non-preferred activity. This study will discuss the implications for future research related to the effects of varying valued positive reinforcement on continuation of an exercise regiment, healthy eating choices, and weight loss. In addition, a system is developed using healthy options as reinforcement paired with increased exercise and how this can have long-term effects on the individual’s overall health and well-being.

 
129. Best Practices for Positive Behaviour Support Plans to Promote Adequacy and Efficacy
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
EMMA MORGAN WHELPLEY (St. Lawrence College), Marie Line Jobin (St. Lawrence College, Behavioral Psychology), Sarah Walmsley (St. Lawrence College), Cierra Vandermeer (St. Lawrence College)
Discussant: Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Positive Behaviour Support Plans (PBSPs) are documents based on functional assessments that encompass all components of the bio-psycho-social model related to the individual with a developmental disability and promote positive improvements in the individual’s daily life (QAM, 2008). The purpose of this research was to devise recommendations for the content required in PBSPs and to create tools to facilitate the development and modification of PBSPs to incorporate best practices. This study involved the revision of an evaluation tool based on the review of current literature, legal regulations, and agency policies. The evaluation tool was used to evaluate the adequacy and comprehensiveness of 24 existing PBSPs in a community agency providing services to individuals with developmental disabilities. Overall, the PBSPs adherence average score on the evaluation tool was 70.76%. Furthermore, it was determined that 87.50% of the PBSPs were considered to have had good levels of adequacy, while 12.50% had underdeveloped levels of adequacy. Based on these findings a model PBSP and template with instructions were created to facilitate the development and revision of PBSPs to increase adherence to best practices and current regulations. Discussion of the findings and recommendations to increase PBSP adherence to best practices are also included.

 
130. Effects of High-Probability Request Sequences on Compliance for a Student With Moderate Intellectual Disability
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
LARRY B FISHER (Winthrop University)
Discussant: Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Using a reversal design, the current study evaluated the effects of the high-probability request sequence (HPRS) on the compliance to low-probability requests for a high school student with a moderate intellectual disability. The participant was given three simple discrete prompts to complete tasks with which she had a history of complying (i.e., high-p requests) immediately before given a prompt to engage in requests which she had a history of not complying (e.g., low-p requests). In addition, reinforcement in the form of social praise and attention was provided contingent on compliance with each high-p and low-p request. This study also examined whether the effects observed during each phase of the study would be generalized if conditions were replicated by the classroom special education teacher. The results indicated that a functional relation exists between the implementation of the HPRS on both the increase of compliance with low-p requests and a decrease in the latency to respond to these requests. The findings also demonstrated that the participant engaged in similar levels of compliance when the intervention was implemented by either the investigator or the special education teacher. Limitations, recommendations for future research, and implications for practice are provided.

 
131. Self-Monitoring as a Strategy to Impact Showering in an Individual Diagnosed With Schizophrenia
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
PATRICK ALLEN WIESZCIECINSKI (Western Michigan University), Cody Morris (Western Michigan University), Alissa Anne Conway (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Showering is important beyond an individual’s physical appearance and odor and extends to an individual’s skin health. Avoiding bathing for an extended period of time may cause serious harm to an individual’s skin, resulting in issues such as skin breakdown that can develop into a serious concern impacting the individual’s skin, muscle, and bone. Self-Monitoring is an intervention that teaches an individual to observe their behavior systematically and record occurrences or non-occurrences of their behavior. The use of Self-Monitoring has been validated through many various applications including reducing overeating, to decrease smoking, and increase appropriate classroom behaviors. One strength of self-monitoring is that it has been shown to be effective in assisting an increase in desired behaviors. This study focused on utilizing a self-monitoring intervention combined with reinforcement to increase showering behaviors in an individual diagnosed with schizophrenia. This project evaluated the quantity as well as the quality of this individuals showering habits. This was done through creating a level-system for the client’s quality of shower and providing feedback to the client on the quality of that shower.

 
132. Reducing Maladaptive Behavior Through Simplified Habit Reversal
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JAVRON SHAKIR KEENE (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Some individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities engage in tics (e.g., vocal stereotypy, fidgeting, skin picking, and gestures) that might interfere with functioning in their daily lives. According to Long et al. (1999), habit reversal includes a number of components (i.e., awareness training, competing response training, reinforcement strategies, rehearsal, and positive practice) that ultimately lead to appropriate alternatives for tics. Some research has investigated modified, brief habit reversal for the treatment of tics and fidgeting (Miltenberger, Fuqua, & Woods, 1998). The purpose of the current study was to conduct a component analysis of a simplified habit reversal that would reduce maladaptive behavior exhibited by an individual with mild to moderate intellectual disability. The components evaluated in the study were (a) self-awareness training, (b) competing response training, and (c) social support. The results indicate that the individual components alone were not enough to decrease both skin-picking and self-restraint behaviors. All three components worked in tandem to reduce to the targeted behaviors.

 
133. Improving the Quality of Behavior Support Plans for Adults With Disability Through Service Improvement
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
LAURA E. MULLINS (Regional Support Associates), Jayne Stone (Regional Support Associates)
Discussant: Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

In Ontario in 2004, more than half of interventions provided to adults with disabilities with challenging behaviors were found to be informal (i.e., lacked a Behavior Support Plan (BSP); Feldman et al., 2004). In response, legislation was implemented to foster accountability for service agencies (Ontario Regulation 299/10 QAM). The aim of this study was to explore and improve the quality of BSP within Ontario following these revised Quality Assurance Measures. A random sample of 30 BSP was reviewed using the BSP Quality Evaluation II Guide (Browning-Wright et al., 2013). Preliminary results revealed that the majority of the plans received a weak rating (80%). In 2017-2018, a Service Improvement Plan within a Ministry-funded behavioral agency was initiated. This plan included: a) dissemination of the assessment focusing on potential areas of strengths, areas for further improvement, and exemplars; b) revised BSP template; c) a structured Compliance Criteria Checklist; and d) additional training in BSP development for new consultants. This presentation will review the results of the follow-up evaluation including increased quality rating of the BSP, additional measures of effectiveness and improved consumer satisfaction. Additional areas to continue to improve behavioral supports will also be discussed.

 
134. Decreasing Self-Injurious Behavior Maintained by Automatic Positive Reinforcement Using DRO With Sensory Extinction
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
JULIE MCCORMICK (Autism Centers of Michigan), Emily Irene Korando (Autism Centers of Michigan), Benjamin Kennert (Autism Centers of Michigan)
Discussant: Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

The treatment of self-injurious behaviors (SIB) remains common and challenging for practitioners in behavior analysis, especially when those behaviors are not maintained by social reinforcement. Therefore, it is important to study strategies for addressing SIB maintained by automatic positive reinforcement. We conducted a functional analysis (Iwata et al, 1994) to determine the function of SIB in the form of hitting the face, forehead, hands, and body. We then used a combination of non-contingent access to a preferred item, DRO using an iPad every 30 seconds with a progressively increasing interval, and sensory extinction (Roscoe, Iwata, & Goh, 1998) by contingent presentation of gloves to reduce SIB. Results showed a significant reduction in frequency of SIB from baseline, and frequency of SIB remained low for 6 months. This treatment package was later applied to self-pinching that emerged about 2 months after baseline with success. This poster will present the treatment package for practitioners to implement, and we will discuss barriers to implementation along the way.

 
135. A Review of Graduated Exposure to Treat Challenging Behavior Maintained by Escape From Aversive Stimuli
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
GABRIELA JUANITA RIVERA (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Marie Kirkpatrick (Baylor University)
Discussant: Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

A systematic review was conducted to synthesize the literature on the use of graduated exposure to treat challenging behavior maintained by escape from aversive stimuli (e.g., aggression, disruption, elopement) with individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. This review identified 15 articles through the database search and ancillary searches. Results indicated that graduated exposure can be used to reduce the aversiveness of a wide variety of stimuli (e.g., animatronic toys, medical procedures, sanitary pads, pools) and may be conducted in naturalistic environments (e.g., medical facilities, schools, primary residential space). Additionally, based on What Works Clearinghouse Design Standards (2017), four studies Met Standards with or Met Standards without Reservations. Three of these four articles provided Strong Evidence for the efficacy of graduated exposure. Based on the results of the quality review, there needs to be higher quality research that examines graduated exposure as an intervention to decrease challenging behavior associated with aversive stimuli.

 
136. Augmentative and Alternative Communication for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities: A Megareview of the Literature
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
REBECCA CROWE (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Discussant: Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

This paper summarizes peer reviewed published reviews that report literature reviews and meta analyses of research conducted on augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) interventions for individuals with developmental disabilities (DD). This paper also applies the A MeaSurement Tool to Assess systematic Reviews, revised (AMSTAR-2, Shea et al, 2017) to these reviews to assess their methodological strengths and needs. Overall, reviews in this field demonstrate a number of methodological weaknesses that detract from the strength of the research and inhibit practitioners from accessing high quality reporting of emerging evidence based practices in the field of AAC intervention for individuals with disabilities. Examined over time, published reviews have increased their methodological rigor from 2001 to mid-2018. Interventions with demonstrated positive effect sizes include Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS, Bondy and Frost, 1994), the use of speech generating devices (SGD), using systematic interventions based on principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA), and implementing intervention with naturalistic interventionists, communication partners, and in socially valid settings and contexts.

 
137. A Review of School-Based Interventions to Reduce Challenging Behavior for Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTIN O'GUINN (Baylor University), Marie Kirkpatrick (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Gabriela Juanita Rivera (Baylor University)
Discussant: Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

A systematic review was conducted to assess the types of school-based interventions commonly used for adolescents (10 to 21 years of age) to reduce challenging behavior. A total of 40 articles were identified through the database search and ancillary searches. Participant, implementer, and intervention characteristics were recorded during descriptive coding. This review found that antecedent-based interventions were most commonly used within the school setting. School personnel reported antecedent-based interventions to be acceptable and feasible within the school setting. Results of the descriptive coding found that around 70% of participants were ages 10 to 13 years old, with limited research being conducted with students older than 13; therefore, additional research is needed with this age group. Based on What Works Clearinghouse standards, 25 articles Meet Standards or Met Standards with Reservations and 22 articles provided moderate to strong evidence for the efficacy of these interventions within the school setting.

 
138. Community-Based Intervention to Reduce Challenging Behaviors for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities: A Systematic Literature Review
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SUPRIYA RADHAKRISHNAN (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University), Kristin O'Guinn (Baylor University), Gabriela Juanita Rivera (Baylor University)
Discussant: Angela D Barber (State of Nebraska)
Abstract:

A systematic review was conducted to synthesize the literature on interventions implemented in the community setting (e.g., playground, restaurant, grocery store) to treat challenging behavior for individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. This review identified 18 articles through the database and ancillary search. The result indicated that for most participants the intervention was a function-based intervention, followed by an antecedent-based intervention. The most common assessment procedure to hypothesize the function of the challenging behavior was indirect assessment procedures (e.g., interview, checklists, scales). Additionally, the studies were evaluated on the quality of the experimental design based on the What Works Clearinghouse Design Standards (WWC, 2017). Four of the twenty studies Met Standards, five Met Standard with Reservations, and eleven studies Did Not Meet Standards. Evidence standards were applied to those studies that Met standards or Met standards with reservations. Of the 9 studies, seven received a rating of Strong Evidence. A number of implications and directions for future research were identified.

 
139. The Role of Escape Extinction and Reflexive Conditioned Motivating Operation in Reducing Challenging behaviors: A Review
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
Aarti Haresh Thakore (Central Texas Autism Center), Shea Braumuller (Central Texas Autism Center), Kelle Rich (Central Texas Autism Center), Morgan Weldon Stockdale (CTAC), ANDREA KELLY (Central Texas Autism Center)
Discussant: Angela D Barber (State of Nebraska)
Abstract:

The behavior principle of extinction involves termination of reinforcement that is observed to maintain the problem behavior. Extinction is one of the most common procedures used to reduce various problem behaviors in children diagnosed with Developmental Disabilities and Autism Spectrum Disorders. The purpose of this current review is to examine the various applications and publications of escape extinction in behavior analysis. The examiners reviewed all the articles from the last 20 years across four major peer reviewed journals in applied behavior analysis: Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), The Analysis of Verbal Behavior (AVB), Behavior Analysis in Practice (BAP), and Experimental Analysis of Behavior (EAB). The review is still in progress. The results so far suggest that there are more studies on escape extinction to treat food refusal and food selectivity in young children with and without disabilities. There are also some studies on escape extinction to reduce SIB, but often as a component within a treatment package. Escape extinction as a procedure itself and its application to increase compliance in children with diagnosed with Autism is scarce in the literature. The further review across other journals will help us further evaluate the scope of limitations of escape extinction in managing various problem behaviors in children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders.

 
140. Increasing Self-Advocacy Skills in Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder Within Social Group Settings Compared to Individual Therapy
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
Monica Gilbert (Crystal Minds New Beginning), KHADIJA MCCARTHY (Crystal Minds New Beginning), Daniella Cordovez (Crystal Minds New Beginning)
Discussant: Angela D Barber (State of Nebraska)
Abstract:

Self advocacy is defined as the action of representing oneself. A skill that can be affected by individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) due to lack of generalization, language and socialization skills. Self advocacy begins with simple mands and extends to more complex mands as individuals become older. Self Advocacy has also been linked to increase in assertiveness skills, decrease in being bullied by others and a better quality of life. Self advocacy skills for example; use of communication skills in negotiating and compromising and persuasion to obtain goals have been taught in individual therapy sessions and group sessions. The purpose of this review is to examine and compare the effects (rate of acquisiton) of teaching self advocacy skills in group verses individual therapy sessions.

 
141. Benefits of Recreational Dance and Behavior Analysis for Individuals with Developmental Disabilities: A Systematic Review
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
MADELINE PONTONE (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Discussant: Angela D Barber (State of Nebraska)
Abstract: Unlike with typically developing populations, studies examining the benefits of recreational dance for individuals with developmental disabilities are limited. In this review, we conducted a thorough literature search, where ‘dance’ was cross-listed with all neurodevelopmental disorders (DSM-5, 2013) across 5 databases, yielding 18 articles. Studies included individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities such as intellectual disabilities, autism spectrum disorder, learning disorders and comorbid disorders such as ADHD. Regarding age of participants, 9 studies included an adult population, 12 studies focused on children and adolescents, and overlap between both age categories existed in 3 studies. It is promising that six of the 18 studies used a single-subject research design and 8 studies included behavior analytic components such as prompts, reinforcement and task analyses. Results suggest that there may be benefits to using recreational dance and behavior analysis together to improve core areas such as social skills and motor development, but the limited research that exists has some methodological concerns. There is a need for single-case experimental research and controlled group designs to evaluate recreational dance programs utilizing behavior analytic components as a modality for improving core challenges as well as secondary outcomes such as inclusion and belonging for individuals with disabilities.
 
142. Systematic Literature Review of Automatically Reinforced Behaviors as Assessed by Functional Analyses
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
NANCY I. SALINAS (Harmony Behavioral Health), Shawn E. Happe (Harmony Behavioral Health), Stacy L. Carter (Texas Tech University)
Discussant: Angela D Barber (State of Nebraska)
Abstract: This literature review involved studies from 1994-2017, on functional analyses that determine automatic functions. The year 1994 marks the reprint of Iwata’s seminal article “Toward a Functional Analysis of Self-Injury” in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis’ (JABA) Special Issue called “Functional Analysis Approaches to Behavioral Assessment and Treatment” (Iwata et al., 1994; JABA, 1994). The first publication was in 1982 and the assessment procedure gained empirical support by the time of its reprint in 1994 (Reef, 1994; editor’s note). Key words involved “automatic reinforcement” and “functional analysis”. Inclusion criteria for the articles reviewed were studies that conducted functional analysis and found automatic reinforcement functions of behaviors (resulting from alone, ignore, undifferentiated, and across all conditions). Articles that stated that automatic reinforcement was the function or that included a graphical representation of the functional analysis were also included. Articles with multiple participants that had at least one automatic reinforcement function were selected for review as well. All types of diagnoses and ages of participants were included.
 
143. Embedded Instruction for Young Children: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
Emrah Gulboy (Anadolu University), Serife Yucesoy-Ozkan (Anadolu University), SALIH RAKAP (Ondokuz Mayis University)
Discussant: Angela D Barber (State of Nebraska)
Abstract:

Purpose of study was to determine the overall effect of embedded instruction on child outcomes and whether embedded instruction is an evidence-based practice for young children with disabilities. Database search resulted in 264 unique articles. Each article was screened using the inclusion criteria and the screening process resulted in 24 studies using a single subject experimental design. 24 studies were coded to determine whether they meet the design standards of What Works Clearinghouse for single subject experimental designs. Seven met standards, nine met standards with reservations, and eight did not met standards. Of the 16 studies that met standards with and without reservations, only three met all 21 quality indicators proposed by Horner et al. (2005). The remaining 13 studies met 16-20 quality indicators. Based on visual analysis, of these 16 studies, nine studies were classified as having strong evidence, three studies were classified as having moderate evidence, and four studies were classified as having no evidence. Quantitative analysis continued with the remaining 12 studies. Overall the mean of the treatment effect estimates was 83.8%, 92.4%, and 84.3% for PND, NAP, and Tau-U consecutively. Findings showed that embedded instruction is an evidence-based practice to teach young children with disabilities.

 
144. Blending as a Treatment for Feeding Disorders: A Review of the Literature
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Taneal Burch (Tennessee Technological University), SETH KING (Tennessee Technological University)
Discussant: Angela D Barber (State of Nebraska)
Abstract: Blending, sometimes called stimulus or texture fading, is frequently employed as a means of increasing the acceptance of novel foods among children with feeding disorders. Described as the combination of two or more food items in a way that prevents separation, blending is recommended when the child avoids novel textures or flavors. The present study reviewed research published from 1998 to 2018 that treated feeding disorders using blending. In addition to study quality, methods, and effects, procedures used to progressively introduce novel textures were of particular interest. Identified studies (n = 9), though they provide insight into practical considerations, are not sufficiently rigorous to support the use of the procedure. Implications for practice follow a description of findings.
 
145. A Systematic Review of Applied Behavior Analytic Interventions for Individuals With Down Syndrome
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE M. NEIL (University of Western Ontario), Ashley Amicarelli (The University of Western Ontario), Brianna Anderson (The University of Western Ontario), Kailee Liesemer (The University of Western Ontario)
Discussant: Angela D Barber (State of Nebraska)
Abstract:

This systematic review evaluates single-case research design studies that investigate the application of applied behavior analytic interventions with individuals with Down syndrome. Articles published in English peer-reviewed journals that presented original empirical data on the effect of applied behavior analytic treatments on individuals with Down syndrome using single-subject research designs were selected for review. One-hundred-twenty-six studies examining the efficacy of applied behavior analytic interventions on increasing skill acquisition and/or decreasing challenging behaviors in individuals with Down syndrome met inclusion criteria. ?We used the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) SCRD standards and Risk of Bias in N-of-1 Trials (RoBiNT) Scale to analyze study rigor, and calculated nonoverlap indices. We will report on the study quality, treatment procedures, and treatment outcomes across the studies. The outcomes of this systematic review demonstrate clinical applications for individuals with Down syndrome and will guide future research in the area of applied behaviour analytic interventions and individuals with Down syndrome.

 
146. The Validity and Reliability of Instruments Based in Applied Behavior Analysis: A Systematic Review
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
KRISTEN LENAE PADILLA-MAINOR (Baylor University), Regan Weston (Baylor University), Providence Gee (Baylor University)
Discussant: Angela D Barber (State of Nebraska)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts use instruments to identify an individual’s competencies and skill deficits in order to develop individualized goals and treatment plans. According to the assessment guidelines for evaluating individuals with disabilities in the Standards for Educational and Psychological Testing, assessments should have research to support the validity and reliability of the instrument (American Educational Research Association, the American Psychological Association, and the National Council on Measurement in Education 2014). Additionally, behavior analytic instruments should be aligned with the dimensions of applied behavior analysis set forth by Baer, Rolf, and Risley (1968) which set the foundation for the field. The purpose of this study is to present the results of a systematic literature review on instruments based within the applied behavior analytic framework. The authors will also present information regarding research on the instruments examined within the review that specifically address their reliability and validity. Instruments will also be measured against the dimensions of ABA.

 
147. Meta-Analysis of Challenging Behavior Interventions for Students With Developmental Disabilities in Inclusive School Settings
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CATHARINE LORY (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), John Davis (University of Utah), Danni Wang (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University), So Yeon Kim (Purdue University), Marie David (Purdue University)
Discussant: Angela D Barber (State of Nebraska)
Abstract:

As policies in most states are geared towards increasing inclusion rates, more students with disabilities are receiving their academic instruction in general education settings. However, children with developmental disabilities are more likely to engage in challenging behavior in educational settings than other children, which impedes their independent engagement in instructional activities and access to the general education curriculum. This study aims to (a) systematically review the literature on interventions targeting challenging behavior of students with developmental disabilities in inclusive school settings, (b) evaluate the quality of research in this area based on the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) design standards, and (c) determine the magnitude of effects of interventions that meet quality standards. The search procedures included a keyword search in three databases, followed by a search of related review articles, and finally a reference search of the included articles. Twenty-six studies were included and evaluated based on the WWC design standards, and 16 studies met design criteria. An inter-rater agreement of 87% was obtained on half of the articles. Data were extracted from the studies (with 95% inter-rater agreement) and effect sizes were calculated. Moderating effects of variables such as participant characteristics and intervention components will be presented and discussed.

 
 
 
Poster Session #289
AUT Sunday Poster Session
Sunday, May 26, 2019
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
Chair: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
148. Increasing Food Tolerance in an Adolescent With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SERRA R. LANGONE (May Center), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute), Cara L. Phillips (May Center)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Interobserver agreement (IOA) was collected on 19% of sessions and IOA was calculated at 93.87%. Results indicate that, upon implementation of the shaping procedure, the student's rates of challenging behavior decreased to near zero rates and tolerance of food increased surpassing the designed phases to include consumption of food. After phase five (5) of the eight (8) phase protocol the student began to consume food independently not requiring the implementation of the last 3 phases. The student transitioned to a new classroom (reported trigger for food refusal in the past) and the protocol was again implemented starting at phase three (3). Within three (3) sessions, the student was again consuming food during lunch periods.

 
149. Evaluating a Brief Graduated Exposure Protocol to Treat Disruptive Behavior in the Dental Context
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY MOORE (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract: Children with autism may engage in problem behavior during dental exams that precludes adequate dental care (Allen, Stark, Rigney, Nash, & Stokes, 1998). Research has indicated that graduated exposure can be an effective treatment in improving behavior during dental visits, however, access to a dental clinic or a mock dental room for therapy sessions might be limited (Luscre & Center, 1996, Conyers et al., 2004). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a brief graduated exposure procedure conducted in a child’s regular classroom environment for two children with autism. All treatment sessions were conducted in the participant’s typical classroom setting, and probe sessions were conducted in a mock dental room to test for generalization. Treatment consisted of graduated exposure and extinction for disruptive behavior during a sequence of 22 dental demands. Compliance and disruptive behavior were measured. A multiple baseline across subjects was used to demonstrate experimental control. Results suggested that brief graduated exposure sessions conducted in a typical classroom environment were effective in decreasing disruptive behavior during dental demands and increasing compliance, and that treatment effects generalized to a dental setting. Interobserver agreement was conducted for 29% of sessions with 96.5% agreement.
 
150. Decreasing Stereotypy in Children With Autism: A Systematic Review
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA AKERS (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Stereotypic behaviors are repetitive, coordinated, seemingly purposeless, rhythmic behaviors that are most often maintained by automatic reinforcement. Stereotypy can range from mild to severe depending on the topography, frequency, response to interruption, and extent to which they interfere with ongoing activities. Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities are at an increased risk of exhibiting complex stereotypies. Due to the potential negative outcomes associated with stereotypy, it is critical to identify scientifically validated interventions to reduce stereotypy. The purpose of this literature review was to identify and summarize the literature on interventions to reduce stereotypy among individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Additionally, the included studies were evaluated against What Works Clearinghouse (WWC; 2017) Single Case Research Design Standards. A total of 106 experiments met inclusion criteria. Among those, 63 met WWC standards with and without reservations. Interventions fell into three categories. Antecedent manipulations include establishing stimulus control, environmental enrichment, and manipulating motivating operations. Reinforcement-based interventions include differential reinforce of alternative behavior (DRA), differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior (DRI), and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO). Punishment-based interventions include response interruption and redirection, response blocking, verbal interruption and reprimand, and response cost. Implications for research and practice will be discussed.

 
151. Parent-Mediated Targeted Intervention for Infants At-Risk for Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALICIA AZZANO (Dept. of Applied Disability Studies, Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Dept. of Applied Disability Studies, Brock University), Rebecca A. Ward (Phoenix Centre for Learning), Tricia Corinne Vause (Dept. of Child and Youth Studies, Brock University)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract: There is little research on ameliorating early signs of Autism Spectrum Disorder in children at known biological risk. The purpose of this study was to evaluate parent-administered applied behavior analytic interventions to improve targeted infant behaviors associated with incipient Autism. This study employs a within-subject multiple baseline design across behaviors for three participants who were between 6 and 26 months of age at the start of the study. Parents completed the validated 61-item Parent Observation Checklist to help identify potential target behaviors that are characteristic of Autism. Using Behavioural Skills Training and Natural Environment Teaching, we trained parents to teach the target skills identified as concerning for each infant. Overall, parent teaching fidelity demonstrated a relationship with infant skill performance, suggesting that parent effective teaching using behavior analytic strategies is necessary for improvements in infant skill acquisition. Further, improvements in both parent teaching skills and child skill acquisition were demonstrated. The study is currently still in progress. Early intervention for infants at-risk for Autism is important for improving developmental trajectories. The long-term goal is to determine whether pre-diagnostic early intervention can prevent or reduce Autism severity.
 
152. Establishment of Exclusion Responding in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAITHRI SIVARAMAN (Tendrils Centre for Autism), Priyanka Bhabu (Centre for Research and Intervention with ABA (CRIA))
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract:

This study aimed to teach auditory-visual relations using exclusion training and test the emergence of exclusion responding in novel relations and naming by exclusion in four participants diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The treatment package consisted of multiple exposures to exclusion trials, prompting and reinforcement. Four types of matching-to-sample trials (baseline, control, exclusion and probe trials) and naming trials were used during the study. The auditory-visual matching to sample responses, and naming responses of the new stimuli were tested. Three out of four participants demonstrated positive learning outcomes with the auditory-visual relations that were taught. One out of four participants demonstrated naming by exclusion. Post-test results show that exclusion responses generalized to stimuli used beyond training for the three successful participants. The results indicate that the treatment package can likely be an important teaching technology to establish exclusion responding.

 
153. Evaluating the Good Behavior Game in Autism-Only Social Skills Groups
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SAVANNAH TATE (University of Missouri Thompson Center for Autism & Neurodevelopmental Disorders), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract: The good behavior game (GBG) is an interdependent group contingency used to decrease target behaviors across a group of participants (Barrish, Saunders, & Wolf, 1969). We evaluated the GBG in a non-concurrent multiple baseline design. Participants included two groups of children with autism diagnoses. The first group included five children ranging in age from 5-6 years old. The second group included four children ranging in age from 9-10 years old. Target behaviors included disruptive behavior, inappropriate attention, and refusal to follow instructions. The groups participated in the game across three activities. The groups were divided into two teams. At the beginning of the session, the teams picked their “team name” and their earned activity. If a child engaged in a target behavior, his or her team received a “strike” on a visual board. If the team ended the day with fewer than 10 strikes, they received access to a pre-determined activity (e.g., iPad, dance party). For both groups, implementation of the GBG resulted in decreases in problem behavior.
 
154. An Evaluation of Contingent Gum Chewing on Rumination Exhibited by an Adolescent With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALISON JO COOPER (University of Missouri), Ryan Claypool (University of Missouri-Columbia), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Rumination is defined by repeated regurgitation of food, which may be re-chewed, re-swallowed or spit out, not attributed to other medical conditions. Some individuals with autism or other development disabilities engage in rumination, and it can lead to multiple health issues. Previous research demonstrated that non-contingent presentation of chewing gum could be an effective treatment for reducing ruminations (Rhine & Tarbox, 2009). The current study compared the effects of non-contingent presentation of chewing gum to a novel contingent gum procedure on rumination of an adolescent boy with autism. We measured the rate of rumination across two treatment phases. In the first treatment phase, we compared the rate of rumination in sessions with gum and sessions without gum. In the second treatment phase, we evaluated the effect of presenting chewing gum contingent on ruminations. In phase one, the participant engaged in fewer ruminations when gum was presented. In treatment phase two, ruminations reduced to zero levels across sessions and remained at zero during maintenance and generalization sessions. Results suggest that presenting gum contingent on rumination may reduce engagement in the behavior.

 
155. Acquisition and Maintenance of Self-Feeding Skills Using Prompt Fading and Errorless Learning
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAVYA KANDARPA (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia), Meara X. H. McMahon (University of Georgia)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are more likely than typically-developing children to engage in food refusal and may require individualized interventions to learn age-appropriate self-feeding skills. Although treatment for food refusal may result in acceptance of a variety of liquids and solids, additional treatment for self-feeding may be warranted. Reducing the number of errors during skill acquisition can enhance performance post-teaching, but no published studies have evaluated error correction procedures with self-feeding. This study focused on the implementation of errorless learning and prompt fading to teach self-feeding to a 3-year-old male with ASD, who previously engaged in severe food refusal; a multiple baseline design was conducted across solids and liquids. Results showed that the participant learned how to independently feed himself solids and liquids with few to no errors. Experimenters collected maintenance data following completion of the study and continued to observe high levels of self-feeding. These results suggest that prompt fading and errorless learning procedures can be used to teach self-feeding skills that maintain over time.
 
156. Joke Telling and Humor Comprehension in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MIRANDA MARIE DRAKE (Therapeutic Pathways; Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract:

The Behavior Analytic literature provides a theoretical account of verbal behavior outside of the elementary verbal operants. This includes language that is described as sarcasm, deception, metaphors, and humor. By considering the theoretical underpinnings of humor based verbal behavior and utilizing empirically validated instruction methods like Behavioral Skills Training (BST), Multiple Exemplar Training (MET) and Systematic Error Correction (SEC) individuals with language deficits, like those with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) may acquire these advanced verbal skills. Subsequently, these individuals are given access to a richer, verbal community. Results of this project indicated that BST increased joke-telling skills across all participants while two of three participants increased their humor comprehension responses through the application of MET and SEC.

 
157. Delivering Pivotal Response Treatment via Telehealth to Target Functional Language Skills in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMBREEN SHAHABUDDIN (Stanford Children's Health)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract:

With rates of autism diagnosis continuing to rise, there is an urgent need for dissemination of evidence-based practices to large numbers of families. Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) is considered an established treatment for autism spectrum disorder (ASD); however, a telehealth PRT delivery model has not yet been evaluated. The current study evaluated PRT parent training provided remotely via video conferencing software. Eight children with ASD between 2 and 5 years (M = 3.83; SD = 13.21) and caregivers participated in 12 weekly online sessions. Analysis of home video observations indicated significant change in frequency of child utterances from baseline to week 12 (Z = -2.51, p = .012). Significant improvement was also observed on the MacArthur-Bates Communicative Development Inventories for receptive (Z = -2.37, p = .018) and expressive language (Z = -2.52, p = .012), and on the Vineland-II Receptive (Z = -2.39, p = .017), Expressive (Z = -2.41, p = .016), and overall Communication subscales (Z = -2.52, p = .012). Core ASD symptoms on the Social Responsiveness Scale (SRS) also improved (Z = -2.38, p = .017). Findings suggest promise for PRT parent training using telehealth and confirm the need for future controlled trials with larger samples.

 
158. Evaluating Trial Based Functional Analysis in Home Based Settings
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
JACOB PAPAZIAN (Centria Autism Services), Wendy King (Centria Healthcare), Yvonne Pallone (Centria Healthcare), Jamie Robinson (Centria Healthcare)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to test environmental variables that influence disruptive behaviors and to determine the maintaining function of those behaviors. The Trial Based Functional Analysis (TBFA) has been used extensively in school-based programming but has limited research in home-based care. It is possible that further refinements to the procedure may be necessary to adapt the TBFA to home-based settings. This study was designed to expand the TBFA literature by implementing the procedure in home settings and validating the analysis via a reduction in target problem behavior. All participants in the study were diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder and engaged in home-based care. For all participants, functional analysis results were interpretable and were used to create interventions to replace problem behavior. Furthermore, relative effects among treatments were accurately predicted by the functional analysis outcomes. Findings indicate that the TBFA procedure can result in differentiated responding outside of experimental settings and subsequent reduction in problem behavior.

 
159. Enablers of Behavioral Parent Training for Families of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Tracy Jane Raulston (The Pennsylvania State University), Meme Hieneman (Positive Behavior Support Applications), Nell Caraway (IRIS Educational Media), Jordan Pennefather (Trifoia), NAIMA BHANA (The Pennsylvania State University)
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are at an increased risk to develop problem behavior, which can have deleterious effects on child and parental well-being. Because of this, parents are often provided with Behavioral Parent Training (BPT). However, attrition rates in behavioral parent training are high, and there is a relative dearth of research investigating factors that influence parental engagement in BPT. Methods We ran seven semi-structured online focus groups with a total of 30 parents of children with autism spectrum disorders and related disabilities. Parents were interviewed in order to gain a greater understanding of variables that enable or pose barriers to parental engagement in behavioral parent training. An inductive qualitative analysis was conducted by two independent authors. Results Our analyses revealed three themes indicating the need for (a) supportive, professional feedback; (b) accessible, flexible, and affordable training; and (c) social-emotional support and community connection in behavioral parent training for parents of children with autism spectrum disorder. Conclusions Results from this study suggest that parental engagement in behavioral parent training for children with autism spectrum disorder may be enhanced if it is relevant to the needs of families, facilitated by responsive professionals, flexible, and readily accessible. Additionally, parents may benefit from behavioral parent training that includes social and emotional support, such as assistance connecting with other families and evidence-based strategies to manage the stress associated with parenting a child with autism spectrum disorder and challenging behavior.

 
161. Providing Alternative Reinforcers During Delays to Facilitate Delay Tolerance
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTY NOELLE JAHNS (Marquette University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Marquette University), Margaret Rachel Gifford (Marquette University), Carissa Basile (Marquette University)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) involves (a) withholding reinforcement for problem behavior and (b) delivering reinforcement for a more desirable communicative response; the efficacy of this treatment approach is well documented when implemented by trained clinicians under near-ideal conditions. However, introducing delays following the functional communication response (FCR) can result in increased problem behavior (Hagopian, Contrucci Kuhn, Long, & Rush, 2005). Providing alternative reinforcers during delays may facilitate delay tolerance (Austin & Tiger, 2015). In the current case study, we completed a functional analysis to identify the source of problem behavior for an 11-year-old girl with Autism Spectrum Disorder and then implemented both general and specific functional communication training. Following functional communication training, we introduced reinforcer delays without delay fading and compared sessions with and without alternative reinforcers available. Problem behavior was immediately reduced when alternative reinforcers were available. These results extend prior research on facilitating delay tolerance using alternative reinforcers.
 
162. Do Differentiated Learning Styles Among Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorders Impact Educational Outcomes?
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
LEROY MCDONALD WILLIAMS (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Sara Razia Jeglum (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Ari Rosenberg (University of Wisconsin-Madison), Brittany Travers (Waisman Center; University of Wisconsin-Madison)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

How an individual with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) learns likely impacts performance in daily life. The goal of this study was to determine whether adolescents with ASD who had distinct learning styles during a contextual cueing task differed in educational performance. Twenty adolescents with ASD completed 9 sessions (60 minutes each) of a contextual cueing learning paradigm, in which contextual cues statistically predicted a to-be-found target’s location. Twenty typically developing adolescents also completed the task. Within the ASD group, two non-overlapping subgroups emerged (ASD1 and ASD2). In ASD1 (n=13), participants learned the context similarly to typically developing peers but struggled to disengage from previously learned contexts; in ASD2 (n=7), atypical learning was found across the task. Due to small sample size, subgroup results were assessed with effect sizes. The two subgroups did not differ in overall school performance, reading, writing, or math (Cohen’s d’s<0.158). However, the ASD2 group showed more problematic participation in organized activities, Cohen’s d=0.426. These results suggest that how an adolescent with ASD learns a contextual cueing task may not strongly correspond to educational performance. However, participation in organized activities may be influenced by this learning style, a possibility to be tested in a larger dataset.

 
163. Assessment and Treatment of Public Disrobing: Analysis of Response-Class Hierarchies and Competing Stimuli
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN FALLIGANT (Auburn University/Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Ashley Nicole Carver (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (The May Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

For individuals with developmental delays, public disrobing is a highly conspicuous behavior that decreases opportunities for appropriate social interaction and community engagement, and may lead to placement in more restrictive settings or intensive behavior management procedures. Public disrobing may also occasion or co-occur with additional challenging problem behavior such as elopement, aggression, or tantrums. In the current project, we conducted a series of evaluations to decrease public disrobing in an adolescent male with autism. Due to the measurement parameters of disrobing (e.g., limited opportunities to perform the behavior), response latency to disrobing was used as the primary dependent variable across evaluations. First, we identified competing stimuli that effectively increased the latency to disrobing. Next, we assessed if disrobing was a member of the same response class as other topographies of problem behavior (i.e., inappropriate urination, aggression). Finally, we developed a comprehensive treatment using the competing stimuli that successfully increased the latency to disrobing and all problem behavior to clinically significant levels.

 
164. Perceptions of Causes of Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PAIGE BOYDSTON (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Erica Jowett Hirst (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Early behavioral intervention is effective for children with autism (e.g., Kuppens & Onghena, 2011; Lovaas, 1987; Rogers & Vismara, 2008) and parent involvement enhances treatment effectiveness (e.g., Drew et al., 2002; Rogers & Vismara, 2008; Valdez & Zanger, 2005). Parents hold wide and varying beliefs about what may have precipitated their child’s autism diagnosis (e.g., Al Anbar et al., 2010; Dardennes et al., 2011; Hebert & Koulouglioti, 2010). Parent beliefs regarding the etiology of their child’s autism may influence several areas of treatment, including treatment choice (Dardennes et al., 2011) and treatment adherence. Despite evaluation of parental beliefs, current literature lacks a measure to assess perceptions of causes of autism. The purpose of the current study was to obtain preliminary data related to a measure (The Autism Perception Evaluation) that was developed to assess parental beliefs for the causes of their child’s autism diagnosis.
 
165. Rapport Building and Instructional Fading: An Extension to Young Adult Students in the School Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MARGARET HOEY (May Institute), Melissa Drifke (May Institute), Melinda Galbato (The May Institute), Kristen Darling (May Institute)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Rapport building and instructional fading have been shown to be beneficial in reducing avoidant and escape-related behaviors in instructional settings, as well as increasing social approaches with instructors. The current study was an extension of the rapport building and instructional fading protocol developed by Shillingsburg, Hansen, and Wright (2018) for use with young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in a clinic setting. In the current study, the protocol, which consisted of pairing staff and instructional materials with reinforcement and gradually fading in demands, was used with an adult student with ASD in a school setting. We examined the effects of the 9-stage protocol with one classroom staff, then used a modified, shortened procedure with four additional classroom staff. The protocol resulted in generalization of high levels of compliance with demands, minimal problem behavior, and close proximity to therapist across all staff. The modified protocol was equally effective with additional staff and allowed the protocol to progress more rapidly, saving time and resources.
 
166. Teaching Life-Saving Swim Skills to Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH JANE SILVERS (Applied Behavior Center for Autism), Vincent LaMarca (Applied Behavior Center for Autism), Emily Hollinberger (Applied Behavior Center for Autism), Kari Sheward (Applied Behavior Center for Autism)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Drowning is the primary cause of accidental death for children with autism (Alaniz, Rosenberg, Beard, & Rosario, 2017). This research demonstrates the effectiveness of behavioral strategies to teach basic swim safety. A multiple baseline design across behaviors was used to demonstrate the acquisition of swim skills. Participants were all children who were diagnosed with autism, under the age of 10, who could not pass a basic safety swim skills pretest. All sessions were conducted with a certified swim instructor in the water. Treatment procedures included the use of desensitization procedures, flexible prompt fading, and reinforcement based on a preference assessment. Data currently show a positive correlation, but are in need of further support. The intervention was effective with the first child across four behaviors. Data will continue to be collected as new swim skills are introduced. Baseline data has been collected for three other children who are about to begin intervention. Demonstrating effective procedures to help children with autism learn to swim could help decrease the rate of accidental death. Future research should determine whether the procedures are simple enough so that they can be quickly taught and applied by other swim instructors unfamiliar with behavioral treatment.

 
167. Mitigating Relapse of Destructive Behavior in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
JAMIE KATHERINE JONES (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Madeleine Diane Keevy (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Alexandra Hardee (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kendra Smallwood (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Sarah Elizabeth Martinez Rowe (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kassondra Andereck (University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

This study assessed the differential effects of high- and low-preference stimuli as reinforcement during FCT on resurgence of destructive behavior when the therapist withdrew reinforcement (i.e., extinction). This translational study used a multielement design, with two separate components signaled by color-coordinated stimuli. First, in baseline (Phase 1), analog destructive responding, pressing a pad, resulted in reinforcement in both components. Next, in the treatment phase (Phase 2), the therapist discontinued reinforcement for the analog destructive response. The therapist delivered a high-preference reinforcer for a functional communication response (FCR) in the HIGH component and a low-preference reinforcer for the FCR in the LOW component. Finally, the therapist discontinued reinforcement for both the FCR and analog destructive response (Phase 3). Behavioral Momentum Theory (BMT) predicts that resurgence would be lower in the LOW component, but Resurgence as Choice (RaC) predicts that resurgence will be lower in the HIGH component. For the first two participants, no resurgence of the analog destructive response occurred in Phase 3, but a differential burst in FCRs was observed across components.

 
168. The Impact of Technology on the Efficacy of Self-Monitoring of Academic Behaviors in Students With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
MICHELE DAVIDSON (Penn State University)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Self-monitoring has been used effectively in behavioral programming to reduce challenging behaviors in students with Autism, with intellectual disabilities, and with emotional disturbance. Self-monitoring has also demonstrated positive effects in increasing on-task academic behaviors for student with and without disabilities. This article presents a systematic review of the literature regarding the effectiveness of self-monitoring to improve academic productivity in students with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). Procedures implemented included the use of technology to provide prompts for student responding, as well as technology to help students record their answers to response prompts. Data collected in the course of the study suggest self-monitoring is effective in increasing on-task behaviors, with Tau-U effect sizes ranging from 0.2712-1. The results also suggest that using auditory prompts with traditional recording methods yield the most significant improvements. However, given the small sample size of articles and the wide variation in experimental design, further research that standardizes self-monitoring procedures for students with ASD are recommended.

 
169. Using Physiological Sensors in the Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behaviors in Adolescents With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JOHANNA F LANTZ (The Center for Discovery), Tania Villavicencio (The Center for Discovery), Kalyn Bertholf (The Center for Discovery), Theresa Hamlin (The Center for Discovery)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Those with autism spectrum behavior can display challenging behaviors that interfere with skill development and negatively impact quality of life. Electrodermal activity (EDA) reflects activation of the sympathetic nervous system, commonly known as the “fight or flight” response. At the Center for Discovery, sensors that measure EDA are worn by adolescent students with autism spectrum disorder who also display maladaptive behaviors such as aggression and self-injury. The purpose of the sensors is to better understand physiological and behavioral responses to contextual variables in the classroom environment. Data gathered through this technology are used in conjunction with more traditional behavioral assessment procedures to develop and evaluate interventions. Because those in a heightened physiological state can be more likely to engage in maladaptive behaviors, including aggression, knowing antecedents to physiological responses and not just behaviors can be particularly helpful in treatment development. Furthermore, interventions that may alter behaviors may not change physiological status resulting in short interresponse times between challenging behaviors. It follows that developing interventions that result in both behavior reduction and decreases in physiological arousal would be most effective. This poster will highlight physiological and behavioral data findings from this innovative assessment process.

 
170. A Model for the Treatment of Food Selectivity
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANGIE VAN ARSDALE (Rollins College), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Research has shown antecedent interventions might be effective for treating food selectivity in the absence of consequent manipulations; however, escape extinction is the most commonly implemented intervention in feeding research. Escape extinction in the treatment of feeding disorders, or nonremoval of the spoon, is an intrusive procedure that might not always be considered socially valid or feasible. This study describes a methodology of evaluating antecedent and consequent interventions for subjects with food selectivity, progressing from least to most response effort and/or intrusiveness. For each subject, we will move through each intervention until acceptance increases to clinically significant levels. Subjects’ responsiveness to each intervention will likely be idiosyncratic, with different procedures being more effective for different individuals. We expect this advancement-based approach to provide a means of identifying the least-intrusive yet effective intervention for subjects with food selectivity.
 
171. Bye-Bye Bottles: Teaching Drinking from a Cup
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
MICHELLE MCCULLOCH (ONTABA), Tammy Frazer (ONTABA), Kelly Miller (ONTABA), Josie Spatafora (ONTABA), Meagan Campbell (ONTABA), Hanna Vance (ONTABA), Amanda Sim (ONTABA)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Stimulus fading, differential reinforcement and escape extinction have been used to treat feeding issues in individuals with and without autism spectrum disorder. These strategies have been used to increase food and fluid acceptance by gradually introducing the stimulus (food/fluid amount and presentation), providing reinforcement for acceptance of the stimulus, and non-removal of the stimulus contingent on problem behaviour. Additionally, stimulus fading, and differential reinforcement have been used to treat phobias in individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Stimulus fading, differential reinforcement and escape extinction were used to increase drinking milk from a cup in an 8-year-old boy with autism. Prior to beginning treatment, the participant would only accept and consume milk when presented in a baby bottle. If milk were presented in any other way, the participant would engage in disruptive behaviours such as screaming, crying, bolting, flopping, gagging and vomiting. In addition, the participant would engage in self-injurious behaviours including, head hitting, if the cup and/or milk was not removed. Upon beginning treatment, these behaviours were observed to occur upon the presentation of an empty cup. Following the participant receiving the treatment package, the participant tolerated the presentation of the cup with milk and would independently drink the milk from the cup. This responding was generalized by having him accept and drink milk and water from the cup when presented by parents during mealtimes. Additionally, this response has been maintained and the participant continues to accept and drink any liquid from the cup.

 
172. Training Caregivers to Implement the Structured Meal Protocol to Decrease Food Selectivity Among Young Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RONALD JOSEPH CLARK (Florida Institute of Technology), Victoria Ryan (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

This study evaluated a method for training caregivers to implement the Structured Meal protocol designed to treat food selectivity in children diagnosed with autism. A treatment package consisting of resource-light materials including written instructions and video modeling as well as in-vivo prompting and feedback (if necessary) were used to teach participants to conduct the protocol. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the effects of training. In addition to the primary dependent variable (i.e., correct caregiver implementation of the Structured Meal protocol), data on three secondary dependent variables (i.e., child bite acceptance, mouth cleans, and inappropriate mealtime behavior) were collected. Results showed that training of the Structured Meals protocol using the resource-light materials only, increased participant implementation of correct steps from baseline, but all participants required in-vivo training and feedback to reach mastery criteria. Thus far, 1 out of 2 children who have completed the study saw an increase in quick acceptance (i.e., bites accepted within 8 seconds of bite presentation) to clinically significant levels using the Structured Meal protocol. Results warrant further investigation of differing training methods to train caregivers using resource-light materials. Furthermore, results suggest the importance of distinguishing between mild and severe food selectivity as interventions used to target either should vary based on the severity of the child's feeding disorder.

 
173. Mitigating Renewal of Pediatric Feeding Problems
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RONALD JOSEPH CLARK (Florida Institute of Technology), Ryan Joseph Walz (Florida Institute of Technology), Marissa E. Kamlowsky (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: Feeding problems are common in children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Although behavioral treatments are effective at reducing feeding problem behaviors in the clinic, they can return when caregivers implement treatment at home. This study evaluated multiple techniques for mitigating the renewal of feeding problem behavior, namely multiple-context training and treatment cues. A functional analysis was conducted to determine the variable maintaining food-refusal behaviors – in all cases, behavior was maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape. During the first condition, caregivers fed their child in the clinic (Context A). Next, a therapist provided treatment of the feeding problem behavior to increase quick acceptances and decrease inappropriate mealtime behavior (Context B). Once mastery criteria were met, trained caregivers implemented the intervention in Context A. This will be followed by multiple-context training to mitigate renewal of problem behavior, and then a return to context A. For both participants there was an increase in quick acceptance and a decrease in inappropriate mealtime behavior to clinically significant levels during treatment in Context B. Thus far, return to Context A shows an increase in inappropriate mealtime behaviors and a brief decrease in quick acceptances across sessions with and without the treatment cue.
 
174. Evaluating the Degree to Which Social Interactions are Reinforcing or Aversive
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), MADISON MOLVE (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Call, Shillingsburg, Bowen, Reavis, and Findley (2013) described a method of assessing the extent to which social interactions were reinforcing or aversive which used time allocation as a dependent measure. We replicated the method described by Call et al. and evaluated several extensions aimed at increasing the feasibility, efficiency, and utility of the assessment results. Seven children diagnosed with ASD participated. Social interaction was concluded to be reinforcing for five subjects and aversive for two subjects. The data for two representative subjects from each of these groups is presented and discussed in detail. Limitations and implication of this study as well as future directions in this line of research will also be discussed.

 
175. Comparing GIF and Picture-Based Preference Assessments for Social Interaction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), BRANDON COLVIN (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Researchers have recently begun to evaluate video-based preference assessments; however, only two studies have evaluated the efficacy of this preference assessment modality in assessing preference for social interactions. Four individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who could not match or identify social interactions participated. We compared picture and GIF-based paired-stimulus preference assessments for social interaction and evaluated the preference assessment hierarchies by conducting a concurrent operant reinforcer assessment including all social interactions. The GIF-based preference assessment produced similar hierarchies to the reinforcer assessment for all subjects, whereas the picture-based preference assessments produced similar hierarchies to the reinforcer assessment for two of four subjects.

 
176. Autism Symptom Onset for an Infant Sibling in the First Year of Life: A Case Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
REBECCA P. F. MACDONALD (New England Center for Children), Alison MacDonald (The New England Center for Children), Kathryn Couger (NECC), Hannah Marie Krueger (The New England Center for Children), Anna Kathryn McFadden (The New England Center for Children), Pamela Nichole Peterson (New England Center for Children), Samantha A Stevenson (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: Infant siblings of children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) have a 18% recurrence risk at 3 years old (Osnoff et al., 2011). Graupner and Sallows (2017) reported symptoms in children under 3 months of age. The purpose of the current investigation was to document the early emergence of symptomatology and to replicate the findings of Graupner and Sallows (2017). The participant in the study was a sibling who had two older brothers with an ASD diagnosis. Using weekly developmental assessments, early markers were first noted at 8 weeks of age and included: flat affect, no response to sound out of sight, no response to name/voice, eye contact avoidance, and inconsistent tracking of visual stimuli. The attached table shows the skill deficits identified during the first year of his life and the age at which typical children acquire each skill. Interobserver agreement was assessed with an average of 95% across sessions. The participant was three to five months delayed across domains, with the largest delays being in the social and communication areas. Results are discussed as they relate to early markers for ASD and the importance of early intervention.
 
177. An Evaluation of Social Situations on Vocal Communication Exhibited by a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Ivey Tenny (University of Georgia), Sarah Jacqueline Frantz (University of Georgia; University of Iowa), ANDREA ZAWOYSKI (University of Georgia), Megan Lee (University of Georgia), Janeigh Castillo-Barraza (University of Georgia), Ketura Graham (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often experience communication challenges. Typically, the presence of ASD rules out selective mutism as a diagnosis. Regardless, children with ASD may present with communication challenges that appear similar to selective mutism. In the current investigation, we conducted a behavioral assessment to identify (a) differential responding as a function of adults present (parent or therapist), and (b) the impact of environmental variables (e.g., tasks, free play) on vocal communication exhibited by a five-year-old male with ASD. Results of the evaluation indicated that vocal communication occurred solely in the presence of the child’s mother. When clinic staff were present, the child did not exhibit vocal communication. As well, the other environmental conditions arranged during the assessment did not affect the likelihood of communication. These results are discussed with respect to their similarities with verbal behavior exhibited by individuals diagnosed with selective mutism, as well as strategies for assessment of these conditions, implications for diagnosis, and relevance to treatment.

 
178. Autism Symptom Onset and Treatment for an Infant Sibling in the First Year of Life
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHRYN COUGER (NECC), Victoria Weisser (New England Center for Children), Anna Kathryn McFadden (The New England Center for Children), Alison MacDonald (New England Center for Children), Hannah Marie Krueger (The New England Center for Children), Samantha A Stevenson (New England Center for Children), Pamela Nichole Peterson (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: Although the preponderance of evidence suggests autism symptomatology emerges during the first year of life, more recent data from the Wisconsin Early Autism Program (Graupner & Sallows, 2017) suggest that symptoms of autism can emerge as early as the first two months of life. The purpose of the current investigation was to document early emergence of symptomatology in a sibling. Early markers were first noted at eight weeks and included: flat affect, no response to sound out of sight, no response to name/voice, eye contact avoidance, and inconsistent tracking of visual stimuli. At three months, parent-implemented treatment was initiated with little change in symptoms. At six months, 15 hours of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) began with greater gains in skills. The attached table indicates the progress made on each skill before 12 months of age. Interobserver agreement was assessed with an average of 82.9% across sessions. Therapist-implemented treatment was more effective than parent alone and that progress was seen across domains. However, the participant continued to perform below age level by 12 months of age. These findings will be discussed as they relate to the findings of Graupner and Sallows (2017).
 
179. Assessing Vocalizations Across the Picture Exchange Communication System and the Addition of a Vocal Model
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY WHITE (The University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia), Rachel Cagliani (University of Georgia), Kelsie Marie Tyson (The University of Georgia)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

The current study examined vocalizations that occurred during training of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) for three preschool aged participants with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Participants received services in an applied behavior analysis intensive preschool located in a public school. Prior to PECS training, all participants engaged in low levels of functional communication and had limited vocalizations. During training of PECS Phases I-III, no participants vocalized during exchanges. In Phase IV, the protocol incorporates a time delay (a brief pause to reinforcement) in an effort to encourage vocalizations (Frost & Bondy, 2002). When the time delay alone failed to increase vocalizations for these participants, researchers implemented a vocal model after the time delay and continued to measure vocalizations, similar to procedures found in Gevarter et al. (2016). Two of the three participants showed an increase in independent vocalizations after the addition of the vocal model and these vocalizations maintained over time.

 
180. Food Selectivity and Chewing Behaviour: Sensory Issue or Skill Deficit?
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
TAMMY FRAZER (On Solid Ground Inc), Michelle McCulloch (On Solid Ground Inc), Amanda J Sim (On Solid Ground Inc), Hanna Vance (On Solid Ground Inc)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: Food selectivity or 'picky eating’ is a common issue for children with autism. The absence of the oral motor movement/behaviours that are required for chewing, can be a factor that impacts a child’s willingness and ability to accept novel food presentations and textures. Attempts to swallow food before masticating can lead to gagging and vomiting that may be interpreted as a ‘sensory processing’ or texture issue. Limited research exists on how to teach children with autism the micro behaviours that, when combined, produce effective chewing and swallowing outcomes. The participant was an 8.5-year-old boy with autism whose diet consisted exclusively of pureed foods that he would ‘gulp’ and swallow without chewing or moving the food around in his mouth. The current study demonstrated the effectiveness of pinpointing and teaching target oral behaviours necessary for chewing to systematically teach an 8.5-year-old boy with autism to masticate food and subsequently accept food texture changes.
 
181. A Behavioral Account of Confidence: Using Precision Teaching to Increase Social Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GILLIENNE M NADEAU (ABC Group Hawaii), Kelly Deacon (ABC Group Hawaii)
Discussant: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract: Children who have social skills deficits are often perceived as “lacking confidence” or being “shy.” However, those evaluative labels don’t precisely indicate behaviors that can be assessed, leading to potentially unclear definitions and treatment objectives. A behavioral account of confidence points to the frequency in which a child makes clear and direct requests, initiates social interactions, responds to social questions, and makes positive statements, especially in novel or untaught situations. Traditionally, social skills training can be imprecisely defined, and occurs incidentally in the natural environment, often with not enough frequency, and with unclear generalization and maintenance criteria. This may be due to a lack of consistently available resources, such as peers and social environments in which to directly teach these skills. This poster will illustrate how precision teaching can be utilized as a tool to not only teach the component skills of academics but also the components of effective social skills. We attempt to break down those behaviors that make up “confidence” into pinpointed skills which can be directly taught to fluency, and then measure the effects these teaching procedures have on social behavior in the natural environment, particularly in novel and untaught situations.
 
182. Teaching Piano Skills to Children With Autism With Equivalence-Based Instruction in a Direct Instruction Curriculum
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
STEPHANIE CHAN (PlaySmart Child Development Society; Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yuna Lee (PlaySmart Child Development Society)
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Some characteristics of children with autism have significantly hindered them from accessing to regular music education, therefore, the purpose of the current study is to evaluate the effects of equivalence-based instruction (EBI) in teaching piano skills among children with autism, and thus provide guidance to future music curriculum development for this population. Six children with autism have been learning to play corresponding keys on keyboard by reading textual symbols (C, D, E, F, G, A, B) and musical notes, without direct teaching. Then, participants are asked to play a novel song on keyboard by reading combined musical notes. Without direct teaching, participants also have been learning to identify corresponding sounds, textual symbols and musical notes by listening to a key played on keyboard. Current results have shown that stimuli became substitutable for each other and acquired a common behavioral function. Data suggest that EBI is an effective and efficient procedure to teach piano skills to children with autism.

 
183. Learning to Play Nicely in the Sandbox: Review and Discussion of Research on Speech and ABA Collaboration in Autism Treatment
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory
NAIRA KIRAKOSYAN (University of Southern California; Learning and Behavioral Center), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) are very commonly treated by behavior analysts and speech pathologists at the same time and interdisciplinary collaboration between the two professions would therefore seem to be called for. However, barriers to collaboration may exist, including assumptions and stereotypes about the other discipline. It seems clear that clients with autism would benefit most from productive collaboration between the two disciplines, rather than competition or isolation, and yet relatively little research has evaluated this possibility. This poster reviews research within the combined fields of speech pathology and applied behavior analysis, in particular, the collaborated use of speech therapy techniques as well as behavioral approaches to teaching communication skills. A variety of collaborative studies have been published, particularly focusing on establishing mands, as well as other verbal operants, as well as addressing a variety of conditions, including selective mutism and aphasia. Directions for future research will be discussed, as well as preliminary practice guidelines.
 
184. Development and Validity Study of the Yonsei Cambridge Mindreading Face Battery for Children
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HEE WON KIM (Yonsei University), Eun Sun Chung (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Having difficulties in recognizing complex emotions is one of the central characteristics of ASD. However, objective tools for complex emotion are limited. The purpose of this study is to develop and validate the Yonsei Cambridge Mindreading Face Battery for Children (YCAM-C) by selecting pre-items used in the development of YCAM, a computerized task with 48 video clips measuring complex emotions. The pre-items of YCAM which consist of 113 video clips with 18 commonly used emotional expressions in Korea were evaluated in terms of item discrimination on 438 Asian children aged 8 to 11. As a result, 18 emotions and a total of 54 items (3 items each for an emotion) were included with each item consists of 4 point likert scales. YCAM-C showed a moderate level of internal consistency and item-total correlation coefficients fall within acceptable range. The result showed that YCAM-C had a positive correlation with social interaction ability measured by MESSY and SSIS, but there was no significant correlation with the executive functioning. YCAM-C can be a useful tool to monitor improvements in emotion recognition of ASD children and to promote diagnostic assessment for ASD.

 
185. Development and Validity Study of The Yonsei-Cambridge Mindreading Face Battery for Adolescents
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
SUNGHYUN CHO (Yonsei University), Eun Sun Chung (Yonsei University), Hee Won Kim (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Significant portion of adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) show difficulties in recognizing facial expressions. However, objective instruments measuring emotional recognition ability are hard to find for this population. The purpose of this study is to develop and validate a scale for measuring emotional recognition ability for adolescents, YCAM-A. Comprising 18 widely used complex emotions, 5 seconds-long video clips of emotional expressions were recorded with 56 actors whose age ranged from 20 to 40. A total of 309 middle and high school students completed the first version of YCAM-A. Next, three video-clips of each emotion were selected upon the item discrimination. The YCAM-A was finalized with 51 items of 17 emotions in 7 point Likert scale. Cronbach's alpha for the YCAM-A was .78, indicating adequate internal consistency. Test-retest reliability was also assessed on 20% of participants (n = 61) approximately 2-3 weeks after initial assessment, showing adequate reliability (r = .64). Finally, validity of YCAM-A with 4 other scales showed YCAM-A is a fine-assessment tool for emotional recognition ability for adolescents. Further implications and limitations of this study were discussed.

 
186. Test of Usability on App-Based CBT Program on Anxiety and Anger for Individuals With High Functioning Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AARON SU (Yonsei University), YoonJung Yang (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Individuals with High Functioning Autism (HFA) have impairments in communication, emotion regulation, and social interaction. These difficulties frequently lead to anger outburst and anxiety attack, resulting in injuries and serious adjustment issues. The purpose of this study is to assess usability of two newly developed application-based Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) programs for persons with HFA: HARU-ASD Anxiety and HARU-ASD Anger. Each program consists of 48 sessions which were divided into five zones (psycho-education, relaxation training, behavioral activation, cognitive restructuring, and problem solving) and required a daily commitment of 10 to 15 minutes. Participants were 13 typically developing adults and were asked to fill out the System Usability Scale (SUS) with 10 items using the 1-5 Likert scale. The average score for the population was 74 out of 100 and ranged from 47.5 to 90.5, suggesting app being profitable and user-friendly to deal with anger and anxiety in ASD population. Also, needs for modification are indicated in terms of integrity and organization of functions and reward system. Continuous efforts should be made to improve both contents as well as UX/UI design parts to develop more effective mobile applications.

 
187. A Preliminary Study of Culturally Adapted Social Communication Training on Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
YINI LIAO (Sun Yat-sen University)
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Teaching social communication is important for children with ASD because children needs to learn to work in groups, build social relationship and communicate with peers. Social communication in eastern culture, like China may be different from the west. The purpose of this study is: (1) To examine the efficacy of using peer modelling and token economy strategies on behavior changes for a group of children with ASD (2) To explore whether parents can implement strategies on their children after the Behavior Skills Training (BST). Multiple baseline design, with cultural adapted teaching procedure, was utilized on 5 children and 5 parents at an outpatient setting. Considering the cultural differences, the operation definition of the selected target social behaviors were discussed with parents and therapists. Parents’ behavior changes were measured by the percentage of BST steps completed. Children showed improvements in four target behaviors. Parents’ skills of teaching their children also improved after the BST training. However, parents reported the difficulty of dealing with children’s behavior, such as emotional problem and challenging behaviors at home or other community settings.

 
188. Comparing the Effectiveness of Response Interruption and Redirectionand Differential Reinforcement of Other Behaviors on the Reduction of Vocal Stereotypy: A Case Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ALEXANDER VIGOUREUX (University of South Florida), Viviana Gonzalez (Engage Behavioral Health), Rachel Scalzo (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Vocal stereotypy, a behavior common in individuals with autism, is pervasive as it impedes social and academic learning. The purpose of this case study was to compare the effectiveness of response interruption and redirection (RIRD) to differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) as interventions to reduce vocal stereotypy. The participant was a 13-year-old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who engaged in frequent vocal stereotypy that interfered with typical daily functioning. This study was conducted in a classroom setting at a private school for children with special needs. It was found that DRO was more effective than RIRD at reducing vocal stereotypy. Frequency of vocal stereotypy remained stable in the RIRD condition, even showing a slight upward trend. It is suspected this may have occurred as a result of the increased demands. Vocal stereotypy was lowest, near zero levels, in the DRO condition with the red card present. Likely the visual stimuli aided in discriminating when reinforcement was available in the absence of vocal stereotypy.

 
189. Effects of an Early Start Denver Model-Based Training Program for Parents of Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SEUNGMIN JUNG (Yonsei University), Hoomyung Lee (Yonsei University), Hyeonsuk Jang (Korea ABA), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University)
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Early Start Denver Model (ESDM) has been established as an evidence-based treatment for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of ESDM group training for parents of children with ASD. 18 parents of children with ASD (aged 2-5) were recruited as a group of 3 to 5 people and attended two-hour session once a week for 12 weeks. They were trained for ESDM principles and techniques, and supervised for applying acquired skills to their own children at home. Effectiveness of the training on parent-child interaction was assessed by direct observation scale (PCI-D) as well as 4 questionnaires (BPI, CBCL, Vineland, SCQ). Collateral effects on parents were also evaluated via 3 self-report forms (PSI, MES and BDI). The results of direct observation showed significant increases in positive interaction between children and parents in play. Furthermore, parents reported significantly lower scores on Social Communication Questionnaire (SCQ) and higher scores on Maternal Efficacy Scale after the parent training program.

 
190. Increasing Vegetable Consumption Among Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder During School Lunch Using a Group-Oriented Intervention
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
FRED CARRILES (Pennsylvania State University, Harrisburg), Lauren Davison (Hogan Learning Academy), Brittney Miller (Hogan Learning Academy), Allison Normile (Hogan Learning Academy), Megan Gring (Hogan Learning Academy), Jonathan W. Ivy (The Pennsylvania State University - Harrisburg), Keith E. Williams (Penn State Hershey Medical Center), Kathryn Glodowski (Penn State - Harrisburg)
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The majority of children do not eat the recommended five servings of fruits and vegetables daily. Numerous studies have shown children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) have problems with food selectivity and are less likely than children without special needs to consume the recommended daily amounts of fruits and vegetables. This study evaluated an intervention for increasing vegetable consumption in children with ASD within a private school setting. Participants included 33 children with a diagnosis of ASD. Participants were randomly assigned to one of two groups: Group A or Group B. During baseline, the participants were given five bites of two different vegetables, along with their packed lunch. There were no programmed consequences for mealtime behavior. During intervention, the participants in Group A were given access to the vegetables prior to the start of lunch. As with baseline, there were no programmed consequences for mealtime behavior. A multiple-baseline across groups design was used to examine the effects of the intervention. Preliminary analysis of the results shows single-stimulus presentation produced higher participant consumption of food items than the control condition.

 
191. Stability of Socially Maintained Functions of Problem Behavior Over Time
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KELLER STREET (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine)
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: This study examined the stability of behavioral function over time, specifically focusing on socially maintained problem behavior. We analyzed functional analyses of clients readmitted to the Severe Behavior clinic at Marcus Autism Center. Results of initial and secondary assessments were compared to determine if the function of problem behavior changed over time. We will present data on 10-20 clients readmitted for treatment. These data will provide clinicians with information regarding the likelihood problem behavior will occur over time for the same reason.
 
192. Evaluation of Necessary Components of Chain Procedures for Clinical Replication
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ALLISON HAWKINS (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Catherine Kishel (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Shin Teh (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Behavior chains are a commonly used teaching strategy within applied behavior analysis, especially for teaching vocational and self-help skills to individuals with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities. However, little guidance is provided by the literature with regard to the conditions under which chaining procedures are effective and efficient (Donnelly & Karsten, 2017). Additionally, the components of chains procedures that are described in published literature vary widely (e.g., Carlile, Reeve, Reeve, & Debar, 2013; Gruber & Paulson, 2016), which may lead to difficulty in replicating research-based procedures in clinical practice. To increase the replicable precision of chains procedures in research and clinical practice, identifying the components that are essential to include in written chains procedures is necessary. To provide guidance, Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) were surveyed regarding their perceptions of the components of a chain that should be included in written methods to be able to replicate the procedure in clinical practice. Initial responses (n = 12) indicate agreement on core components of behavior chains with disagreement over components that may differ based on client preference or ability. The results will be discussed with regard to their impact on the research and clinical programs that include chain procedures.
 
193. An Individualized Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Social Avoidance
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY GOTTLIEB (Marcus Autism Center, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta, Emory University)
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Social avoidance is a specific type of escape maintained problem behavior where the individual engages in problem behavior in order to avoid social interaction (Harper, Iwata, & Camp, 2013). The purpose of this study was to present three case studies on individuals with a confirmed social avoidance function and how each was assessed and treated. Assessment involved close proximity to the participant or therapist delivery of attention. Contingent on problem behavior the therapist moved away or discontinued providing attention. For two participants, treatment incorporated a DRO interval that was increased following systematically decreasing proximity to the participant. For the remaining participant, treatment incorporated functional communication for being left alone. Implications for treatment will be presented. References Beavers, G. A., Iwata, B. A., & Lerman, D. C. (2013). Thirty Years Of Research On The Functional Analysis Of Problem Behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 46(1), 1-21. Harper, J. M., Iwata, B. A., & Camp, E. M. (2013). Assessment and Treatment Of Social Avoidance. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 46(1), 147-160.
 
194. Distance-Based Collaborations for Assessing and Treating Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RACHEL METRAS (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
Discussant: James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Santiago, Hanley, Moore, and Jin (2016) have shown that the interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; see Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) and resulting function-based treatments can result in socially valid outcomes for clients exhibiting problem behavior when they are implemented by ecologically relevant professionals (i.e., a teacher and a home based provider). However, many individuals who would benefit from receiving similar functional analytic services do not have access to professionals trained to implement an IISCA or function-based treatment. In similar situations, parents have been able to achieve differentiated functional analyses (Wacker, Lee, et al., 2013) and teach their children functional communication responses (Wacker, Lee, Dalmau, Kopelman, et al., 2013) with telehealth support from behavior analysts. We trained caregivers of children exhibiting severe problem behavior to implement the IISCA and skill-based treatment process through distance-based collaborative consulting without local professional support.
 
195. The Effects of Paternal Contingent Imitation on the Development of Vocal and Motor Skills of an Infant
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY HENKLE (University of Nevada, Reno), Maria T. Stevenson (NNCBS)
Discussant: James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Caregiver vocal imitation of infant’s vocalizations have been shown to impact the trajectory of language development. Likewise, contingent motor imitation has been associated with increases of motor imitation skills. The present study investigates the effects of parent contingent imitation across response classes on the development of vocal and motor imitation skills by a 12-month old girl with developmental delays. Parent contingent imitation is a procedure whereby the caregiver imitates the infant’s vocalizations and motor movements. After the implementation of parent contingent imitation, increases in vocalization rates and motor imitation were observed. Deficits in vocal and motor imitation may impede the acquisition of more complex skills, and thus underscore the importance of establishing imitative repertories in early development. While additional research is needed, caregiver vocal imitation may be an effective strategy for increasing imitation across response classes for infant’s with developmental delays.

 
196. Function Based Video-Self Modeling for Individuals With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATE SADLER (University of Virginia), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism), Lisa Gail Falke (Virginia Institute of Autism), William Therrien (University of Virginia)
Discussant: James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Reports suggests that 50% of individuals with autism engage in aggressive behaviors (Mazurek, Kanne, & Wodka, 2013). Video Self-Modeling (VSM) is an evidence-based intervention for individuals with ASD, often producing substantial changes in student behavior without the need for intensive services (Bellini & Akullian, 2007). Some research has suggested that VSM can decrease aggression without the need for intensive supports (Buggey, 2005; Cihak, et al., 2010; Cihak, et al., 2012; Sadler, 2019). This study contributes to the literature by evaluating a function-based VSM (FB-VSM). An FB-VSM uses a traditional VSM to depict a functionally equivalent replacement behavior. In the current study, the self-video model was created using the results from an Interview Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA). The FB-VSM offers an alternative to traditional procedures such as a functional communication training (FCT). The following research questions guided this study: (1) To what degree does a function-based VSM impact aggressive/disruptive behavior? (2) To what degree does a function-based VSM impact replacement/alternative behavior? Results for three male participants with autism (ages 8, 16, and 21) showed decrease in aggressive/disruptive behavior and increases in the replacement/alternative behavior. The preliminary results suggest that the IISCA-informed VSM intervention is a viable clinical approach.

 
197. Evaluating the Feasibility of the Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis at an Autism Service Agency
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATE SADLER (University of Virginia), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism), Lauren Haskins (Virginia Institute of Autism), William Therrien (University of Virginia)
Discussant: James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Recent surveys suggest that practitioners of applied behavior analysis are unlikely to conduct functional analyses (Oliver, Pratt, & Normand, 2015; Roscoe, Phillips, Kelly, Farber, & Dube, 2015). These results suggest that practitioners find traditional approaches to functional analysis to be time consuming and unsafe. The interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) was developed in response to these concerns (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014). The IISCA is a promising approach to functional analysis due to its efficiency and practicality. We aimed to evaluate the feasibility of conducting the IISCA in the context of ongoing educational and clinical services across three programs at the Virginia Institute of Autism (school, outpatient services, adult services) in collaboration with school/clinic staff (e.g., BCBAs). We also aimed to evaluate maintenance and generalization of treatment gains more thoroughly than in previous research. Finally, we aimed to evaluate the preference of behavioral service providers for the IISCA. Preliminary results with two adult participants with autism showed that the IISCA allowed for an efficient identification of a synthesized contingency maintaining severe problem behavior (self-injury and aggression). We are preparing to implement function-based treatment with these participants, as well as conducting the IISCA with additional participants.
 
198. A Multiple Schedule Arrangement for the Treatment of Social Avoidance in a School Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CARA L. PHILLIPS (May Institute), Serra R. Langone (May Center), Jenny McGee (May Center School, Wilmington)
Discussant: James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: In cases in which problem behavior is particularly severe, it may be difficult to conduct a standard functional analysis of problem behavior (FA) such as that described by Iwata,et al., (1994) due to the risk of injury to the client or therapist. A latency-based functional analysis provides an alternative format that may mitigate the risk of harm (e.g., Thomason‐Sassi, Iwata, Neidert& Roscoe, 2011). In the current evaluation, we conducted a latency-based functional analysis of severe aggressive and disruptive behavior of a 16 year old boy diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and cognitive difficulties. During the assessment, staff evaded and left the room contingent on aggression. Over the course of the FA, the participant became increasingly efficient across conditions, leading us to hypothesize that his aggressive behavior might function as social avoidance. We used Functional Communication Training (FCT) to establish a mand to be alone, then evaluated a multiple schedule arrangement to thin the availability of reinforcement for the response. The treatment was effective in reducing problem behavior as the delay to the availability of “alone” was systematically increased from an average 30s to the terminal delay (i.e. 5 min).
 
199. Effects of Noncontingent Reinforcement for Decreasing Repetitive Behaviors of a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GUL HAYAL KORKMAZ (Tohum Autism Foundation School), Nergiz Kocarslan (Tohum Autism Foundation School)
Discussant: James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) has two core characteristics: (a) difficulty in social interactions and communication and (b) repetitive behaviors, interests, and activities (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). The repetitive behaviors of them may prevent their participation into social life as well as to catch the learning opportunities. Utilizing reinforcement-based interventions to intervene the repetitive behaviors create a motivating learning environment. Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) is one of these interventions. During NCR, the interventionist presents reinforcement for the absence of behavior during specified time intervals. This study was planned to decrease the repetitive behaviors (inappropriate motor behaviors and verbal behaviors) of a school age child with ASD by using contingent fixed interval reinforcement schedule. AB model was used. Interval recording was used to collect data and graphical analysis was used for data analysis. The researchers collected baseline data in various settings and 1-minute interval was used during intervention for delivering reinforcement for the absence of inappropriate behaviors. Dependent variable reliability was collected once in two months. So far, the findings have shown that NCR seems to be an effective strategy to decrease repetitive behaviors. This is an ongoing study and the findings will be shared with the audience during the session.

 
200. Using Fading Along Multiple Dimensions to Increase Cooperation With Medical and Hygiene Procedures
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTIAN YENSEN (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Two young men with autism who were students a behaviorally based residential program were taught to cooperate with medical procedures (an ear exam with an otoscope or application of an anesthetic mask). Both individuals had a history of severe problem behavior in the context of medical procedures, which previously had required sedation or physical restraint. Attempting to implement escape extinction in this context would not be safe for the students or therapists. To teach cooperation we used stimulus fading without extinction and placed emphasis on errorless learning by fading gradually across multiple dimensions (duration and evocativeness). IOA was calculated for 33% of sessions with 97% agreement. Both students refused to cooperate or engaged in challenging behavior during baseline. The teaching procedure was efficient in terms of the number of sessions to mastery (42 and 48) and the total amount of time in training (21 and 39) min). Following completion of the teaching steps, both students cooperated with the targeted medical procedures with their teachers and with a less familiar medical professional.

 
201. Increasing Sitting Tolerance Without Forced Compliance: Using Concurrent Schedules of Reinforcement in an Early Intervention Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SADIQA REZA (Lindenwood University), Margaret Dannevik Pavone (Lindenwood University)
Discussant: James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

For very young learners, sitting is a socially significant behavior that is a prerequisite for the acquisition of other skills and inclusion in mainstream educational settings. When young learners can sit and attend to the instructor, they are then able to be exposed to additional opportunities for learning and reinforcement (Olley, 1999). Unfortunately, many sitting tolerance programs include an element of forced compliance or escape extinction (Phillips, Briggs, Fisher, & Greer, 2018). These strategies can result in the establishment of common instructional stimuli as CMO-Rs, increasing the probability of maladaptive behaviors that remove these aversive stimuli. Many studies have noted the emergence or exacerbation of problem behaviors when using EE (Lerman & Iwata, 1995). This study looked at the use of concurrent schedules of reinforcement in the absence of escape extinction as a way to increase sitting duration in a 2-year old child with ASD and developmental delays. Using a changing criterion design over 20 sessions, the student increased sitting duration, decreased inter-session variability, and also demonstrated generalization. Results suggest the use of concurrent schedules of reinforcement in EI settings may be a non-coercive method of improving early learners’ ability to sit and attend to instructional stimuli. Lerman, D. C., & Iwata, B. A. (1995). Prevalence of the extinction burst and its attenuation during treatment. Journal of applied behavior analysis, 28(1), 93-94. Olley, J. G. (1999). Curriculum for Students with Autism. School Psychology Review, 28(4), 595. Retrieved from http://ezproxy.lindenwood.edu:2048/login?url=https://search.ebscohost.com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=a9h&AN=2676682&site=eds-live&scope=site Phillips, L. A., Briggs, A. M., Fisher, W. W., & Greer, B. D. (2018). Assessing and Treating Elopement in a School Setting. Teaching Exceptional Children, 0040059918770663.

 
202. Increasing Compliance for Relinquishing a High Preference Item Through Training With a Low Preference Item
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GEORGE MILLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John M. Huete (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Behavioral momentum theory (BMT) has been applied to increase compliance with low-probability (low-p) instructions by immediately preceding them with high-probability (high-p) instructions (Mace et al., 1988). When the low-p instruction is a request to relinquish a high preference tangible item needed to be used as a functional reinforcer, treatment can be difficult to establish. The present study demonstrates how compliance with a low-p instruction (request to relinquish a high preference item) increased following previous exposure to the relevant contingencies contacted through compliance with a hypothesized high-p instruction (request to relinquish a low preference item). The participant was an 8-year-old female diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who engaged in severe problem behavior and non-compliance maintained by escape from demands to transition from high- to low-preference activities. A multiple baseline across items design illustrated the effectiveness in increasing compliance of a multi-component intervention including rules, a storage box, and reinforcement magnitude. Contingent on meeting the compliance goal with the high-p request the treatment was then probed alongside the low-p request. Compliance with the low-p request increased from 19% of trials during baseline to 100% during the final phase of treatment. Implications of utilizing BMT for requesting high preference items will be discussed.
 
203. Effects of Reinforcer Variation on Skill Acquisition
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
FAMIDA KHAN (Florida Autism Center; University of Florida Behavior Analysis Research Clinic), Crystal M. Slanzi (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Katie Pabst (University of Florida)
Discussant: James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Results of prior research on the effects of reinforcer variation on rates of responding have been inconsistent. Some studies have shown higher rates of responding when reinforcers were varied (e.g., Egel, 1981) while others have shown higher rates when the reinforcer was held constant (e.g., Keyl-Austin, Samaha, Bloom, & Boyle, 2012). The purpose of the current study is to determine if there are any differences between variable and constant reinforcement delivery on trials to criterion in skill acquisition programs for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Specifically, participants were taught three sets of three targets in an alternating treatments design. Consequences for correct responses for each set were as follows: highest ranking reinforcer only, variation of three highest ranking reinforcers, and social praise (control). Results from two participants have not shown little to no difference in trials to criterion for each of the three conditions. These preliminary results suggest that there may be differences on the effects of reinforcer variation on restricted vs. free-operant conditions.

 
204. A Large-N Analysis of Treatment Package Composition
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
VERONICA MEDINA (Western New England University New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

Although there have been several relatively large-N studies reporting functional analysis (FA) outcomes and assessing clinician reports of assessment methods used, relatively little is known about the treatments that are derived from those assessment outcomes. We collected data on the components of treatment packages at a large school for children diagnosed with autism and related disabilities. Participants included children and adolescents ranging from ages 13-20 years from a residential program. Participants engaged in problem behavior ranging from mild to severe, had verbal and listener behavior of a variety of levels of complexity, and communicated using a variety of modalities including vocally, using picture exchange, and using communication devices. We analyzed the data with regard to the inclusion of FA informed differential reinforcement, differential arbitrary reinforcement, extinction, various types of punishment procedures, and visuals signaling the availability of reinforcement. Our data shows the use of multiple components of the aforementioned used for the treatment of problem behavior. The findings are summarized and discussed in relation to FA outcomes and the prevalence of treatment components in addition to those informed by FA.

 
205. The Utility of a Conversational Skills Assessment for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHLEEN WILEY (University of Nevada, Reno), Brian James Feeney (University of Nevada, Reno), Sean M Barrite (UNIVERSITY OF NEVADA RENO), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

ASD is typified by impairments in the domains of communication, language, and restricted interests (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). Beyond an important and socially valid target for improvement, conversational skills may be used as sensitive measure to monitor changes and growth in these domains, as the skill itself requires many “at strength” component social repertoires and remediation of hallmark deficits (Hood et al., 2017) to be effective. A lit review was conducted to identify target conversational behaviors and methods of assessment and training. General concerns and limitations of conversational training for individuals with ASD are noted with an emphasis on the lack of direct assessment measures for identifying and evaluating treatment outcomes (Reichow & Volkmar, 2010). A modified conversational skills assessment protocol (Hood et al., 2017) utilizing permanent product from social presses and a partial interval recording system was conducted to assess and evaluate conversational skills exhibited by a teen diagnosed with ASD and evaluate the protocol’s clinical utility. Data reviewed and analyzed suggested clinical utility of the protocol in selecting relative conversational skills deficits for intervention and continued monitoring for generalization of those targets. Future steps in the development of a standardized conversational skills assessment are noted.

 
206. Evaluation and Identification of Precursor Behaviors and Implementation of Precursor-Based Functional Analyses With Japanese Teachers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KOZUE MATSUDA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Children Center Inc), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Neil Timothy Martin (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

Despite the importance of identifying the function of a problem behavior through experimental functional analysis, not all teachers have the skills needed to address such behaviors in children who have autism spectrum disorder (ASD) or other developmental disorders—particularly in countries that are home to few trained behavioral analysts or in which cultural mores are strongly averse to occurrence of problem behavior, therefore the procedures of a functional analysis are rarely approved. Seven Japanese teachers of students who have ASD, participated in this study. The researcher trained the teachers to identify precursor behaviors and problem behaviors using Behavior Skills Training (BST). The results showed that the training was successful in teaching the participant to identify precursor behaviors. Discussion of the cultural significant of evaluating precursor behaviors vs. problem behavior will also be included.

 
207. Teaching Community-Based Navigation Skills to Adults With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities Using GPS Navigational Devices
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TING BENTLEY (The Faison Center), Heidi Garcia (The Faison Center, Inc.)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

We are using a combination of task analysis and prompt fading to teach adults with a mild intellectual or developmental disability how to use Google Maps to navigate the Richmond City bus system. We began the study by recruiting and obtaining consent from two individuals in the Richmond community who live on the bus line. A pre-training on how to use Google Maps on their mobile devices was conducted as well as a safety training. Baseline was then conducted and then the task analysis started until 100% criteria was met. Once criteria is met we plan to fade the presence of the researcher and meet the participant at an assigned location. Finally we will conduct a probe to test for generalization and ask the participant to travel to a novel location of their choosing using Google Maps. Inter-observer agreement is being collected interval by interval and currently have an IOA mean of 100% for the first participant and 92% for the second participant. IOA was collected on 50% of sessions for participant one and 60% for participant two. We plan to have at least one more participant in January and have completed all sessions in March.

 
208. Identifying Factors that Influence the Implementation of Evidence-Based Practices for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder Across District Types
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
BRITTNEY MARIE VENTENILLA (San Diego State University; Child and Adolescent Services Research Center), Melina Melgarejo (San Diego State University; Child and Adolescent Services Research Center), Jessica Suhrheinrich (San Diego State University; Child and Adolescent Services Research Center)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

Although evidence-based practices (EBPs) for students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) exist, implementation in schools is limited and research suggests that differences in services exist between Urban and Rural school districts such as staff retention and access to services (Knapczyk, Ghapman, G, Rodes, & Ghung, 2001; Murphy & Ruble, 2012). Understanding systematic variability in factors that support EBP use will inform implementation efforts that are tailored to school district characteristics. To identify district factors related to implementation and sustainment of EBPs for ASD, six focus groups were conducted. Participants worked in Urban (n=20) and Rural (n=10) school districts and 93% female. Transcriptions were independently coded by research associates, and inter-rater reliability was assessed by comparing coding and discussing discrepancies to arrive at agreement. N*Vivo software was used to evaluate code frequency and identify themes across district types. Results identify common and varied barriers and facilitators across district types. Although both groups identified district structure as a barrier, Urban participants emphasized policy, communication with leaders, and growth as concerns, whereas Rural participants discussed travel time and high staff turnover. These clear differences across Urban and Rural districts indicate support for tailored implementation plans to maximize EBP use and sustainment.

 
209. Using Modeling and Contingency Management to Improve Turn Taking Exchanges Between Siblings With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ANYA FROELICH (Nationwide Children's Hospital Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Kara Waters (Nationwide Children's Hospital Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Alexandra Ament (Nationwide Children's Hospital Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Brittany Swartz (Nationwide Children's Hospital Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

This project will look at improving social play interactions between two siblings diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Specifically, the project focuses on utilizing the combination of modeling and contingency management to increase the frequency of requests and relinquishing of items and decreasing the frequency of problem behaviors between siblings during turn taking exchanges. Past research reviewed (Rieth, S., et.al., 2014) concentrated on improving social behaviors, including turn taking, by utilizing a combination of modeling and contingency management implemented by a therapist. An additional study reviewed (Tsao & Odom, 2006), utilized typical siblings as peer models to increase pro-social behaviors in an individual with ASD. This project will add to existing literature by examining the effects of intervention on two siblings diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder.

 
210. Customized Functional Analysis of Vocal Stereotypy in a Toddler With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
DANIELA S. CANOVAS (Grupo Método - Intervenção Comportamental), Priscila Crespilho Grisante (Grupo Método - Intervenção Comportamental), Maria Andrade (Grupo Método - Intervenção Comportamental)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

We conducted a customized experimental functional analysis to identify the consequences maintaining vocal stereotypy of a 30-month old boy diagnosed with autism. Vocal stereotypy was defined as the emission of nonsense or out of context sounds not directed to a listener. Participant’s vocalizations were recorded across 10-min sessions for each of the following conditions: 1. control (on the floor, preferred toys/materials, social interaction only if required by the child); 2. demand (at the table, teaching programs tasks of child’s daily routine, praise as consequence for correct responses, i.e., no tangible reinforcers); 3. ignore (on the floor, low-preferred toys/materials, no social interaction); and 4. social demand (at the table, puzzles, books and other materials, tasks of participant’s routine that required social interactions). We conducted five sessions per condition while the child was receiving ABA services (40-hour treatment per week, in a center-based service). Response rates (total number of vocalizations divided by minute) were higher during ignore and control conditions, indicating that vocal stereotypy was automatically maintained. IOA was higher than 80%. Data showed that demands competed with vocal stereotypy suggesting the possible effectiveness of response interruption and redirection (RIRD). Data collection will continue to evaluate the effects of RIRD.

 
211. Stimulus Pairing Observation Procedure: Effects on Full Naming Emergence in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE BRASIL (Universidade Federal do Pará (UFPA)), Carlos Souza (Universidade Federal do Pará)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

Full naming is a higher order behavioral relationship in which the individual responds to a class of objects and/or events by combining the listener and speaker functions without direct training. Some individuals do not develop this ability in a natural way, so it is necessary to develop strategies to make this learning viable. Recently, the Stimulus Pairing Observation Procedure (SPOP) has been shown to be an alternative to develop naming in individuals who do not yet have such ability. The SPOP consists of successive presentations of pairs of stimuli, requiring only the observation of the pairings, without differential reinforcement of any additional response. This study evaluated the effect of the SPOP in the emergence of full naming, with a multiple probes design between four children with autism spectrum disorder.The study consisted of: 1) Evaluation of syllable articulation; 2) Tact and selection pre-tests, 3) Bidiretional Naming Test; 4) Full Naming Probe; 5) Baseline; 6) Implementation of treatment; 7) Generalization test; 8) Maintenance test. Results showed the efficacy of SPOP in tact and listener response acquisition, but not for the emergence of full naming. Repertoires and prerequisites of participants were discussed as possible variables that influenced the results.

 
212. Increasing Leisure Item Engagement Across Multiple Stimuli in an Individual With Restricted Interests
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Valerie Hall (Western New England University; The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), KALEY KNAPP (Western New England University; The New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder often display restricted behavior patterns, including stereotypy or repetitive forms of engagement. We assessed levels of item engagement across multiple leisure items in an 18-year-old male with autism spectrum disorder, who repetitively engaged with an iPad to the exclusion of other activities. During response restriction preference assessments, when the iPad was restricted, we did not observe increases in item engagement to the other items. As a result, we conducted leisure item training that included prompting alone and in combination with reinforcement. A multiple baseline design across leisure items was used to evaluate the effects of training on simple and complex forms of engagement. Prompting was effective in increasing simple engagement to criterion levels, whereas prompting combined with differential reinforcement was necessary for increasing complex forms of engagement. Following training, when the response restriction preference assessment was reimplemented, increases in complex item engagement with leisure items targeted in training were observed. Interobserver agreement was calculated during 33.3% of sessions and averaged 98%.

 
213. Transformation of Stimulus Function in Children With Autism Predicted in Relational Density Theory
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANNALISE GIAMANCO (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Discussant: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University)
Abstract:

Relational Density Theory (Belisle & Dixon, in press) was put forward as a model to predict the self-organization of equivalence classes. Early research suggests that two emergent properties (resistance and gravity) can be predicted by modelling relational mass as a function of relational volume (class size, nodal distance) and relational density (relational response strength). In the present study, we sought to evaluate a transformation of stimulus functioning within a common word puzzle that result from relational gravity as predicted in RDT. In a baseline training phase with three children with autism, we established 4 arbitrary 3-member equivalence classes. Of the four classes, two contained a familiar stimulus (dog, truck) and the other two contained exclusively arbitrary symbols. We predicted that the classes with the familiar high mass stimuli would emerge at greater density that the class containing unfamiliar lower mass stimuli. This initial prediction was generally supported in our results. In a subsequent transformation test, we provided the participants with word search containing CVCs from the new classes along with two familiar words. Results showed that participants identified the words that operated at greater density along with the familiar words at a faster rate compared to unfamiliar words that operated at lower density. These results suggest that RDT may have immediate implications for relational training with children with autism.

 
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #277A
Presenter Meet and Greet
Sunday, May 26, 2019
1:30 PM–2:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
 
SONJA R. DE BOER (Remi Vista, Inc), SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University)
 

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi."

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #277B
Presenter Meet and Greet
Sunday, May 26, 2019
2:00 PM–2:30 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
 
MATTHEW CICORIA (Positive Behavioral Outcomes, LLC), BOBBY NEWMAN (Proud Moments)
 

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi."

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #277C
Author Signing
Sunday, May 26, 2019
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, ABAI Bookstore
 
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis), SONJA R. DE BOER (Remi Vista, Inc), GORDON R. FOXALL (Cardiff University; University of Reykjavik), KATE E. FISKE MASSEY (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), PATRICIA PRELOCK (University of Vermont), SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University), JUSTIN B. LEAF (Autism Partnership Foundation), W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University), NANCY J. CHAMPLIN (ACI Learning Centers), MELISSA SCHISSLER (ACI Learning Centers), KATHERINE JO SAINT (Fox Valley Autism Treatment Program), ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute), DOUGLAS ROBERTSON (Florida International University), WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University)
 

Purchase one of the many available titles at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author!

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #277D
Presenter Meet and Greet
Sunday, May 26, 2019
2:30 PM–3:00 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Exhibit Level, Riverside Exhibit Hall
 
ARTHUR M. GLENBERG (Arizona State University), JEREMY H. GREENBERG (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong)
 

Meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi."

 
 
Invited Paper Session #290
CE Offered: PSY/BACB

Canine Sense and Scent Ability: Applications of Behavior Analysis to Working and Pet Dogs

Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Nathaniel Hall, Ph.D.
Chair: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
NATHANIEL HALL (Texas Tech University)

Dr. Hall is an Assistant Professor of Companion Animal Science at Texas Tech University and the Director of the Canine Olfaction Research and Education Laboratory in the Department of Animal Science. Dr. Hall earned his Ph.D. at the University of Florida, specializing in the study of Behavior Analysis and canine olfaction. As a post-doc, he continued his studies at Arizona State University investigating the optimization of training to enhance canine’s detection of Homemade Explosives. At Texas Tech, his work continues to explore canine olfactory perception and how experience influences odor perception. His lab also investigates predictors and correlates of problem behavior, behavioral predictors of working aptitude, and canine health.

Abstract:

Domestic dogs are utilized worldwide for the detection of explosives, narcotics, wildlife, and missing persons. Further, dogs are utilized by numerous private and governmental organizations such as the military, customs, border patrol and police departments for critical detection and apprehension tasks. Importantly, key basic research measuring detection limits, developing optimal training methods, and selection of dogs are largely lacking. Our lab aims to apply basic behavioral research to address relevant questions for working and pet dogs. This talk will highlight our lab’s research, addressing basic questions on how olfactory sensitivity varies across breeds, the degree to which olfactory sensitivity changes with training, the effects of training method on compound odor stimulus processing, and simple measures to enhance the selection of optimal working dogs. Audience member will learn about the current state of knowledge of detector dog science and where behavioral research can be leveraged to improve the performance of working dogs. The same behavioral principles will also be applicable to pet owners interested in training scent work with their pet dogs, or would simply like to learn more about canine olfactory perception.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) discuss key issues facing the detection dog community; (2) discuss key issues behavioral research can facilitate the performance of working dogs; (3) discuss how a canine behavioral lab can be beneficial in teaching behavioral principles while providing community service.
 
 
Symposium #291
CE Offered: BACB
Current Research on Evaluating Preference for and Reinforcing Effectiveness of Social Interactions Among Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
CE Instructor: Patrick Romani, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Much research has shown the importance of evaluating stimulus preference as part of behavioral treatment for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The majority of this research has focused on preference for leisure activities. Less research has identified strategies to measure preference for social interaction. Thus, the current symposium will provide an update on research investigating evidence-based methods for evaluating preference for social interaction. Morris and Vollmer will present a study comparing assessment procedures (e.g., multiple stimulus without replacement, paired stimulus preference assessment) to measure preference for social interaction. Laureano, DeLeon, and Goldman will follow with a study evaluating a procedure to measure child preference for social and solitary play. Finally, Carrion and colleagues will present a study showing the reinforcing efficacy of social play versus leisure activities. Taken together, these three presentations will provide attendees with both practical and empirical suggestions for further developing this important area of practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Preference, Social Interaction, Tangible Reinforcement
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium will be practitioners and research who work with children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders.

 
Comparing Methods of Assessing Preference for Social Interaction
SAMUEL L. MORRIS (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Researchers have evaluated a variety of methods of assessing preference for social interaction and generally found that they produce accurate hierarchies. However, relatively few researchers have compared different methods of assessing preference for social interactions and none have done so with subjects across different skill levels. We compared the stability and validity of hierarchies produced by SIPAs, picture-based MSWOs, and Vocal PSPAs with 8 individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. We found that the MSWO and Vocal PSPA most often produced valid hierarchies for subjects that could match, identify, and tact pictures of social interactions and that the SIPA most often produced valid hierarchies for subjects that could not identify or tact pictures of social interactions. Considerations and recommendations for selecting a method of assessing preference for social interactions are discussed.
 

Preference for Social Versus Solitary Play in Children With Autism: Effects of Play Partner Type

BRIANNA LAUREANO (The University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Kissel Joseph Goldman (University of Florida)
Abstract:

A recent study (Goldberg et al., 2016) showed that children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) placed greater value on play activities when those activities were embedded in a social context, perhaps contradicting conventional notions of diminished social motivation in this population. However, the social context exclusively involved playing with a parent. It remains unclear if similar results would obtain with other kinds of social partners. We first conducted preference assessments to identify the activity preferences of children with ASD. We then gave the children repeated choices to play with a highest-preference item either alone or with a social partner while varying the kind of play partner: a peer with ASD, an adult therapist, or a parent. Each choice resulted in 5 min of playing under the selected condition. Choices continued until: a) the child made 5 consecutive choices for one condition; b) cumulative choices for one condition exceed the other by 100%; or c) 15 choice opportunities transpired without a clear preference. The results reveal that our participants have idiosyncratic social preferences. Although the preference for playing with a parent over playing alone has largely persisted, results have been more varied when other kinds of social partner were involved.

 

Comparing Reinforcing Efficacy of Social Interactions and Leisure Activities in Children With Autism

DEVA CARRION (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Chelsea Marie Rock (UNMC Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ansley Reich (Marcus Autism Center), Warren Jones (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

There is growing support for the theory that disruptions in the degree to which social interactions are reinforcing may constitute a root cause of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). This paper will review several studies that have attempted to develop methods for quantifying the degree to which social interactions function as reinforcers for children with ASD as compared to children with developmental disabilities and typically developing children. This will include the results of a novel study that used progressive ratio (PR) schedules to compare the relative reinforcing efficacy of social attention and leisure items in children with ASD (n=14), children with developmental disabilities (DD; n=6), and typically developing peers (TD; n=6). Results demonstrated that participants in the TD group exhibited higher breakpoints and Omax for attention than for leisure items, whereas results for children in the ASD and DD groups were mixed. Results will be discussed in terms of how these methods compare to other approaches to quantifying the reinforcing efficacy of social interactions in children with ASD.

 
 
Symposium #292
CE Offered: BACB
Current Research in Behavioral Assessment
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Kerri P. Peters, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The current symposium will focus on current research in the area of assessment with children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). The first presenter will discuss research evaluating the relative preferences and reinforcing value of fruits and vegetables and salty and sweet foods for children with ASD. The second presenter will discuss research comparing of outcomes of a variation of a trial-based functional analysis in which problem behavior or appropriate alternative behavior produced the control segment, and further comparing the outcomes using 5 trials vs.10 trials. Finally, the third presenter will discuss an evaluation of a no-interaction condition in a functional analysis to differentiate between problem behaviors maintained by attention, escape and tangible with subjects between the ages of 2 and 6 with ASD.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): assessment, functional analysis, preference assessment
Target Audience:

Behavioral researchers

 

Evaluating Preference for and Reinforcing Efficacy of Nutritive and Non-Nutritive Foods

FARIS RASHAD KRONFLI (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Children with autism are often more selective in their food preferences than their typically developing peers. However, many preferred food selections typically include foods with minimal nutritional value. Due to the common use of edible reinforcers during therapies for children with autism, we evaluated the preference for and reinforcing value of fruits and vegetables and salty and sweet foods. First, multiple-stimulus preference assessments (MSWO) were conducted to identify preferred fruits and vegetables and salty and sweet foods. Second, reinforcer assessments were conducted incorporating the top ranked foods identified in the MSWO to determine the reinforcing efficacy of each food. Despite salty and sweet foods often ranking higher than fruits and vegetables in preference assessments, fruits and vegetables still functioned as effective reinforcers. Future research should incorporate fruits and vegetables into preference assessments when identifying putative reinforcers.

 

Comparison of Outcomes Using Five Trials Versus Ten Trials During Trial-Based Functional Analyses

Eliana Maria Pizarro (University of Florida), Meghan Deshais (University of Florida, Caldwell University), KERRI P. PETERS (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Brandon C. Perez (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Previous research has used 10 trial functional analyses (FA) during trial-based FAs (e.g., Bloom et al., 2011). Thus, the purpose of this current investigation was to compare of outcomes using 5 trials vs.10 trials. Thus, we ran 10 trial FAs and compared the results to that of the first 5 trials, to see if the assessment could be even more brief. Each trial consisted of two 1-min control segments and one 3-min test segment (control -> test -> control). During test segment, problem behavior or appropriate alternative behavior produced the control segment (access to putative reinforcer for one minute and termination of EO). The primary measure was latency to the first response (problem and/or appropriate). Results indicated at least partial correspondence for all subjects. Future research should continue to evaluate the parameters of this variation of the trial based FA.

 

The Extended No-Interaction Condition as a Screening for Behavioral Function

CRYSTAL M. SLANZI (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Faris Rashad Kronfli (University of Florida), Brandon C. Perez (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Common criticisms of the standard functional analysis (FA) include the complexity of the procedures and the duration required to complete it (Hanley, 2012). The extended no-interaction condition has been shown to be an effective modification to differentiate between behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement and those maintained by socially mediated reinforcement, reducing the amount of time required to complete the FA (Querim, 2013). In an extension of previous research we are evaluating if the no-interaction condition may also be used to differentiate between problem behaviors maintained by attention, escape and tangible with subjects between the ages of 2 and 6 with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). This presentation will demonstrate how the extended no-interaction condition may be used to develop specific hypotheses about behavioral function that can then be confirmed by conducting a test only for specific functions. In over 80% of assessments, collected data have shown a) when behavior does not occur in the no-interaction condition this is indicative of a tangible and/escape function, b) when it occurs and decreases by the end of the condition is indicative of an attention function and c) when it continues throughout the session it is indicative of automatic reinforcement.

 
 
Symposium #293
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Technological Advances and Extension Assessment and Treatment of Eye Contact
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Gabrielle Morgan (Endicott College )
CE Instructor: Hayley Neimy, M.S.
Abstract:

Three presentations focusing on advances and extensions in the assessment and treatment of eye contact will be highlighted. First, eye contact will be discussed in a historical context, including how it has been typically defined, how data have been collected with and/or without the use of technology, and how eye contact has been treated historically among individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Then, preliminary pilot data will be reviewed demonstrating the effects of a video game for teaching various social skills, particularly eye contact, and how this can be subsequently shaped through the use of video game technology. Finally, eye contact will be discussed in the context of the development, data collection, and analysis of eye contact in relation to socially valid performance measures among school-age learners with ASD. Thoughts, future direction, and extensions are discussed in the context of appropriate clients, generalization, and social validity.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts and students of behavior analysis

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will learn the development, collection, and analysis of measures of eye contact that are socially valid among individuals with ASD 2) Participants will learn how eye contact has been defined, operationalized, and intervened upon using various aspects of technology among individuals diagnosed with ASD 3) Participants will learn how technology has been used in assisting in the data collection and treatment of eye contact deficits historically 4) Participants will learn how the use of video games and other technologies may facilitate the development of socially valid eye contact along individuals with ASD
 

Technological Advances in Recording and Treating Eye Contact Deficits in Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Review

GABRIELLE MORGAN (Endicott College), Hayley Neimy (Shabani Institute; Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Abstract:

Eye contact has long been noted as a deficit in individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The use of technology to track and measure impairments in social eye gaze, appropriate eye contact, and identification of emotions has evolved as the technology has advanced. These advancements in measurement have included methods for measuring where the individual is looking on the face, how often the individual is looking at the eyes, the duration of time spent gazing, and the ability of the individual to obtain socially relevant information about others such as emotional state or object of attention. This review will discuss the history of these definitional issues, the timeline of technological advances, the role of technology in measuring eye contact and eye gaze. In addition, we will discuss how technological advances have improved our understanding of eye contact impairments, as well as interventions for improving social eye contact in individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Future implications of advances in technological measurement of social eye contact and eye gaze will also be discussed.

 

Preliminary Data on Improvement in Social Skills Following Video Game Exposure

HAYLEY NEIMY (Shabani Institute; Endicott College), Amy M. Golden (Biostream), Kristin N. Foley (Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), GABRIELLE MORGAN (Endicott College)
Abstract:

The use of video games to build social skills is an interesting possibility that has received increased attention in recent years. Using video games to teach skills is intriguing for several reasons. High-interest, preferred gaming might provide many learning opportunities for shaping skills, and individuals who select to spend time gaming might benefit from games with identified social skill acquisition targets. Specifically, it may be possible to shape eye contact into socially acceptable forms. In this presentation, preliminary data will be presented on video games that are intended to increase core social skills. Data will be presented on the extent to which eye contact can be shaped within video games. In addition, data will be presented on the extent of change observed following game exposure, in dyadic interaction tasks. Additional information will be shared on the social validity data attained from exposure to such games. Questions on dosing, engagement, and generalization will be posed, and suggestions for future investigations of these questions will be explored.

 
Recent Developments in Objective Measures of Eye Contact
EMILY GALLANT (Somerset Hills Learning Center), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), E. Dennis Machado (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Abstract: Extensive literature exists characterizing pre-intervention levels of eye contact for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, this does not yet form a strong foundation for applied interventions. For example, studies have typically been conducted under highly contrived conditions rather than during more naturalistic interactions, and overwhelmingly focus on characterizing rather than teaching eye contact. Existing characterizations rarely operationalize eye contact in a manner that facilitates applied investigation or reflects socially meaningful performance. Additionally, there is a paucity of evidence regarding normative ranges of features of eye contact. The current presentation, in response, describes the development, collection, and analysis of measures of eye contact that correlate to socially valid performance and are suitable for investigating interventions to improve eye contact for school-age learners with ASD. Video of individuals with ASD is captured using a camera worn by a conversation partner; dependent variables are coded from video using specialized software and summarized to produce baseline measures of eye contact. Normative ranges of performance by an equal number of same-aged and same gender peers are included. We will conclude by discussing how these data lay the groundwork for future research to improve eye contact by learners with ASD in socially meaningful ways.
 
 
Symposium #294
CE Offered: BACB
Building Better Teams With Prosocial: Employee Engagement in the Workplace, Cultural Competence, and Core Design Principles for Groups
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Tiffany Dubuc (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
CE Instructor: Tiffany Dubuc, M.S.
Abstract:

The Prosocial process is rooted in economics, evolution science, and contextual behavior science and offers a process for teams and groups to identify core values, determine those behaviors most valued by the group, and in doing so facilitate cooperation and sharing of resources (Wilson, Ostrom, & Cox, 2013). The method is a six-step process, components of which include, the Acceptance Commitment Training (ACT) Matrix (Polk, Schoendorff, Webster, & Olaz, 2016), eight Core Design Principles (CDPs) for group interaction (Wilson, Ostrom, & Cox, 2013), and a planning for actionable goals, and measurement of team interactions (Atkins, 2018). This symposium will give examples of implementing the individual and group ACT Matrix to influence values clarification and behaviors related to employee engagement in a public service organization and cultural competence within clinical settings. Additionally, examples of a process for operationalizing the eight core design principles with different groups will be shared, making these principles observable and measurable within and across groups to facilitate flexible and healthy group dynamics to positively impact cooperation, performance, and well-being.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACT Matrix, Cooperation, Culture, Prosocial
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts, Researchers and Practitioners

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will gain an overview of all 6 steps of the Prosocial process 2. Participants will gain an understanding of the ACT Matrix tool and possible applications related to employee engagement and cultural competency in groups 3. Participants will learn the 8 Core Design Principles of cooperative groups, how to define principles, and suggestions for measurement.
 

Psychological Flexibility in the Workplace: Examining the Use of the Prosocial Matrix for Increasing Employee Levels of Psychological Flexibility and Rates of Participation in Work-Related Tasks

(Applied Research)
BRITTANY MAZUR (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julia H. Fiebig (Ball State University; ABA Global Initiatives LLC), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

Creating and maintaining a positive and productive work environment has been the focus of researchers in various disciplines for decades, yet, research examining systematic methods for increasing job satisfaction and job performance remains limited. This study investigated how a brief 45-minute work group session utilizing The Prosocial Matrix (a visual tool representing psychological flexibility processes and grounded in Relational Frame Theory and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy) impacted work task engagement and levels of psychological flexibility across three work groups in one public service organization. Defined work tasks were used to measure rates of employee engagement, in addition to using the Work-Related Acceptance and Action Questionnaire pre- and post intervention. Analysis of results will be shared along with discussion of suggestions for future applications and research. Results provide additional information regarding the potential benefits of utilizing the Prosocial Matrix as means for altering levels of work task engagement and psychological flexibility among work group populations.

 

Examining the Use of the Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Matrix to Facilitate Difficult Conversations: A Clinician’s Approach to Cultural Competency

(Service Delivery)
TIFFANY DUBUC (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Entrusted with the clinical, educational, social and/or behavioural progress of our clients in today’s culturally dynamic and ever-changing world can be challenging. The need for cultural competency, and thoughtful dissemination of Western therapeutic practices has never been greater. In this talk, participants will be exposed to a Psychological Flexibility model of cultural competency, with an emphasis on values as verbal stimuli which may alter the reinforcement function of those responses previously involved in direct and aversive conditions. The ACT Matrix will be explored as a tool for facilitating culturally-competent clinical practices amongst teams. It is hypothesized that an approach to cultural competency that is based in contextual behaviour science will be more meaningful and effective than traditional “rule-based” approaches (which may prove to be ineffective or even counter-productive). The presentation is applicable to all clinicians looking to increase the cultural competency of their team members.

 
Overview of the Prosocial Core Design Principles and Suggestions for Operationalizing to Enhance and Further Develop Behavioral Measures
(Service Delivery)
REBECCA A. WATSON (ABA Global Initiatives, LLC; RSU13), Julia H. Fiebig (Ball State University; ABA Global Initiatives LLC)
Abstract: How does a behavior scientist help groups identify what behaviors are most critical to gain optimal team outcomes? Using an evidence-based method that improves teamwork for groups of any kind, the Prosocial method provides a functional blueprint for a group to increase behaviors that matter in accordance with group values. Values are seen as conduits that inform an individual’s behavior (Ciarrochi, Fisher, & Lane, 2011) and are the result of an individual’s history of responding and reinforcement (Skinner, 1971). To connect values to behaviors this process involves using the Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) Matrix and Elinor Ostrom’s Core Design Principles (1990) to help groups clarify common purpose, build flexibility and cultivate collaborative relationships for group wellbeing and improved performance of the team. In this talk, we will introduce the Core Design Principles and share practical suggestions for operationally defining each principle to enhance the utility of the Prosocial process in order to pair it with performance management methods.
 
 
Symposium #295
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Reading and Writing to Preschool Students: A Verbal Behavior Development Approach
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Jessica Singer-Dudek, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The following symposium explores three different studies that targeted effective instruction across the areas of reading and writing within preschool populations through the perspective of the Verbal Behavior Development Theory. Longano, Hranchuk, and Greer (2018) present the effects of a preschool writer immersion instructional package on the structural components of writing and on affecting the behavior of a reader. Al Sharif and Dudek (2018) present the effects of establishing hear-do correspondence on read-do correspondence for children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Lastly, Morgan and Kim (2018) discuss a related topic in their presentation entitled The Effects of Reader Immersion on the Acquisition of Read-Do Correspondence for Two Preschool Students.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): preschool students, reading, verbal behavior, writing
Target Audience:

Practitioners and educators working with young children with and without disabilities

 

The Effects of Establishing Hear-Do Correspondence on Read-Do Correspondence for Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
SHAHAD ALSHARIF (Teacher College, Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The experimenters conducted a study to establish hear-do correspondence and observe its effects on read-do correspondence in 3 children diagnosed with Autism using a delayed multiple probe design (Johnston & Pennypacker, 2008). Hear-do correspondence is defined according to Verbal Behavior Development Theory (2009) and Verbal Behavior Theory (1957) as speaker as his own listener. According to Skinner (1957) the behavior of the listener is automatically reinforced as the listener takes on the role of both the listener and the speaker. Read-do correspondence is defined as reading governs responding. The experiment was conducted in a self- contained classroom that is based on the CABAS® model. The experimenters included 4 dependent variables represented in 2 different tasks, writing and building. In addition, all probes were conducted in 2 topographies, listening and reading. In the listening topography, the participants listened to a recording of themselves reading a set of directions they had to follow, while in the reading topography, they had to read a set of directions on an A4 paper and follow the directions. The writing task consisted of completing a set of 3 steps that included 10 components that produced a drawing, while the building task consisted of completing 10 steps that produced a construction. The independent variable consisted of the reader immersion protocol (Greer & Ross, 2008; Mackey, 2017), however, it was presented in a listening topography, rather than reading where the participants recorded the treasure hunt used in the intervention prior to starting the intervention and listened to the recording of their own voices to follow the instructions and receive reinforcement or correction as a consequence. The results of the experiment showed that the intervention was effective in increasing both hear-do and read-do correspondence following the completion of the intervention for all 3 participants.

 
The Effects of Reader Immersion on the Acquisition of Read-Do Correspondence for Two Preschool Students
(Applied Research)
GEORGETTE MORGAN (Teachers College, Columbia Unversity), Ji Young Kim (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Reader immersion is a protocol developed to teach students read-do correspondence, which is the correlated exchange between reading words and emitting actions based on novel print stimuli. In the present study, we used a multiple baseline design across 2 preschool aged participants with disabilities to demonstrate the effects of the reader immersion protocol on the acquisition of read-do correspondence. The dependent variable was the number of correct read-draw responses emitted during probe sessions. The independent variable was the reader immersion protocol in which the instructor provided written directions that the participant was required to read and complete to gain access to the reinforcer. The results of our study indicated that the reader immersion protocol was effective in the acquisition of read-do correspondence for both participants. This experiment built upon prior research that demonstrated the effectiveness of the reader immersion procedure on increasing the number of correct novel responses to print stimuli for kindergarten and elementary school aged students. The results suggested that classrooms could utilize reader immersion as part of their curriculum to induce read-do correspondence and thus provide necessary prerequisite skills to acquire advanced reader and writer repertoires.
 
 
Symposium #296
Behavior During Extinction: More Than a Frictionless Vacuum
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich BC
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Brian R. Katz (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Extinction commonly is defined as the reduction or elimination of responding when a response that was previously reinforced no longer is followed by the reinforcer. Extinction typically culminates in the rate of the previously reinforced behavior declining to baseline levels, often zero. Although the general effects of extinction on responding have been well documented, relatively few systematic investigations of changes in behavior during extinction have been carried out. For instance, little is known about the overall time course of changes in behavior throughout extinction, how variations in the manner in which the procedure is implemented may alter patterns of responding, or the extent to which rates of alternative responses may change as a target is extinguished. Thus, the three talks in this symposium will address the effects of extinction on different aspects of behavior. These will include assessments of resistance to extinction as a function of delay to reinforcement, how the frequency of targeted and non-targeted alternative responses change following the onset of extinction, and how the time allocated to two alternatives changes when one is replaced with extinction.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): DRO, Extinction, Reinforcement Delay, Time Allocation
 
Extinction of Time Allocation
BRIAN R. KATZ (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Time allocation has been proposed as an alternative to discrete responses for measuring behavior. If the two measures are comparable, then both changes in time allocation and patterns of discrete responding across two alternatives should change similarly when one alternative is extinguished. However, no systematic investigations of changes in time allocation throughout extinction have been conducted. Thus, eight pigeons first were trained on a baseline concurrent variable-time (VT) VT schedule during which each response switched between the components. Subsequently, one component was replaced with extinction. This sequence was repeated at minimum four times. Across conditions, the parameters of the schedule in effect during baseline (i.e., fixed-time or variable-time schedules, and the mean interreinforcer interval) were varied to investigate the effect of extinction following each of the different baseline conditions. With concurrent VT 60-s VT 60-s schedules, there was little evidence of an extinction burst of time allocation, as it occurred during only one of 17 transitions to extinction. Furthermore, time allocated to the extinguished component decreased across extinction sessions during all instances of the extinction phase. However, there were substantial differences in the rate of this decrease across transitions to extinction. Additional experimentation with concurrent fixed-time (FT) FT schedules and different interreinforcer intervals may reveal if the occurrence of bursts of time allocation is modulated by the discriminability of the transition to extinction. Furthermore, analyses of moment-to-moment changes in time allocation throughout extinction may prove useful for future investigations into the discriminability of transitions to extinction.
 
Delay of reinforcement, response rates and resistance to change
LUCIANA PINHEIRO MARIN (University of Brasília), Carlos Cançado (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil)
Abstract: The effects of reinforcement delay on resistance to extinction were investigated. Four rats were exposed to a two-component multiple schedule. In the immediate component, a tandem VI DRL schedule was in effect; in the delay component, a tandem VI FT 3-s, 8-s or 12-s schedule was in effect. In baseline, reinforcement rates were similar between components; in three conditions, response rates were similar between the components and, in seven conditions, response rates were higher in the immediate than in the delay component. In eight of ten conditions, resistance to extinction was greater in the delay than in the immediate component, regardless of the difference in baseline-response rates between components. However, the difference in resistance to extinction between components was greater when response rates differed between components in baseline. These results indicate that reinforcement delay affects resistance to change and that this relation can be modulated by the baseline rate of responding. The present results fail to replicate those of previous studies with pigeons.
 
Further Measurement of Other Behavior During the Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior
MARCELLA HANGEN (University of Kansas), Ashley Romero (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) is a commonly used procedure for reducing problem behavior. However, few studies have directly measured the possible strengthening effects of other behavior when a DRO procedure is used. We compared the effects of DRO and extinction on a target response, targeted other response, and non-targeted other responses (e.g., requests) emitted by children diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities and children with no-known diagnoses. Results showed that other behavior increased in at least one of the DRO conditions for each participant suggesting that other behavior may increase when using DRO, at least initially. During the extinction condition, target and targeted other responses decreased to low rates for three participants; however, rates of non-targeted other behavior were elevated compared to the DRO condition. These results suggestion that increased rates of targeted and non-targeted other behavior during the DRO condition may be a result of extinction-induced variability.
 
 
Symposium #297
CE Offered: BACB
Improving Classroom Behavior in Students With Problem Behavior
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Classrooms are complex environments that require teachers to implement a variety of classroom management strategies to minimize problem behavior and maximize learning time. Given the difficulty of selecting and implementing behavioral interventions in the school setting, there is a need for interventions that are contextually fit with the school environment. This symposium presents findings from three papers on improving individual student behavior in pre-K through 2nd-grade classrooms. The third study compared use of auditory feedback to visual feedback in implementing an interdependent group contingency to improve on-task behavior of three students with disabilities and explored whether incorporating student choice into the feedback would enhance the outcomes for student behavior. The second study evaluated the use of the presession paring to decrease problem behavior and increase on-task behavior of four students with and without disabilities. The third study examined the use of the Teaching Tools for Young Children with Challenging Behavior (TTYC) by classroom teachers to improve classroom behavior of three students with and without disabilities. All three papers reported positive outcomes when using the interventions for students with and without disabilities who engage in problem behavior during classroom activities or routines.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Graduate Students, Practitioners, BCBA

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how presession pairing, TTYC, group contingency using visual and auditory feedback, and preprinted response cards can be implemented to improve individual student behavior 2. Explain specific ways to work with students with and without disabilities needing additional support to decrease problem behavior within class routines or activities 3. Describe effective teacher training and consultation procedures
 

Incorporating Auditory and Visual Feedback and Student Choice Into an Interdependent Group Contingency to Improve On-Task Behavior

Trevor Maxfield (1989), THOMAS SCHULZ (University of South Florida), Beth Giguere (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The presentation describes the outcomes of using an interdependent group contingency for three 2nd-grade students with disabilities served in general education classrooms. Group contingencies are efficient and effective behavioral interventions that allow teachers to apply a reinforcement criterion to a large group of students. However, most research on group contingencies has not examined the impact of types of teacher feedback and student choice of teacher feedback incorporated in using the group contingencies. The current study used a multiple baseline across participants design with an embedded alternating treatments design to explore the use of an interdependent group contingency that compared the effectiveness of incorporating auditory or visual feedback to improve on-task behavior of three students in public elementary school classrooms. The study also explored whether incorporating student choice into the feedback would enhance the outcomes for student behavior. Results indicated that the interdependent group contingency intervention was successful in increasing the on-task behavior of all three participants. Results indicated that while both auditory and visual feedback were effective in increasing on-task behavior of all three students, two of the students engaged in slightly higher levels of on-task behavior when auditory feedback was used. When students were given the option to choose what type of feedback would be used, two of the three students favored auditory feedback over visual feedback, and on-task behaviors maintained for all three participants. These results have implications for the use of auditory feedback and choice in classroom setting as part of a group contingency.

 

Teacher-Implemented Presession Pairing to Increase Student On-Task Behavior and Reduce Problem Behavior in Public School Classrooms

SYDNEY ROULHAC (University of South Florida), Rachel Sofarelli (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Presession pairing is an antecedent intervention that has shown to decrease problem behavior of elementary school children with autism, whose problem behavior is maintained by social reinforcement. It has also shown modest increases in academic responding. However, the research on presession pairing has not examined its efficacy or acceptability in the natural classroom setting when implemented by the teacher. This presentation introduces the results of a study on the use of presession pairing, which targeted four elementary school students with and without disabilities and assessed its impact on student behavior during academic time periods. A multiple-baseline design across participants was used to demonstrate that the presession pairing successfully decreased problem behavior and increased on-task behavior in all students whose problem behaviors were maintained by escape or attention. The social validity assessment indicated that the teachers found the presession pairing intervention contextually fit, easy to implement, and effective for all students in the classroom.

 

Evaluation of the Teaching Tools for Young Children With Challenging Behavior: Improving Classroom Behavior in Young Children

SOFIA REYES (University of South Florida), LeAnn Sarah Avila (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Deanna Deenihan (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The Teaching Tools for Young Children with Challenging Behavior (TTYC) presents a useful tool to disseminate evidence-based practices into the classroom setting for teachers to create lasting behavioral changes in young children. This presentation outlines the impact of using the TTYC by classroom teachers for students ages 4-6 years old with and without disabilities. A multiple-baseline across participants design was employed to demonstrate the outcomes of the TTYC in increasing appropriate classroom behavior and reducing problem behavior of the target children. The results indicated that the teachers’ fidelity of implementing the behavior intervention plans designed using the TTYC was relatively high with the exception of a few sessions. The teachers’ implementation of the plans resulted in increased appropriate classroom behavior and decreased problem behavior for all three child participants. The data indicated an association between implementation fidelity and changes in child behavior. When the teachers had difficulty implementing the steps for implementing intervention strategies, the children’s problem behavior increased, resulting in decreases in appropriate classroom behavior.

 
 
Special Event #298
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
CREATIVITY: Session 1
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD North
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D.
 

CREATIVITY: Using the Science of Behavior to Engineer Creativity and Innovation in the Workplace

Abstract:

Since the industrial revolution, we have witnessed a steady decline in the need for unskilled labor as the workplace has become progressively more automated. This continuing trend has led to a greater value for new types of workplace behaviors, particularly those that contribute to employee creativity and organizational innovation. As such, modern researchers and supervisors need to investigate strategies that promote such valued novelty at work. This talk will draw upon the lessons from the science of behavior to explore factors that managers can practically influence.

 
DOUGLAS JOHNSON (Western Michigan University)
 
Dr. Douglas A. Johnson works as an assistant professor at Western Michigan University. He is the Director of Undergraduate Training for the Department of Psychology and Co-Chair of the Industrial/Organizational Behavior Management graduate program at WMU. He completed his doctoral degree in applied behavior analysis in 2009 from Western Michigan University. His publications and research interests are related to topics such as organizational behavior management, behavior-based instructional design, behavioral approaches to adult learning, computer-assisted instruction, performance feedback, motivation, and creativity.
 

CREATIVITY: Behavioral Approaches to Creativity: Novel Behavior, Generativity, and Contingency Adduction in Education

Abstract:

Generativity is the study of the conditions that produce novel responding in new circumstances, without directly programing them. This conceptualization has driven our Generative Instruction model of teaching and learning in educational settings. The thrust of Generative Instruction is to engineer discovery learning by arranging instruction of key component skills, facts, concepts and principles in such a way that students will engage more frequently in novel complex academic behavior without direct teaching, a process we call contingency adduction. We have discovered that complex behavioral repertoires emerge without explicit instruction when well-selected component repertoires are appropriately sequenced, carefully instructed, and well-rehearsed. In this presentation I will report our discoveries and investigations of generative responding in academic skill development as well as thinking, reasoning, and problem-solving development. The data that we will share have come from many classrooms across the United States, as well as an associated instructional design company. Our descriptive data show such consistent patterns that we want to share them with the wider behavioral community, in the hopes that other practitioners will join us in our inductive explorations, and that researchers will join us by conducting controlled studies of the contingency adduction in a variety of settings.

 
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy)
 
Dr. Kent Johnson founded Morningside Academy, in Seattle, WA, in 1980, and currently serves as its executive director. Morningside is a laboratory school for elementary and middle school children and youth. Morningside investigates effective curriculum materials and teaching methods, and has provided training and consulting in instruction to more than 125 schools and agencies throughout the USA and Canada since 1991. Dr. Johnson has served in all the positions at Morningside, including classroom teacher for 10 years, financial manager, administrator, teacher trainer, school psychologist, and school consultant. He has published many seminal papers and books about research-based curriculum and teaching methods, including The Morningside Model of Generative Instruction: What It Means to Leave No Child Behind, with Dr. Elizabeth Street. Dr. Johnson also is a co-founder of Headsprout, Inc., now Mimio, a company that develops web-based, interactive, cartoon-driven instructional programs, including Mimio Sprout Early Reading and Mimio Reading Comprehension Suite. Dr. Johnson received the 2001 Award for Public Service in Behavior Analysis from the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis. Before founding Morningside, Dr. Johnson was a professor at Central Washington University, director of staff training at the Fernald School in Massachusetts, and an instructional designer at Northeastern University in Boston. He received his M.S. (1974) and Ph.D. (1977) in psychology at the University of Massachusetts in Amherst. He received his B.S. in psychology and sociology from Georgetown University (1973).
 
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain the changing nature of work tasks and the challenges these present to Organizational Behavior Management; (2) explain how new workplace demands represent an opportunity to answer long-standing criticisms of the field of behavior analysis; (3) describe the implications of basic research on novelty and creativity and how it relates to potential best practices for organizational innovations; (4) describe 5 controlling variables that produce novel behavior; (5) define the 3 critical features of contingency adduction; (6) describe 5 variations of contingency adduction in education; (7) give examples of 5 variations of contingency adduction in education.
 
 
 
Panel #299
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Unethical, Dysfunctional Supervision Practices Exposed: A Panel Discussion
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Jon S. Bailey, Ph.D.
Chair: Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University)
MARY JANE WEISS (Endicott College)
THOMAS L. ZANE (University of Kansas)
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University)
Abstract:

This panel is a continuation of previous presentations at ABAI regarding Behavior Analysts Who Are Behaving Badly. This year we will focus on the Ethics of Supervision. For this panel we have brought together three behavior analysis ethicists who are regularly sought after concerning the practice of behavior analysis through the ABAEthicsHotline.com site as well as other sources. To demonstrate the range of approaches used and opinions offered, recent supervision questions will be presented, each panelist will offer their guidance, we will then debate the merits of our various often differing, approaches. Toward the end of the session we will open the floor to questions from the audience and again each ethicist will respond so that the range of tactics and strategies will be apparent.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience is both supervisors who need to learn about inappropriate and unethical practices as well as supervisees who need to know what to watch out for and what to do in the case that they are a victim of unscrupulous supervision practices.

Learning Objectives: 1. Members of the audience will be able to list three common ethical violations that supervisors commit with their supervisees. 2. Members of the audience will be able to describe the appropriate steps to take if they are the supervisee victim of unethical practices. 3. Members of the audience will be able to describe steps to be taken in an organization to prevent unethical supervision practices.
 
 
Paper Session #300
Behavioral Modularity and Skilled Performance
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Adam Hockman (The Mechner Foundation)
 

Enhancing Skilled Performance Learning With Precision Measurement

Domain: Theory
ADAM HOCKMAN (The Mechner Foundation), Francis Mechner (The Mechner Foundation)
 
Abstract:

Skilled performers are concerned with the consistent and reliable execution of high-level, complex routines under ever-changing and variable stimulus conditions. Mechner’s Learning and Practicing Skilled Performance describes an efficient and economical performance technology for building and mastering complex skills, including taking dictation, playing a sport, chess, or an instrument, and dancing. This analysis combines behavior analysis and neuroscience with the pedagogical theory of piano performance to describe a cluster of procedures and techniques useful to performers in diverse performance disciplines. However, Mechner’s technology lacks a measurement component that would help monitor progress and motivate the performer. A rate-based measurement tool (like the Standard Celeration Chart used across diverse disciplines) could offer a performer multiple levels of feedback and analysis (celeration, bounce, level, etc.) to help make small tactical and large strategic decisions that learners normally make when learning and practicing a performance. This paper presents the integration of Mechner’s work, behavioral shaping tactics, and pedagogical techniques of other disciplines with a measurement and monitoring system to guide the acquisition and maintenance of complex performances.

 

Behavioral Modularity: Synthesis Between a Domain-General and Domain-Specific Outlook on Phylogenetic Behavioral Adaptations

Domain: Theory
ØYSTEIN VOGT (Oslo Metropolitan University)
 
Abstract:

An important step in bridging modern evolutionary biology and behavior analysis is resolving how Darwinian and operant selection combine to shape behavior and behavioral dispositions. In terms of behavior-environment interaction operant conditioning shapes operants, behavioral responses and repertoires. However, in terms of behavior replication – carried, presumably, by neural replicators – operant conditioning may be said to shape behaviorial mechanisms. Mechanisms, many of which were first (at least dispositionally) shaped by Darwinian, reproductive selection in the history of the species. As Skinner expressed, firstly, operant conditioning picks up where natural selection leaves off, and secondly, selection works, and leaves a mechanistic result without any immediate clues to a history of selection. Behavioral modularity deals with how a domain-general mechanism of learning like operant conditioning works with other evolved, more domain-specific mechanims proposed by evolutionary psychology may plausibly work together to produce the amazing and diverse behavioral performances our species displays.

 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #301
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP
The Science of Why We're Socially Awkward and Why That's Awesome
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: William Stoops, Ph.D.
Chair: William Stoops (University of Kentucky)
TY TASHIRO (Independent Author)
Ty Tashiro is the author of Awkward: The Science of Why We’re Socially Awkward and Why That’s Awesome and The Science of Happily Ever After. His work has been featured at the New York Times, Time.com, TheAtlantic.com, and National Public Radio. He received his Ph.D. in Psychology from the University of Minnesota, has been an award-winning professor at the University of Maryland and University of Colorado.
Abstract:

The presentation will share research findings from psychology, neuroscience, and sociology to explain why roughly 15% of people are socially awkward. It will also review how awkward people view the complex social world, show how tailored behavioral activation components can help awkward people build their social skill, explore why awkwardness is associated with giftedness. The talk revolves around a welcome, counterintuitive message: the same characteristics that make people socially clumsy can be harnessed to produce remarkable achievements.

Target Audience:

The talk should be useful for both researchers and practitioners with a social science Ph.D.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss psychological and sociological research relevant to the etiology of social awkwardness; (2) discuss data that helps us understand the distinction between autism spectrum disorders and social awkwardness; (3) discuss behavioral strategies for helping awkward individuals gain insight into their interpersonal struggles and encourage their unique potential.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #302
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP

Applied Behavior Analysis as a Teaching Technology for Inclusion

Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Jeremy H. Greenberg, Ph.D.
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
JEREMY GREENBERG (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong)
Dr. Jeremy H. Greenberg has joined The Children’s Institute of Hong Kong as Director in 2009. He also works with The Harbour School as a consultant and on its Senior Management Team. In his previous position, he served as Educational Coordinator at the Manhattan Children’s Center in New York, New York, USA where he has retained his role on the faculty advisory committee. Throughout his work in the field, Jeremy has worked as a special educator, supervisor, administrator, and behavior analyst where he has effectively and efficiently provided teacher training and consultation to both public and private schools in New York and New Jersey. Dr. Greenberg’s professional certifications include Board Certified Behavior Analyst, New York State Education Department Permanent Special Education, School District Administrator, and Supervisor and Administrator of Schools. Dr. Greenberg earned three Masters’ degrees in special education and his doctorate in Special Education Applied Behavior Analysis from Teachers College Columbia University after earning a Bachelor’s of Arts in Psychology. In 2010, Dr. Greenberg founded the Hong Kong Association for Behavior Analysis where he has served as President and other Board positions. In 2012 Dr. Greenberg established the first Verified Course Sequence from the Behavior Analysis Certification Board Inc. in Hong Kong. He presents annually at the International Association for Behavior Analysis Convention where he has been a member since 1993. Dr. Greenberg has multiple publications in professional and international journals in fields of applied behavior analysis and education. Dr. Greenberg has been an invited as a lecturer in Hong Kong Polytechnic University. His research areas of interest include verbal behavior, teacher training, cost benefit analysis, and systems management of behavior analysis applied to schools.
Abstract:

We have come a long way since the adoption of the Handicapped Children’s Act of 1975. Inclusion of students with special education needs (SEN) is gaining traction, albeit slowly, in and out of the US. This presentation will review various successful behavioral strategies and tactics and include outcome data from a systems perspective. Greenberg & Greenberg (2014) have described a successful model of inclusion in a complex international school setting in Hong Kong. Applied behavior analysis components were and continue to be used extensively there. A detailed description of those components will be provided in this presentation. It is the aim of this presentation to share the program description and its parts using verbal behavior about the science and terms associated with the research literature in applied behavior analysis. Participants familiar with an intermediate to advanced level of understanding in the field may consider the implementation of some or all of those components in their own schools around the world.

Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) use an assessment and screening tool to determine a given student’s appropriateness for inclusion into a mainstream educational environment; (2) discuss the various roles and responsibilities for general education teachers and special education teachers in an inclusive setting across four behavioral areas (i.e. safety, behavior management, academics, and social skills); (3) discuss a number of strategies and tactics from applied behavior analysis literature that have been found successful for various students in inclusive settings.
 
 
Symposium #303
CE Offered: BACB
Further Investigations to Derived Relational Responding, Verbal Operants, and Autism Severity
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD South
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Zhihui Yi (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Albert Malkin, M.A.
Abstract:

The present symposium investigates the extent to which Derived Relational Responding (and related tests for) has implications to the overall acquisition of trained relations for individuals with autism and symptom severity. Further, the symposium provides an exploratory analysis of the oft-cited competing viewpoints concerning the independency or interdependency of Skinner's verbal operants.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Autism, DRR, PEAK, VB-MAPP
Target Audience:

intermediate-advanced behavior analysts

 

The Relative Effectiveness of Repeating Tests for Derived Language Relations During the Acquisition of Trained Relations in Children With Autism

(Applied Research)
CHANTAL RAINFORD (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale), Ayla Schmick (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The present study sought to examine the use of two teaching procedures as methods of increasing relational responding in children with developmental disabilities. We compared one procedure that presented test probes for combinatory entailment and transformation of function probes throughout the acquisition of directly trained A-B and B-C relations. In the second procedure test probes were withheld until the learner achieved mastery criteria for the directly trained A-B and B-C relations. Results show that all three participants achieved mastery criterion across both procedures and demonstrated the emergence of mutual entailment, combinatory entailment, and transformation of stimulus function. The presentation of entailed and transformation probes resulted in faster acquisition of directly trained and test relations. An account of current research and implications of these findings is provided.

 

The Relationship Between Derived Relational Responding and Autism Spectrum Disorder Symptom Severity

(Applied Research)
KWADWO O. BRITWUM (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Anne Sheerin (Southern Illinois University), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) symptom severity has been linked with lower IQ (Mayes & Calhoun, 2011). The prevalence of maladaptive behavior may change as a function of IQ as demonstrated by Ando and Yoshimora (1978). Belisle, Dixon, and Stanley (2018); and Dixon, Belisle, and Stanley (2018) recently demonstrated the relationship between derived relational responding skills and intelligence in individuals with ASD. Derived relational responding provides a behavior analytic conceptualization of intelligence and how these skills develop. The current investigation extends the work of Dixon, Belisle and Stanley (2018) by evaluating the relationship between participants’ abilities to engage in derived relational responding and ASD symptom severity as indicated by the Gilliam Autism Rating Scale-Third Edition (GARS-3). Derived Relational Responding skills were assessed using the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Transformation Assessment (Dixon, 2016). Assessments were conducted across 13 individuals (more data is being collected, targeted sample size is 35) with ASD. The current results indicated a negative correlation between PEAK-T Expressive Pre-Assessment scores and GARS-3 (r = -.594, p < 0.05), 28 % variance in GARS-3 scores were also predicted by PEAK-T Expressive Pre-assessment scores (r2 = .283). These findings provide some preliminary implications for the treatment of individuals with ASD.

 
Exploratory Factor Analysis of the VB-MAPP: Support for the Interdependency of Elementary Verbal Operants
(Applied Research)
ALBERT MALKIN (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Joshua R. Hollie (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Competing viewpoints on the independency or interdependency of Skinner’s verbal operants have been discussed in the literature and with empirical support for both positions generated using single-case research methods. Our study provides support for the interdependency of the verbal operants using items contained in the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) as a measure of broader skill acquisition in each verbal operant category and across complexity levels. The result of an Exploratory Factor Analysis conducted across 85 participants (Aged 5 to 22) with autism suggested that the verbal operants were not independent constructs; rather, items appeared to cluster in terms of skill complexity producing a best-fit 2-factor model. Together with prior research showing untrained cross-operant transfers, results fail to support the validity of distinguishing between the verbal operant categories as independent constructs, with implications for how behavior scientists and analysts describe language development, as well as in the assessment and treatment of language deficits for individuals with autism.
 
 
Symposium #304
CE Offered: BACB
Instructional Strategies for Skill Acquisition
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brittany Ann Juban (May Institute)
Discussant: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Brittany Ann Juban, Ph.D.
Abstract: Skill acquisition programs are designed to provide learners with assistance to establish important skills that were not previously in his or her repertoire. This assistance generally comes in the form of establishing a discriminative stimulus to occasion the desired skill, prompts to increase the likelihood that the skill will be performed correctly, an opportunity to respond, and reinforcement for correct responses. The current symposium presents a collection of studies that investigated different instructional strategies to promote new skills in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first study investigated the use of instructive feedback to expand listener skills in English when the instructive feedback was delivered in a different language for children with ASD. The second study evaluated brief assessment procedures to inform appropriate interventions when teaching vocal mands and tacts to children with vocal-verbal deficits and ASD. The third study compared different stimulus models when teaching tacts to children with ASD. The fourth study compared using a task analysis with a single opportunity method and a multiple opportunity method to teach complex skills to children with ASD. This collection of studies will assist practitioners in the identification of effective and efficient strategies to promote skill acquisition for children with ASD.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Skill Acquisition
Target Audience: This CE event is targeted toward direct therapists, BCBAs and BCABAs working with students with ASD and/or related developmental disabilities.
 
Instructive Feedback to Expand Listener Skills in a Different Language
VICTORIA RYAN (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Katherine Haggerty (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Jessebelle Pichardo (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Rachel Thomas (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Despite not being their primary language, many parents in bilingual speaking homes receive recommendations to forgo using their native language with their child and only use the primary local language because it is assumed that learning two languages may cause additional language delays in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) or other developmental disabilities. This advice, however, poses a problem because it is possible that skills acquired in a clinic setting may not generalize and maintain in the home environment if parents are not fluent in the language in which the skills were taught. It may be possible to teach skills in the clinic in a manner that promotes generalization to the native language without the need for explicit instruction. Instructive feedback promotes effective acquisition of maximum skills with minimal training. The present study evaluated whether instructive feedback delivered in the native language (Spanish) would be sufficient for children with ASD to display a listener skill taught in English when the instruction was delivered in Spanish during probes. Results suggest this may be a useful strategy for some participants.
 
An Evaluation of Mand and Tact Assessment Procedures
BRITTANY ANN JUBAN (May Institute), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, LLC), Dayna Costello (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Abstract: This study replicates and extends Bourret, Vollmer, & Rapp (2004) who evaluated an assessment to inform effective mand interventions for children. In the first study, we replicated their full mand assessment and compared it to a brief assessment with similar procedures. Results showed that both assessments identified similar patterns of responding for each participant. In the second study, we extended the brief assessment from the mand to the tact to evaluate the identification of training strategies for the tact. The brief tact and mand assessment demonstrated similar patterns of responding for only two of the three participants, suggesting that vocal verbal deficits may differ across verbal operants. These studies provide a methodology for conducting brief assessments to inform mand and tact training and environmental variables related to vocal-verbal deficits may differ across verbal operants for some individuals. Implications for assessment informed mand and tact training will be discussed.
 
Evaluation of Acquisition and Generalization of Tacts Across Three Stimulus Modes
Haley Nelson (The University of South Florida), NATALIE MANDEL (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Individuals with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often have a limited tact repertoire. This study compared the acquisition and generalization of tacts taught using different stimulus modes. Participants were three children with an ASD, ages 3 to 5 years old. Each participant was taught two sets of tacts, and each tact was randomly assigned to one of the stimulus mode. This study employed a simultaneous treatment design within a multiple baseline across participants. In this study, overall fewer training sessions were required for tacts in the picture and 3D object stimulus modes. In addition, one participant did not acquire either of the tacts assigned to the video stimulus mode. Finally, in most of the cases, participants correctly tacted novel exemplars of the mastered tacts, however generalization to a novel exemplar was more likely in the object (6/8 tacts) and video (4/4) stimulus modes.
 

A Comparison of Baseline Procedures in Evaluating Skill Performance Within Task Analyses

EMMA GRAUERHOLZ-FISHER (University of Florida), Jonathan K Fernand (Aurora University), Brandon C. Perez (University of Florida), Haleh Amanieh (West Virginia University), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Task analyses are commonly used by behavior analysts to teach complex skills across many types of tasks. One variation in task analysis teaching procedures has been the type of baseline procedures used. In the single-opportunity method (SOM) baseline, the entire task is presented, and all steps that are completed by the subject are scored as correct. Once the subject meets termination criteria the task is ended and all remaining steps are counted as incorrect. In the multiple-opportunity method (MOM) baseline, the therapist presents the task, and if the subject stops responding the therapist sets up the next step in the task for the subject, who then has the opportunity to respond independently. Concerns have been raised regarding how each of these methods might change the baseline performance of a task, affecting the interpretation of experimental control. The purpose of the current study was to conduct a within-subject comparison of both the SOM and MOM procedures for children with autism performing daily living skills. Results indicated that for most participants the MOM baseline resulted in increased performance during baseline compared to the SOM baseline, and that for some participants the MOM baseline resulted in acquisition prior to direct training.

 
 
Symposium #305
Behavior Analytic Interpretations of Services for Older Adults With Neurocognitive Disorders
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rachel VanPutten (Eastern Michigan University )
Discussant: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Non-pharmacological interventions, recommended as first-line treatment for various problems associated with cognitive decline in older adults, encompass a broad array of approaches (e.g. music therapy, memory boards, caregiver supported interventions, etc.) with ill-defined mechanisms of change. Interventions are often implemented haphazardly, based upon provider preferences. Behavior analysts, in contrast, deliver services that are conceptually consistent with behavior analytic principles, based upon scientific knowledge. This symposium will describe the rationale and the implementation of non-pharmacological interventions for problems that commonly occur when working with individuals aged 60 and older with neurocognitive disorders and their care partners, and provide behavior-analytic interpretations of their results. The first paper will describe the development of a tool designed to assess training experiences of care partners of older adults. The second paper will present the results of personalized music playlists on indices of happiness, vocalizations, and problem behaviour when compared to a social-visit without music control. The third paper will discuss the value of descriptive functional analyses in understanding behavior within a specialized dementia care unit. The final paper will describe the results of a multicomponent intervention to reduce calling out during mealtimes in a long-term care facility.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): neurocognitive disorders, non-pharmacological interventions, older adults, problem behavior
 

Elucidating Training Strategies for Care Partners of Family Members With Neurocognitive Disorders: Development of a Novel Assessment Tool

RACHEL VANPUTTEN (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Care partners are tasked with the implementation of interventions to ensure the wellbeing and prevent excess disability of their family members with neurocognitive disorders. However, most care partners report that they are ill-prepared, and barriers to implementation are common. Multicomponent interventions are overwhelmingly recommended to remove barriers. Investigation into the various strategies used within multicomponent interventions for care partners suggests that behavioral skills training is most efficacious in decreasing care partner barriers, but it is unclear to what degree and how frequently care partners receive it. The present study describes the development of a tool, based on the Performance Diagnostic Checklist - Human Services (PDC-HS), designed to assess the training experiences of care partners of older adults with neurocognitive disorders. Relevant stakeholders, specifically, care partners of the target population participated in a focus group to provide feedback on the acceptability and feasibility of the tool. Results suggest that while the tool is feasible, further considerations for acceptability are required. Implications of the findings with respect to the dissemination of behavior-analytic principles to care partner training will be discussed.

 

The Effect of Music on Behavior in Individuals With Dementia

NICOLE DOMONCHUK (Lambton College), Theresa Stoesser (Bluewater Health), Ashith Dev (St. Clair Catholic District School Board)
Abstract:

Dementia is a significant global health concern. An estimated 35.6 million people lived with dementia worldwide in 2010, and that number is expected to double every 20 years. Rather than difficulties remembering, thinking, or problem-solving, behavioural problems associated with dementia such as agitation, wandering and aggression are the main reason for institutionalization. Non-pharmacological interventions are mandated as first-line interventions to prevent or manage the behavioural symptoms of dementia. Music-based interventions are one approach that has recently gained popularity. The purpose of this study was to identify whether personalized music playlists had any observable effect on participant indices of happiness, vocalizations, and problem behaviour when compared to a social-visit without music control. Four caregiver/participant dyads participated. Results suggest that the impact of music was not uniform across participants. Regardless of objective behaviour change observed, all caregivers reported high satisfaction with the study. Implications of these results within a behavior analytic framework will be discussed.

 
Lessons Learned as BCBA's New to Gerontology
JENNIFER LYNNE BRUZEK (Jacksonville State University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University), Sara Posey Gaines (Behavioral Innovations, Texas), Makenzie Williams Bayles (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract: It is estimated that 5.7 million Americans are living with Alzheimer’s dementia in 2018. The prevalence of neurocognitive disorders and associated problem behavior coupled with the shortage of behavior analysts working with this population suggest a need for further investigation. The purpose of our study was to identify the environmental events that evoke and follow behavior in a specialized dementia care unit. We observed nine participants diagnosed with dementia in their natural environment to identify correlations between antecedent events (e.g., no attention), target behaviors (e.g., non-contextual speech), and consequences (e.g., delivery of attention). Comparisons of response-independent and conditional probabilities showed mostly negative contingency values, suggesting that attention and materials were more likely to occur non-contingently. The rationales and the implications of our findings will be discussed with respect to the idiosyncratic characteristics of this population. Our results suggest descriptive analyses provide a valuable tool for understanding general behavior patterns of these individuals and their care partners.
 
An Evaluation of a Multicomponent Intervention for Reducing Repetitive Requests in Applied Dementia Care
NICK FELTZ (The Royal Ottawa Mental Health Centre)
Abstract: The representation of aging adults both in behaviour analytic research and clinical practice has long been recognized as deficient (Burgio & Burgio, 1986). Prevailing limitations noted in existing literature include the absence of follow-up data demonstrating the longevity of behaviour analytic interventions, and a lack of social validity data precluding evaluations on the acceptability of interventions by service recipients and caregivers. The current study aims to address the existing limitations while evaluating a caregiver implemented multicomponent intervention designed to reduce repetitive requests exhibited during mealtime routines by an 87-year-old woman diagnosed with dementia. A multiple baseline design was used to evaluate the efficacy of the intervention across mealtime routines in the dining room of the participant’s current a long-term care home. In addition to behavioural data, treatment integrity and social validity scores were also collected for evaluation. The results of the behavioural data conclude a reduction of repetitive requests below 50% of baseline occurrences across mealtime routines following the implementation of the multicomponent intervention. Moreover, the data demonstrates a noteworthy correlation between 100% treatment integrity scores and reductions to 0 occurrences of repetitive requests during mealtime routines. Additionally, social validity scores concluded positive responses from caregivers who mediated the intervention. The current evaluation provides further evidence consistent with existing empirical research demonstrating efficacious applications of behavioural interventions within dementia care settings.
 
 
Symposium #306
CE Offered: BACB
Direct and Indirect Effects of Escape Extinction as Treatment for Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 1-3
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ashley Andersen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Dorothea C. Lerman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Approximately 25% to 45% of typically developing children and up to 80% of children with a developmental disability display feeding problems (Manikam & Perman, 2000; Volkert & Piazza, 2012). Volkert and Piazza (2012) determined that escape extinction was one of the most effective and empirically supported treatments for pediatric feeding disorders. The purpose of the current symposium is to review effective treatments for feeding disorders including escape extinction, differential positive and negative reinforcement of alternative behavior and discuss factors influencing generalization of treatment effects. The first presentation will evaluate differential reinforcement of alternative behavior and escape extinction to determine their effects on resistance to change, a core symptom of Autism Spectrum Disorder. The second presentation will compare enriched versus non-enriched differential negative reinforcement with and without escape extinction to increase acceptance and swallowing. The third presentation will evaluate renewal of inappropriate mealtime behavior associated with drinking from an open cup following a context change from therapist to caregiver. The last presentation will examine the effects of escape extinction as treatment for inappropriate mealtime behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): differential reinforcement, escape extinction, feeding disorders
Target Audience:

Researchers and clinicians interested in learning more about the direct and indirect effects of escape extinction as treatment for pediatric feeding disorders.

Learning Objectives: 1) Attendees will be able to identify the risks and benefits of implementing escape extinction. 2) Attendees will be able to describe contextual changes that may threaten generalization of treatment effects. 3) Attendees will be able to state the importance of incorporating positive or negative reinforcement to increase acceptance and swallowing.
 
Manipulating Quality of Differential Negative Reinforcement in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders
CAITLIN A. KIRKWOOD (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health, University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington; Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health), Taylor Kristina Moseley (UNCW), Sarah Morrison (University of North Carolina Wilmington; Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health)
Abstract: Given the role of negative reinforcement (i.e., escape from bites or drinks) in the maintenance of inappropriate mealtime behavior and the effectiveness of escape extinction as treatment for inappropriate mealtime behavior, it is surprising that only one study has examined the use of escape as a reinforcer for appropriate mealtime behavior (LaRue et al., 2011). Previous studies have shown that manipulation of different parameters of negative reinforcement (e.g., duration and magnitude) have increased appropriate behavior (Golonka et al., 2000; Zarcone, Fisher, & Piazza, 1996). In the current study, we examined the effects of manipulating the quality (i.e., enriched break versus nonenriched break) of negative reinforcement following mouth clean (i.e., a product measure of swallowing) with and without escape extinction. So far, results indicated that an enriched break resulted in beneficial treatment effects (i.e., quicker acquisition of acceptance and lower initial rates of inappropriate mealtime behavior) for one child, but only when escape extinction was implemented in combination with differential negative reinforcement. Implications of using differential negative reinforcement for appropriate behavior in the treatment of escape-maintained inappropriate mealtime behavior exhibited by children with feeding disorders are discussed further.
 

Further Evidence of Interventions to Decrease Resistance to Change in the Form of Food Selectivity

JAIME CROWLEY (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Researchers report that up to 72% of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have feeding difficulties (Shreck, Williams, & Smith, 2004). Food selectivity is the most common among this population. Although the etiology of feeding disorders is often unknown, we hypothesize that food selectivity is another form of resistance to change. Resistance to change is one of the repetitive and restricted response patterns that make up a core symptom of ASD. In the current study, we demonstrated that our behavior-analytic intervention reduced food selectivity to clinically acceptable levels for seven participants between the ages of 2 and 8 diagnosed with ASD. We were able to shift the participants’ responding from resistive feeding responses (e.g., always selecting chicken nuggets and French fries) to alternative, appropriate feeding responses (e.g., selecting healthier target foods like green beans and baked beans) by using differential reinforcement of alternative behavior and escape extinction. The treatment effects maintained when escape extinction was no longer in place and generalized to foods not yet targeted. These results have implications for the treatment of other symptoms of resistance to change as well as the generalization of treatment effects from one symptom to another.

 

Renewal of Problem Behavior Associated With Drinking From an Open Cup

RONALD JOSEPH CLARK (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Toni LaMonica (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; The University of Auckland)
Abstract:

Feeding problems in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder can result in malnutrition and delayed development. Behavioral interventions have been shown to be widely effective in increasing consumption of a range of foods in the absence of problem behaviors. The change in environmental cues from the treatment context (e.g., clinic) into novel contexts (e.g., home), however, can result in relapse of previously eliminated inappropriate mealtime behaviors. The present study sought to evaluate whether, after effectively reducing problem behavior associated with independent drinking from an open cup, problem behavior would return if the intervention was conducted under different contextual stimuli. During baseline, participants were exposed to an escape condition implemented by their primary caregiver (Context A), during which instances of problem behavior resulted in removal of the cup. Next, a trained therapist (Context B) implemented escape extinction and a fading procedure to increase self-fed acceptances from an open-cup. As participants continued to be exposed to the treatment, caregivers were trained to implement the intervention to high levels of treatment integrity. Upon reaching mastery criteria, caregivers implemented the treatment package as a return to Context A. Results and implications for treatment will be discussed in the context of research and theory on renewal.

 

Evaluating the Effects of Escape Extinction During Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders

CHRISTOPHER W ENGLER (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kathryn M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen Piazza (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Escape extinction is a well-established treatment for increasing acceptance and decreasing inappropriate mealtime behavior of children with feeding disorders (Volkert & Piazza, 2012), but some researchers have characterized escape extinction as intrusive because of its potential negative side effects. Two potential negative side effects that may be relevant to escape extinction are increases in emotional responding (Lerman & Iwata, 1996) and extinction-induced variability (Sevin, Gulotta, Sierp, Rosica, & Miller, 2002). Despite the criticisms, no studies to date have examined how often increases in emotional responding and extinction-induced variability occur during escape extinction to increase acceptance and decrease inappropriate mealtime behavior for children with feeding disorders. Therefore, the current study evaluated the negative side effects of escape extinction with negative vocalizations as our measure of emotional responding and packing and expulsion as our measure of extinction-induced variability. We analyzed the data of 82 children with food refusal, liquid refusal, or both, resulting in 124 data sets (69 and 55 data sets for solid and liquid intake, respectively). We observed increased negative vocalizations, expulsion, and packing in 70%, 83%, and 48% of the data sets, respectively. Participants’ increased acceptance during escape extinction occasioned the opportunity for expulsion and packing.

 
 
Symposium #307
CE Offered: BACB
Introduction to Clinical Behavior Analysis for Common Mental Health Presentations: Part One
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Emily Brennan (Eastern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Thomas J. Waltz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has been applied broadly and has been part of clinical psychology since the 1950’s. Behavior analysts have worked with a wide variety of clinical populations and several contemporary behavior therapies are deeply rooted in functional analytic thinking. This is the first of two symposiums aimed at introducing behavior analysts to clinical behavior analysis for common outpatient mental health presentations. In the service of workforce development, it is important that behavior analysts stay informed on the broad applications of behavioral principles in a wide variety of practice areas. This symposium covers Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP), Problem Solving Therapy (PST), and Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT). Each presentation will describe a therapy—its aims, techniques, and methods in functional terms. Outcome data for the treatments will be briefly reviewed. Finally, regulatory frameworks and professional training pathways will be discussed to inform behavior analysts of the training needed for these treatments to fall within their ethical scope of practice.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): ACT, clinical, depression, extreme behavior
Target Audience:

Individual in graduate training programs in behavior analysis and graduates from such programs.

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe contemporary behavior therapies for mental health presentations in terms of behavioral principles. Participants will be able to describe the evidence base for these treatments. Participants will be able to describe training pathways for having these treatments ethically fall within ones scope of practice.
 
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy
THOMAS J. WALTZ (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) is a behavior therapy that takes a functional approach to verbal behavior and applies it to a wide variety of clinical presentations. ACT was developed to address verbal barriers to effective action. The dissemination of this treatment has involved a wide variety of techniques and the use of “middle level terms,” such as acceptance and mindfulness. This presentation will focus on characterizing ACT in terms of basic behavioral principles, molar functional relations, and a contemporary analysis of rule-governed behavior. A brief review of the outcome literature for ACT will be provided for a variety of clinical presentations including anxiety, depression, chronic pain, obsessive-compulsive disorder, and psychosis. ACT’s status as an evidence-based therapy and the evolving criteria used to categorize the evidentiary status of therapies will be presented. Finally, professional development pathways for having a professional scope of practice inclusive of ACT for clinical presentations will also be discussed.
 
Functional Analytic Psychotherapy for Interpersonal Repertoires
EMILY BRENNAN (Eastern Michigan University), Kayla Rinna (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Functional analytic psychotherapy (FAP) is a behavioral therapy that utilizes the client-therapist relationship as an environment for changing a client’s social repertoire and increasing the frequency of social reinforcers. This is achieved through the differential reinforcement of clinically relevant behaviors (CRBs); that is, ineffective CRBs (CRB1s) are discouraged, while more effective alternatives (CRB2s) are prompted and reinforced in session. Ideally, these behaviors then generalize to clients’ social environment outside of session, granting them the skills to identify and access social relationships of higher reinforcing value. A brief summary of the outcome data for FAP will be provided. Because of the reciprocal nature of client-therapist interactions in FAP, therapists must be aware of differences in dimensions of diversity between themselves and their clients that could impact intervention outcomes. This presentation will review the behavioral principles in FAP, discuss FAP with diverse populations, and the special considerations in this work. The presentation will conclude with a discussion of the pathways available to obtaining training in FAP.
 
Problem Solving Therapy for Depression
CAITLYN UPTON (Rowan University), Tori Humiston (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Problem Solving Therapy (PST) is a systematic approach to skills training. Across sessions, therapists coach clients to identify problematic areas, clearly define the problem(s) clients have, brainstorm solutions, implement, and evaluate them. A behavior analytic conceptualization of PST includes discrimination training (changeable versus unchangeable problems), identification of short-term contingencies that might be barriers to problem-solving (e.g., commiserating or other social reinforcement for maintaining the status quo), and reinforcement of a general active and experimental approach to problem-solving (approach versus avoidance). Of note, Division 12 of the American Psychological Association has listed the treatment as evidence-based for depression, particularly when impairments in planning and organizing are present (Alexopoulos, Raue, Kiosses, et al., 2011; Katon, Von Korff, Lin, et al., 2004; Nezu, Nezu & Perri, 1989). This presentation will introduce behavior analysts to the techniques of and the evidence base for PST, while highlighting the importance of contextualizing clients’ behavior. Finally, the appropriate clinical settings and professional training required for PST will be reviewed.
 
Dialectical Behavior Therapy for Severe Multi-Problem Outpatient Clients
EFTHYMIA ORKOPOULOU (Eastern Michigan University), Rachel VanPutten (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Behavior analytical principles constitute the foundation of many contemporary psychotherapies and can offer a comprehensive understanding of complex behavioral phenomena. Dialectical Behavior Therapy (DBT) is a behaviorally rooted therapy that replaces pervasive, long-standing, and ineffective behavior patterns with more effective alternatives. Division 12 of the American Psychological Association designated DBT an evidence-based treatment for severe problems, such as self-harming, therapy-interfering, or other impulsive behaviors. DBT conceptualizes these problems as behavioral deficits and/or excesses, and it addresses specific behaviors by contextualizing them, using descriptive functional analyses and systematic problem-solving. The strategies employed require a solid background on functional analytic methodology, termed within DBT as contingency management, skills training, and chain analysis. While DBT initially was a treatment for adult self-harm, studies have suggested efficacy with other clinical populations (e.g. adults with eating and substance abuse disorders). This presentation will provide an overview of DBT, the strategies used, and the clinical targets of the therapy. It will review the evidence and describe training pathways.
 
 
Symposium #308
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Behavior Analysis Meets Institutional Analysis: Discussing the Preservation of Common Pool Resources
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Ramona Houmanfar, Ph.D.
Abstract:

General abstract: Elinor Ostrom’s work on management of common pool resources (CPR) offers an opportunity for behavior analysts to consider contingencies at behavioral and cultural levels involved in management of CPRs. This symposium comprises four papers, each focusing on behavioral contingencies, macrocontingencies and metacontingencies having roles in the depletion or conservation of a real-world CPR. The first presentation considers conservation of a public lake, examining behavioral and cultural selection contingencies in the context of a larger external system. The second presentation investigates the management of common pool resources in an Extractive Reserve as an example of self-governance of a CPR in contemporary Brazil. The third presentation examines the evolution of new interlocking behavioral contingencies when an indigenous CPR community starts to be affected by metacontingencies of a commercial market. The last presentation examines another case in which economic and political contingencies are producing new alliances between large and small producers of garlic in Bahia, Brazil.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Integrating Institutional and Culturo-Behavioral Analyses to the Management of Common Pool Resources
MARIA E. MALOTT (Association for Behavior Analysis International), Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The “tragedy of the commons” describes the depletion of resources when appropriated by a group of people. Previous scholars concluded that the only ways to avoid depletion of resources were private ownership or external governmental control. In Ostrom’s institutional analysis she identified a third solution to the tragedy of the commons. She analyzed multiple small communities lasting hundreds and even thousands of years in which the appropriators themselves managed their common pool of resources without external government control or privatization. She also identified eight design principles that characterize successful management of shared resources. Later she developed additional principles analyzing more complex social systems. We bring behavioral and cultural selection perspectives to complement her work. We analyze appropriators’ management of common pool resources in terms of metacontingencies and macrocontingencies operating within larger external systems. We conclude with a description of complementary principles to guide management of shared resources.
 
Managing Environmental Policies: Lessons From Traditional Communities
ROBERTA LEMOS (Ministério do Desenvolvimento Social, Brazil), Célia Regina Favacho (Ministério do Desenvolvimento Social, Brazil), Kátia Favilla (Ministério do Desenvolvimento Social, Brazil)
Abstract: Natural resource preservation concerns have been prevalent around the world and a range of solutions have been implemented to prevent their depletion. This paper brings together the literature on the commons and behavioral principles to understand how traditional communities’ management of common pool resources can contribute to this discussion. More specifically, it highlights how these communities can offer lessons to governments on how to develop and manage environmental policies with minimal intervention to ensure sustainable development. While Ostrom's work focuses on investigating how small communities succeed at managing common pool resources without external interference, Behavior Analysis can describe how cultural practices are selected. Through this framework, we investigate the practices of an Extractive Reserve (RESEX) in Brazil. A RESEX is an area of land, generally state-owned, where access and use rights, including natural resource extraction, are allocated to local groups. umos Fishermen in this community are able to successfully preserve one of their main sources of livelihood, the fiddler crab. Finally, we describe relevant elements and behavioral interactions to the preservation of resources that governments may want to consider.
 
The Impact of a Market Economy in the Preservation and Production of Açaí Berries in Brazilian Amazon
AECIO DE BORBA VASCONCELOS NETO (Universidade Federal do Pará, Brazil)
Abstract: Many different fields of knowledge approach social problems such as the overuse of resources necessary for human development and survival. Behavior analysts can contribute to the debate with the description of the individual and cultural contingencies that impact in the cultural practices responsible for the depletion or conservation of these resources. When looking on the possible overuse of common pool resources, an understanding of Elinor Ostrom’s work is valuable. This presentation aims to describe and analyze the selection of different cultural practices in the case of the production of açaí berries in Brazilian Amazon. In the past, the fruit was harvested and consumed by traditional caboclo communities in the Amazon region, in sustainable common pool management. The boom in the economy in the last 50 years led to new practices. We argue that the profit of this market selected new interlocked behavioral contingencies that may have different long-term nature effects as environmental erosion and social costs as the exclusion of the traditional populations and limiting the access of the low-income population to the product.
 
The Common Pool Resource: The Evolution of Cultural Practices in the Brazilian Economy
LAÉRCIA ABREU VASCONCELOS (Universidade de Brasília; Brazilian Agricultural Research Corporation), Virgínia Nogueira (Universidade de Brasília; Brazilian Agricultural Research Corporation), Pedro Vieira (Universidade de Brasília; Brazilian Agricultural Research Corporation), Gilmar Henz (Universidade de Brasília; Brazilian Agricultural Research Corporation)
Abstract: The Behavioral Systems theory, based on metacontingencies as sources of behavior change, has shown how behavioral engineering offered by Behavior Analysis can contribute to the analysis of different levels of complexity. The interface between Behavior Analysis, Elinor Ostrom's Economics, and the agricultural sector shows the strength of integrating areas in the study of cultural interventions. Thus, the objective of this essay is to present points of the Economic theory, in particular of the Common Pool Resources approach, in the study of the evolution of cultural practices. A case study of the adoption of virus-free garlic production by family farmers in Bahia State, Brazil, will be analyzed, with emphasis on the macrosystem (e.g., economic and political aspects) and on the alliance between small and big garlic producers. Impacts on the agents directly involved, as well as on the local economy, show favorable development alternatives.
 
 
Symposium #309
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Direct Observation Measurement Systems and Outcomes of Visual Analysis to Inform and Improve the Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: William H. Ahearn, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Direct observation and visual analysis are cornerstones of treating challenging behavior and this symposium evaluates novel methods in this domain. Two studies targeted assessment, with the first comparing assessments with different goals and measurement systems and the second evaluating visual analysis decision making. Specifically, one study evaluated correspondence between a concurrent operant analysis (measuring choice allocation) and a multielement functional analysis (measuring challenging behavior) and conducted treatment comparisons for cases of non-correspondence. The next study evaluated the number of sessions required in extended alone or ignore assessments to make valid conclusions about whether challenging behavior is automatically maintained based on visual analysis of the rate of behavior across sessions. The other studies evaluate direct observation and visual analysis in treatment contexts, one focused on observations across contexts and the other comparing treatments with measurement of various dimensions of behavior. For the observations across contexts, the authors demonstrate whether a treatment for stereotypy shown effective in controlled contexts is also efficacious in naturalistic settings. The next study also targeted repetitive movements, but compared the success of two treatments (blocking and manual guidance) using three behavioral measurements, demonstrating that some measurement systems may be more sensitive in detecting treatment differences.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): direct observation, problem behavior, repetitive behavior, visual analysis
Target Audience:

Professionals working with children who exhibit challenging behavior.

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will describe the difference between a concurrent operant and multielement functional analysis 2. Attendees will identify the number of extended alone/ignore sessions required to make reliable clinical decisions 3. Attendees will describe why it is important to evaluate the effects of treatments across contexts 4. Attendees will identify why it may be useful to measure multiple dimensions of behavior when evaluating treatment outcomes
 

Comparisons Between Functional Analysis and Concurrent Operant Analysis Outcomes in the Assessment of Problem Behavior

JESSICA TORELLI (Vanderbilt University), Emily Weaver (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

We evaluated the extent to which the results of a response-guided concurrent operant analysis (COA) framework assessing relative preference for attention, tangible, and escape corresponded with results of functional analyses (FA) of problem behavior across six children with or at risk for disabilities. For each participant, we conducted a COA using a simultaneous treatments design, followed by a multi-element FA. In cases where the two assessments did not fully correspond, we used an alternating treatments design to compare the effects of interventions based on each assessment outcome on rates of problem and appropriate behavior. Finally, for cases in which at least one effective intervention was identified, we used a concurrent chain procedure to evaluate participant preference among effective interventions. COA results partially corresponded with FA results (i.e., COA identified one of multiple functions of problem behavior) for all six participants. Treatment results varied by participant. For one participant, both treatments were equally effective; for two participants, neither treatment was effective; and for three participants either the FA- or COA-based treatment was more effective. Participants for whom a superior treatment was identified showed a consistent preference for the more effective intervention.

 

Comparing Decisions Regarding Whether Challenging Behavior is Automatically Maintained Based on Assessments of Varying Lengths

MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Marcus Autism Center), Stephanie Liollio (Marcus Autism Center), Seung Ju Lee (Emory University)
Abstract:

Several studies have evaluated functional analysis (FA) methods for identifying whether challenging behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement. Queirim et al. (2013) found that extended alone sessions conducted prior to a multielement FA correctly identified whether challenging behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. However, it is unclear how many sessions are needed in this type of an assessment to make confident conclusions. In this study, we conducted a retrospective consecutive case series analysis from clients with intellectual or developmental disabilities that completed extended alone or ignore sessions as part of a day treatment admission for challenging behavior. Using visual analysis, we compared decisions regarding whether challenging behavior was automatically maintained based on data from the first three and six sessions of the assessment to decisions made when all available clinical data were presented. Results from the first 20 cases suggest that reliability between decisions made following three data points compared to all available clinical data was poor, but increased dramatically with the first six data points. This suggests that at least six consecutive sessions with alone/ignore contingencies may be required to draw conclusions about automatically-maintained challenging behavior. Results are discussed in the context of maximizing assessment efficiency.

 
A Naturalistic Approach to the Treatment of Stereotypy
HALEY STEINHAUSER (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Rebecca Foster (Western New England University), Riley Fergus (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Stereotypy treatment often involves decelerative methods, but Colón, Ahearn, Clark, and Masalsky (2012) demonstrated that reinforcement of alternative verbal behavior can decrease stereotypy. Similar to this approach, we targeted stereotypy by first reinforcing verbal and social behavior in contexts that mimicked the typical flow of a classroom. Verbal behavior was targeted in two contexts, with one context approximating academic programming and the other providing incidental opportunities for established verbal responses. An interactive leisure context expanded on existing social skills, and an independent leisure context provided incidental opportunities for established play skills. We measured appropriate behavior and stereotypy across all contexts prior to redirection. Data from two participants will be presented. With the first participant, we observed desirable levels of appropriate behavior and low levels of stereotypy in both verbal behavior contexts. Stereotypy remained problematic in the leisure contexts, requiring stereotypy redirection. Context-specific redirection suppressed stereotypy significantly in one of the contexts and response interruption and redirection decreased stereotypy in the other context. Interobserver agreement was calculated for a minimum of 30% of sessions across all conditions and was an average of 90% or above.
 

Implications of Three Measures to Determine Treatment Effectiveness for the Repetitive Body Movements of an Adult With Autism

NICOLE SCHUIERER (Alpine Learning Group), Cortney DeBiase (Alpine Learning Group), Kathryn E. Cerino Britton (The Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
Abstract:

The participant was a 19-year-old with autism who engaged in high rates of repetitive body movements (RBM) that interfered with and was responsible for the loss of paid employment. We chose two vocational tasks (i.e., cleaning a table and rolling napkins) that the participant performed independently at the job site and that typically took approximately 5- 8 minutes to complete. We used a multi-element design across these tasks to compare the effects of blocking and manual guidance on the number of RBM in, the duration of task completion, and the rate of RBM. Duration of task completion for both tasks decreased, but more so for cleaning the table when manual guidance was used. The frequency of RBM reduced dramatically for both conditions and remained low. Taken together, these two measures imply that both blocking and manual guidance were equally effective. Alternatively the rate of RBM, indicated that blocking was the more effective procedure. Taken collectively, we decided to continue with manual guidance as that was the more effective procedure for decreasing the duration of task completion. Results support the importance of using more than one measurement to determine intervention effects.

 
 
Symposium #310
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating the Impact of Chaining Methods on Skill Acquisition and Treatment Integrity
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kate E. Fiske Massey (Rutgers University-New Brunswick)
Discussant: Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy)
CE Instructor: Kate E. Fiske Massey, Ph.D.
Abstract: Behavior chains are a commonly used teaching strategy within applied behavior analysis, especially for teaching vocational and self-help skills to individuals with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities. However, little guidance is provided by the literature with regard to the conditions under which chaining procedures are effective and efficient (Donnelly & Karsten, 2017). Variations in chaining procedures such as prompting and reinforcement have the potential to impact not only student skill acquisition (e.g., Libby, Weiss, Bancroft, & Ahearn, 2008), but also the treatment integrity of staff implementation (e.g., Donnelly & Karsten, 2017). In the current symposium, we will present a review of the literature on chains to guide our implementation of this complex teaching procedure. We will then present evaluations of three procedural variations of chaining and the effects on either the skill acquisition of learners or the treatment integrity of staff implementation. This symposium will provide guidance for practitioners in behavior chain implementation and also present a call to the field for increased research focus on defining and evaluating the effectiveness of chaining procedures.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavior chains, Skill acquisition, Treatment integrity
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and other professionals implementing chaining procedures to teach complex skills to individuals with autism spectrum disorder and other developmental disabilities.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize the body of research on implementing behavior chains; (2) identify components of behavior chains that are subject to procedural variation, and (3) describe the impact of some programmatic variations of skill acquisition or treatment integrity.
 
Evaluating the Replicability of Chain Procedures in Published Literature
SHIN TEH (Rutgers University-New Brunswick), Catherine Kishel (Rutgers University-New Brunswick), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Rutgers University-New Brunswick)
Abstract: Chaining procedures are commonly used in promoting skill acquisition among those with autism and other developmental disabilities. However, there is a relative lack of guidance in the literature regarding procedural administration. To help guide implementation of chains in a clinical setting, in the current study we reviewed peer-reviewed publications that used chaining procedures. Our goals were to determine whether studies 1) reported procedures in a replicable manner and 2) taken together, could inform a consistent protocol for various chaining procedures to enhance both research and clinical consistency. For our preliminary review, we examined 20 articles published between 1988 and 2018 that used forward, backward, or total task chaining procedures. Each article was coded for the presence of 33 components of chain implementation. Overall replicability was determined for each study by calculating the percent of components that were clearly described in the methods. Preliminary findings indicate only 30% of reviewed studies achieved greater than 80% replicability. This result highlights the inconsistency regarding procedural implementation across studies, which is a concern that should be brought to the attention of the field as it limits our ability to use research to inform our practice.
 
The Effects of Different Behavior Chain Strategies on Treatment Integrity
HYEIN LEE (Rutgers University-New Brunswick), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Rutgers University-New Brunswick), Meredith Bamond (Rutgers University-New Brunswick), Catherine Kishel (Rutgers University-New Brunswick)
Abstract: The use of chaining procedures is effective for teaching a sequence of skills and is widely used for individuals with developmental disabilities. The literature suggests that when teachers implement behavior chains with a high level of error, or with low treatment integrity, skill acquisition stagnates. By comparison, high-integrity teaching often leads to rapid acquisition (Donnelly & Karsten, 2017). Errors commonly identified when teaching forward chains include prompting steps out of order, incorrectly delivering the reinforcer, and failing to provide appropriate prompts (Donnelly & Karsten, 2017), but we do not know whether these findings also extend to other types of chaining procedures. This project aims to identify the frequency of different types of staff error across three different chaining strategies: backward, forward, and total task. We sampled 34 to 36 trials each of forward, backward, and total task chains across multiple skills, students, and teachers. Preliminary results indicate that teachers were more likely to make errors for certain treatment integrity components regardless of chaining strategy used. Results will be discussed in the context of training teachers to implement chains effectively.
 

Evaluating Backward Chaining Methods on Vocational Tasks With Adults With Developmental Disabilities

ASHLEY MARIECLAIRE KOBYLARZ (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Linda Sue Meyer (Linda S. Meyer Consulting, LLC)
Abstract:

Backward chains are widely used to teach complex skills to individuals with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities. Implementation of chaining procedures may vary and there is little to guide practitioners in the selection of chaining procedures. Moreover, there is a dearth of research evaluating effectiveness and efficiency of procedural variations of behavior chains. The purpose of this study was to extend previous research by evaluating the effectiveness, efficiency, and preference for procedural variations (i.e., teacher-completion, participant-completion, and no-completion) of backward chains across vocational tasks for three adults with developmental disabilities. Data will be presented across the percentage of independent and correct steps completed in addition to efficiency measures of errors and trials to mastery. We will also discuss participant preference for instructional strategies, maintenance across one- and four- weeks post-mastery, and socially validity measures as well.

 

The Effect of Prompt Assignment on Treatment Integrity and Skill Acquisition in Total Task Chains

CATHERINE KISHEL (Rutgers University-New Brunswick ), Olivia Heck (Ripon College), Meredith Bamond (Rutgers University-New Brunswick), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Rutgers University-New Brunswick)
Abstract:

Little research exists regarding the assignment of prompts used within chains. Prompts have considerable impact on total task chains, in which each step of the chain is taught simultaneously. The current study evaluated the effect of prompt assignment on staff treatment integrity and student performance. Phase 1 evaluated the ability of three teachers to implement two prompting methods with integrity across three adult clients with ASD. In the multiple-prompt (MP) method, the prompt required to occasion the correct response for each step of the chain during a probe was assigned to those steps during teaching. In contrast, using the single-prompt (SP) method, the most intrusive prompt required on any step of the chain during the probe was assigned to every step of the chain during teaching. Results showed that teachers implemented the MP and SP methods with equally high levels of treatment integrity but that lower average levels of prompting were used during MP. Phase 2 of the current study seeks to evaluate the effects of the MP versus SP method on skill acquisition of two of the clients from Phase 1. Initial results suggest that the MP method may be more effective in promoting skill acquisition and independence.

 
 
Symposium #311
CE Offered: BACB
Bringing the Lag Out of the Lab: Applied Lag Schedule Research
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Andrea Ramirez-Cristoforo (The University of Texas at Austin )
Discussant: Ronald Lee (William James College)
CE Instructor: Clodagh Mary Murray, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The utility of lag schedules for increasing varied responding has been established in basic research with animals since the 1980s. This symposium aims to disseminate the latest research investigating lag schedules in applied settings. The first paper, a comprehensive research synthesis, will “set the scene” by providing an overview of the recent developments in applied, basic and translational research on lag schedules with human participants. This will be followed by three empirical papers describing lag schedule research for increasing variability in play behaviours of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The first of these increased variation in selection of toys, remediating a common problem among children with ASD, namely that they perseverate on a limited number of toys, missing out on opportunities for social and tangible reinforcement. The next paper describes the use of lag schedules to increase variation in appropriate play behaviors and the impact of this on stereotypy. This is timely as it represents a potential shift in how restricted repetitive behaviors are conceptualized. If we frame them as low behavioral variability then reinforcement-based strategies are indicated. The third paper outlines a lag schedule intervention to increase variability in play actions with toys, with a focus on generalization and maintenance effects and how these may be maximized. Together with the discussant, these papers will provide an engaging insight into the practical aspects of using lag schedules to increase variability in humans, with an emphasis on play.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBA, BCBA-D Post graduate students, practitioners, researchers

 
A Systematic Synthesis of Lag Schedule Research in Humans
(Applied Research)
BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at San Antonio, Department of Interdisciplinary Learning and Teaching), Clodagh Mary Murray (National University of Ireland Galway), Michelle Kelly (Emirates College for Advanced Education), Olive Healy (Trinity College Dublin)
Abstract: Variability provides the basic building blocks for operant selection to shape the behavioral repertoires of individual organisms. Findings from basic and applied behavior analytic research conducted over multiple decades have converged to suggest that variability may be a dimension of operant behavior. Therefore, researchers have begun to develop and evaluate applied behavioral technology used to teach, strengthen, and bring operant variability under discriminative stimulus control for educational or clinical purposes, such as replacing repetitive behavior or stereotypy with variable behavior in individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The current study is the first comprehensive synthesis of basic, translational, and applied research on lag schedules in humans. We employed a multi-step search strategy to identify all experimental studies of lag schedules in humans published in peer-reviewed journals since 1985. We identified 38 studies that met inclusion criteria, then extracted data on participant and study characteristics and compared applied study characteristics to the 2014 Council for Exceptional Children (CEC): Standards for Evidence-Based Practices in Special Education. Preliminary results suggest that (a) more translational research on lag schedules is needed to further characterize the effects of lag schedules in humans, (b) the effects of lag schedules in applied studies have largely been positive, and (c) lag schedules of reinforcement can increase operant variability in typically developing individuals and individuals with intellectual disabilities or developmental disorders across a range of ages, settings, and skill domains such as verbal behavior, play, and feeding. We conclude by discussing future avenues of research and some preliminary practice guidelines.
 

Increasing Variability in Toy Selection in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Stimulus to Stimulus Pairing and Lag Schedules of Reinforcement

(Applied Research)
Catherine Moynihan (National University of Ireland Galway), CLODAGH MARY MURRAY (National University of Ireland Galway)
Abstract:

Research has demonstrated that children with ASD engage more in stereotyped, repetitive movements during play and demonstrate limited interest in varying the toys they play with. Therefore, evidence-based interventions are necessary to assist with widening the community of reinforcers and improving variability and flexibility of play among this group. In Phase 1, a stimulus-stimulus pairing intervention was successfully implemented to condition three toys as reinforcers for four children with ASD. In Phase 2, lag schedules of reinforcement were implemented in a non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants design to increase variability in toy selection for three children with ASD using the toys that were conditioned in Phase 1 along with three novel toys. Results indicated that lag schedules are an effective intervention for increasing variability in toy selection for children with ASD and that the toys that had been previously conditioned were not selected more frequently under lag conditions than the novel toys. Implications of this work for early intervention programs will be outlined.

 

An Evaluation of the Effects of Lag Schedules on Variable Play Behavior and Stereotypy in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
ANDREA RAMIREZ-CRISTOFORO (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Fabiola Vargas Londoño (University of Texas at Austin), Cayenne Shpall (Student)
Abstract:

The tendency of individuals with autism to engage in excessive repetitive and stereotyped behavior may be conceptualized as a deficit in variable responding. Basic and applied studies in the behavioral literature have demonstrated that, similar to other operant dimensions of behavior, variability can be impacted via the manipulation of reinforcement contingencies using lag schedules. Lag schedules have been demonstrated to positively impact variability across a variety of skills with individuals with autism including verbal behavior such as mands, tacts, and appropriate answers to social questions. Lag schedules have also been demonstrated to increase variability with toy play behaviors. In this study, we evaluated the effects of applying lag schedules to appropriate toy play behaviors on object-based stereotypy, appropriate toy play behavior, and novel play responses. We utilized an ABAB embedded in a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across participants. Results suggested that applying the lag schedule increased the cumulative number of novel responses and engagement in appropriate play. It also resulted in decreased time engaged in object-based stereotypy. The potential utility of lag schedules for decreasing object-based stereotypy in individuals with autism will be discussed.

 

Increasing and Generalizing Variability in Toy Play Actions of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Lag Schedules of Reinforcement

(Applied Research)
RASHA BARUNI (New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi), Daniel John Sheridan (Mohammed Bin Rashid Center for Special Education operated by The New England Center for Children), Clodagh Mary Murray (National University of Ireland Galway), Michelle Kelly (Emirates College for Advanced Education), Jonathan Seaver (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Restricted repetitive behaviors are frequently demonstrated by children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Invariable behaviors, along with limited play skills, may result in little contact with social sources of reinforcement. Research has demonstrated variability to be an operant element of behavior, sensitive to reinforcement contingencies and lag schedules are gaining increasing attention in the research literature. The current study adds to previous work by investigating the use of lag schedules of reinforcement to occasion novel play actions with toys with three children diagnosed with ASD in the United Arab Emirates. A non-concurrent multiple baseline design across participants was utilized to evaluate the effects of lag 1 and lag 2 schedules of reinforcement. During baseline conditions, play behavior with was observed in the absence of intervention. During intervention conditions, reinforcers were delivered contingent on responses that met the lag criterion. Furthermore, prompts were introduced and faded to further increase variable toy-play behavior. The data indicate that the procedure was effective in increasing novel toy-play responding for all three participants. Additional data on generalization, maintenance and social validity will be presented and discussed as these factors are likely to influence the adoption of lag schedule interventions in applied settings.

 
 
Symposium #312
CE Offered: BACB
Stimulus Equivalence: Conceptual and Experimental Issues
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich E-G
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Abdulrazaq A. Imam (John Carroll University)
CE Instructor: Erik Arntzen, Ph.D.
Abstract: The first paper is by Arntzen, Nordenstam, and Fields. They present an experiment in which college students were trained 12 conditional discriminations (ABCDE) followed by a sorting test and a simple discrimination of C stimuli and finally a test for emergent relations. The main findings were a 100% correspondence between sorting and MTS performance, and all participants sorted correctly after an extension of stimulus classes. The second paper by Vilela and Tomanari present an experiment exploring the effect of delayed matching-to-sample with the focus on parameters of eye-fixation. They found that the longer exposure to the sample stimuli in an MTS task may be not enough to explain the differences observed in the establishment of equivalence classes in DMTS compared to SMTS tasks. Fields and Arntzen in third paper discuss the use of the percentage of participants in a group who form equivalence classes. They argue that many of the critiques raised are about other factors that are essential in the measurement of class formation. The last paper by Vaidya discusses the definition of equivalence classes. The presentation will describe important aspects of developments in Sidman’s conceptualization of equivalence relations.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): conceptual, experimental, stimulus equivalence
Target Audience: Researchers, students
Learning Objectives: Participants will by the end of the symposium be able to talk about (1) sorting as measurement for class formation, (2) the role of eye-fixations, (3) arguments why yields are important in equivalence class formation, and (4) definitions on stimulus equivalence.
 
Extension of Stimulus Classes
(Basic Research)
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Constanse Nordenstam (Oslo Metropolitan University), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: The correspondence between performance on class-formation sorting test (CFST) and matching-to-sample (MTS) test have been shown in many recent experiments. The present experiment expands the knowledge by studying sorting performance after extending stimulus classes by including a simple discrimination training. Twenty participants trained 12 conditional discriminations with a linear series training structure (ABCDE).The training was followed by a CFST. Then, they were exposed to an extension training with simple discrimination of the C stimuli. In the presence of C1, C2, and C3, they had to click 3, 5, and 7 times, respectively. The numbers 3, 5, and 7 were used as F stimuli in a test block including AF, BF, DF, and EF. The participants were assigned into two different groups. Half of the participants were exposed to MTS testing and a CFST, while the other half of participants were exposed to CFST, MTS test, and CFST. Half of the participants were exposed to MTS testing and CFST, while the other half of the participants were exposed to CFST, MTS testing, and CFST. The main findings were a 100% correspondence between sorting and MTS performance, and all participants sorted correctly after an extension of stimulus classes (see Table 1).
 

The Effects of Delayed Momentary Time Sampling Tasks on the Establishment of Equivalence Classes and on the Parameters of Eye Fixations

(Basic Research)
Eduardo Vilela (University of Sao Paulo), GERSON YUKIO TOMANARI (Universidade de Sao Paulo)
Abstract:

Data have suggested that delayed MTS (DMTS) is more effective in establishing equivalence classes than simultaneous MTS (SMTS), in addition to providing stronger associations among stimuli within classes. A possible explanation for these results is that the delay allows the participant to be exposed to the sample stimuli for longer time. The present study aimed to evaluate the effects of different delays in MTS tasks on the formation of equivalence classes and on temporal parameters of eye fixations regarding the sample stimuli as assessed by eye-tracking apparatus. Nine undergraduate students were exposed to a conditional discrimination training in order to establish classes A1B1C1, A2B2C2, A3B3C3 and A4B4C4. Each of these classes was associated with one of the following condition: SMTS and DMTS (delay 0 s, 2 s and 4 s). Seven participants demonstrated the formation of stimulus classes. Regarding eye tracking, no remarkable differences had been observed regarding the fixations to the sample stimuli during the acquisition of conditional discriminations as well as during equivalence tests in any of the experimental conditions.These results suggest, therefore, that the longer exposure to the sample stimuli in a MTS task may be not enough to explain the differences observed in the establishment of equivalence classes in DMTS compared to SMTS tasks.

 
Yield as an Essential Measure of Equivalence Class Formation
(Theory)
LANNY FIELDS (Queens College, City University of New York), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: “Yield”, the percentage of participants in a group who form a set of targeted equivalence classes, has been used to discover many variables that enhance the immediate emergence of equivalence classes. Additionally, yield is now being used increasingly to document the formation of educationally relevant equivalence classes. Recently, however, six criticisms have been raised regarding the appropriateness of using yield to study equivalence class formation. An analysis of each critique suggests that (i) none are supportable, (ii) yield cannot be replaced with trial-based measurements of stimulus control topographies that influence responding during or after class formation, and (iii) both yield and trial-based measures of performance are needed to provide a comprehensive understanding of equivalence class formation. Further, many of these critiques are really about other factors that play critical roles in the measurement of class formation.
 

On the Definition of Stimulus Equivalence: Current Status and Future Directions

(Theory)
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Theoretical developments in the inductive sciences come about when a sufficient amount of data has been collected to warrant a conceptual organization or reorganization of known empirical facts. When cast precisely, theories can also delimit their domain and, thus, serve to create the conditions for their modification and development. Sidman’s (1994 and 2000) papers serve as excellent examples of this kind of theory making. In this address, I will attempt to describe how developments in Sidman’s conceptualization of equivalence relations have created the conditions for a re-evaluation of the procedures and criteria by which equivalence relations are assayed and measured. In brief, Sidman’s recognition that equivalence relations include all positive members of a contingency or reinforcement allows for the possibility that equivalence relations can emerge from systematically arranged two- and three-term contingencies. This presentation will explore the implications of this shift in thinking for how equivalence relations are defined and measured.

 
 
Symposium #313
CE Offered: BACB
Extending the Reach of Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A
Area: OBM/TBA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge)
Discussant: Patrick C. Friman (Boys Town)
CE Instructor: Ellie Kazemi, Ph.D.
Abstract: In this symposium, we will discuss applications of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) beyond treatment for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). The first paper focuses on a proposed method of training conflict resolution skills to behavior analysts using a decision-making tree and corresponding behavior measurement tool. The second paper includes results of a recent survey distributed to fire safety trainers and the collaborative development of a behavioral tool to be utilized by trainers teaching fire prevention in the community. The third paper disseminates the effectiveness of ABA for both skill acquisition and problem behavior reduction for children who do not have a diagnosis of ASD. The final paper outlines the effects of a behavior analytic intervention in a classroom with typically developing students. Our discussant will conclude with further discussion of these findings and the importance of extending the reach of behavior analysis.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Beyond Autism, Conflict Resolution, Fire Safety, Typically Developing
Target Audience: The target audience are Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs), behavior analysts in training, or individuals interested in application of behavior analytic principles to populations outside of those with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorders.
Learning Objectives: 1) Attendees will identify the impact of workplace conflict on behavior analysts and the utility of a decision-making tree in resolving conflict. 2) Attendees will identify the benefits of the application of behavioral measurement tools in community safety trainings. 3) Attendees will identify potential application of behavior analytic interventions with children who are typically developing or have a diagnosis other than Autism Spectrum Disorder.
 
Conflict Resolution Training for Behavior Analysts
(Applied Research)
CHELSEA M CARTER (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge), Ryan Moradpour (California State University, Northridge), Shelby Jones (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: Recently, we distributed a nation-wide survey and found that unresolved workplace conflict was associated with turnover, lost cases, and decreased job satisfaction for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) who participated. Training BCBAs to resolve workplace conflict may mitigate these adverse effects. However, there is currently no evidence-based conflict resolution training available to BCBAs, and existing models of conflict resolution often lack specific performance measures or decision-making criteria for resolving conflict. Therefore, we propose a behavior analytic approach to teaching conflict resolution skills using a decision-making tree. In this presentation, we will summarize common components of conflict resolution in existing literature we used to develop our decision-making tree and discuss how they can be incorporated into behavior skills training for practitioners. We will share our proposed 5-step decision tree and the results of our pilot trainings.
 
Extending the Reach of Behavior Analysis to Fire Safety Training
(Applied Research)
ADISA PTAH (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge), Andrew Ainsworth (California State University, Northridge), Jennifer Radics-Johnson (Alisa Ann Ruch Burn Foundation), Daniel Chacon (Alisa Ann Ruch Burn Foundation), Ed Comeau (Writer-Tech), Coral Florian (California State University, Northridge)
Abstract: According to the National Fire Protection Association, there are over 3,000 fire and burn-related deaths every year. Fire Departments and Burn Foundations provide community trainings for fire prevention and to increase the public’s skills for safe emergency responding. In this Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) funded project, our goal is to develop behavior measurement tools to help community trainers assess the impact of their training on the performance of their trainees. We surveyed 135 experts in fire and burn education and asked them about their current training procedures for fire escape planning, smoke alarm education, burn care, and burn prevention education. We learned that majority of these respondents evaluate the effectiveness of fire safety and burn education by the number of participants who attended their education program. We then conducted phone interviews with 14 of the respondents who had indicated that they assess behavior change after their trainings. Through the interviews and focus group discussions, we found that there is a high demand for behavior measures that capture emergency response skills of trainees. We will discuss the results of the survey, interviews, and the focus group meeting and end by showing the performance monitoring tool we have developed collaboratively.
 
Beyond Autism: Disseminating Applied Behavior Analysis Across a Variety of Populations and Presenting Problems
(Applied Research)
MEGAN MICHELLE ST. CLAIR (Halo Behavioral Health), Lauri Simchoni (BCBA), Bryan Burra (Halo Behavioral Health), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract: Numerous research studies have been dedicated to evaluating the effectiveness of applied behavior analytic (ABA) treatment in problem behavior reduction and skill acquisition with individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). However, research studies dedicated to evaluating the efficacy of the dissemination of ABA across a variety of differing populations and presenting problems, beyond ASD, is limited and warrants further investigation. Therefore, the purpose of this pilot program evaluation is to analyze the effects of traditional ABA treatment on the total percentage decrease in problem behavior and percentage increase in skill acquisition, across individuals with various clinical diagnoses to no diagnosis at all. The outcome data for three children, ranging in age from 6 to 10 years, is included. Results of this pilot program evaluation preliminarily indicates that ABA treatment is effective and efficient in decreasing problem behavior and increasing skills beyond individuals with ASD.
 

Wait! You Want Me to Not Listen to the Teacher?: Evaluating the Effects of Augmental Values on the Establishment and Reversal of Instructional Control

(Applied Research)
SHARI DAISY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles), Eric Carlson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles ), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

The current study evaluated whether instructional control over learning readiness behavior could be established and reversed as a result of trained augmentals. Six typically developing second grade students participated in the study. First, coordination relations were trained and tested for a network of learning readiness behavior. High value, minimal value, and negative value augmentals were then established for two arbitrary stimuli. Instructional control tests with trained augmentals in place resulted in rapid control over student responding under the negative value augmental condition with varied responding under the high and minimal value augmental conditions.

 
 
Symposium #314
CE Offered: BACB
Supporting Better Management Practices: Research on Response Deprivation, Countercontrol, and Performance Scorecards
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Toronto
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Elizabeth Virginia Krulder (California State University, Fresno)
Discussant: Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC)
CE Instructor: Sharlet D. Rafacz, Ph.D.
Abstract: There are a number of important areas for further research within the field of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) to better inform managers on how to improve employees' behavior. As one example, response deprivation may assist managers with increasing performance without the addition of costly reinforcers, but research within OBM is limited and several studies suffer from methodological limitations. Countercontrol can also be a concern for management, yet many of the publications in this area are theoretical or countercontrol is invoked as a post hoc explanation rather than being empirically investigated. Finally, performance scorecards (also known as the performance matrix) are a package intervention that includes a number of empirically-supported components for management to utilize in increasing a variety of workplace behaviors. However, further research regarding the necessary components of the scorecard is needed. The current symposium will present both analogue and applied research in each of these areas and discuss how the results have implications for future research but also for how management designs systems to motivate and improve employee performance.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts, particularly those who are conducting research in organizational behavior management and/or are currently a supervisor or manager in their organization.
 
The Effects of Response Deprivation on Employee Performance in an Analogue Work Setting
(Basic Research)
ROBBYN WOOD (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: The response deprivation model includes depriving a behavior below baseline levels and then providing access to the behavior contingent on the completion of a different behavior. With the response deprivation model, supervisors can use any behavior that is already occurring, particularly low-probability behaviors, as a reinforcer for any other behavior. This is particularly important for organizations because it decreases the need for other, more costly reinforcers, such as money. Within the field of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) there have been few studies conducted utilizing response deprivation within a work environment. Those studies that have been conducted evaluated the effects of restricting high-probability behaviors; however, a majority of the behaviors in a work environment are low-probability behaviors. As such, the purpose of the current study was to examine the effects of restricting access to high- and low-probability behaviors and making access to those behaviors contingent on performing a different high- or low-probability behavior in an analogue work setting. The effects of restricted access to high-probability or low-probability tasks was evaluated in an alternating treatments design with five participants. Results of this study and how they inform managerial practices and future research will be discussed.
 

Evaluation of an Experimental Procedure to Evoke Countercontrol in an Organizational Analogue

(Basic Research)
ALEXIS BARAJAS (California State University, Fresno ), Miguel Angel Vieyra (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract:

One way an individual can control another person's behavior is through aversive consequences, such as threats of punishment. In behavioral research this is referred to as aversive control. Aversive control is widespread in our culture and its use is concerning because it frequently evokes negative side effects. Countercontrol is one of these negative side effects. Countercontrol is an operant response that is evoked by aversive control and that functions to punish the user of aversive control. This may take the form of acts of rebellion, revolution, protest, sabotage, and terrorism. Organizational settings frequently utilize aversive control and more research is needed to determine under what conditions the side effects of aversive control, such as countercontrol, may be evoked. The purpose of the current study was to create an organizational analogue in which statements made by a manager may evoke countercontrol responses. The study used an ABCDCD reversal design, and a total of 14 participants completed the procedure. Results indicated that the majority of participants did not engage in countercontrol, however, the procedure may have resulted in countercontrol responding by several participants. How individual results may inform managerial practices and future research will be discussed.

 
Flexibility in Goal Attainment: The Role of Overachievement in Performance Matrices
(Applied Research)
BLAIN HOCKRIDGE (California Autism Center & Learning Group), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: There are few studies in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM) that examine the effectiveness of individual goal setting components (O’Hora & Maglieri, 2006). For instance, some versions of the performance matrix, an employee behavior scorecard, allow employees to achieve points above a specified goal level (overachievement) for certain behaviors to make up for other goals that are not met even though there is no evidence to justify doing this (Daniels & Daniels, 2006). While some versions of the performance matrix are used frequently in applied settings, little research regarding their utilization is available (Plowman, 2005). As such, the current study examined the effect that eliminating the possibility of overachievement on a performance matrix would have on the safe driving behavior of six fork lift drivers at a ceramics manufacturing company. The overachievement and non-overachievement matrices were compared in a counterbalanced ABACX and ACABX reversal design. Results of the study showed that both versions of the performance matrix significantly increased the safe driving behaviors of all participants, but differences in level of improvement, cost, and employee preference may have implications for designing performance matrices in the future.
 
How Priority Weights Effect Employee Behavior Allocation on Performance Scorecards
(Applied Research)
SHARLET D. RAFACZ (California State University, Fresno), Andrew Olson (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: Only a small number of studies in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM) have examined the effect that performance matrices (also known as performance scorecards) have on employee performance. The performance matrix is a multicomponent intervention that targets several performance measures simultaneously using goal setting, feedback, and incentives. The limited research in this area tends to target groups of individuals and very few studies provide an analysis of the individual components or interventions present in the performance matrix. One such component is the priority weighting of target behaviors. The purpose of the current study was to investigate the effect that priority weight manipulation on a performance matrix has on behavioral allocation across target behaviors. Utilizing an alternating treatments design, five participants were exposed to two sets of priority weighting across four target behaviors. Specifically, equal weighting (25% for each behavior) was alternated weekly with a matrix that had prioritized weighting (40%, 40%, 10%, 10%). The goal was to see how high, equal and low weights impact individual performance and how shifting weights may further increase or decrease target behaviors. Results of the intervention will be presented and how these findings inform design of performance scorecards in the future discussed.
 
 
Symposium #315
Current Research on Interteaching in Higher Education
Sunday, May 26, 2019
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Catherine M. Gayman (Troy University)
Discussant: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus)
Abstract:

Interteaching is a relatively new behavioral teaching method with a growing body of empirical evidence to support its efficacy. Over the past 15 years, over 30 empirical studies have been published examining the effectiveness of interteaching. However, more research is still needed to examine the influence of different interteaching components and the methods used for instructional delivery. The first presenter will introduce interteaching and describe results of a study which implemented interteaching in an online asynchronous format. The second presenter will share results of a classroom study which compared two different methods of implementing the prep guide and running the discussion components of interteaching. The third presenter will highlight the findings of a study which compared the effects of teacher-generated prep guides vs student-generated prep-guides. The final presenter will discuss results of a study comparing two different discussion formats in a graduate level course. Together, these four presentations illustrate current interteaching research and practice in higher education.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Higher Education, Interteaching, Pedagogy
 
Making Interteaching Work in an Online Asynchronous Class Format
CATHERINE M. GAYMAN (Troy University), Frank Hammonds (Troy University), Kristen A. Rost (Troy University)
Abstract: The present study investigated the effectiveness of interteaching versus traditional lecture-based teaching in two nine-week online asynchronous classes. Participants were undergraduate students enrolled in one of two sections of a psychology of learning course (N = 62). The study used an alternating-treatments design, switching between interteaching and lecture-based teaching throughout the term. Type of instruction was counterbalanced across sections, so that material taught using interteaching in one section was taught using a standard lecture format in the other section. Results showed that weekly exam scores were significantly higher following interteaching compared to standard lecture-based teaching. Students also scored more points on the final exam on material that had been taught using interteaching, which suggests that interteaching improves long-term retention of information. Students reported learning more during interteaching and rated the overall quality of interteaching as significantly higher than standard lecture. Overall, the present findings showed that interteaching was more effective and preferred than standard lecture in an online asynchronous classroom, which suggests that the benefits of interteaching are not limited to traditional classroom environments.
 
Varying the Prep Guide and Group Discussion in a Classroom Analysis of Interteaching
STEPHANIE JIMENEZ (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown), Catherine M. Gayman (Troy University)
Abstract: Abstract: Interteaching is a strategy that shifts the emphasis from passive student learning to active engagement through the use of prep guides, small group discussions, clarifying lectures, and frequent testing. Several classroom studies have demonstrated that interteaching leads to better student comprehension and higher test scores. However, the specific strategy used in these studies vary slightly. The goal of the present study was to compare two different ways of implementing the prep guide to determine which method led to higher academic success. A group design was used in one undergraduate course over two semesters. One group experienced the standard interteaching method, where students completed the entire prep guide prior to class and engaged in one group discussion during class. The second group was divided in half and each was given half of the prep guide to complete. In class, the group discussion occurred in two rounds: first with a member that completed the same portion of the prep guide and then with members who completed the other portion of the prep guide. Those in the second group had exam scores that were consistently lower than those who experienced standard interteaching. Results from this study should allow for more effective implementation of interteaching.
 

Comparing Teacher-Created to Student-Created Preparation Guides in an Interteach Framework

BETHANY P. CONTRERAS YOUNG (Middle Tennessee State University), Katie Johnson (University of Missouri-Columbia), Kristen Dovgan (Marist College, New York), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Interteaching is a behavior analytic instructional format that has been shown to be more effective, and more preferred, than traditional lecture formats (e.g., Saville et al., 2006). However, little is known regarding the relative effects of the individual components that make up interteach (i.e., preparation guides, in-class discussion, feedback form, clarifying lecture). In one study, Canella-Malone, Axe, and Parker (2009) investigated the preparation guide component and found that having the students create their own preparation guides is as effective as having the students complete teacher-created prep guides. However, the Canella-Malone et al. (2009) study was conducted with a small number of students (7) over a short duration (8 weeks). The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend the Canella-Malone et al. study by comparing teacher-created prep guides to student-created within a larger sample of undergraduate students (n = 48) and across a full semester (15 weeks). We used an alternating treatments design to evaluate the relative effects of the two study guide types on daily quiz scores, and found that quiz scores were high overall and there was no different between the two study guide types.

 

What is the Role of Discussion During Interteaching?: A Comparison of Prep Guide Discussion and Concept Application on Student Performance and Preference

SHANE K. MIRAMONTEZ (University of Washington), Scott A. Spaulding (University of Washington)
Abstract:

Interteaching is a behavioral teaching approach used in higher education that scaffolds multiple components to facilitate student learning, including prep guides, in-class discussion, records of interteach sessions, targeted lectures, and content quizzes or probes (Boyce & Hineline, 2002). A number of studies have shown an increase in student performance with interteaching as compared to more traditional instruction (Saville et al., 2006), and researchers have begun to explore the relative effect of individual components (Querol, Rosales, & Soldner, 2015; Spaulding & Gutierrez, 2018). The purpose of this study was to compare the effects of two types of discussion formats on the test scores of students in a behavioral assessment class in a master’s program in special education. Using an alternating treatments design, students were assigned to either a prep guide discussion or an application of concepts activity condition for the small group discussion portion of each class across eight, weekly sessions. Student satisfaction data were collected at the conclusion of the course. The results will show the differential effects of these two types of interteaching on student test scores and preference. These results may lead to continued refinement of interteaching components to improve delivery of instruction and outcomes for students.

 
 
Symposium #316
Developing Programs for Dog Owners: What Do Dogs Need and What Do Owners Need?
Sunday, May 26, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Alpine 1/2
Area: AAB/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

Fifty percent of families in the United States own at least one dog. With that ownership comes the training of the dog. However, not all owners possess appropriate training skills; research suggests that 90% of dog owners report their dog has at least one behavior problem, and 25% of relinquishments to shelters are due to behavior problems. Yet, few owners attend training classes. Data from the American Humane Survey and the American Pet Product Association National Pet Owners Survey suggest that only 5 to 25 percent of family owned dogs participate in training classes. Developing training programs that better meet the needs of owners is imperative to improve attendance and decrease relinquishments. Animal behaviorists are in a unique position to help shape and increase accessibility to dog training programs. Three talks will discuss research and service applications designed to improve training programs. The first will discuss how behavioral skills training can be used to teach owners to implement noncontingent reinforcement interventions. The second will examine the importance of facial cues when dogs are given verbal and gestural cues. The third talk will discuss a university-community dog training program in partnership with a shelter foster and adoption program.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): community programs, dog training, facial cues, noncontingent reinforcement
 
Using Behavioural Skills Training to Teach Dog Owners the Implementation of a Noncontingent Reinforcement Intervention
NICOLE PFALLER-SADOVSKY (Queen's University Belfast), Gareth Arnott (Queen's University Belfast Northern Ireland United Kingdom), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast)
Abstract: Jumping-up on humans is an undesired behaviour that many companion dogs display. Not only is jumping-up inappropriate, it can also harm children or elderly persons who may be prone to fall over or get otherwise injured (e.g. scratches) by the greeting dog. Hence, it is important that dog owners have the necessary skills to train their dogs to keep their paws on the floor when greeting familiar or unfamiliar people. This pilot study investigated (a) the efficacy of a fixed-time noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) intervention to reduce the frequency of jumping-up; and (b) the effects of three different components (i.e. oral instruction, modelling, and feedback and modelling) of Behaviour Skills Training (BST) on owner procedural integrity. A multiple baseline design across dyads is used for data display and analysis. To date, three human-dog dyads have completed the NCR intervention taught by means of BST. The tentative results (Figure 1) show that (a) for two dyads the BST components modelling, and feedback and modelling importantly increased dog owners’ procedural integrity with the NCR intervention; and (b) latter reduced the frequency of jumping-up. However, these results should be considered preliminary as data collection with more human-dog dyads is currently being conducted.
 

What do Dogs Look at?: Determining Salient Stimuli When Giving Basic Obedience Cues

JENNIFER GAVIN (Illinois State University), Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

Determining what salient stimuli are important for dogs given basic cues is important when designing community training programs, as well best as practice programs for service dogs. Research has shown that dogs can find hidden objects when gestural cues, head tilts, eye movement, and voice cues are given. However, which cue is most salient for basic obedience cues is not well investigated. Eight dogs participated in an experimental session in which cues (sit, down, stay) were delivered with the presence or absence of a gestural cue. The trainer’s face, eyes, mouth or whole face were occluded, along with a no-occlusion condition. The percentage of correct responses, as well as the latency to respond were obtained. Results showed that dogs performed most accurately and most quickly when a gestural cue was given with visible full face. Dogs performed with least accuracy and longest latency when no gestural cue was given while the eyes were covered. Covering the eyes was more deleterious than a full-face occlusion. It appears that dogs rely on gesture and eye contact when responding to basic obedience cues. Results will be discussed in context of both family “dog obedience” classes and the training of service dogs.

 

Student Community Service, Shelter Dogs and Operant Conditioning: A Triple Win

VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University), Jennifer Gavin (Illinois State University), Antonia Min Berenbaum (Illinois State University)
Abstract:

The collaboration between the Illinois State University Canine Behavior and Cognition Laboratory and Pet Central Helps Animal Rescue and Shelter will be described. This collaboration has three major goals: 1. Providing an interactive teaching laboratory for students to practice and apply theories of learning, particularly operant and classical conditioning; 2. Providing consultation, training and development of behavior intervention programs for dogs in foster care or recently adopted from a local shelter; and 3. Providing students with a unique environment for applied research in canine behavior in shelter environments. A unique adaptation of an advanced operant conditioning laboratory will be described, the impact on the shelter dogs will be highlighted, and several student-driven research projects examining the effectiveness of reward and training will be presented. Finally, the talk will describe the pitfalls as well as important advantages of developing programs such as this through town-gown collaborations.

 
 
Symposium #317
CE Offered: BACB
Using Celeration to Examine Police Killing and Crimes Against Humanity
Sunday, May 26, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kent A. Corso (Xcelerate Innovations, LLC)
Discussant: Mark P. Groskreutz (Southern Connecticut State University)
CE Instructor: Kent A. Corso, Psy.D.
Abstract:

The authors use the standard celeration chart to examine behavioral phenomenon that are not only underappreciated in behavior analysis, but in America more generally. Police suicide and killing and nefarious behaviors including terrorist attacks, hate crimes and school shootings have unfortunately become commonplace in America. But the application of science to analyzing these is far less common, making solutions to these elusive. While newspapers print trends of various crimes against humanity, these are not always listed in the most helpful and accurate terms for understanding what story the data are telling. One paper examines recent trends in use of force and people killed by police. An update is offered regarding current acceleration or deceleration rates of people killed by police and law enforcement officers who have died via suicide. The second paper depicts a more meaningful depiction of trends in school shootings, hate crimes and terrorist attacks to help convey a more cogent conclusion about these phenomenon. By applying behavior analysis to these phenomenon, there is potential for the field of ABA to develop solutions. The authors use celeration to understand and interpret these trends over the last several years. Broader implications of these trends and possible solutions are discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): celeration, hate crimes, law enforcement, school shootings
Target Audience:

The audience is intermediate to advanced ABA practitioners.

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the trends in police killing. 2. Explain why analyzing the trend of a behavior in celeration has advantages to analyzing the rate. 3. Use celeration trends to make new meaning out of data on crimes against humanity.
 
Examining Law Enforcement Through a Behavior Analytic Lens
(Applied Research)
AMY D. WIECH (Autism Behavior Consulting)
Abstract: Behavior analysts must remind the world that journalism is not SCIENCE. It breeds bias! By misleading the world with statistics and fake news, they are fueling a crisis that puts our law enforcement officers and country at increased risk. In 2015, Miller suggested that less than 1.5% of police-citizen encounters result in Use of Force (UOF) and media reports highlight these incidents and give attention to those 1.5% of encounters, especially those that result in death (Miller, 2015). The purpose of this presentation is to examine recent trends in use of force and people killed by police. An update is presented on acceleration or deceleration of people killed by police, and law enforcement officers who have died by suicide. The authors suggest behavior analytic solutions to improving officer health and wellness, and relations between police and the broader community, while recommending methods to help law enforcement bolster its field with ABA. This presenter will encourage behavior analysts to disseminate behavior analysis to law enforcement agencies in their regions and contribute to this much needed area by partnering with police agencies in their region or locale. Paths for behavior analysts to support the field of law enforcement will be proposed.
 

Using Celeration to Examine Crimes Against Humanity

(Applied Research)
KENT A. CORSO (Xcelerate Innovations, LLC), Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center), James Meador (Graduate student), Michael Kondis (Xcelerate Innovations, LLC), Kristopher R Kielbasa (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

School shootings, hate crimes and terrorist attacks appear to be on the rise despite numerous public efforts to increase awareness of these deviant behavioral phenomena. Examining the celeration of these offers an advantage to traditional graphing methods because celeration is a derivative of rate and serves as an earlier indicator of change. Using the standard celeration chart, the author illustrates how these detrimental social phenomena are changing over the last several years and what behavior analysts can offer in the way of contributions to preventing or decreasing these. The lack of applied science used to target reduction of these behaviors are a tragedy, particularly considering the effectiveness of ABA interventions, be they at the organizational, community or population level or the individual level (e.g., individual treatment). Uniquely, standard celeration enables professionals to compare the trends of phenomenon that may not be measured in the same unit. This is because celeration is a standard property of all behavior change and underlies the trends. The author concludes by suggesting how standard celeration may offer previously unrealized solutions to understanding and curbing these phenomenon.

 
 
Panel #318
CE Offered: BACB
Engineering the Contingency Fields for Developing Early Attending, Joint Attending and Social Referencing Repertoires
Sunday, May 26, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV/AUT; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Richard E. Laitinen, Ph.D.
Chair: Richard E. Laitinen (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS))
PER HOLTH (OsloMet -- Oslo Metropolitan University)
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University)
RICHARD E. LAITINEN (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS))
Abstract:

This discussion cover both conceptual issues that drive the formulation and analysis of attending, joint attending and social referencing repertoires and provide video demonstrations of behavioral operations that work to establish such repertoires in individuals in which they are weak or missing. The primary focus of the discussion is to provide practitioners with current intervention tools and approaches to effect exponential change and growth in clients.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs and clinical practitioners providing services to young children with autism and ASD

Learning Objectives: 1. To provide a conceptual model for analyzing and planning intervention programming to address deficits in attending, joint attending and social referencing repertoires and behavioral cusps. 2. To provide explicit examples of effective interventions to address each area of deficit performance. 3. To provide a model of program management that effects the establishment and extension of propaedeutic behavior cusps.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #319
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

Embodied Cognition in Theory and Practice: How Behavior Becomes Thought

Sunday, May 26, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D.
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
ARTHUR GLENBERG (Arizona State University)

Arthur Glenberg is a professor in the Department of Psychology at Arizona State University, an emeritus professor at the University of Wisconsin-Madison, and a member of INICO at the Univeridad de Salamanca. He does basic research in cognitive psychology and cognitive neuroscience with a focus on developing theories of embodied cognition in the areas of language, education, and social processes. In addition, he and his colleagues at ASU have developed an embodied reading comprehension intervention (EMBRACE) for English language learning children in the early elementary grades (see: http://resourcecenters2015.videohall.com/presentations/565.) His work has been funded by NIH, IES, and NSF. Dr. Glenberg has authored a textbook (in its third edition), an edited volume, and over 100 peer-reviewed articles. As of October 2018, these publications have been cited almost 20,000 times with an h-index of 61.

Abstract:

A basic principle of embodied cognition is that all cognitive processes depend on behavioral and neural systems of action (goal-directed behavior such as operant responding), perception, and emotion. I will illustrate this principle with demonstrations and data from fields of perception, developmental psychology, social psychology, and cognitive psychology. After developing the case for cognition being embodied, I will discuss applications in teaching reading comprehension, second language learning, physics, and mathematics. In each domain, substantial improvements in learning occur when the body is appropriately engaged.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the basic principle of embodied cognition; (2) describe two or more illustrations of this principle; (3) describe applications of this principle to enhance learning; (4) generate novel applications of this principle.
 
 
Symposium #320
Basic Research on Equivalence Classes Containing Meaningful Stimuli: Transfer, Stability, Delayed Emergence, and False Memories
Sunday, May 26, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Discussant: Paula Ribeiro Braga Kenyon (Trumpet Behavioral Health)
Abstract:

Research on stimulus equivalence and transfer of functions opened new perspective for a behavioral account of language, cognition, and symbolic behavior. Research has shown that equivalent stimuli are substitutable for each other, sharing meaning and being semantically related. Most studies on stimulus equivalence investigate the formation of classes comprising presumably meaningless stimuli, such as abstract pictures or nonsense syllables or pseudo-words. The four presentations of this symposium will report experimental studies using meaningful stimuli to investigate issues such as transfer of functions, stability of classes, delayed emergence, and false memories. The first presentation, by Eilertsen and Arntzen, investigated transfer of functions in three classes, each comprising a facial expression of emotion (either anger, neutrality, or happiness). The degree of transfer, assessed by a Semantic Differential, was verified for three training conditions: with simultaneous matching, 0-delay matching, and 3-s delayed matching. Transfer was enhanced for both 3-s matching and simultaneous matching. The second presentation, by Silveira et al., will report an experiment in which three classes were formed with emotional expressions and meaningless stimuli, after training with either simultaneous or delayed matching. Maintenance of the classes was assessed 30 days after initial formation, and results confirm a "happy superiority effect", showing more precise responding for stimuli in the classes involving happy faces. The third study, by Augland, Lian, & Arntzen compared formation of equivalence classes comprising only abstract stimuli, and classes comprising meaningful stimuli, to investigate variables that could provide a better understanding of the phenomenon of delayed emergence of equivalence classes. The last presentation, by Aggio, Zanesco, and de Rose, investigated the role of stimulus equivalence comprising meaningful pictures and nonsense words in the production of semantic false memories, characterized by intrusions of equivalent stimuli in the recall of items in a list of nonsense words. Robust false memories were observed when memory tests were conducted seven days after formation of the classes, when stability of the classes was assured by a baseline review before the tests.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): functional transfer, meaningful stimuli, stimulus equivalence
 
Transfer of Function as a Function of Varying Delays in Delayed Matching-to-Sample
JON MAGNUS EILERTSEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: In delayed matching-to-sample (DMTS), the sample stimulus is typically removed by an observing response, or by the passing of n-seconds before the comparison stimuli are presented. In stimulus equivalence research, DMTS have been shown to influence both the formation of equivalence classes and the transfer of stimulus functions, dependent on the delay interval. In the present experiment, fourteen participants in three experimental groups exposed to SMTS (Group 1), DMTS 0-s (Group 2), and DMTS 3-s (Group 3) trained conditional discriminations and were tested for the emergence of three 6-member classes (ABCDEF). The A-stimuli consisted of faces showing angry (A1), neutral (A2), and happy (A3) faces. Participants were exposed to two transitivity (BF), and equivalence (FB) tests. Finally, participants rated the D stimuli on a Semantic Differential Scale, and the scores were compared to a control group (n=24). Preliminary results shows that SMTS and DMTS 3-s shows the highest degree of transfer of stimulus function in the Semantic Differential Scale (see Table 1).
 

Maintenance of Equivalence Relations as a Function of Stimulus Valence

MARCELO VITOR SILVEIRA (Universidade Federal do ABC), Julio Camargo (Federal University of São Carlos), Natalia Maria Aggio (Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil), Mariéle Cortez (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Giovan Ribeiro (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Michael Young (Kansas State University)
Abstract:

In this experiment we verified the long-term maintenance of equivalence classes established by Delayed Matching-to-Sample (DMTS) and Simultanous Matching-to-Sample (SMTS) procedures. The participants were trained to relate pictures of human faces portraying anger (A1), happiness (A2), and neutrality (A3); and abstract stimuli (B1, B2, B3, C1, C2, C3, D1, D2 and D3). Thirty days after the establishment of A1B1C1D1, A2B2C2D2 and A3B3C3D3 classes, the participants were re-exposed to equivalence probes BD and DB. We did not find a significant difference on the probability of correct responses during BD and DB maintenance tests between the participants trained with DMTS (N=15) and SMTS (N=15). However, we observed that correct responses were more likely for the BD and DB relations associated with the pictures A2 (happy faces). Our findings indicate that the long-term maintenance of equivalence classes is more sensitive to the stimulus valence rather than to participants’ prior experience with SMTS and DMTS.

 

Examining Effect of Different Variables on Delayed Emergence of Equivalence Classes

HANNE AUGLAND (Oslo Metropolitan University), Torunn Lian (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract:

The aim of the present line of experiments was to shed light on the role of trial types on delayed emergence in test for equivalence class formation. In Experiments 1 and 2 participants underwent concurrent training with meaningful pictures and abstract C-stimuli, respectively. All participants in these experiments underwent tests both with and without baseline trials interspersed in test for emergent relations. None of the participants experiencing training with abstract C-stimuli responded in accordance with stimulus equivalence (see Table 1). In the experiment where meaningful pictures were used as C-stimuli, all participants responded in accordance with stimulus equivalence. With these data, it is hard to say anything on regards to which variables influence delayed emergence. An Experiment 3 with serialized introducing of baseline trials, which has proved to have a positive outcome on stimulus equivalence formation, is therefore planned. Manipulations of baseline trials will be the same as for Experiments 1 and 2. It is finally planned an Experiment 4 where variables during training will be the same as for the first two experiments. Manipulations where transitivity and equivalence trials will not be tested for, will hopefully give us a better understanding of why we sometimes see delayed emergence of stimulus equivalence.

 

Stability of Equivalence Classes and False Memories

Natalia Maria Aggio (Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil), Eliseu Zanesco (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), MARCELO VITOR SILVEIRA (Universidade Federal do ABC)
Abstract:

False memories have been studied using the Stimulus Equivalence Paradigm. The stability of equivalence classes has been suggested as an important variable for the phenomenon of false memories. In this experiment participants learned three 4-member and three 12-member equivalence classes comprising nonsense words and one familiar stimulus in each class. One week later participants retrained baseline relations from all equivalence classes and then saw a study list with nine of the 11 nonsense words from each equivalence class. After 3 minutes they were asked to recognize these stimuli from a list comprised of all stimuli from the study lists (targets), two other stimuli from the same classes (critical lures) and three stimuli from each of the other three classes (non-related stimuli). Stability of equivalence classes was measured comparing performance in sorting tests conducted before and after participants learned equivalence classes and one week later. Seven participants have already finished the experiment. Participants recognized as being in the study list 76% of the targets, 69% of critical lures and 38% of non-related. Therefore stimuli that were from the same class of the targets were more falsely recognized than stimuli from other classes. Sorting test showed stability of equivalence classes.

 
 
Paper Session #321
Experimental Analyses of Gaze and Eye Tracking
Sunday, May 26, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich BC
Area: EAB
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Stephen Gallagher (Ulster University)
 
Exploring Eye Gaze as an Operant
Domain: Basic Research
ISOBEL PORTER (Ulster University), Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University), Stephen Gallagher (Ulster University)
 
Abstract: Montague and Hyman (2004) believed that eye movements are sensitive to reward and, therefore, reward-based learning. It seems likely that reward based underpinnings to eye movements may become increasingly important to the understanding of eye movements and provide a promising new direction for research that are likely to underlie decisions about when and where to move the eyes. However, very few applications make use of eye tracking technology as a training tool utilising rewards. Thus, two experiments (Positive Reinforcement, and Negative Reinforcement) were designed to investigate the potential of eye movements as operants. Participants were adults within the age range of 18 – 69 years. A three stage resurgence procedure was implemented. Results showed that training of Response A and Response B followed a typical training pattern, in the first training trial locating the target stimulus took significant time across participants, latency to response decreased rapidly during the 20 trials. During the Resurgence phase, Responses A and B occurred at levels which would be considered insignificant to be termed as resurgence, according to various definitions. Implications and further research will be discussed, however, it seems highly plausible that eye movements can be trained and are sensitive to reward-based learning.
 

Using Eye Tracking Equipment to Teach Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Follow Social Cues

Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN GALLAGHER (Ulster University), Aideen McParland (Ulster University), Michael Keenan (Ulster University)
 
Abstract:

The present studies used eye tracking equipment to teach children with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder (as well as typically developing children) to increase their gaze behaviour towards faces in a laboratory setting and in a real world context. In the lab setting 25 children watched real world conversation between two researchers on desk-based eye tracking equipment . In a classroom setting 22 children watched real world conversations using eye tracking glasses. In both studies, using the desktop equipment, children’s fixations on social stimuli were reinforced through a trigger mechanism and a token economy. Each child, watched real world conversation between two researchers again. All but one TD participants, and all ASD participants looked at faces longer and more often from baseline to re-test having undergone training.

 
 
 
Symposium #322
CE Offered: BACB
Data and Systems in the Schools: From Initial Problem-Solving to Maintenance
Sunday, May 26, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Megan G. Kunze (University of Oregon)
Discussant: Rebecca Renee Eldridge (Western Michigan University; Kalamazoo Autism Clinic )
CE Instructor: Allaina Douglas, M.A.
Abstract: The fidelity with which evidence-based practices are implemented is a major driver of students’ educational outcomes (Gersten et al., 2009). This symposium includes two research studies examining the training of school staff in the implementation of evidence-based practices using methods consistent with behavioral skills training. The first study examines a critical area for future growth related to service provision for students with Autism Spectrum Disorders in public education settings: professional development (in a multi-tiered model) for paraprofessionals. The second study examines the application of research validated decision making models from positive behavioral supports to literacy supports as implemented by general education teachers. Both studies examine the application of behaviorally based practices to areas of significant need and potential impact within the current landscape of educational practice. Further, these studies share an element of seeking to build scalable models of implementation for behavioral practices in educational settings. Together, these studies demonstrate the breadth of potential application of behavioral principles within educational contexts ranging from supporting the integrity of specific behavior supports to supporting the implementation of behaviorally based systems.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Teachers, BCBAs in the schools, Behavior specialists, PBIS
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Be familiar with data collection tools during grade-level team meetings. 2. Describe a multi-tiered system of support for paraprofessionals. 3. List key elements needed during trainings of the TIPs model
 

Team-Initiated Problem Solving During Academic Grade-Level Meetings

PAUL MICHAEL MENG (University of Oregon), Robert H. Horner (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

The fidelity with which evidence-based practices are implemented is a topic of critical concern in education. How to efficiently implement data-based decision making with fidelity has been a topic of concern in the literature related to response to intervention, positive behavioral interventions and supports, as well as other areas. One research-validated practice for implementing data-based decision making with fidelity in the context of problems related to problematic social behavior in schools is Team-initiated Problem Solving (TIPS). The present study examined the extension of this technology to decision making related to academic supports. One grade level team participated in a pilot research study examining the effects of training in TIPS on their problem solving performance during grade-level team meetings. The team was observed twice, once before and after training. The training was an abbreviated version of the full TIPS training which included; (1) Meeting Foundations, (2) Precision Problem Statements, and (3) Using Quantitative Data. Results indicate that the team improved the accuracy of their data analysis as well as the efficiency of their problem solving behavior, as indicated by scores on the Decision Observation, Recording and Analysis (DORA-II) direct observation tool.

 

Using a Multi-Tiered Consultation Model to Increase Fidelity of Behavior Support Plans for Paraprofessionals in a Preschool Setting

ALLAINA DOUGLAS (University of Oregon), Jake John Mahon (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

Within special education, a reliance on paraprofessionals continues to increase as more students are identified with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) (Bolton & Mayer, 2008). It is critical that classroom personnel are trained to effectively implement evidence-based strategies (Downs & Downs, 2012); however, lack of resources and time often results in low treatment fidelity (Mason, et al., 2017). A multi-level consultation model for training preschool staff will be presented. Four children between three and five years of age, with histories of challenging behavior were included. Classroom staff, including three paraprofessionals and one teacher, were trained on individualized Behavior Support Plans (BSP) using Behavioral Skills Training (BST). Performance was monitored to identify additional supports as needed to maintain treatment fidelity. Results indicate higher levels of staff treatment fidelity following intervention and lower levels of child challenging behavior which maintained over time.

 
 
Special Event #323
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
CREATIVITY: Session 2
Sunday, May 26, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD North
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D.
 

CREATIVITY: The Stitching and the Unstitching Revisited: The Creative Tripod

Abstract:

There are no undebated definitions of “creativity” and any definition will reflect how this rich topic is treated. Nearly 20 years ago I discussed how behavior analysis might contribute—or not—to an understanding of creativity. I revisit this topic, expanding on some issues and reconsidering others. As before, I focus on scientific and mathematical accomplishments which tie closely to Weisberg’s placement of creative achievements in the domains of problem-posing and problem-solving. From the massive empirical, theoretical, and historical literature at least three essential and interlocking dimensions of significant creative achievements emerge: talent, expertise, and motivation. I emphasize “interlocking” because the productive expression of each of these elements depends on the others. The role of behavior analysis in these elements is modest, at best. It has nothing to say about talent—and even in some cases might deny its role altogether. As for expertise, with some notable exceptions, behavior analysis has had little to say about the acquisition of truly complex performances; this has been left to other fields. As for motivation, one must go well beyond naïve “pleasure and pain” accounts to more elusive, yet more powerful and pervasive behavior-consequence relations.

 
M. JACKSON MARR (Georgia Tech)
 
M. Jackson (Jack) Marr received a BS degree in 1961 from Georgia Tech where he studied mathematics, physics, engineering, and psychology.  He received a Ph.D. in experimental psychology with a minor in physiology from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in 1966. He is professor emeritus of psychology at Georgia Tech where he has taught courses in physiology and behavior, behavioral pharmacology, probability & statistics, and the experimental analysis of behavior. He is one of five founding Fellows of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, a Fellow of Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) and Division 3 (Experimental Psychology) of the American Psychological Association (APA), a Fellow of the Psychonomic Society, and a Federation of Associations in Behavioral and Brain Sciences honoree. He was elected twice to president of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and served twice as president of the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis. He was also president of Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) of APA and the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis. He was APA Council member representing Division 25.  He is the past editor of Behavior and Philosophy and continues to serve on its editorial board. He also serves as review editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He served as the co-editor of Revista Mexicana de Análisis de la Conducta and as an associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Behavior Analyst. He was experimental representative to the executive council of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, served on the Board of Directors of The Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior, and currently serves on the Board of Trustees the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. He has been particularly active in the international support and development of behavior analysis in Great Britain, Europe, Mexico, Brazil, China, and the Middle East. He was a Research Fellow in Pharmacology at Harvard Medical School, a visiting professor at the Universidad National Autonoma de Mexico, and the first eminent scholar invited to Jacksonville State University. He was a Navy contractor for Project Sanguine in a study of possible behavioral effects of extremely low frequency electromagnetic fields and an AIEE Senior Fellow at the Naval Aerospace Medical Research Laboratory, where he conducted research on the behavior effects of microwaves and of stimulant drugs on sustained military flight performance. For over 20 years he was involved through NSF grants and other support in the assessment and improvement of engineering education, including instructional design of systems to teach engineering physics. Current scholarly interests include dynamical systems theory, the quantitative analysis of behavior, comparative behavior analysis, and theoretical/conceptual issues in behavioral analysis.
 

CREATIVITY: All Creative Behavior is Operant, But Not All Operant Behavior is Creative

Abstract:

Creativity is goal-directed variation and selection. It is one tool in a problem-solving toolbox. If there are effective algorithms to solve problems, creativity is unnecessary and often counter-productive; few people want creative brain surgeons. The world however is unpredictable, and often algorithms, or learned habit patterns, or well-conditioned operant chains, fail. Then alternative routes to a goal must be found, and efficient production of and effective selection of alternative solution paths constitutes creativity. The pleasure in creative problem solving is so great for some individuals that they become artists, writing novels and composing music and painting scenes, where almost every move sets a problem, and ensuing ones solve it. Creativity itself can be created; there are both algorithms and heuristics that foster it. This talk will outline a number of those, embed them in a behavioral framework, and test your use of them with problems.

 
PETER KILLEEN (Arizona State University)
 
Dr. Peter Killeen is professor of psychology at Arizona State University, and has also been visiting scholar at the University of Texas, Cambridge University, and the Centre for Advanced Study, Oslo. He is a Fellow of the Society of Experimental Psychologists, has held a Senior Scientist Award from the National Institute of Mental Health, has been president of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior (from which organization he appropriately received the Poetry in Science Award in 2002), held the American Psychological Association F. J. McGuigan Lectureship on Understanding the Human Mind, and received the Ernest and Josephine Hilgard Award for the Best Theoretical Paper (Killeen & Nash, 2003). Dr. Killeen has made many highly innovative and fundamental contributions to the experimental and quantitative analysis of behavior. His major work includes the development of incentive theory, culminating in the mathematical principles of reinforcement (Behavioural and Brain Sciences, 1994), and the behavioral theory of timing (Psychological Review, 1988). He is the author of 80 peer-reviewed papers, many of which have been heavily cited. He has served on the boards of editors of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Behavioural Processes, Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, Psychological Review, Brain & Behavioral Functions, and Comparative Cognition & Behavior Reviews. Dr. Killeen's quantitative and conceptual developments have enriched behavior analysis and the world beyond.
 
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe some of the richness and complexity of creative accomplishments; (2) describe the interlocking roles of talent, expertise, and motivation in creative accomplishments; (3) describe the quite modest role behavior analysis has played, or can play, in addressing creative accomplishments; (4) create a bug list; (5) distinguish lateral and convergent thinking; (6) get the creator and the critic in you under proper stimulus control; (7) outline a more general problem-solving framework, and identify where creativity resides in it; (8) foster play and unfoster rectitude.
 
 
 
Symposium #324
CE Offered: BACB
Steeped in Science: How Behavior Analysts Practice from a Scientific System
Sunday, May 26, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jennifer Lynn Hammond (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA))
CE Instructor: Jennifer Lynn Hammond, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis is deeply rooted in the natural sciences – as a natural science, description, prediction, control, objective observation and data-based decision-making necessarily run paramount. The application of our technology to matters of social significance, albeit important, is not complete without consideration of the other aspects that make up a scientific system – namely, the philosophical and theoretical underpinnings that inform our methodology. Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) clearly laid out the dimensions of which our applied science should be comprised, while cautioning practitioners against several pitfalls – a critical one being the consideration that: “The differences between applied and basic research are not differences between that which ‘discovers’ and that which merely ‘applies’ what is already known. Both endeavors ask what controls the behavior under study.” As behavior analysts working in applied realms, area we continuing to operate within the foundations of our scientific system? This symposium will be comprised of three papers directly addressing this question.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Practitioners, students, basic and applied researchers

Learning Objectives: (1) Attendees will identify four components that make up a scientific system. (2) Attendees will describe how operating from a scientist-practitioner model may improve the provision of their services in practice. (3) Attendees will describe at least one method by which the application of behavior analytic services may be enhanced via consideration of our theoretical and philosophical underpinnings.
 

Got Science?: Science, It Does a Practitioner Good

(Theory)
HEIDI EILERS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

A scientific system is comprised of four parts (a) philosophy, (b) theory, (c) methodology, and (d) technology. The strength of a scientific system can be evaluated by its ability to have increasingly organized statements that are consistent and cohesive and allow for depth and precision (Hayes, Hayes, & Reese, 1988; Pepper, 1942). With the recent increase in demand for applied behavior analytic services, an emphasis has been placed on training in technology with little emphasis on the philosophical and theoretical roots of behavior analysis. All four parts of a scientific system inform and influence each other. As such, it can be argued that not only is the scientific system weakened, but the technology being used and the methodology used to analyze the effectiveness of technology are also weakened by not developing scientist practitioners who have an understanding of the entire scientific system. This presentation will describe areas in which our ability to describe behavioral phenomenon with precision and scope has been deterred by the lack of training in philosophy and theory, and how this has also impacted the quality of our technology.

 
A Case for Matching as a Foundation for Practice
(Service Delivery)
BRITTNEY MICHAELS (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Benjamin Thomas Heimann (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Rachel Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Richard Colombo (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Jennifer Lynn Hammond (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA))
Abstract: Choice, or the allocation of responding under a concurrent-schedules arrangement, has been a topic of interest in applied behavior analysis since the earliest years of the field (Ferster & Skinner, 1957) and has been thoroughly explored in foundational research resulting in a quantifiable theory of response allocation, or matching (Herrnstein, 1961; 1974). This foundation of research has since been adapted to applied settings to address the treatment of problem behavior (Myerson & Hale, 1984; Fisher & Mazur, 1997) and has been documented as an explanatory framework for the choices of typical individuals, as well as those with developmental disabilities (Borrero & Vollmer, 2002; Vollmer & Bourret, 2000). Despite this body of established research, the use of the matching law is no longer identified as a necessary skill for practitioners as indicated by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s (BACB's) removal of it from the BCBA/BCaBAs Task List (BACB, 5th edition, 2017). The purpose of this presentation is to challenge this de-emphasis of established research – arguing that an understanding of choice, informed by matching, is not only an invaluable skill for any clinician but a foundational principle that will improve practice.
 
Rethinking Loss: Its Potential Effects on the Value of a Reinforcer
(Applied Research)
RICHARD COLOMBO (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, Los Angeles), Rachel Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: Reinforcer value is a long-studied topic in behavior analysis. Previous researchers have examined the various conditions that produce reliable changes in reinforcer value. Recently, Miller, DeLeon, Toole, Lieving, and Allman (2016) found differences in the behavior of participants who were either exposed to a contingent (CD) or non-contingent (NCD) token-delivery condition that preceded a gambling task. Participants in the CD group (associated with more work) did not gamble as much and obtained more money in the end, relative to those in the NCD group, thereby demonstrating that contingent effort produced a beneficial change in behavior. The authors recommended that future researchers explore how other seemingly aversive events (effort, delay, loss) affect reinforcer value. The purpose of this investigation is to evaluate the role of loss contingencies by comparing progressive ratio breakpoints across two conditions: earn only and earn plus loss. This presentation will outline the literature regarding reinforcer value, discuss preliminary data on the topic of loss and reinforcer value, and propose how the application of reinforcement as an intervention might be enhanced through the consideration of specific aversive arrangements.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #325
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Discrimination Training in Action: Lessons Learned From the Lab
Sunday, May 26, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Carol Pilgrim, Ph.D.
Chair: Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute)
Presenting Authors: : CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract:

Three- and four-term contingencies describe uniquely fundamental units in the analysis of behavior, as most operant responses are emitted in changing environments, and few are reinforced equally often in the presence of all environmental conditions. The stage is thus set for the development of stimulus control over virtually all everyday behavior. Familiarity with the fundamentals of establishing discriminative control should hold special significance for applied behavior analysts. Indeed, stimulus control procedures provide the basis for therapeutic efforts ranging from standard teaching techniques (e.g., prompting), to pivotal forms of assessment and training (e.g., verbal behavior interventions), to the ultimate goal of programming for treatment generalization. In short, learning to identify possible sources of stimulus control, and to increase or decrease them as needed, is essential to effective service delivery. The experimental behavior-analytic literature has much to offer practitioners who wish to understand more about the stimulus-control principles and findings that can improve intervention effectiveness. This tutorial will review some of the fundamental lessons of stimulus control that have emerged from decades of careful laboratory research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe basic strategies for establishing simple discriminations; (2) describe basic strategies for establishing conditional discriminations; (3) describe some common pitfalls in discrimination training, and their possible remedies; (4) describe contributions from the experimental analysis of behavior to effective practice.
 
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina Wilmington)

Carol Pilgrim, Ph.D., is Professor of Psychology at the University of North Carolina, Wilmington.  Her primary research interests are in the analysis, application, and conceptual treatment of relational stimulus control, particularly stimulus equivalence.  Carol is a former editor of The Behavior Analyst and associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Behavior Analyst.  She has served as President of the Association for Behavior Analysis, International (ABAI), the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, Division 25 of the American Psychological Association (APA), and the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis.  She is a fellow of ABAI and of Division 25 of APA, and she has been honored with the North Carolina Board of Governors Teaching Excellence Award (2003), the UNCW Faculty Scholarship Award (2000) and Graduate Mentor Award (2008), and the ABAI Student Committee Outstanding Mentor Award (2006) and Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis Award (2017).   

 
 
Invited Paper Session #326
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA

Breaking New Ground: ABA in South Korea

Sunday, May 26, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Jinhyeok Choi, Ph.D.
Chair: Gabrielle T. Lee (Western University)
JINHYEOK CHOI (Pusan National University)
Dr. Choi is an associate professor of special education and director of the Autism and Developmental Disorder Treatment Center at Pusan National University Hospital, South Korea. He obtained his MA and Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis at Columbia University under the direction of R. Douglas Greer. He also has teaching experiences in the CABAS model of schooling (www.cabasschools.org)at the Fred S. Keller School, Rockland BOCES, and the Faison School for Autism. He has served on the editorial boards of 10 journals including Korean Journal of Behavior Analysis and Behavior Support, has published over 50 research articles, and has published three books on behavior analysis and special education in South Korea. He is the recipient of the 2018 award for the Outstanding New Scholar by the Pusan National University, and the 2018 Commendation Award by the Ministry of Health and Welfare, South Korea.
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is the “cutting-edge and traditional” application of behavioral science in real-world settings such as clinics and schools with the aim of improving socially important behavior. ABA has been active in South Korea for the last 10 years. More and more medical doctors, teachers, therapists, and stakeholders are interested in ABA beyond “behavior modification.” The science and practice of a behavioral approach has taken hold in South Korea in a variety of ways, including (a) Positive Behavior Support in schools, (b) legislation for people with developmental disabilities, and (c) training behavior analysts via graduate-school level programs. In this presentation I describe a significant growth in the number of clinics/schools using ABA, BCBA’s practicing, and ABA training programs, in South Korea. Additionally, the current limitations and the future of ABA in South Korea are discussed.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: Pending
 
 
Symposium #327
CE Offered: BACB
Variables Affecting Bidirectional Naming
Sunday, May 26, 2019
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD South
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Torunn Lian (OsloMet)
Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Caio F. Miguel, Ph.D.
Abstract: Common bidirectional naming may be defined as the process by which stimuli become members of the same class as they come to evoke common speaker and listener behavior (Miguel, 2016). It is demonstrated, for example, when novel speaker (tact) and listener relations are shown to emerge following exposure to contiguous presentation of verbal and nonverbal stimuli. The studies in this symposium examined the effects of variables that have been hypothesized to affect the emergence of new speaker and listener relations following contiguous stimulus presentation. First, Olaff and Holth examined the effects of multiple-response exemplar instruction on the emergence of both speaker and listener behavior, and additionally assessed the effects of repeated probing. Second, Oliveira et al. examined the effects of blocking echoic response during stimulus exposure on the emergence of the speaker component of bidirectional naming. Implications for the conceptual analysis of bidirectional naming and its sources will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Listener behavior, Naming, Tacting, Verbal behavior
Target Audience: Behavior analysts; graduate students; EAB scientists
 
Bidirectional Naming as a Result of Repeated Probing and Multiple-Response Exemplar Training
(Applied Research)
HEIDI SKORGE OLAFF (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University), Per Holth (OsloMet -- Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: Bidirectional naming (BiN) as a higher order operant is observed when novel speaker and listener responses emerge from incidental observations of others’ tacts. The current study assessed 1) whether repeated probes affect the acquisition of BiN, 2) the effects of multiple response-exemplar training (MRET) which entailed rotation of stimuli and antecedents within the same session on the acquisition of BiN, and 3) whether BiN maintained one month after final probes. We used a multiple probe design across three novel stimulus sets. For six participants, following two subsequent baseline probes, MRET was conducted with novel stimulus sets, while baseline-probes continued for the remaining participants. The results showed that repeated probes improved BiN for four participants. The present experiment, support MRET as a successful approach to produce BiN. Maintenance of listener behavior was observed for seven participants, while the emission of both speaker and listener behaviors (full BiN) was observed for three participants. The results may have implications for how BiN should be probed, as repeated probing may interfere with the independent variable.
 
Effects of Blocking Echoic Responses on Tact Emergence Following Contiguous Stimulus Presentation
(Basic Research)
JULIANA SEQUEIRA SEQUEIRA CESAR DE OLIVEIRA (Texas Christian University), Reagan Elaine Cox (Texas Christian University), Alexandra Miller (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract: Covert echoic responses have been hypothesized to play a role in the emergence of the speaker component of naming, but experimental evidence is weak. This study examined the effects of blocking echoic responses to the verbal stimulus during contiguous stimulus presentation on the emergence of tact control over vocal responses. Preschool-age children were exposed to repeated presentations of national flags and associated country names. In the echoic condition, the participants were instructed to echo the country name presented in each trial. In the interference condition, they were instructed to name the background color on which the flag was presented in each trial, which was presumed to interfere with echoic responding. In the no-response-requirement (NRR) condition, participants were not instructed to make any responses. Tacts were probed under extinction after each session. Preliminary results indicate that exposure to contiguously presented verbal and visual stimuli resulted in some degree of emergent tact control in all conditions for 3 of 4 participants, and that at least after the first few sessions of exposure, there was no reliable differentiation between conditions. We will go on to assess the effects of more extended exposure on the speed with which mastery is achieved.
 
 
Symposium #328
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Engineering Public Educational Programs for Students With Autism: Replications of a Training Model
Sunday, May 26, 2019
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network)
Discussant: Judah B. Axe (Simmons University)
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, M.S.
Abstract:

Since a free and appropriate public education is mandated for students with autism spectrum disorder, it is critical that in-service teachers receive specialized training and support relevant to establishing and maintaining effective instructional practice . Achieving outcomes for students with autism in public education programs requires engineering of multiple aspects of the instructional environment. The Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network Autism Initiative (PaTTAN AI) has implemented a range of teacher supports that have altered educational practice in over 600 classrooms across Pennsylvania. Content of this symposium will address the rationale for structured teaching derived from a behavior analysis that is both individualized across a range of student functional levels and able to be replicated across a range of educational settings. Replications of the PATTAN AI system of training in Seminole County, Florida and in an area centered in Missouri will be described. Updates of efforts in Pennsylvania will be summarized. The update will include details that continue to demonstrate a template for effective instructional practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts, School Psychologists, Teachers, School Administrators

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify components of effective instructional arrangements for school programs serving students with autism. 2. Participants will describe the relationship between implementation criteria on the PaTTAN site review form and measurable student outcomes. 3. Participants will note commonalities in training components across replications of a system of technical support in Seminole County, Fl, School districts in the Mid-western region of the USA, and across Pennsylvania public schools.
 
Engineering Autism Interventions in Public Schools: Why Science Isn't Enough
MICHAEL MIKLOS (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network), Amiris Dipuglia (PaTTAN/ Autism Initiative)
Abstract: As described by Henry Petroski (2010), engineering involves using the principles of the natural sciences to guide the design of structures that serve a practical purpose. However, established science may not be able to provide direct guidance on each circumstance in which a practical problem must be solved. While science and scientific principles must be honored when designing an effective educational environment, it will be suggested that the practice of behavior analysis in such environments is more akin to engineering. This session will describe the complexity of school environments that shape educational outcomes. A single caseload and school conditions of one autism support teacher will be reviewed in detail. Supporting teachers functioning in such complex situations is often a responsibility of behavior analysts. It will be suggested that behavior analytic practice is schools must be guided by a model that allows for effective adaptation of science to locally complex educational circumstances that require some degree of effective engineering.
 

Increasing Access to Evidence-Based Training for Special Education Staff in the Mid-Western USA and Resulting Student Outcomes

STACEY MARTIN (Summit Behavioral Services)
Abstract:

Access to training on evidence-based practices is critical for teachers to meet the expectation of implementation in their special education classrooms. Appropriate training on scientifically validated interventions is lacking at both the university and school district levels (Morrier, Hess, & Heflin, 2011; Lang et al., 2010). A wide array of online and print resources exists to assist teachers in their selection of evidence-based interventions (Alexander, Ayres, & Smith, 2014). However, their choices of teaching practices are often not evidence-based. (Hess, Morrier, Heflin, & Ivey, 2008: National Research Council, 2001; Stahmer, Collings, & Palinkas, 2005). Traditional teacher training methods are inadequate in that they typically involve solely written material and/or lecture formats (Bethune & Wood, 2013). A replication of the PaTTAN Autism Initiative model for delivering rigorous training to special education staff which incorporates evidence-based instructional practices has been undertaken in numerous districts in the Midwest in order to train teachers, paraprofessionals, and support staff how to deliver intensive, effective, evidence-based instruction to students on the autism spectrum. During this session, information on efforts to increase teacher access to training on evidence-based practices, data on staff training outcomes, site reviews and student skill acquisition will be shared.

 
Transformation of a Florida School District: Scaling Up a Behavioral Approach to Public Education
SANDRA MICHELLE GUFFEE (Seminole County Public Schools)
Abstract: The Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) calls for use of evidenced-based interventions. Observations of classroom practice, however, have suggested that the education received by many students with disabilities does not take advantage of that knowledge (Kauffman, 1996; Moody, Vaughn, Hughes, & Fischer, 2000: Wagner, Blackorby, Cameto, & Newman, 1994). Over the past four years, Seminole County Public Schools (SCPS) has infused a behavioral approach into the traditional instructional pedagogy, creating a significant merger between clinical interventions for children and youth, and instructional strategies for students with Autism and related disabilities. A replication of the PaTTAN AI model for training, instructional practice, data collection, and fidelity checks using the site review has been utilized starting with nine classrooms in 2015 and scaling up over four years to 74 classrooms. This session will cover the transformation process that has taken place to establish the current service model. A review of training, site review, and student outcome data will be presented.
 

Reaching a Broad Consumer Base: Recent Advances and Outcomes from the Pennsylania Training and Technical Assistance Network's Autism Initiative Applied Behavior Analysis Supports

AMIRIS DIPUGLIA (PaTTAN/ Autism Initiative), Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network), Willow Hozella (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Net)
Abstract:

Over the past 15 years, The Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network Autism Initiative Applied Behavior Analysis Supports (PATTAN AI ABA) has provided ongoing training and technical support to approximately 600 school teams across the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The system of support has provided an empirical approach to instructional design and delivery that addresses both structural and analytical aspects of instructional arrangements. The system addresses implementation of practice across various levels of educational practice including classroom organization, assessment and data-based decision making, instructional materials, instructional delivery, parent training and engagement, establishing and maintaining instructional control, teacher training, treatment integrity and effective local consultative support. The training model has been adapted to local needs and circumstances allowing structured interventions to be delivered across age level of students (from preschool through graduation) and students who present skill sets representative of various levels of severity in relation to Autism Spectrum Disorders. The session will provide summary descriptions of current and longitudinal training and technical support outcomes across training competencies, consultative effectiveness, and student outcomes.

 
 
Symposium #329
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing the Feasibility of Treatment for Problem Behavior and Evaluating Treatment Outcomes
Sunday, May 26, 2019
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Discussant: Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Brian D. Greer, Ph.D.
Abstract:

During function-based treatment of severe problem behavior, caregivers may be unable to ignore or implement extinction consistently and may find it difficult to reinforce appropriate behavior immediately or on dense schedules of reinforcement. Interventions that address these issues are critical for maintaining treatment effects in home and community settings when caregivers are responsible for implementing the intervention. A growing body of research on treatment of problem behavior without extinction addresses the former issue, and various approaches to reinforcement schedule thinning after teaching an appropriate, alternative response addresses the latter. Furthermore, caregivers’ experience of problem behavior extends beyond simply dealing with the rate or duration of responding, and research that explores the other aspects of caregivers’ experiences following treatment of problem behavior is needed. This symposium will include studies on treatment without extinction, reinforcement schedule thinning with delay tolerance following FCT, and an evaluation of treatment outcomes beyond the traditional overall percentage reduction in rate or duration of problem behavior. Collectively, these studies will address the feasibility and outcomes of function-based behavioral interventions for severe problem behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): concurrent reinforcement, delay tolerance, FCT, treatment outcome
Target Audience:

Professionals, researchers

 
Competing Stimuli in Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Social-Negative Reinforcement
KYLE DAWSON (University of Houston-Clear Lake; Marquette University), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Desiree Dawson (University of Houston-Clear Lake; Marquette University), Leah Smith (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kelsey Leadingham (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Treatment of escape-maintained problem behavior has largely focused on providing the functional reinforcer (a brief break) contingent on appropriate alternative behavior, for the absence of the target behavior, or noncontingently. Recent research suggests the use of arbitrary reinforcement can also be effective in decreasing problem behavior maintained by escape from demands. The current study examined the use of a competing stimulus without the use of extinction on problem behavior maintained by social-negative reinforcement in the form of escape from demands and on compliance with demands. The competing stimulus was provided noncontingently and continuously, while problem behavior still resulted in the functional reinforcer (i.e., break from demands). Results suggested the use of a competing stimulus was effective in decreasing problem behavior maintained by escape from demands and did not impede compliance with demands. For two participants, reductions in problem behavior maintained by the competing stimulus was removed. Therefore, this can be an effective, quick treatment with lasting effects for some individuals.
 

Using Results From a Modified Assessment to Teach Functional Communication and Delay Tolerance Responses to Children With Severe Problem Behavior

JESSI REIDY (Marquette University), Mary Halbur (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Samantha Klasek (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Alyssa P. Scott (Marquette University), Xi'an Maya Williams (Marquette University), Courtney Lyn Meyerhofer (Marquette University)
Abstract:

Implementing a function-based intervention that is feasible to implement in the natural environment is a crucial component in behavior analytic interventions for problem behavior. The purpose of the present evaluation was to teach a child and adolescent with autism spectrum disorder to engage in functional communication responses (FCR) and delay-tolerance responses to escape multiple non-preferred tasks and/or gain access to preferred tangible and edible items. Following acquisition of the targeted FCRs, participants were taught a delay-tolerance response. Thereafter, we introduced delay-tolerance steps (i.e., walking part way to the garage before taking a break, working for a short period prior to obtaining a tangible) to successively reach the terminal delay goals identified by family members (e.g., walking to the bus stop, waiting 10 min for a requested tangible item). The intervention was efficacious in teaching both participants to engage in multiple FCRs and delay-tolerance responses. Additionally, the rate of problem behavior decreased during the delay tolerance steps that included completion of activities and the wait periods, and terminal delay goals were achieved for multiple skills.

 

A Summary and Evaluation of Using Tolerance Training With Children With Severe Problem Behavior

ANLARA MCKENZIE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Molly K Bednar (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT) is a common intervention employed with children with Autism Spectrum Disorder who will engage in problem behavior to gain access to desired reinforcement. A common problem with FCT in the natural environment is the caregiver’s inability to reinforce appropriate communication immediately or on an FR1 schedule. Tolerance training as described by Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) is a method to increase a client’s acceptance of delays to or denials of reinforcement during periods caregivers are unable to respond to communication or when the desired reinforcer is not available. However, few studies have employed these procedures with clients that engage in severe topographies of problem behavior (e.g., problem behavior that causes injury to themselves or others). We replicated and extended previous literature by conducting variations of tolerance training with children and adolescents admitted to an inpatient hospital for assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior using a reversal design. Results indicated that tolerance training is generally an effective method in reducing problem behavior related to delayed or denied reinforcement with these clients. Possible mechanisms for these results (e.g., differing methods per individual client) are discussed.

 

Beyond Percent Reduction: A Consecutive Case Review Evaluating Outcomes From a Severe Behavior Day Treatment Model

NADRATU NUHU (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Jamison Keenum (Marcus Autism Center; Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts typically use percent reduction of problem behavior as a primary outcome measure when evaluating intervention effectiveness for the treatment of problem behavior (Scheithauer, Muething, Silva, Gerencser, Krantz, & Call, 2018). However, families of individuals who engage in severe problem behavior are likely to experience a number of outcomes beyond what is captured by percent reduction. To date, few researchers have systematically evaluated the broader impact of behavior interventions, beyond the observed reduction of problem behavior, on the lives of patients and their families. The purpose of the current study was to conduct a consecutive case series analysis of patients that were seen in a severe behavior day treatment program over five years. The current study examined the use of indirect assessments, combined with data from treatment evaluations, to assess the global impact of problem behavior interventions on families’. Indirect measures include Behavior Problem Index and Parental Stress Index. The current study includes data from two time points during the admission: pre-treatment and post-treatment. Overall, investigators found discrepancies between outcome measures. Indirect measures on other domains of functioning may provide valuable information regarding the global impact of interventions used to treat severe problem behavior.

 
 
Symposium #330
CE Offered: BACB
A Deeper Examination of Social Validity and its Role in Clinical Practice
Sunday, May 26, 2019
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sonia Levy (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Diana J. Walker (Trinity Services/Illinois Crisis Prevention Network)
CE Instructor: Cameron Mittelman, M.A.
Abstract:

While many would agree that social validity plays an important role in the field of applied behavior analysis, the degree to which social validation is incorporated into all facets of clinical practice is mixed. Furthermore, variations exist in the exact manner in which social validity is assessed and the extent to which the results of social validity assessments are properly used by practitioners (Schwartz & Baer, 1991). The purpose of this symposium is to expand the audience’s understanding of the very idea of social validity and to provide further considerations for how clinicians can utilize social validity in their practice. The first presentation will discuss social validity from a conceptual standpoint, thoroughly examining Wolf’s (1978) description. The second presentation will provide a review of the extent to which social validity was assessed for stereotypic behavior in two major behavior analytic journals. The third presentation will include a description of how social validity is assessed and utilized in a clinic setting for children diagnosed with various developmental disabilities. The final presentation will discuss the relation between social validity and diversity, and the ways in which culture impacts social validity assessment. The symposium will conclude with a discussion from Dr. Diana Walker.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Cultural Considerations, Diversity Issues, Social Validity
Target Audience:

The target audience is current practitioners who work with clients to change behavior. This symposium is also for college or university instructors teaching behavior analysis to students who may be able to incorporate information from this symposium into their lessons.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the concept of social validity and state its importance in clinical practice, (2) state ways in which socially validity may be assessed and ways in which the results of such assessments can affect clinical decisions, and (3) describe how cultural differences may affect social validity and impact the ways in which it may be assessed.
 

Social Validity: What it is and Why We Need it

CAMERON MITTELMAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Wolf (1978) suggested three elements of the behavior change process for which social validity can be examined: the social significance of the goals, the social appropriateness of the procedures, and the social importance of the effects. Though few would argue against the value of social validity, the extent to which it is assessed and used does not often match its stated importance. For example, Snodgrass et al. (2018) found in their review of six behavior analytic publications across a 12-year period that only 26% of the articles examined discussed social validity. Furthermore, only 6.5% of those articles included an assessment of all three of Wolf’s (1978) areas of social validity. For too many researchers and practitioners, socially validity seems to be considered an afterthought or a footnote rather than as a vital part of the behavior change process. This presentation argues that as applied behavior analysis expands, the deliberate assessment of social validity will become even more important. Specifically, the presentation will elaborate on Wolf’s (1978) conceptualization of social validity and will describe various ways in which social validity can not only be assessed, but ways in which social validity can be deliberately increased.

 
The Social Validity of Intervention for Stereotypic Behavior: A Literature Review
AMY NICOLE LAWLESS (Nationwide Children's Hospital), Joshua Garner (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Stereotypic behavior or “stereotypy” refers to any number of behavioral topographies typically maintained by automatic reinforcement. Stereotypy is often a behavior targeted for decrease in many behavior change interventions, particularly for individuals with autism. However, this focus on the reduction and/or replacement of such behavior has drawn criticism, particularly from members of the autism community who often question the social validity of intervening on such behavior. Previous studies (e.g., Carr et al., 1999; Kennedy, 1992; Snodgrass et al., 2018) have examined reports of social validity assessment in the literature, though these reviews have not examined variations in social validity reporting across specific target behaviors. Therefore, the purpose of this presentation is to provide a review of the literature pertaining to stereotypy in two behavior analytic journals. Specifically, the review will examine the frequency of any descriptions of social validity in empirical articles in which stereotypy was one of the target behaviors. The review will include a discussion of the implications of these results, as well as recommendations for how future researchers may evaluate the role of social validity for such behaviors.
 

Social Validity in the Applied Clinical Setting: Making Change That Matters

SONIA LEVY (Integrate Health Services)
Abstract:

What is social validity? And why is it so important? Social validity is typically discussed as the extent to which the target behaviours selected for intervention or change are appropriate, the intervention and procedures used are acceptable, and the extent to which significant change is produced (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007). Simply put, from a clinical standpoint, social validity is the extent to which we create a meaningful change in our client’s lives. Which target behaviour will benefit the client the most? Which procedures are the least intrusive/invasive and most effective? How can we program for this behaviour change to last over time? Through a discussion of client scenarios, this portion of the symposium will focus on how and why social validity should be at the forefront of our clinical decisions and how social validity can and should be incorporated into all aspects of our clinical decision making – from assessments, to program development, to behaviour plan implementation, to parent training, and everything in between.

 

Social Validity in The Applied Setting: Where Culture and Diversity Matter

PADMINI SRIMAN (National Louis University), Jennifer Klapatch Totsch (National Louis University)
Abstract:

From an applied standpoint, social validity is the extent to which we create a meaningful change in our client’s lives. The effects of our interventions are just one measure of social validity; social validity of targets should also be assessed (such as why a clinician and a parent may disagree on how to prioritize targets) as well as the social validity of the procedures (treatment acceptability). In assessing the social validity of all three of those things, cultural differences between clinicians and clients likely impact their individual definitions of socially valid goals, interventions, and outcomes. How do we evaluate clients and incorporate programs that factor the client’s culture and diversity? Which interventions are likely to be accepted and implemented by relevant stakeholders, such as parents? And which programs will be maintained in the client’s natural environment? Through a discussion of various diverse client scenarios, this portion of the symposium will focus on the need for our clients/ culture to be at the forefront of our service delivery and clinical decisions, and how social validity assessments can and should be incorporated into all aspects of that service delivery in order to produce the most meaningful outcomes possible for our clients.

 
 
Symposium #331
CE Offered: BACB
Applied Behavior Analysis With Companion Dogs: Functional Analysis and Preference Assessments
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Alpine 1/2
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno)
Discussant: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom and University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Christy A. Alligood, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Functional Analysis and Preference Assessments are two methodologies commonly used in Applied Behavior Analysis to identify the functions of problem behavior and the efficacy of reinforcers, respectively, in human subjects. More recently, both of these methods have been applied to non-human animals, including companion and shelter dogs. However, research on these methodologies is limited, and there are questions as to how the efficacy of these procedures will generalize to companion animals. The studies in this symposium sought to further generalize the efficacy of these procedures. The first study in this symposium used functional analyses to identify the function of mouthing in companion dogs, and to use the results to develop function-based treatments. The second study sought to identify the whether paired-stimulus preference assessments or multiple-stimulus-without-replacement preference assessments were more effective and efficient at identifying reinforcers for shelter dog behavior. Implications of this research to companion animal welfare will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Dogs, Functional Analysis, Preference Assessment
Target Audience:

The target audience will be those interested in the application and study of functional analysis methodology and preference assessments. Applied Behavior analytic researchers, graduate students, and practitioners should find the content useful.

 

Developing Functional Analysis-Informed Interventions to Reduce Mouthing in Dogs

MINDY WAITE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee; Marquette University ), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee; Marquette University ), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee; University of North Texas ), Caitlin Fulton (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee; University of Nebraska Medical Center )
Abstract:

The most common cause of companion dog relinquishment and non-medical euthanasia is problem behavior emitted by the dog. Mouthing is a relatively common problem behavior observed in pet dogs, and many owners seek to reduce the frequency of the behavior. However, the functions of dog mouthing are unknown; therefore, proposed interventions are based on inferred behavioral functions. As a result, current interventions may lack efficacy or even worsen the behavior. Although the functional analysis is the gold standard for identifying human behavioral functions and developing function-based interventions, its efficacy across animal behaviors is still being explored. This study assessed the validity of the functional analysis for mouthing in companion dogs and tested function-based interventions informed by the results. Participants included three dogs and their owners participating in a functional analysis and intervention assessment. Data indicate that function-based interventions informed by functional analysis results were efficacious for reducing problem mouthing in companion dogs.

 
Preference Assessment With Shelter Dogs
Cintya Toledo Fulgencio (California State University, Fresno), ERIN AUSTIN (California State University, Fresno), Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: Dogs may be relinquished to shelters and unlikely to be adopted if they engage in problem behavior. A successful way to eliminate problem behavior is through training techniques based on behavioral principles. Obedience training with the use of positive reinforcement has been successful in treating problematic behavior by dogs. In order for this method to work, it is essential that the stimuli selected function as reinforcers. A method used to identify potential reinforcers is to use preference assessments. A preference assessment is a systematic method used to identify stimuli that may serve as possible reinforcers by yielding preference hierarchies. Although preference and reinforcer assessments have been successfully used with humans, research with non-human animals is limited. Therefore, the purpose of the study was to compare the efficacy and efficiency of paired-stimulus preference assessment with a multiple-stimulus-without-replacement preference assessment. Results suggested that the results of both preference assessments corresponded with reinforcer assessments, but that the paired-stimulus was the most efficient. Overall, the data showed that while both types of preference assessments were efficacious, paired-stimulus preference assessments were more efficient. Implications for shelter welfare will be discussed.
 
 
Panel #332
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
The Compelling Case for Clinical Prescription: Practical Interventions for Aligning Caregivers and Clinicians
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Gina Chang, Ph.D.
Chair: Kristine Rodriguez (Autism Learning Partners)
GINA CHANG (Autism Learning Partners)
SARAH TORGRIMSON (Autism Learning Partners)
MEGAN ROSE DIMARTINO (Autism Learning Partners)
Abstract:

In the context of medically necessary treatment for Autism Spectrum Disorders, the intensity of service delivery translates to a clinical prescription. The panelists will present a case for level of care recommendations that meet rigorous expectations for effective and efficient progress and that align with best practice literature and the Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s Professional and Ethical Compliance Code. The panel will identify common barriers to best practice in prescription intensity and prescription fulfillment (i.e. full utilization of treatment hours prescribed). Barriers will be categorized as impacted by caregiver availability/adherence or behavior analyst’s competency; the panel will explore successful interventions implemented by supervising clinicians and organizational leaders to improve prescription fulfillment and to align treatment recommendations. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: create alignment between ethical values and prescription practices, analyze organizational data to identify relevant barriers, and describe 6 barrier-specific interventions that can be implemented immediately to improve prescription adherence.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: create alignment between ethical values and prescription practices, analyze organizational data to identify relevant barriers, and describe 6 barrier-specific interventions that can be implemented immediately to improve prescription adherence.
Keyword(s): clinical prescription, treatment efficacy, treatment efficiency
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #333
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

The Neuroeconomics of Reinforcement and Choice: From Dopamine to Decision-Making

Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Carla H. Lagorio, Ph.D.
Chair: Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
PAUL GLIMCHER (New York University)
My post-doctoral training was with in oculomotor physiology. Working with Prof. David Sparks researching the brainstem and mesencephalic nuclei that control eye rotations, I uncovered evidence that structures participating in the execution of saccadic eye movements might be involved in planning those movements as well. Evidence of this type has been accumulating throughout the neuraxis, but few signals have been associated with any one of the covert processes postulated to intervene between sensation and action. As a result, over the past decade my laboratory has focused on the identification and characterization of signals that intervene between the neural processes that engage in sensory encoding and the neural processes that engage movement generations. These are the signals which must, in principle, underlie decision-making. My students and post-docs study these processes using a variety of tools that are drawn from the fields of neuroscience, economics and psychology. Our methodologies thus range from single neuron electrophysiology to fMRI to game theory. In a similar way, the members of my laboratory include scientists with primary training in neurobiology, economics, and psychology. One set of ongoing projects seek to understand how humans and animals make choices in time, a process usually called delay discounting. A second set of projects seeks to understand the contribution of midbrain dopamine systems to the process of valuing alternative courses of actions. A third set of ongoing related projects seeks to understand the role of the basal ganglia in choice. A fourth set of projects seeks to understand the structure of cortical areas involved in action selection both in the face of risk and in the face of ambiguity. The long-term goal of my research is to describe the neural events that underlie behavioral decision-making employing an interdisciplinary approach that is coming to be called "neuroeconomics". Our approach to this problem consolidates mathematical economic approaches to decision-making with traditional neurobiological tools. By using these tools in our physiological analyses we hope to develop a coherent view of how the brain makes decisions
Abstract:

Over the last decade cognitive neuroscientists have revealed the basic mechanisms of both operant and pavlovian conditioning in the mammalian brain. The dopaminergic neurons of the midbrain have been shown to compute a reward prediction error almost exactly as predicted by the psychologists of the 1970s had supposed. These signals implement a precise value computation in which reinforcement gives rise to a stored synaptic representation of the precise value of stimuli and actions. More recently, neuroeconomists have shown how these values are stored, accessed, and compared when humans and animals choose amongst actions. These new insights have validated many of the core tenets to learning theory, while broadly extending our notion of the response to include more representational mechanisms than had been previously supposed.

Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss basic biology of reinforcement learning; (2) explain role of dopmaine in conditioning; (3) describe basic neural circuit for general-purpose decision-making.
 
 
Symposium #334
CE Offered: BACB
Brain Injury: Review of Behavior Analytic Interventions and a Case Demonstration
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Anneka Hofschneider (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Discussant: Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Anneka Hofschneider, M.A.
Abstract:

This symposium will feature two papers pertaining to brain injury and treatment. The first paper will review effective behavior analytic applications and address potential areas of expansion for researchers and practitioners. The second paper will present a case study of a male individual diagnosed with both viral and autoimmune encephalitis presenting with significant problematic behaviors including sexual advances, suicidal ideation, engaging in physical altercations, and frequent crying. Results and limitations based on behavior analytic programming will be reviewed. Implications and future directions will be discussed for both papers.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): brain injury, encephalitis, neurological rehabilitation
Target Audience:

brain injury practitioners; applied researchers

Learning Objectives: First, attendees will be able to describe functional assessment and function-based intervention procedures that have been shown to effectively decrease challenging behavior in survivors of traumatic brain injury. Second, attendees will be able to identify medical and behavioral symptoms of viral and/or autoimmune encephalitis. Third, attendees will be able to describe behavior analytic strategies addressing treatment of encephalitis including medical and treatment complexities.
 

Behavioral Interventions for Reducing Maladaptive Behaviors in the Traumatic Brain Injury Community: Opportunities to Expand Behavior Analytic Practice

(Service Delivery)
LAUREN SERVELLON (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids)
Abstract:

According to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), it is estimated that 2.5 million Americans sustain a traumatic brain injury (TBI) that results in hospitalizations, long-term disability, and even death, with approximately 5.3 million men, women, and children currently living with a TBI-related disability. TBI occurs when there is sudden trauma or force upon the brain and can result in changes to behavior, emotion, motor and executive functioning. There is limited research supporting the use of behavioral approaches in the traumatic brain injury community, however existing research suggests that behavioral interventions are effective in decreasing maladaptive behaviors for traumatic brain injury survivors. This paper reviews research on behavioral interventions to reduce maladaptive behaviors in individuals with traumatic brain injury and suggests directions for expanding behavior analytic research and practice in this critically needed area.

 

Behavior Analytic Interventions for Treatment of Herpes Simplex Virus 1 Meningeal Encephalitis and N-methyl-D-aspartate Receptor Encephalitis

(Service Delivery)
ANNEKA HOFSCHNEIDER (Centre for Neuro Skills), Chris Persel (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract:

This paper reviews behavior analytic applications with a 34-year-old male diagnosed with both Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV) 1 meningeal encephalitis and N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) receptor encephalitis in a post-acute Neurorehabilitation program. Neurobehavioral problems included socially inappropriate behaviors (i.e., sexually aberrant behaviors), excessive eating, initiating verbal and physical altercations, exiting therapeutic area, emotional lability (i.e., crying), and suicidal ideation. Treatment package included significant antecedent modifications, differential reinforcement of other behavior, contingent access to normalized setting, and brief over-correction procedures. Cooperation at admission improved from 47% to 100% at discharge. Socially inappropriate behaviors also improved from 63% at admission to 0% at discharge. Data and graphical analysis along with case specifics, insurance and treatment hindrance, and general limitations will be presented.

 
 
Symposium #335
Plugging into Technology: Innovations in Behavioral Medicine
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brennan Patrick Armshaw (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Research in Behavior Analysis has produced a sophisticated understanding of the organization of behavior. Such advances illuminate the operant nature of many acts previously thought to be impervious to feedback/antecedent control. These developments suggest that the domains in which behavior analysis might contribute are broader than previously appreciated. Behavior Analysis of health-related behavior, for example, comprises a diverse array of interests and each component area represents a unique opportunity for socially significant impact and diversification of the field. The present symposium offers 3 examples of contingency management of health-related behavior. The first paper, by Batchelder & Washington, examines the effects of prompts and feedback on increasing the activity level of sedentary university employees in a multiple-baseline design across participants. The second paper, by Otero & Vaidya, describes the effects of a contingency management procedure to decrease body movements in healthy children. The long-term goal of the project is to avoid sedation for children undergoing radiotherapy for cancer treatment. The final paper, by Armshaw & Vaidya, examines the effects of reinforcement and gamification on increasing the amplitude of deactivated muscles necessary for full functional use of the knee for injury or total knee replacement surgery.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavioral Medicine, Exercise, Health, Technology
 
Effects of Reinforcement and Prompts to Reduce Sedentary Behavior in University Employees
SYDNEY BATCHELDER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: The CDC guidelines for physical activity cannot negate the health effects of sitting ≥10 hours/day (CDC, 2016; Pandey et al., 2016). Sedentary workplaces in the US have increased by 10% over 50 years (Henschel et al., 2017). Employees could benefit from interventions to decrease inactivity. In a multiple baseline across participants design, 12 university employees were randomly assigned to a prompts-only, reinforcement-only, or reinforcement-plus-prompts intervention. Fitbits were worn at work. No prompts, feedback or reinforcement were delivered during baseline. During intervention, goals were ≥400 steps/hour. For the prompts-only condition, Fitbits vibrated every work hour concurrent with a text-message prompt. In the reinforcement-only condition, participants earned money according to an escalating schedule starting at $0.25 and incrementing by $0.10. The reinforcement-plus-prompts condition the other two treatments. Efficacy of prompting and monetary rewards will be discussed.
 

Pediatric Radiation Oncology With Movie Induced Sedation Effect: Contingency Management of Movement

MARIA JOSE OTERO (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Two studies were conducted to evaluate the effects of continuous positive and negative feedback loops on compliance with the movement requirements of radiotherapy procedures on healthy children. In the first study we compared the amount of movement children engaged in under instructions to stay still and the amount of movement when continuous access to a movie was contingent on low levels of movement. Results for four children showed that instructions alone reduced movement relative to a no-instruction baseline, however, the contingencies were further effective in reducing movement to below 5mm over a 5-minute period. In the second study we compared the amount of movement that occurred when children had (a) instructions to stay still, (b) non-contingent access to a movie, and lastly (c) access to a movie contingent on a small amount of movement. The results from the second study suggest that the effects of instructions are short-lived, that even non-contingent access to a movie can reduce movement, and that the greatest reduction in movement was observed under the contingent-access condition.

 
Contingency Management of Physical Rehabilitation: The Role of Feedback
BRENNAN PATRICK ARMSHAW (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The current work consists of two studies with healthy students. Studies examined the effectiveness of different feedback types on muscle activity of the vastus medialis oblique (VMO) as measured by surface electromyography (sEMG). Study One aimed to identify the optimal conditions for producing a maximum voluntary individual contraction (MVIC) of the VMO. Participants were instructed to flex as hard as they can under 3 different feedback conditions: instruction only, instruction + feedback, and instruction + feedback in a game context. Across 10 participants feedback in the game context condition lead to higher MVIC values. Study Two applied the MVIC techniques developed during Study One to an Exercise procedure. Using the MVIC value as the criteria for feedback Study Two compared the same three conditions, assessing for the conditions under which exercise performance was optimal. Across all 9 participants the feedback in a game context condition lead to the participant working harder (measured by area under the curve). 8 out of 9 participants exceeded the MVIC value more often during the feedback in a game context condition. These findings help broaden the scope of practice for behavior analysis and may inform improvements in current physical rehabilitation techniques.
 
 
Panel #336
CE Offered: BACB
A Strategic Plan for Expanding Behavioral Science Research on Climate Change
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Holly Seniuk, Ph.D.
Chair: Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno)
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute)
JULIA H. FIEBIG (Ball State University; ABA Global Initiatives LLC)
MAGNUS JOHANSSON (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract:

Despite overwhelming evidence of the catastrophic consequences of accelerating climate change (IPCC, 2018), very little effective research is being done on how to bring about widespread changes in people's behavior. This panel discussion will present a thorough and integrated analysis of existing behavioral science research on climate change. It will begin by contrasting the amount of money being invested in physical science research relevant to climate change with the much smaller amount being invested in behavioral science research, despite the fact that addressing the problem is almost entirely a matter of changing human behavior. A panelist will then review the extent to which research is identifying effective and scalable strategies for affecting climate-relevant policy and behavior. We will then describe the kind of experimental research that is most likely to result in scalable change. Finally, we will present a strategic plan for greatly increasing funding for large-interdisciplinary programs of experimental analysis of strategies for affecting climate-relevant policy and behavior. It is hoped that this panel discussion will be a first step in the implementation of such a strategic plan.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience:

Graduate students, researchers

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to analyze the behavior science research on climate change 2. Participants will be able to identify behavioral strategies for changing behavior related to climate change 3. Participants will be able to identify strategies for conducting interdisciplinary research related to climate change
Keyword(s): Climate Change, Policy, Sustainability
 
 
Symposium #337
Evaluating the Effects of Various Topographies of Attention Across Behaviors and Therapists
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Quigley (Melmark)
Abstract:

Attention has been shown as an effective reinforcer for problem behavior (e.g., Iwata et al., 1982/1994; Kodak et al., 2007) and appropriate behavior (e.g., Clay et al., 2013; Nuernberger et al., 2012). Additionally, various types of attention (i.e., eye contact, praise, physical, conversation, and reprimands) affect an individual's responding differentially. In recent years, researchers have begun to evaluate preferences for different types of attention (Clay et al.; Kelley et al., 2014; Nuernberger et al.). These researchers also evaluated the reinforcer efficacy of different types of attention and shown differentiated preference hierarchies and level of responding during reinforcer assessments. It is also likely that participants have preferences for different adults, and these preferences may be due to the type of attention provided by that adult in conjunction with the child’s preference for different types of attention. This talk will explain the different methods for evaluating preference for different types of attention, the reinforcing efficacy of different types of attention, and how different types of attention may or may not affect a child’s preference for a specific teacher or clinician.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Attention, Preference, Reinforcement
 

An Evaluation of the Efficacy of General and Behavior-Specific Praise as a Reinforcer for Maintenance Tasks in Preschool Children

GENA PACITTO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Nina Carraghan (Graduate Student), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Praise, a form of attention that indicates approval, can be used in multiple settings to increase appropriate behavior. Praise is a nonintrusive and relatively simple intervention technique that is often more socially acceptable when compared to other procedures such as the delivery of edible items. Because praise may be used as a reinforcer in a variety of settings, and is usually a component within treatment packages, some researchers have examined praise in isolation. There are variables which may affect the efficacy of praise as a reinforcer, one being content or type of praise. General praise is defined as a declarative statement that does not specify the target behavior (e.g. “Good job!”); whereas, behavior-specific praise explicitly describes the target behavior (e.g., “Good job sorting!”). This study focused on evaluating the relative reinforcing efficacy of general and behavior-specific praise on rates of correct responses on a maintenance task in typically developing preschool children. The results indicated that all participants showed higher levels of correct responding during both praise conditions, as compared to control conditions. Although there were a few limitations, the results of this study replicate previous research and extend this literature base by including a new population.

 
An Evaluation of the Reinforcing Effectiveness of Attention Topographies on Skill Acquisition
MINDY CASSANO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Valerie LaCerra (Penn State University, Harrisburg), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Brandi Shives (Penn State Harrisburg)
Abstract: Attention is often used as a conditioned or secondary reinforcer to increase the future probability of a targeted behavior. Previous research has evaluated the preference for attention and the reinforcing efficacy of different types of attention; however, this research has focused primarily on types of attention that maintain problem behavior. This study adds to the educational research on this topic, as the authors used attention in skill acquisition. The current study used a multi-element design to evaluate the reinforcing efficacy of three topographies of attention on skill acquisition for typically developing preschool children. The results were that all three participants engaged in differential rates of mastery across conditions. In addition, physical attention and praise were associated with higher mastery rates than conversation. Although there were some limitations, this study is significant as the identification of social reinforcers is an important facet to the development and implementation of effective educational programs and interventions, specifically in skill acquisition where attention may be the only available or approved reinforcer.
 
 
Symposium #338
CE Offered: BACB
An Overview of Common Effect Size Measures Used in Single-Case Research Design: Log Response Ratios, Hedges' g, and Multiple Regression-Based Effect Sizes
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich E-G
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
CE Instructor: Art Dowdy, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Single-case designs are one of the main tools used for evaluating applied behavioral interventions. Although single-case studies can be highly informative about the efficacy of an intervention for the individual participants, single studies provide a limited basis for generalization. The tools of research synthesis, meta-analysis, and effect sizes provide a stronger basis for establishing evidence-based practices and drawing broader, more defensible generalizations than what is possible from single studies considered separately. For single-case studies that use systematic direct observation of behavior to measure behavioral outcomes, response ratios, hedges' g, and multiple-regression based effect sizes are often used. We provide a general overview of each, benefits and drawbacks when using with single-case studies, along with intuitive ways to calculate each effect size.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Effect sizes, Evidenced-Based, Meta-Analysis, SCRD
Target Audience:

Researchers

 
Challenge and Convention: Effect Sizes in Multiple Regression
(Theory)
ELIZABETH KYONKA (University of New England)
Abstract: Psychologists who operationalize constructs must report standardized effect size statistics because the observations themselves are abstractions. A score of 16 on an impulsivity questionnaire that is an aggregation of responses to several Likert-scale items does not indicate that the respondent “has” 16 points of impulsivity. In behavior analysis, dependent variables tend to be more concrete. A change in the number of times a key was pecked, problem behavior occurred, or the correct mand was provided are meaningful without standardization. However, even in those cases when the dependent variable is a behavior, standardized effect sizes are valuable because they make comparison across subjects and across studies possible. Behavior analysts who conduct single-subject research with continuous predictors must deal with all of the issues surrounding continuous predictors as well as those relating to single-subject designs. There are many options and few standards for reporting standardized effect sizes for continuous predictors. Possible intercorrelations between sequential observations and sphericity must be addressed carefully in all single-subject research. In combination, these challenges make reporting unbiased and interpretable measures of effect size (standardized or not) difficult, but the end results are worth the effort.
 

Response Ratio Effect Sizes: Methods for Single-Case Designs With or Without Treatment-Phase Time Trends

(Theory)
JAMES ERIC PUSTEJOVSKY (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract:

Single-case designs are one of the main tools used for evaluating applied behavioral interventions. Although single-case studies can be highly informative about the efficacy of an intervention for the individual participants, single studies provide a limited basis for generalization. The tools of research synthesis, meta-analysis, and effect sizes provide a stronger basis for establishing evidence-based practices and drawing broader, more defensible generalizations than what is possible from single studies considered separately. For single-case studies that use systematic direct observation of behavior to measure behavioral outcomes, response ratios are a simple and intuitive way to quantify effect sizes in terms of proportionate change from baseline. This presentation will review recently developed methods and tools for estimating response ratio effect sizes. Methods will be described for the simple scenario where the level of the outcome is constant within each phase and for the more challenging scenario where treatment has gradual effects, which build up and dissipate over time. The presentation will highlight interactive web-based tools for calculating response ratios under both scenarios.

 

Determining Effect Sizes Using Hedges' g in Single-Case Research Design Based Meta-Analyses

(Theory)
ART DOWDY (Temple University)
Abstract:

In single-case research design (SCRD), experimental control is demonstrated when the researcher’s application of an intervention, known as the independent variable, reliably produces a change in behavior, known as the dependent variable, and the change is not otherwise explained by confounding or extraneous variables. Recently, researchers and policy organizations have identified evidence-based practices (EBPs) for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) based on systematic reviews and meta-analyses of SCRD studies (e.g., Odom, Collet-Klingenberg, Rogers, & Hatton, 2010). Effect sizes determined from SCRD meta-analyses allow for a sound basis when determining EBPs. A popular ES determined from SCRD meta-analyses is Hedges' g. This presentation will review Hedges' g, the benefits and limitations, and an intuitive way to calculate the ES once SCRD data has been extracted.

 
 
Panel #339
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Considerations for the Ethics of Behavior Analysts Working in Public Schools
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Selena Layden, Ph.D.
Chair: Selena Layden (Old Dominion University)
DARIA LORIO-BARSTEN (College of William & Mary)
LAUREN MARIE VETERE (Culpeper County Public Schools)
DANIS URBAN (New Horizons Regional Education Centers, Public Day Treatment Program)
Abstract: Working as a behavior analyst in a public school setting can be challenging, particularly from an ethical standpoint. While this focus is an important applied area in the field of behavior analysis, it requires a strong understanding and application of the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board®. Yet, even with great skill and care, situations arise that can challenge the ethical compass of any behavior analyst in this setting. This panel discussion will focus on some of the ethical challenges behavior analysts face in public schools and provide potential solutions from behavior analysts currently working in and with public school settings in a variety of roles. The targeted audience for this panel discussion are those currently working in public school settings, those who consult in these settings, or those teaching future behavior analysts who may work in the public school setting. Identifying and discussing potential areas of conflict as well as possible solutions provides the field a basis to address these issue and ensure behavior analysts are effective in supporting public schools while remaining true to the ethical code of our profession.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: BCBAs or BCaBAs who are working or consulting in public school settings.
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify at least 5 challenges to being a BCBA in the public school setting with potential resolutions. 2. Determine at least 3 questions from the larger audience that need to be addressed related to this topic.
Keyword(s): Education, Ethics, Public Schools
 
 
Panel #340
Tips for Implementing Performance Scorecards at Your Organization
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Toronto
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Stephanie Gorbold (Gorbold Behavioral Consulting, Inc.; Performance Trajectory)
DANIKA MCGANDY (Gorbold Behavioral Consulting, Inc.; Performance Trajectory)
MYRA BERTLING (Performance Trajectory)
SHAZEEN AHMAD (Gorbold Behavioral Consulting, Inc.; Performance Trajectory)
Abstract:

Performance scorecards are an important performance management tool for any organization. They help both staff and managers track and gain a clear understanding of how employees are performing on tasks that are pertinent to their role, as well as the areas in which they may need additional support. Implementation of performance scorecards will yield benefit for both staff and managers. They allow management teams to identify and target specific areas that need support in order to boost the company’s performance, and staff will be encouraged to assist the company in doing so as a result of their performance being incentivized. Although there is research on best practices for creating and implementing performance scorecards (Abernathy, 2000; Daniels & Daniels, 2004; Rummler & Brache, 1995), these implementation strategies need to be modified and individualized for every company’s culture and specific needs. This presentation discusses applied tips for implementing performance scorecards effectively at your organization based on lessons learned through applied experience.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Performance management, Scorecard
 
 
Special Event #342
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
CREATIVITY: Session 3
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD North
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Douglas A. Johnson, Ph.D.
 

CREATIVITY: PORTL: A Lab for Teaching Students to Design Creative Behavioral Solutions

Abstract:

In addition to being able to follow existing protocols, students of behavior analysis should also be able to design solutions based on the needs of their learner. However, this requires students to both understand basic principles and to have a particular set of skills and tools. This presentation will introduce you to a tabletop teaching game called PORTL (the Portable Operant Research and Teaching Lab). PORTL provides a versatile environment where students can learn how to engineer creative solutions in the context of both designing teaching programs and designing research experiments. Students are taught a series of component skills which later can be built on and recombined when designing novel solutions to problems. This presentation will describe the curriculum that we use to teach these skills. As well, it will feature video examples of student products illustrating both teaching programs and research experiments.

 
JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas)
 

Jesús Rosales-Ruiz is an associate professor at the University of North Texas in the Department of Behavior Analysis. He obtained his Ph.D. from the University of Kansas in 1995, under the mentorship of two pioneers in the field of behavior analysis, Donald M. Baer and Ogden R. Lindsley. Jesús is one of the few scientists in the world studying animal training from both the theoretical and applied perspectives. He, along with his students, has greatly contributed to the understanding of the science and practice of animal training. Jesús also studies the antecedent control of behavior, generalization, behavioral cusps, fluency-based teaching, treatment of autism, teaching of academic behavior, rule-governed behavior and contingency-shaped behavior. He has served on several editorial boards, including the Journal of Precision Teaching, the European Journal of Behavior Analysis, and the International Journal of Psychology and Psychological Therapy. He has also served as a reviewer for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, the Journal of Neuroscience Methods, Behavioral Processes, and PLOS ONE. Jesús is a fellow of the Eastern Psychological Association, a trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies and a member of the Association for Behavior Analysis International.

 

CREATIVITY: A Behavior Analytic Account of "Creativity"

Abstract:

Creativity can be defined in many ways, including the extent to which behavior occurs under certain circumstances, results in desirable outcomes, and perhaps varies along one or more dimension of behavior. In this talk, a brief overview of the operant and respondent components of creativity will be discussed, including antecedent conditions, variations and coordination of behavior, and temporal aspects of consequences. Examples will be provided from art, literature, and other realms to provide a context for the audience to make contact with the analyses from a behavioral lens.

 
DARLENE CRONE-TODD (Salem State University)
 
Darlene E. Crone-Todd is a Full Professor in Psychology at Salem State University. She designed and coordinates the graduate program in Behavior Analysis, and has presented in over 50 symposia at conferences worldwide, including time spent researching and presenting in Brazil. She has published research in peer-reviewed journals including, The Behavior Analyst Today, The Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and Substance Use and Misuse. She is currently on the board of directors for the B. F. Skinner Foundation, and serves as the editor in chief for their publication, Operants. Dr. Crone-Todd earned her doctorate at the University of Manitoba, completed a post-doc at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine in Behavior Pharmacology. Her current research interests include human choice behavior, computer-mediated learning environments, higher-order thinking, and shaping behavior. Ongoing projects involve behavioral interventions related to wellness, and to facilitating student success.
 
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the important variables of a Skinner box and how these relate to both PORTL and applied settings; (2) describe the PORTL reinforcement system; (3) describe component skills of shaping that can be practiced during PORTL; (4) describe how PORTL can be used to design teaching programs and conduct research; (5) define “creativity” in behavior analytic terms; (6) discuss how motivating operations are involved in creative behavior; (7) discuss how creative behavior is selected for by consequences; (8) discuss how creative behavior involves successively more complex behavioral repertoires.
 
 
 
Panel #343
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission A Radical Pursuit of Cultural Awareness
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Dominique Michellee Rougeau, M.A.
DOMINIQUE MICHELLEE ROUGEAU (Mental Connections of Southwest Louisiana/ Crossing Roads ABA, LLC)
STACHA VERA (Denton Independent School District)
ARIELLE ARMSTRONG (The Behavior Exchange)
Abstract:

Though behavior analysis has its own theoretical framework for the concept of culture, low efforts have been made to apply it to addressing macro-level, social issues, such as creating measures to avoid discrimination and bias. As a science and practice dedicated to behavior change, there is an obligation to be well-informed in how to effectively service vulnerable populations with multicultural competence. Given that behavior analytic technologies have produced effective cultural change, diversity and inclusion strategies are able to be addressed by behavior analysts as topics of interest. Furthermore, these strategies should be systematically integrated into supervision, academia, and service delivery to ensure that we are seeking to improve the social validity of our field. This panel attempts to help offer some insight on how to define bias and discrimination, as well as strategies to incorporate diversity and inclusion within various roles. Panelist Chair:

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience is any individual practicing or teaching applied behavior analysis, or in an otherwise supervisory role in the field of behavior analysis.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand the expansive definition of "multiculturalism" ; (2) identify boundaries to multicultural competence; (3) address these barriers in an ethical manner.
Keyword(s): diversity, inclusion, multicultural competence, social issues
 
 
Panel #344
CE Offered: BACB
Online Applied Behavior Analysis Education: Facing Academic Dishonesty and Finding Solutions
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Dipti Mudgal, Ph.D.
Chair: Dipti Mudgal (Ball State University)
SHANNON MARIE DIERINGER (Ball State University)
ROBYN M. CATAGNUS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
LAURA L. DUDLEY (Northeastern University)
Abstract:

As more and more individuals seek ABA education via online programs, the technology options to teach are increasing. Various tools are being used to provide quality instruction to students and engage them. However, the downside of the vastness of world wide web is that students sometimes seek unwanted means to submit work. Academic dishonesty has been a notable challenge for online educators. While we have many tools to dodge plagiarism, continuous efforts are still needed as students find newer ways to sabotage academic integrity. This panel includes three seasoned instructors teaching ABA online who will share their expertise on understanding, preventing, detecting, addressing, and deterring academic dishonesty. The aim of the panel discussion is also to invite the audience to provide input with their own experiences for bettering the overall integrity of online education.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Graduate students, ABA educators and program directors,

Learning Objectives: 1. Understanding academic dishonesty in online programs. 2. Ways to encourage academic honesty and prevent cheating. 3. Addressing academic dishonesty in online programs.
 
 
Symposium #345
CE Offered: BACB
How Behavior Analysts Can View and Use Indirect Data to Improve Traditional Psychology
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD South
Area: VBC/CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jennifer Trapani (University of Mississippi)
CE Instructor: Emmie Hebert, M.A.
Abstract:

Traditional psychological research and applications have relied on unobservable phenomena and behavior-behavior relations to predict various variables in individuals' lives. Behavior analysis has much to offer in terms of improving these predictions and furthermore effectively influencing behaviors to improve the lives of individuals and groups. This symposium will include talks that focus on using behavioral strategies to collect indirect data in order to make both research and clinical work more effective. One of the talks will discuss how to use linguistic analysis to make the concept of psychological flexibility directly observable. The second talk will discuss how indirect self-report data can be used to make interventions for children. The last talk will discuss how to use behavioral principles to improve data collection from hard to reach populations, such as men of color who have sex with men. The varying topics in this symposium are linked by the emphasis on using behavioral and behavior analytic methods to improve traditional psychological research and interventions.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): behavioral strategies, improving psychology, indirect data
Target Audience:

BCBAs RBTs Other professionals working in applied settings Researchers conducting applied research in any psychology domain

Learning Objectives: 1. Describe a behavioral measure for psychological flexibility and summarize this measure’s relationship with current measures of psychological flexibility. 2. Describe how indirect behavioral data can be used to improve services provided to children and their caregivers 3. Describe how indirect behavioral data can be used to improve research with understudied populations
 
A Linguistic Analysis of Psychological Flexibility
(Applied Research)
MELISSA MORGAN MILLER (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (70503, University of Louisiana at Lafayette)
Abstract: Psychological flexibility seems to be an important dimension of the behavioral repertoire that involves the ability to learn and to engage in effective and personally significant behavior in the presence of unwanted private events. As it involves aspects of behavior-behavior relations between overt and covert events, however, psychological flexibility has proven difficult for the behavior analyst to directly observe. While some have suggested that qualitative self-report might eliminate bias caused by questionnaires, it does not generally lend itself to quantitative analysis at the individual or group level. Linguistic Analysis involves transforming qualitative data so that quantitative analysis is possible. This paper will present data from several attempts to create a linguistic analysis “dictionary” that will allow for direct observation and quantification of psychological flexibility. Results suggest that linguistic analysis may be a promising approach to assessing psychological flexibility and other complex aspects of the repertoire. Implications for the continued use of linguistic analysis to assess psychological flexibility and related constructs will be discussed.
 
I Can Do This!: Using Self-Reported Confidence to Inform Caregiver Workshop Series on Child Academics
(Applied Research)
EMMIE HEBERT (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Sara S. Kupzyk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med)
Abstract: Caregivers of children with disabilities serve more than just the caregiving role. They also serve as interventionists, teachers, and advocates. Because of this, it is important for professionals working with families to be aware of the caregivers’ confidence in serving their child’s needs. Operationally defined, a caregiver is displaying confidence when they are able to tact the needs of the child and behave in ways that result in the child’s needs being addressed. While the best way to collect caregiver confidence data would be observe caregivers in-vivo, it is not always a practical method of data collection. The field of psychology has historically used self-report as a measure of indirectly collecting data about individual experiences. This presentation will discuss the process of developing a measure of caregiver self-confidence in providing for academic needs in their children with disabilities and using this measure to inform a caregiver workshop series. Pre-post data collected from caregivers of children in an academic intervention program suggest that workshops targeted at identified “low confidence” items increased caregiver confidence in identifying and providing for their child’s academic needs.
 

Dissertation, Please Help!: Using Behavior Analytic Techniques to Influence Data Collection

(Applied Research)
YASH BHAMBHANI (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi)
Abstract:

Traditional psychology has much to benefit from behavior analytic methods. One of these areas is the process of scale construction to measure verbal reports of behavior. This project aimed to use behavior analytic methods to influence data collection for a scale construction study, from content area experts, and a hard to reach population (men of color who have sex with men). We collected data from experts three times, via an online survey. We used verbal praise delivered online to reinforce survey completion. If experts did not respond within an expected time frame, we used prompts to increase likelihood of responding. Prompts were successful about 40% of the time in influencing experts’ behavior. Next, we collected data from two large samples of men of color, through Amazon mTurk in two different studies. We varied reinforcer strength (compensation in dollars) within each study to influence response rate. For study 1, response rate increased from 8.35 per hour to 29.4 per hour upon increasing the reinforcer by $.20. Interestingly, response rate in study 2 dropped from 19.7 per hour to 10.7 per hour upon increasing the reinforcer by $.25. Implications for using behavior analytic techniques to enhance traditional psychological methods will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #346
CE Offered: BACB
Considerations for Using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in Practice: Ethics, Psychometrics, and Novel Populations
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 1-3
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Mary Grace Cavaliere (Saint Louis University)
Discussant: Luisa F Canon (Institute for Effective Behavioral Interventions)
CE Instructor: Victoria Diane Hutchinson, M.S.
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has been shown to be an effective treatment strategy, and behavior analysts are beginning to use it in their clinical practice. However, minimal resources exist to assist clinicians with selecting psychometric tools and implementing ACT with novel populations. Further, behavior analysts must consider ethical conduct when using ACT, to ensure they adhere to their code of ethics. Therefore, the current symposium will focus on considerations for using ACT in practice across three domains: ethics, psychometrics, and innovative ways to use ACT with novel populations. The first paper will discuss how a brief 4-session ACT package was developed and implemented for a novel population, female university students with anxiety. The second paper will discuss a new psychometric survey, the Children’s Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire (CPFQ), and the convergent validity of the CPFQ with caregiver report. The third paper will focus on the effects of ACT on staff engagement in positive interactions when implementing behavioral programs for children with autism. Finally, the fourth paper will discuss ethical considerations for behavior analysts using ACT, and will highlight strategies for using ACT consistent language and functional intervention techniques while adhering to the ethical code of conduct.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts, Registered Behavior Technicians

Learning Objectives: At the end of the symposium, attendees will: 1. Define mechanisms of change within an ACT treatment package 2. Identify psychometrics and other related measures useful when implementing ACT 3. Label ethical considerations and function-based strategies for using ACT in practice 4. Demonstrate knowledge for using ACT with novel populations
 
The Effects of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy on College Students’ Anxiety and Psychological Flexibility
(Applied Research)
ARIANNA CHAROS (Arizona State University), Alison Parker (Arizona State University), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Recent statistics suggest that 4.2% of undergraduate and 3.8% of graduate students suffer from anxiety disorders. Of these students, women are more than twice as likely than men to meet the criteria for one of these disorders (Eisenberg, Gollust, Golberstein & Hefner, 2007). A promising treatment for anxiety and related problems is Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT; Hayes, 2004). ACT has been shown to be effective for a variety of conditions (Hayes, 2004), but to the author’s knowledge has not been examined for anxiety in female university students specifically. A multiple probe design was used to evaluate the effects of a brief, 4-session ACT package on anxiety and psychological flexibility in this population. The Beck Anxiety Inventory (Julian, 2011), the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-II (Bond et al., 2011), and a social validity measure specific to the study were also used. Results and implications of a brief ACT approach for this population will be discussed.
 

An Assessment of Convergent Validity on the Children's Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire: Child Report and CPFQ: Caregiver Report in Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Related

(Basic Research)
NATALIA BAIRES (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Abstract:

As a new tool for measuring psychological flexibility in children and adolescents, the Children's Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire (CPFQ; Dixon & Paliliunas, 2017) constitutes 24 items across the six core clinical processes used in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT; Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 2012). Moreover, the CPFQ: Caregiver Report mirrors items from the Child Report, with the exception that it is completed by an adult (e.g., caregiver, provider, educator, etc.) who is familiar with the child or adolescent. In addition to measuring progress and growth over time, the CPFQ is also used in intervention planning to determine which ACT areas to target as part of the Accept. Identify. Move (AIM) curriculum (Dixon & Paliliunas, 2017). Although AIM blends mindfulness, ACT, and applied behavior analysis, it is still in its early introduction and little research has been done assessing the curriculum or its measures. In the current study, the convergent validity of the CPFQ: Child Report and CPFQ: Caregiver Report were compared. Child Reports were completed by individuals 12 years and older who have a diagnosis of autism or a related developmental disability, whereas caregivers or providers completed Caregiver Reports, depending on whether participants were their own legal guardians or not. Preliminary results indicated that at least one item in the present moment, defusion, values, and committed action categories had a strong positive correlation between Client and Caregiver Reports. The findings suggest that scores from the CPFQ: Child Report and Caregiver Report are related and support high validity for the CPFQ.

 

Effects of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Sessions on Positive Interactions and Staff Rigidity Among Therapists for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Service Delivery)
SEBASTIAN GARCIA-ZAMBRANO (Southern Illinois University), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Therapists for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are exposed to high levels of work-related stress that are associated with negative interactions and emotional exhaustion among workers. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has been explored as a treatment to decrease levels of perceived work-related stress among direct care staff (Bond and Bunce, 2000; Flaxman and Bond, 2010; Kurz et al., 2014; Veage et al., 2014). However, ACT-based interventions are not improving scores on burnout and it is necessary to develop a better understanding of the specific goals of ACT in work settings. Therefore, the purpose of this presentation is to evaluate the effectiveness of ACT and mindfulness techniques, on improving interactions and intervention techniques towards clients with developmental disabilities. Preliminary results indicated that the percentage of positive interactions and psychological flexibility improved across participants. Our results suggest that using ACT-based exercises may increase psychological flexibility of ABA therapists as well as increase positive interactions among ABA therapists with their clients. Potential implications for organizations who provide ABA services as well as for ABA therapists to improve the psychological well-being and quality of services delivered are discussed.

 

Ethical Considerations for BCBAs Using Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in Clinical Practice

(Theory)
VICTORIA DIANE HUTCHINSON (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University)
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has been researched over 20 years, with overwhelming positive effects. For instance, ACT has been shown to improve job interview skills in adults with disabilities, smoking cessation in typically developing adults, and reduction of off-task related behaviors in school-aged children. Recently, ACT protocols for behavior analytic interventions have begun to emerge, as ACT can easily be utilized to assist BCBAs with identifying and treating experiential avoidance behaviors. While research to date supports ACT as an effective intervention for BCBAs, minimal guidelines exist for ethical considerations for practicing ACT in behavior analytic practice. Therefore, the current presentation will outline the role and importance of behavior analyst’s implementation of ACT, including adhering to an ethical code of conduct. The following strategies will be discussed: practitioner use of ACT consistent vs. inconsistent language; functional vs. non-functional intervention techniques; and ethical considerations throughout implementation.

 
 
Symposium #347
CE Offered: BACB
Research Examining Strategies to Mitigate Resurgence
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Yaara Shaham (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment )
Discussant: Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Sarah E. Bloom, M.S.
Abstract:

Resurgence is the return of a previously extinguished response due to discontinuation or reduction in rate of reinforcement of a more recently reinforced alternative response. Resurgence has been used to model treatment relapse due to treatment-integrity errors resulting from the failure to reinforce alternative responses. In this symposium, we will consider several approaches to modifying differential reinforcement of alternative responding (DRA) and the effect on the mitigation of resurgence in basic and translational research. The first presentation compares the effect of five concurrently available alternative responses to a single alternative response on the mitigation of resurgence using rats. The second presentation compares the effect of serial-DRA training with more typical single-DRA in a laboratory experiment with children. The third presentation compares the effect of serial-response training with concurrent-response training in a laboratory setting with university students. The final presentation examines multiple-mand training and a lag schedule with functional communication training in an applied setting involving participants diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): DRA, relapse, resurgence, translational research
Target Audience:

Practitioners, teachers, applied researchers, translational researchers, and basic researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to 1. Define relapse and resurgence. 2. Describe some techniques aimed to mitigate resurgence. 3. State the clinical applications of resurgence studies involving rats as well as university students.
 
Multiple Concurrent Alternative Responses Fail to Reduce Resurgence of Food-Seeking in Rats
(Basic Research)
RUSTY NALL (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract: Resurgence is the relapse of a previously-suppressed target behavior following the worsening of reinforcement conditions for an alternative behavior. Alternative reinforcement is a common component of treatment for clinically-relevant problem behaviors. Thus, when alternative reinforcers are omitted due to treatment lapses or cessation, problem behavior is susceptible to resurgence. There is mixed evidence that training multiple alternative behaviors may mitigate resurgence. There are at least two potential explanations for this effect. First, because overall rate of reinforcement is not typically controlled in studies reinforcing multiple alternative behaviors, differences in reinforcer rates may explain differences in resurgence. Second, response competition may explain lower resurgence rates when multiple sources of alternative reinforcement are used. The present study was designed to evaluate these possibilities. Rats were first trained to press levers for food. Next, lever pressing was extinguished, and alternative reinforcement was programmed for a single alternative or five simultaneously-available alternatives at the same rate across groups. Finally, alternative responding was extinguished while target responding remained on extinction. Resurgence occurred for both groups at similar rates, suggesting that alternative reinforcer rate was responsible for determining the magnitude of resurgence. Implications of these results for clinical application and theories of resurgence will be discussed.
 
Reinforcing Multiple Alternative Responses to Mitigate Resurgence in Children
(Applied Research)
WEIZHI WU (Florida Institute of Technology), Kelsey Lynn Purcell (Kaleidoscope Interventions; Florida Institute of Technology), Ashley Shuler (Florida Institute of Technology), Cheyenne Dong (Florida Institute of Technology), Shana Fentress (Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Resurgence is a type of treatment relapse that occurs when an extinguished behavior reappears once reinforcement for a more recently reinforced behavior is reduced or eliminated. Resurgence of problem behavior often occurs when treatment-integrity errors are made during the implementation of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA). Training multiple alternative responses with serial-DRA training shows a promise in mitigating resurgence of problem behavior compared to training only a single response. This study used laboratory methods to systematically replicate previous studies comparing the effects of more typical, single-DRA training with serial-DRA training on the magnitude of resurgence. The present experiment included children as participants, topographically different target and alternative responses, and counterbalanced independent conditions. Less resurgence was observed in the serial-DRA condition than traditional DRA for one out of three participants. However, serial-DRA training increased the total amount of responding observed during the resurgence phase, while decreasing the overall percentage allocated to target responding. Findings from this study expand upon current literature on possible techniques to mitigate resurgence when using DRA treatment.
 
Serial and Concurrent Response Presentation: Their Effects on Resurgence
(Applied Research)
MICHAEL KRANAK (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Serial response training (SRT) may mitigate resurgence of a target response when compared to teaching a single alternative response. However, the necessity of the serial presentation of alternatives is yet to be determined. We hypothesized teaching alternative responses at the same time (concurrent response training [CRT]) may be as effective as, and more efficient than, SRT. We used a multielement design embedded within an ABC paradigm in a human operant arrangement in three studies. Thirty undergraduate students enrolled in a psychology course participated. In Study 1, we compared CRT to differential reinforcement of a single alternative response (traditional DRA). In Study 2, we compared CRT, SRT, and traditional DRA. In Study 3, we implemented CRT and made real-time, data-based decisions regarding phase length rather than standard a priori phase-change criteria. We found both CRT and SRT resulted in greater persistence of alternative responses and suppression of target responses than traditional DRA. However, CRT mitigated resurgence of target responding better than SRT. This experiment suggests investigating CRT with clinically-relevant behavior may prove fruitful as a modification to differential reinforcement procedures.
 
Variations of Functional Communication Training and Their Effects on Resurgence
(Applied Research)
BRITTANY SCHMITZ (University of Missouri; Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders ), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri; Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders ), Savannah Tate (University of Missouri; Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental Disorders ), Bethany P. Contreras Young (Middle Tennessee State University)
Abstract: A common treatment that is implemented to decrease problem behavior and increase appropriate behavior in individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is functional communication training (FCT; Carr & Durand, 1985). Although demonstrated to be highly effective, it is possible that procedures will not be implemented with fidelity by caregivers in the natural environment. In these situations, functional communicative responses (FCRs) are likely to undergo extinction, increasing the likelihood of the resurgence of problem behavior (e.g., Fisher et al., 1993; Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson, 2001). In applied contexts, the resurgence of problem behavior during temporary lapses in procedural fidelity represents a reality for which there are currently few solutions (Lambert et al., 2017). One possible treatment for resurgence of problem behavior in the face of extinction challenges is multiple mand training during FCT. The purpose of this study was to evaluate what effect teaching multiple FCRs as outlined in serial FCT by Lambert, Bloom, Samaha, and Dayton (2017) had on resurgence of problem behavior and FCRs during extinction challenges. Researchers then evaluated what effect implementing a lag schedule of reinforcement following serial FCT had on resurgence of problem behavior and FCRs during extinction challenges compared to serial FCT.
 
 
Symposium #348
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Recent Advancements in Treatment Integrity Assessment and Intervention
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B
Area: DDA/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Sandra Alex Ruby (University of Kansas)
Discussant: Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC)
CE Instructor: Linda A. LeBlanc, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium summarizes novel research on interventions to improve treatment integrity as well as extensions of parametric analyses of treatment integrity. Bergmann will share results from a parametric analysis of treatment integrity to determine at which level of error most participants acquired a skill. The second presentation by Hodges evaluated an assessment to identify barriers and solutions to effective parent implementation of behavioral programming. Luck will describe findings from a study that measured teacher’s integrity of function-based treatments for escape-maintained problem behavior in the presence and absence of environmental distractions. The fourth presentation by Erath will summarize findings of a study evaluating the efficacy of antecedent- and technology-based training procedures on the integrity with which staff used behavioral skills training to teach colleagues how to implement a behavioral procedure. The symposium will conclude with discussant remarks by Dr. Linda LeBlanc.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Supervisors

 

When Do Errors Affect Learning?: A Parametric Analysis of Treatment Integrity of Skill-Acquisition Procedures

(Basic Research)
SAMANTHA BERGMANN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee; University of North Texas), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee; Marquette University), Mike Harman (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee; Briar Cliff University)
Abstract:

Treatment integrity is the extent to which components of an intervention are implemented as intended (Gresham, 1989). Recent behavior-analytic literature has begun to evaluate the effects of treatment integrity on efficacy and efficiency of skill-acquisition interventions. We extended current literature on the effects of errors of omission and commission of reinforcement by replicating and extending Hirst and DiGennaro Reed (2015). We compared instruction implemented with varying degrees of integrity in a parametric analysis using a randomized-control group design with undergraduate students. A computer program made errors on 0% to 50% of trials. The purpose was to identify a level of error at which most participants could still acquire the task. Most participants assigned to integrity levels at or above 85% acquired the skill; therefore, errors of reinforcement on 15% or fewer trials did not hinder acquisition for most participants. The potential implications for training teachers, parents, and therapists to implement behavior analytic interventions with integrity will be discussed.

 
Further Evaluation of a Tool to Identify Barriers to Effective Parent Implementation of Behavioral Programming
(Applied Research)
ANSLEY CATHERINE HODGES (Florida Institute of Technology), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: We evaluated the utility of an informant-based tool used to identify the barriers to effective parent implementation of behavior analytic programs. Specifically, we compared the effectiveness of two interventions to increase parent implementation of a mand training program. The first intervention was not indicated by the tool as likely to be effective, whereas the second intervention (task clarification and prompting) was indicated by the tool as likely to be effective. The results showed that the non-indicated intervention was ineffective to improve parent performance; the indicated intervention improved performance of all three parents. In addition, manding increased and problem behavior decreased for all three children during the indicated intervention. In a social validity analysis, both parents and clinicians reported that the tool was useful and that they would recommend it to others. Results are discussed in terms of the utility of the tool to identify effective interventions to increase parent performance in a variety of contexts.
 
The Effects of Environmental Distractions on Teacher’s Procedural Integrity When Implementing Three Function-Based Treatments
(Applied Research)
KALLY M LUCK (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah Williams (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Victoria Fletcher (University of Houston -- Clear Lake), Landon Cowan (University of Houston- Clear Lake)
Abstract: Past research has demonstrated the effectiveness of a variety of function-based treatments, including differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO), differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), and noncontingent reinforcement (NCR). However, the ease with which teachers can implement these procedures in busy classrooms may vary across possible treatment options. In this study, we compared the procedural integrity of teachers when implementing three different function-based interventions with and without the presence of environmental distractions. Experimenters taught five special education teachers to implement DRO, DRA, and NCR for escape-maintained problem behavior. Following training, the experimenters assessed the teachers’ procedural integrity in a simulated classroom setting. Although the teachers’ integrity was similarly high for all three treatments when the setting was free of distractions, their integrity for certain aspects of the procedures declined in the presence of common classroom distractions (e.g., other students engaging in problem behavior or requesting attention). In general, distractions were more likely to impact the integrity of DRA relative to DRO and NCR, particularly for the delivery of reinforcement and data collection. Furthermore, all teachers indicated that they were least likely to implement DRA in their classrooms. These findings have important implications for behavior analysts who consult in school settings
 
Increasing the Training Repertoires of Human Service Staff Using a Technology-Based Intervention
(Applied Research)
TYLER ERATH (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Abigail Blackman (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Training integrity, or the degree to which a training procedure is implemented as intended, is a critical variable to providing effective and evidence-based training to staff working in human service settings. Recent literature has demonstrated a growing body of support for antecedent-only and technology-based training procedures as two potential modalities to increase the resource efficiency and integrity with which training is provided. Two studies were conducted to evaluate the effects of a technology-based, antecedent-only training procedure on the degree to which human service staff could be taught to use BST when teaching others how to implement behavioral procedures. Results across both studies suggest improvements in BST integrity following the video-based training for all participants. Brief experimenter feedback was necessary though to increase performance to mastery levels. Training effects generalized to implementation of other behavioral procedures and were also found to maintain at follow-up. These findings provide support for the use of a technology-based, antecedent training procedure to enhance the training repertoires of direct support staff operating as novice trainers, as well as one potential modality to increase the resource efficiency with which human service organizations can provide evidence-based training that aligns with best practice.
 
 
Symposium #349
CE Offered: BACB
Tools for Positive Supports: Staff Training in Residential Settings
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C
Area: DDA/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Matthew A. Law (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology )
CE Instructor: Matthew A. Law, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Millions of adults diagnosed with intellectual disabilities are living in paid-for-support situations, such as group homes. Studies have concluded that very few staff employed by agencies offering paid supports are provided with behavioral training (e.g., Crosland et al., 2008). This is in spite of the fact that a large proportion of the adults supported are reported to display socially significant maladaptive behaviors, such as physical aggression, property destruction, and elopement. These behaviors may have negative impacts on access to the community and may create environments in which staff experience frustration, which may result in coercive interactions (Crosland et al., 2008). As a result, there is need for evidence-based training that can provide staff with the skills needed to help their clients to obtain the most positive outcomes possible. This symposium will begin to meet this need. First, we will provide an introduction from the Chair, to provide context. We will then present data from 4 research studies examining methods for staff training, with a focus on improving staff knowledge of individual support and behavior plans, staff-client interactions, and staff engagement. We will conclude with a discussion of overall findings, and a focus on implications for future research, applied practice, and funding directives.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): developmental disabilty, residential, staff training
Target Audience:

The target audience will be behavior analysts who work in residential settings.

Learning Objectives: 1) Describe why staff training is important in residential settings. 2) Identify and describe various approaches to training staff in residential settings. 3) Describe challenges for staff training in residential settings. 4) Identify important next steps, related to staff training in residential settings, for practice, policy, and research.
 

Tools of Choice: Increasing Positive Interactions

CHAD LEWIS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Staff employed in a paid-for-support setting are often given little or no training how to offer quality supports to those they serve yet are often in situations that require them to try and reduce or change behaviors from the clients that hinder or reduce their ability to live a better quality of life with choice and responsibility. Tools of Choice is a basic behavioral curriculum that offers staff a competency-based program that teaches them the basics of understanding behavior, the benefits of relationships with those they serve that are based in positive supports and interventions, effective use of proper reinforcement, as well as tools to use when faced with problematic or socially significant behavior. This study is a replication of the Crosland, et al. study (2008) that looks specifically at the ratio of positive-based interactions to negative-based interactions that staff are having with the intellectually disabled adults they are supporting. This study measures the ratio of interactions that staff are having prior to and then after receiving the Tools of Choice curriculum. This study found that staff who receive the Tools of Choice curriculum have a much higher ratio of positive to negative-based interactions with their clients after receiving the instruction.

 

Effectiveness of Computer-Based Instruction With Overt Response Requirements in Staff Training

ANGELA D BARBER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

The current study used an alternating treatment design to investigate the effect of computer-based instruction (CBI) with and without overt response requirements on Direct Support Professionals (DSPs) working at an Intermediate Care Facility (ICF) for adults with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (IDD). The overt responding consisted of multiple-choice questions administered throughout PowerPoint training videos. Results showed that although both the PowerPoint training videos with overt response requirements and the videos without response requirements resulted in learning, there was no clinically significant difference between the learning gains associated with overt response requirements and those without. Similarly, maintenance data collected at least 14 days after posttest completion showed no distinct differentiation. These findings are contrary to the literature on overt responding in classrooms, suggesting additional research is needed to identify the variables that contribute to this discrepancy. Implications for the use of CBI in organizational settings and directions for future research are discussed.

 

The Effects of an Interdependent Group Contingency on Staff Performance

KASEY BEDARD (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Weber (CABAS)
Abstract:

Ineffective workplace contingencies may lead to an abundance of off track behavior among employees, thereby resulting in lower productivity, and cost to the employer. Current practices for increasing employee performance tend to be centered around punishment. Research into effective, easy to implement, affordable, and reinforcement-based behavior strategies are needed to promote positive practices in the workplace. The current study sought to evaluate the effect of an interdependent group contingency on direct client interaction hours in behavior technicians in a professional setting. Findings indicated that an intervention consisting of an interdependent group contingency was effective in increasing the completion of direct client interaction hours across two groups of behavior technicians working in a professional setting. In addition, the intervention served to help stabilize rates of responding close to goal rates, eliminating variability and major trend changes during intervention phases.

 
Self-Monitoring and Supervisor Feedback as a Method of Increasing On-Task Staff Behavior in a Residential Setting
RANDI MELVIN (NABA), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Thomas Wade Brown (Chrysalis), Shawnee D. Collins (Chrysalis)
Abstract: The use of self-monitoring and supervisor feedback were implemented to determine if there were effects on on-task behavior of direct support personnel (DSPs) in a residential setting. On-task behavior included interaction and engagement with a client receiving residential services. Examples of on-task behaviors were available on data collection sheets and self-monitoring cards. After baseline participants participated in a short in-service regarding self-monitoring and the use of the data collection sheet. Self-Monitoring and Feedback were implemented simultaneously following the completion of the in-service. Data displayed an increase in on-task behavior and more stable responding following the implementation of self-monitoring and feedback. Feedback was removed following participants meeting a pre-determined criterion for on-task behavior, however the study continued. On-task behavior was observed with only self-monitoring to determine if behavior maintained at increased levels without the delivery of individualized feedback. Additionally, participants completed social validity questionnaires at the completion of the study, information gleaned are discussed. Follow up maintenance probes were completed several weeks following the completion of data collection.
 
 
Symposium #350
Response-Reinforcer Relations: Preference and Resistance to Change
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich BC
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Kenneth David Madrigal Alcaraz (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC))
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Resistance to change (RTC) can be affected by the response-reinforcer relation (e.g., different schedules of immediate reinforcement; response-reinforcer dependencies and delays of reinforcement) when reinforcement rate and magnitude are controlled. Four studies in which the effects of the response-reinforcer relation on RTC and preference were assessed will be presented in this symposium. Dias and Cançado assessed the effects of different parameters of the same response-reinforcer relation (DRL 5, 8, 11, 16s) on RTC with rats. Teixeira and Todorov studied, with pigeons, the effects of the response-reinforcer dependency on both resistance to change and preference. Madrigal, Hernandez and Flores assessed, with rats, the effects on RTC of a single delay of reinforcement value (9s) with different stimulus placements, using two types of procedure: non-resetting and retracted-lever. Finally, French and Reilly assessed the effects of ascending and descending orders of exposure to delays of reinforcement on RTC of self-controlled choice with rats. In general, the results of each study demonstrate effects of the response-reinforcer relation on RTC and preference, extend previous findings of the RTC literature, and highlight the relevance of considering the effects of the response-reinforcer relation in accounting for the persistence of responding under conditions of disruption.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Preference, Resistance-to-change, Response-reinforcer relation
 

Similar Response-Reinforcer Relations, Different Response Rates, and Resistance to Extinction

ROBERTA DIAS (Universidade de Brasília), Carlos Cançado (Universidade de Brasilia, Brazil)
Abstract:

The effects of different parameters of the same response-reinforcer relation on resistance to change were assessed in two experiments with rats. In Experiment 1, a multiple tandem variable interval (VI) differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL) tandem VI DRL schedule was in effect. Lever pressing produced similar reinforcement rates in both components. In the short component, the DRL was 1 s; in the long component, it was 5 or 8 s. In Baseline (BL), response rates were lower in the long than in the short component, but resistance to extinction was not systematically different between components. In Experiment 2, the schedule was similar to that in Experiment 1. However, in the short component, interresponse times between 0.1 and 3 s were reinforced; in the long component, this value was 5-8 s (two rats), 8-11 s (one rat) and 8-16 s (one rat). BL-response rates also were lower in the long than in the short component. Regardless of this response-rate difference, differential resistance occurred only for rats exposed to a minimal DRL value of 8 s in the long component, being greater in this than in the short component. Thus, resistance to extinction was a function of the DRL parameter.

 

Response-Reinforcer Dependency, Resistance to Change and Choice

ITALO TEIXEIRA (Universidade de Brasília), João Claudio Todorov (Universidade de Brasilia)
Abstract:

An experiment with pigeons assessed the effects of the response-reinforcer dependency on resistance to change and choice. In the first-condition Baseline, a two-component multiple schedule programmed equal reinforcer rates between components. The dependency was 10% in one component (i.e., a concomitant variable interval, VI, variable time, VT, schedule), and 100% in another component (i.e., –VI schedule). In the Test, response rates were more resistant to extinction and VT schedules in the 10% than in the 100% component. In the second condition, a concurrent chained schedule was in effect in Baseline. In the initial links, equal VI schedules were in effect; in the terminal links, the multiple schedule components (i.e., 10 and 100%) of the first condition were in effect. In the test, both terminal links were changed to equal VT schedules. Preference (i.e., initial link responding) and resistance to VT schedules (i.e., terminal link responding) were greater for the 10% dependency. These results replicate previous experiments showing a relation between choice and resistance to change. Also, they extend these results to manipulations of the response-reinforcer dependency with pigeons.

 

Stimulus-Stimulus Relations Established Through a Retracted-Lever Delay of Reinforcement Procedure: Some Effects on Resistance to Change

KENNETH DAVID MADRIGAL ALCARAZ (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara)
Abstract:

The effects of different stimulus placement during a 9s signaled delay of reinforcement were assessed through a fixed- and retracted-lever delay procedure in two rats. Using a three component multiple schedule, food was scheduled according to a variable interval (VI) 30s in each component during a Baseline (BL) condition. In the next condition, a 9s delay was imposed to each component, resulting in a chained VI21s + fixed time (FT) 9s. During this condition, for both rats, delay could be totally or partially signaled during the first or last 3s of it by a key-light above the lever. For one rat, lever was retracted during the delay, and for the other rat lever was fixed. In the following conditions, rats were returned to BL and then exposed to fixed- or retracted-lever delay procedure, respectively. Relative to its preceding immediate condition, for both rats response rates decreased under a fixed-lever procedure; whereas, response rates increased during the retracted-lever procedure. Lever-pressing and head-entry response distribution varied upon temporal placement of the signal for both rats; likewise, regardless of signal onset, lever-retraction controlled for differential head-entry responding during delay. Stimulus-stimulus relations established during delay are discussed by attending to the delay procedure used.

 
Resistance to Change on Impulsive Choice as a Function of Previous Delay Exposure
ERIC JAMES FRENCH (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Intertemporal choice procedures have been widely used in both basic and applied research to evaluate the rate at which an organism discounts delayed reinforcers. In these procedures two choice options are available, an “impulsive” option offering few reinforcers immediately and an alternative “self-controlled” option offering many reinforcers after a delay. Using these procedures with rats, our lab has found that not only does preference for the larger alternative decrease with delay, but also that the order of delay presentations affects the overall rate of the decrease. This latter finding suggests that intertemporal choice procedures could be used to systematically investigate how prior delays modify preference for current delays. To this end, in a series of three experiments, preference was evaluated for 3 vs 1 pellets while the delay for the 3-pellet option increased then decreased (e.g., 0, 1, 3, 6, 12, 24, 24, 12, 6, 3, 1, 0 s) across 12 sessions. In the first two experiments rodent models of cognitive deficit were evaluated. In a previously published study (Experiment 1) Spontaneously Hypertensive rats (SHR), an animal model of ADHD, and Wistar-Kyoto rats (WKY, a control strain) were used. Experiment 2 used Wistar rats with and without a radiation-induced brain injury (model for cognitive impairment). In Experiment 3 the role of repeated exposures to the ascending and descending delay sequences was evaluated using Sprague-Dawley rats. In all three experiments, preference showed a greater shift towards the immediate option as the delay was varied in the decreasing sequence. Furthermore, the difference between the ascending and descending sequences were more pronounced in the animal models of cognitive deficit (e.g., ADHD and brain injury rats) in the initial run of the ascending and descending sequences. These findings suggest insensitivity to changing delay contingencies is a valuable metric with potential to be included in quantitative models.
 
 
Symposium #351
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis Goes to Preschool: Strategies for Increasing Critical Skills in Young Children
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal
Area: EDC/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
Discussant: Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University)
CE Instructor: Gregory P. Hanley, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Preschool is potentially one of the most important years of school, as it may set the stage for a child’s later success in building important social, academic, and self-help skills. Behavior analytic strategies have much to offer in creating positive environments that foster the development of these important behaviors. In this symposium, we will address a range of issues pertaining to skill acquisition. The first presentation will address using multiple exemplar training to establish generalized helping behavior. The second presentation will analyze the intervention components necessary for teaching children to appropriately wash their hands. The third presentation will explore the effectiveness of strategies aimed at building letter-sound correspondence. The fourth presentation will present an analysis of reinforcement strategies for increasing on-task behavior. The studies will be discussed within the context of their contributions to the preschool literature, as well as what future research directions may be useful in promoting effective learning environments for young children.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): early childhood, preschool, skill acquisition
Target Audience:

Behaviour analysts working with young children

 
Developing Helping Behavior in Young Children Through Multiple Exemplar Training
GEORGE H. NOELL (Louisiana State University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University), Kristin Gansle (Louisiana State University), Rachel Bradley (Louisiana State University), Catherine Lark (Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Katherine Moore (Louisiana State University), Ashley Bordelon (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that engaging in helping is highly valued by children and adults and has diverse benefits for the recipient, helper, and larger group. Not surprisingly, raising children who exhibit prosocial behavior such as helping others is a central concern for parents and societies. However, the learning process that leads to the emergence of helping remains under-studied. The current study examined the establishment of generalized helping behavior in young, typically developing children, in a context in which helping competed with ongoing toy play. Additionally, we examined the emergence of verbalizations about behavior that suggest the adoption of a socially conventional rule that helping is a good thing to do. Generalized helping was initially established through multiple exemplar training, with some participants also receiving rule instruction and behavioral feedback. Generalized helping emerged across all participants and 2 of 3 participants made verbalizations demonstrating a behavioral rule that helping is good.
 
Component Analysis of a Video-Modeling and Visual-Feedback Package on Handwashing in Preschool Children
RACHEL JESS (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Elizabeth Foley (University of Kansas), Kelsey Goddard (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Young children who attend out-of-home care (e.g., preschool) are more susceptible to infections than children who do not attend out-of-home care (Bylinsky, 1994). Previous research suggests handwashing is effective in reducing risk of infection and illness (Larson, 1988). However, research suggests that individuals do not routinely wash their hands using methods that healthcare agencies, such as the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, have determined best practice (Witt & Spencer, 2004). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the separate and combined treatment components of a video-modeling and visual-feedback intervention on handwashing in preschool children: (a) rules, (b) singing a handwashing song, (c) video modeling, and (d) visual feedback. We evaluated the effects of the various intervention components on correct handwashing steps across groups of preschool children. Furthermore, we measured an index of hand cleanliness pre- and post-handwashing to determine how well children washed their hands. Overall, results suggest that the treatment components are most effective in increasing correct handwashing and cleanliness of children’s hands when combined as a packaged intervention.
 

The Effects of Paired Kinesthetic Movements on Literacy Skills Acquisition With Preschoolers

ERICA LOZY (Louisiana State University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
Abstract:

The standard approach for teaching pre-reading skills is small and whole group instruction that combines passive and active techniques. Because the standard approach for evaluating pre-reading skills is conducted in a one-to-one format, skill deficits are identified as early as preschool and thus warrant early intervention. The purpose of this study was to compare a traditional drill (TD) and strategic incremental rehearsal (SIR) flashcard method on letter-sound correspondence with 5 preschool children. All participants mastered the letter sets in both conditions, however, results varied across and within participants: The TD method was superior for four evaluations and the SIR method was superior for four evaluations. Letter set mastery predicted follow-up data for five evaluations, suggesting that maintenance is a function of the superior method for each individual. Additionally, fewer treatment integrity errors occurred during the TD method, suggesting that TD should be considered first when implementing interventions for young children.

 
Comparison of the Effects of Conjugate and End-of-Session Reinforcement for Increasing On-Task Behavior in Preschoolers
SARA CAMILLE DIAZ DE VILLEGAS (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Rachel Jess (University of Kansas), Elizabeth Foley (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Researchers have demonstrated that manipulating various dimensions of reinforcement (i.e., magnitude, intensity, duration, and schedule of reinforcement) may produce changes in behavior (Morgan, 2010). For example, intermittent and continuous reinforcement schedules produce different patterns of responding (Lattal, 2010; Lerman, Iwata, Shore, & Kahng, 1996; Wallace, Iwata, Hanley, Thompson & Roscoe, 2012). A less common schedule of reinforcement termed “conjugate-reinforcement schedule” is a schedule in which a dimension of behavior directly controls some dimension of reinforcement (e.g., magnitude, intensity, or duration of reinforcement; Lewis, 1973; Rapp, 2008). Although previous research has demonstrated the influence of conjugate-reinforcement schedules on various behaviors, no studies have evaluated the effects of conjugate reinforcement on increasing socially important behavior in young children. Furthermore, few have compared the effects of a conjugate-reinforcement schedule to other reinforcement schedules. The purpose of this study was to compare the effects of a conjugate-reinforcement schedule to a schedule of reinforcement in which reinforcers are delivered at the end of a session for on-task behavior in preschool children. We also determined participant preference for the two schedules of reinforcement. Results show that the conjugate-reinforcement schedule was more effective for increasing on-task behavior and more preferred for most participants.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #352
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
Speech Production and Applied Behavior Analysis: Using a Conceptual Analysis of Phonetic Hand Cues to Shape Speech Production
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
BACB/PSY/QABA CE Offered. CE Instructor: Bobby Newman, M.S.
Chair: Bobby Newman (Proud Moments)
Presenting Authors: : TAMARA KASPER (The Center for Autism Treatment)
Abstract:

Phonetic hand cueing systems (PHCs) are commonly used by speech-language pathologists and promoted in commercially available products (Carahaly, 2012; Kaufman, 2007; Strode, 1994, and others), however; research on the effectiveness of these systems for improving articulation is limited (Hall and Jordan, 1992, Jordan 1988, Klick, 1985, Stelton & Graves 1985). This series of four studies examines the effect of the systematic use of phonetic hand cues as a stimulus control transfer procedure and compares the relative effectiveness of three procedures: PHCs as antecedent prompts, PHCs modeled by instructor and executed by learner, and a commonly used differential reinforcement procedures. Study results reveal rapid acquisition of hand cues, and improved articulation at the syllable, and word level as well as use of hand cues to improve intelligibility in natural settings. Reduction of speech sound errors on formal testing further confirms results. Use of hand cues as part of an ABA or school program from target selection to generalization of improved articulation across the verbal operants will be presented and illustrated via video examples. Results confirm previous case study findings that phonetic hand cues may be an effective intervention in promoting speech production skills in children with autism with limited vocal repertoires.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state a conceptual analysis of Phonetic Hand Cues (PHC); (2) analyze study results and state relative effectiveness of use of PHC v. Echoic only procedures for students with speech production issues; (3) identify teaching procedures for HC and HCT at the word level.
 
TAMARA KASPER (The Center for Autism Treatment)

Tamara S. Kasper, MS, CCC-SLP, BCBA, is a Speech-Language Pathologist with nearly 30 years of experience working with children with challenging behaviors. Tamara’s commitment to the children she serves led her to pursue treatment methods outside the field of Speech-Language Pathology. Under the mentorship of renowned Behavior Analyst Dr. Vincent Carbone and his protégé, Tamara became a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. She has also completed advanced training in application of Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior and Kaufman’s strategies for apraxia of speech.

Tamara is a frequently invited international lecturer, having treated clients and trained professionals in England, Ireland, Greece, Ethiopia, Senegal, and other countries. She enthusiastically shares her unique approaches and her outside-the-box intervention techniques that are successful in building functional verbal behavior for children on the autism spectrum.

Tamara is also Director of The Center for Autism Treatment (www.centerautismtreatment.org)  near Milwaukee, Wisconsin; A center which provides personalized ABA intervention plans for children as well as consulting services and workshops to autism treatment teams in the United States and abroad. Tamara’s publications include the K&K Sign to Talk materials and Speak with Sign. She is a past recipient of the Wisconsin Speech and Hearing Association’s Clinical Achievement Award.

 
 
Symposium #353
Some Current Approaches to Behavior Analytic Training and Structured Decision-Making Models: Behavior Skills Training, Computers, and Consecutive Case-Series Analyses
Sunday, May 26, 2019
5:00 PM–6:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Tyra Paige Sellers (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Discussant: Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Implementing behavior analytic interventions requires many skills, including the ability to collect data, graph data, and then analyze data to make decisions. Applying a behavior analytic approach to designing and implementing training and clinical decision-making models can produce desirable results. In the first study, results indicate that a training package that include Behavioral Skills Training components (i.e., instruction, modeling, rehearsal, feedback) is an effective method to train day-treatment center staff to implement a multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessments. In the second and third studies, results indicated that computer-based instruction was an effective method for training behavior analytic skills. In the second study, participants were trained through computer-based instruction modules, to create simple line graphs with embedded phase change lines. In the third study, behavior technicians were trained through computer-based instruction to analyze functional analysis data to decide whether more sessions were necessary or not. Finally, a fourth study demonstrated the efficacy of a data-driven process to analyze undifferentiated functional analysis results to inform modifications to session variables.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): assessment, computer-based instruction, functional analysis, staff training
 

The Effects of Didactic Training and Behavioral Skills Training on Staff Implementation of a Stimulus Preference Assessment With Adults With Disabilities

(Applied Research)
SANDRA SMITH (Utah State University), Kerry Abigail Shea (Utah State University), Tyra Paige Sellers (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

Direct care staff working in adult day treatment centers typically receive didactic training to learn various behavior change and assessment procedures. Didactic training however, is not an empirically supported training method for achieving reliable treatment integrity. This study compared the effects of didactic training and behavioral skills training on the treatment integrity scores of direct care staff implementing a stimulus preference assessment with adults with disabilities in a day treatment center using a multiple baseline design across participants. Direct care staff were trained, in both methods, to implement a multiple stimulus without replacement assessment with confederates and clients with disabilities. Results indicated that behavioral skills training resulted in treatment integrity mastery for all participants, while no participants reached mastery criteria following didactic training. Implications for staff training will be discussed.

 
Interactive Computer Training for Graphing Embedded Phase Change Lines in Microsoft Excel
(Applied Research)
KERRY ABIGAIL SHEA (Utah State University), Seth Walker (Utah State University), Tyra Paige Sellers (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract: Graphing data is an essential skill for those who are implementing behavior analytic interventions. The current investigation evaluated the effects of an interactive computer training on graphing skills using a multiple-baseline design across four participants. The computer training included 4 modules, based on a modified version of the embedding phase change task analysis from Deochand, Costello, & Fuqua, (2015). Each module included instructions, video demonstrations, opportunities to practice, and prompts to self-monitor performance. Participants completed modules independently. During baseline sessions, participants were given a data set, case scenario, and model graph. Participants had up to 20 minutes to create a graph that included components in the model. Post-training sessions were identical to baseline except that participants were able to use self-monitoring checklists task analyses during sessions. Results indicated that all participants were able to create graphs to mastery criteria. During a two-week maintenance check, participants were able to create a graph to mastery only during the session where notes were available. Participants completed the training in an average of 1 hour, 43 minutes. Future directions, and recommendations for using computerized instruction to teach graphing skills will be discussed.
 

Teaching Behavior Technicians to Interpret Functional Analyses Using Ongoing Visual Inspection

(Applied Research)
LAUREN PHILLIPS (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Billie Retzlaff (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Alexandra Hardee (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Functional analyses (FAs) identify variables that evoke and maintain target behaviors. Clinicians use FA results to introduce function-based interventions, increase the effectiveness of reinforcement-based procedures, and decrease reliance on punishment. The benefits of the FA are well established; however, many clinicians rarely conduct FAs due to time constraints. Therefore, interventions that decrease the time to conduct an FA are valuable to the field. Structured criteria increase the consistency (Hagopian et al., 1997) and efficiency of FA interpretation when applied in an ongoing manner (i.e., Ongoing Visual Inspection [OVI]; Saini, Fisher, & Retzlaff, 2018). Module-based training maximizes teaching opportunities while minimizing constraints on a behavior analyst’s time. During pretests, participants inspected FA graphs by viewing one series of the FA at a time and selected to continue the FA or to end the FA. During OVI training, participants accessed module-based training and referenced a sheet of rules. Posttests were identical to pretests except the participant had their rules sheet, and FA graphs contained criterion lines from the training. Training alone increased correct responding to the mastery criteria for five participants. One participant required the addition of feedback and programmed reinforcement. These results demonstrate the effectiveness of module-based OVI training.

 

Toward a Quantitative Decision-Making Process for Clarifying Inconclusive Multielement Functional Analysis Outcomes

(Applied Research)
CRAIG STROHMEIER (Kennedy Krieger Institute; John Hopkins University School of Medicine ), Mirela Cengher (Kennedy Krieger Institute; John Hopkins School of Medicine), Michelle D. Chin (The Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (The May Institute)
Abstract:

Despite numerous studies outlining broad categories of best practices in the functional analysis (FA) of problem behavior (e.g. inclusion of programmed antecedents and consequences [Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003]), sometimes FA outcomes are inconclusive. Recently, investigators have provided guidelines for best practices when FAs are inconclusive (Rooker, DeLeon, Borrero, Frank-Crawford, & Roscoe, 2015), and evidence for FA modifications that are most likely to produce differentiated outcomes (Hagopian, Rooker, Jessel, & DeLeon, 2013). Currently there are no data-informed strategies to guide clinician’s decision-making for selecting categories of FA modifications such as design (i.e. pairwise), antecedent, and/or consequence variables to obtain differentiated FA results. In the current study, we utilized a controlled consecutive case-series design within a clinical database to identify cases that included multielement and pairwise FAs. We used structured criteria evaluation to derive a data-informed process for making FA modifications to produce differentiated results. Structured criteria quotients (SCQs) were analyzed to determine if multielement FA SCQs were predictive of differentiated outcomes during subsequent modified FAs. Preliminary results suggest that a positive predictive quotient score may be used to inform FA changes to produce differentiated outcomes. Between and within subject analyses will be presented, as well as possible recommendations for practice.

 
 
Symposium #354
CE Offered: BACB
Rapport Construction: Creating Objective Programs and Goals, to Better Our Relationships With Our Clients
Sunday, May 26, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Damali Alexander (Proud Moments ABA )
CE Instructor: Aline Kovacs, LSW
Abstract:

A crucial, and often underdeveloped component of ABA sessions is the rapport building process, in which the therapist pairs him or herself with reinforcement. Often times, the rapport building process is rushed through or not prioritized. In clinical practice, most rapport-building programs are not developed into objective, measurable goals. This makes it difficult to objectively determine real-time progress for both the client and the staff member running the program. Because of this, many third-party payers have difficulty understanding and reimbursing for this period of services. In this presentation, we will bring the rapport building practice back to a behavior analytic model. We will give an overview of the research in this area. Furthermore, we will discuss the best methods to use while pairing with clients of varying need, how to create objective, measurable programs and goals, and how to best conduct and document a pairing phase that abides by medical necessity criteria to fit with third party payer guidelines.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Any licensed behavior analysts, administrators of ABA agencies working with insurance companies, BCaBAs and Behavior Analyst Assistants

Learning Objectives: Attendees will define objective, measurable mastery criteria for effective pairing between a client and a behavior technician. Attendees will design objective, measurable pairing long term objectives to reach a good quality rapport between clients and staff members. Attendees design objective, measurable short term objectives to reach a good quality rapport between clients and staff members Attendees will identify ways to pair with reinforcement for clients of varying levels of functioning and reinforcement preferences Attendees will identify and design objective, quantitatively measurable short and long term objectives for clients in a clinical setting
 
A Research Review and Discussion of the Pairing Process in Clinical Settings
ALINE KOVACS (Proud Moments ABA), Joseph O'Keefe (Proud Moments ABA), Andrea Kotler (Proud Moments ABA)
Abstract: The pairing process is an imperative component of the client-therapist relationship, yet it is often seen in practice as a subjective way to “make the client like you.” As behavior analysts, however, we always make informed decisions based on measurement, evidence and research. This presentation explores a brief history of the the research and literature behind the pairing and rapport building process in clinical settings, based on the definitions by Carr et al. (1994) and Sundberg & Partington (1998). We will evaluate the evidence in research studies that focuses on building rapport with clients, including McLaughlin & Carr (2005) and Kelly et al. (2015), and see what methods were used to create quantitative changes in client behavior and in the relationships between clients and staff members. In addition, the audience will learn how to build a pairing program for clients with varying levels of functioning and different reinforcers. Staff training methods to teach staff members to build rapport with clients will also be discussed. Further, this presentation will look at where the research on this topic is lacking, and what questions we have for the future of this subject.
 

Producing Practical Measures for the Pairing Process and How to Develop Goals That Satisfy Third Party Payer Guidelines

ANDREA KOTLER (Proud Moments ABA), Joseph O'Keefe (Proud Moments ABA), Aline Kovacs (Proud Moments ABA)
Abstract:

Based on the research discussed previously, this presentation will illustrate different examples of pairing methods, writing short term and long-term objective, as well as clear and concise goals that adhere to the best practice standards of behavior analysis. Third-party payers reimburse for services that show measurable changes in our client’s behaviors, and often only reimburse for changes that they deem “medically necessary.” Due to an increasing amount of individuals receiving services through third-party payers, we will show how to present the paring phase of services in a way that explains the medical necessity of the process. In order to create a treatment plan that illustrates measurable progress, all goals must be clear, objective and measurable. Every short term and long term objective must show “who” is doing “what” and under “what context.” After learning about the best practices for rapport building in the literature, the audience will learn how to make modifications in rapport building goals according to their specific client’s interests, abilities, and willingness to participate. We will go over the anatomy of the pairing goals to create quantitative progress in our clients’ behaviors and their relationships with staff members.

 
 
Symposium #355
CE Offered: BACB
Methods of Quantifying and Mitigating Severe Aggressive Outbursts in Inpatient and Emergency Department Settings
Sunday, May 26, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Meagan K. Gregory (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Seth B. Clark, M.A.
Abstract: Behavioral inpatient units and hospital settings can often be associated with increased rates of severe aggressive behavior. Within these settings, it can also be difficult to manage aggressive outbursts and determine clinically significant reductions. This symposium will present the results of two studies that examined methods of quantifying and decreasing intense bursts of aggressive behavior. Bednar and Hausman examined the effectiveness of an individualized outburst severity score that quantified several unique dimensions of severe behavior (e.g., frequency of problem behavior, duration, number of staff required, staff rating of severity, and staff/patient injury). Clark, Call, Lomas Mevers, Scheithauer, and Muething sought to improve the quality of services provided to patients who are in behavior health care crisis and increase staff buy in by teaching emergency department (ED) staff basic strategies on how to prevent, identify, manage and de-escalate crisis behaviors. Together, these studies provide potential strategies of quantifying and improving the outcomes of individuals who engage in severe aggressive outbursts. Additionally, challenges associated with collecting data and training staff in these settings will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): aggressive outbursts, crisis management, measuring outcomes, staff training
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts and Clinicians
 
A Method of Quantifying the Severity of Outbursts of High Intensity Problem Behavior
MOLLY K BEDNAR (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins School of Medicine)
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual disabilities and autism spectrum disorder engage in severe problem behavior at rates disproportionately higher than their typically-developing peers (Newcomb and Hagopian, 2018). Some of these individuals engage in more episodic patterns of problem behavior which are infrequent, yet highly severe. The standard measure of clinical outcome is often percentage of reduction as compared to baseline levels. However, in a subset of the population who engage in episodic behavioral outbursts, relying on this measure may not be the most important indicator of treatment success. The purpose of the current study is to define and quantify relevant dimensions of problem behavior that occur in episodic outbursts to determine an effective clinical outcome measure. An individualized outburst severity score was used as a more appropriate outcome measure of treatment for these individuals. Data are collected across several dimensions including; frequency of problem behavior, duration, number of staff required, staff rating of severity, and staff/patient injury. Each dimension is scored on a scale of 1 (less intense) to 5 (more intense) in which each score is defined based what is clinically relevant for the individual patient. Results suggest a composite severity score could be an effective measure of clinical outcome.
 
The Impact of Teaching Emergency Department Direct Care Staff Crisis Management Strategies
SETH B. CLARK (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Emergency departments (ED) and inpatient units can often be associated with stressors and triggers that may ultimately lead to increased agitation and crisis behaviors, such as aggression and disruption. EDs also frequently interact with patients who are currently in behavior health care crisis, further increasing the risk of agitation and aggression. This ultimately can result in difficulties providing medical care to these patients and ultimately an increased need for the use of restraint to safely manage behavior. The following study sought to examine if teaching ED staff basic strategies on how to prevent, identify, manage and de-escalate crisis behaviors can improve the quality of services provided to patients who are in behavior health care crisis, increase staff buy in, decrease the use of restraint, and decrease staff injuries. Over thirty ED staff completed behavioral skills training in these strategies and completed pre/post measures assessing their confidence in managing patients exhibiting aggressive behaviors, their overall feeling of safety and risk of injury, and their ability to communicate during crisis. Results demonstrated significant improvement on this measure following training. These outcomes are discussed in relation to next steps disseminating training on these topics to professionals outside of the field of behavior analysis.
 
 
Panel #356
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Telehealth for Applied Behavior Analysis Services: National Advancements and Global Demands
Sunday, May 26, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Laurie Tarter, Psy.D.
Chair: Karelix Alicea (Lotus Behavioral Interventions)
LAURIE TARTER (Encompass Behavioral Health / Laurie Tarter, Psy.D., BCBA)
JANET VASQUEZ (weTherapy)
KIMBERLY D WOOLERY (Lotus Behavioral Interventions/Sunny Days/MASC/World Evolve)
Abstract:

Telehealth, an exciting and promising service delivery model, has changed significantly in the past two years. It is now evident that this model can be a viable option for providing ABA services by increasing the availability of providers within the United States and on an international scale. Our expert panel will provide a comprehensive overview of recent advancements relating to demand and insurance coverage in the United States, as well as international opportunities. A thorough analysis of providing ABA services using the telehealth model will also be discussed, as it requires careful considerations to yield interventions that are both effective and ethically sound. Several critical areas needed to successfully implement the telehealth model on a global scale will be examined which are inclusive, but not limited to, the BACB’s standards. We will explore how to successfully use HIPAA-compliant technology in order to effectively provide clinical services, including supervision. Business perspectives will be examined, in addition to a family systems approach that supports ethical and evidenced-based practices in ABA. Each of the panel members will contribute their own unique experiences as it pertains to each of these key areas.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience is BCBA's and LBA's providing direct services, supervision, and parent training. Those who are interested in learning about advancements in the Telehealth delivery of service would benefit from this presentation.

Learning Objectives: -Updates and advancements in Telehealth -Ethical delivery of services via Telehealth -How to incorporate family and considerations of the dynamics that impacts services.
Keyword(s): Ethics, Global Demands, Telehealth
 
 
Paper Session #357
Multiple Applications of Behavior Analysis Through the Development of Positive Repertoires
Sunday, May 26, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4
Area: CBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Emily Kieffer (PENDING)
 
What Does it Mean to be Constructional?
Domain: Theory
AWAB ABDEL-JALIL (University of North Texas), T. V. Joe Layng (Generategy, LLC), Paul Thomas Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University)
 
Abstract: People usually seek help when they are distressed or suffering from what accompanies the presence or absence of certain repertoires. The constructional approach (Goldiamond, 1974) is an orientation which offers solutions to problems based on the establishing of repertoires, rather than on their elimination or deceleration. Instead of considering problems in terms of pathologies to be eliminated, it attempts to directly increase options and extend repertoires. This is a direct approach to producing “desirables,” rather than the indirect approach of eliminating or accepting pathology to produce desirables as by-products of the elimination or acceptance. It begins by asking: What needs to be established, the absence of which is the problem? That is, if one were successful in achieving one’s outcomes, what precisely would that look like? Next, one must ascertain where one begins, prescribe change procedures, and finally understand the consequences that will maintain program participation. The role of emotions and their harnessing for constructional program success will also be described. This presentation will introduce the audience to what is entailed in taking a constructional approach to solving problems no matter who comprises the population served—whether children diagnosed with Autism, adults seeking help, or businesses and organizations.
 

Applied Behavior Analysis and the Florida Department of Juvenile Justice: Part One

Domain: Service Delivery
EMILY KIEFFER (Adapt & Transform Behavior LLC), Samantha Lynn Fuesy (Adapt & Transform Behavior LLC)
 
Abstract:

The Florida Department of Juvenile Justice (DJJ) requested assistance to create an effective behavior management system that could be implemented in detention centers state-wide. The department aims to create a shift in the current culture, reducing an over reliance on punitive consequences by training staff on the science of behavior. Additionally, the department wants to change the way we look at “detention” as whole. The BCBA’s developed and implemented a FW-PBIS system, utilizing the Facility-wide PBIS Tiered Fidelity Inventory (Jolivette, K., Swoszowki, N.C. & Ennis, R. P, 2017) as a guide at two Florida Detention Centers. The BCBA’s will discuss procedures used, progress made and current struggles identified. This pilot, if successful will be implemented across the state to decrease problem behaviors, destruction of property, medication use staff/youth injuries in order to free up resources so the department can enhance the current programming to include more programs and opportunities that will benefit the youth, their communities, and in turn, reduce the rate of recidivism.

 
 
 
Panel #358
Diversity submission PDS: Strategies for Empowering Women: Overcoming Gender Inequality, and Managing Professional and Personal Life
Sunday, May 26, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Fernanda Suemi Oda (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
LAURA L. GROW (Garden Academy)
SARAH A. LECHAGO (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University)
Abstract:

Gender inequality can be defined as girls or women not having equal access to education, health care, protection, well-being, or opportunities in the labor market. Despite some progress, society and science remain institutionally sexist. Women face gender-related problems worldwide and are still underrepresented in important areas. In light of the importance of the topic, the status of women in behavior analysis has been investigated. Although female representation has increased substantially over time, women continue to face serious challenges. The purpose of this panel is to empower women by discussing the gender gap and what can be done to close it. Three prominent behavior analysts will share their experiences as successful women and leaders in both academia and clinical settings. Panelists will also discuss strategies to handle barriers imposed by the gender gap, achieve goals, and manage professional and personal life.

Instruction Level: Basic
 
 
Panel #359
CE Offered: BACB
What if Behavior Analysts Ran Facebook?: Using Behavioral Principles to Study and Improve Social Media Interactions
Sunday, May 26, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Todd A. Ward, Ph.D.
Chair: Jonah David McManus (University of Louisiana in Lafayette)
TODD A. WARD (bSci21 Media, LLC)
MAN-PUI CHAN (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign)
SCOTT HERBST (Six Flex Training)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has a specific commitment to establishing principles of behavior that generalize to allow for prediction and influence of a number of distinct behaviors across a range of contexts. One of the newest contexts we are having to contend with is that of social media platforms. These come in a variety of forms and serve numerous expressed purposes, some unintended and potentially problematic. At the individual level, the rise of social media has introduced a host of concerns regarding adolescent exposure to abusive or coercive interactions. Further, social media platforms have been implicated in terms of their considerable influence on the current political climate, including influence of voter behavior. Behavior analysis has much to offer on how to investigate functional relations between social media contexts and user behaviors of social relevance. Yet, our contribution has been limited. Panelists will discuss behavior analysis might approach the study the complex world of social media so as to understand and improve it.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBA

Learning Objectives: Social media
Keyword(s): digital, online interactions, research, social media
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #360
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP

Direction Dependence Analysis: Testing the Direction of Causation in Non-Experimental Person-Oriented Research

Sunday, May 26, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research
Instruction Level: Basic
CE Instructor: Eric Boelter, Ph.D.
Chair: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
WOLFGANG WIEDERMANN (University of Missouri)
Wolfgang Wiedermann (Ph.D., Quantitative Psychology, University of Klagenfurt, Austria) is an Assistant Professor in the Educational, School, & Counseling Psychology Department at the University of Missouri. His primary research interests include the development of methods for causal inference, methods to determine the causal direction of effects in non-experimental studies (so-called Direction Dependence Analysis; see www.ddaproject.com), and methods for intensive longitudinal data in the person-oriented research setting. He has published over 60 peer-reviewed articles and book chapters that focus on the theory and application of statistical methods in experimental and non-experimental data settings.
Abstract:

In observational studies, at least three possible explanations exist for the association of two variables x and y: 1) x is the cause of y (i.e., a model of the form x → y), 2) y is the cause of x (y → x), or 3) an unmeasured confounder u is present (x ← u → y). Statistical methods that identify which of the three explanatory models fits best would be a useful adjunct to use of theory alone. The present talk introduces one such statistical method, Direction Dependence Analysis (DDA; Wiedermann & von Eye, 2015; Wiedermann & Li, 2018). DDA assesses the relative plausibility of the three explanatory models using higher moment information of the variables (i.e., skewness and kurtosis). DDA will be discussed in the context of person-oriented (non-experimental) research. Extending DDA principles to so-called (linear) vector autoregressive models (VAR) can be used to empirically evaluate causal theories of multivariate intraindividual development (e.g., which of two longitudinally observed variables is more likely to be the explanatory variable and which one is more likely to reflect the outcome). An illustrative example is provided from a study on the development of experienced mood and alcohol consumption behavior. Specifically, DDA is used to answer questions concerning the causal direction of effect of subjective mood and alcohol consumption behavior from a person-oriented perspective, i.e., whether individual changes in mood are the cause of changes in alcohol consumption (i.e., mood → alcohol reflecting the so-called “tension reduction hypothesis“; Conger, 1956; Young, Oei & Knight, 199) or whether alcohol consumption patterns cause changes in perceived mood (i.e., alcohol → mood reflecting the “hedonic motive hypothesis”; Gendolla, 2000). In the present sample, DDA supported the “tension-reduction hypothesis” suggesting that experienced mood is more likely to cause alcohol intake than vice versa. Data requirements of DDA for best-practice applications are discussed and software implementations in R and SPSS are provided.

Target Audience:

Researchers, practitioners, and graduate students interested in quantitative methods of causal inference.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list the limitations of standard regression/correlational analysis to discern causality statements in non-experimental data settings; (2) understand statistical principles of direction of dependence; (3) apply DDA in their own research.
 
 
Symposium #361
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Findings on Automatically Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior
Sunday, May 26, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
CE Instructor: Michelle A. Frank-Crawford, M.A.
Abstract:

Approximately 25% of self-injurious behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement. Recent research has identified subtypes of automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (ASIB) based on levels of differentiation across play and no interaction conditions of functional analyses and the presence of self-restraint. Subtype classification and level of differentiation are highly predictive of response to treatment using reinforcement alone. The first presenter will provide an overview of results obtained during the course of a 5-year grant supported research project on subtypes of ASIB, summarizing data which replicate and extend earlier findings, as well as new findings with respect to injuries incurred from SIB, results of analyses examining sensitivity to contingencies on operant tasks, and the impact of procedures designed to promote alternative responses and disrupt SIB in the most treatment resistant subtypes. The second presenter will provide an in-depth review of findings from an augmented competing stimulus assessment that involves actively promoting engagement and blocking SIB to identify and establish competing stimuli. The third presenter will describe results from an assessment designed to examine differences in sensitivity to changing reinforcement parameters, which unexpectedly produced reductions SIB to uncharacteristically low levels. Each presenter will discuss potential implications of the findings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Automatically maintained, competing stimulus, response competition, Self-injurious behavior
Target Audience:

Practitioners in applied settings; researchers

Learning Objectives: 1. Understand the concept of sensitivity to disruption by alternative reinforcement and how it distinguishes the various subtypes of automatically maintained self-injurious behavior, 2. Understand the implications of findings for future research on ASIB, 3. Understand the rationale for and procedures of the augmented competing stimulus assessment and single operant task and their potential utility in treatment.
 

Automatically-Maintained Self-Injury: A Summary of Findings From a Five Year study

LOUIS P. HAGOPIAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer N. Haddock (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alexander Rodolfo Arevalo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher M Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Noor Javed (Kennedy Kreiger Institute)
Abstract:

Results from a 5-year federally-funded research grant on automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (ASIB) will be reviewed. Subtypes are derived from the level of differentiation of SIB across play and no interaction conditions of functional analyses and the presence of self-restraint. Data replicating and extending earlier findings on subtypes of ASIB, and their differential responsiveness to treatment using reinforcement alone will be summarized. Findings related to self-restraint, injuries incurred from SIB, and behavioral sensitivity to contingencies on operant tasks across functional classes of SIB will be reviewed. New procedures designed to promote alternative responses and disrupt SIB in the most treatment resistant subtypes will be briefly discussed - and elaborated upon further by the other presenters. In addition to findings on ASIB, this work led to the refinement of methods for safely conducting research on SIB that may have clinical utility, the development of a preliminary model of injury production, and the application of methods and concepts used in precision medicine to define predictive behavioral markers. Implications of these findings for future research on ASIB will be discussed.

 

Initial Results From an Augmented Competing Stimulus Assessment

NOOR JAVED (Kennedy Kreiger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher M Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

A competing stimulus assessment (CSA) is used to identify stimuli that, when made freely available, reduce problem behavior - presumably via reinforcer competition. Recent research suggests that competing stimuli are more frequently identified for subtype 1 automatically reinforced behavior than for more treatment-resistant subtypes 2 and 3. We developed and applied an augmented CSA (A-CSA) with six individuals with treatment resistant subtypes of automatically maintained behavior. The A-CSA involves first providing free access to the test stimuli, then repeating the assessment while prompting engagement and, when necessary, blocking problem behavior. Prompting and blocking are then removed and the free access condition is repeated to determine if outcomes are improved. Results demonstrated that the number of effective stimuli and duration of engagement increased across the initial and repeated free access condition for all participants. Additionally, for 3 of 4 participants, response blocking resulted in further increases in engagement relative to prompted engagement alone. Changes across the initial and repeated free access condition may be related to the prompting and/or blocking procedures interrupting reinforcement maintaining problem behavior and facilitating contact with reinforcement available through stimulus engagement.

 

Reductions in Self-Injury Under Fixed Ratio Schedules in Treatment-Resistant Subtypes of Automatically Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior

CHRISTOPHER M DILLON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jennifer N. Haddock (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nabil Mezhoudi (New England Center for Children), Alexander Rodolfo Arevalo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Recent research on automatically maintained SIB (ASIB) has shown a positive relation between level of differentiation in the functional analysis and response to treatment using reinforcement alone – a dimension that has been characterized as sensitivity to disruption by alternative reinforcement. Relative to subtype 1 ASIB and socially maintained SIB, subtypes 2 and 3 ASIB show decreased sensitivity to disruption by alternative reinforcement. To examine whether the insensitivity of ASIB is specific to that response class, or is a generalized response tendency among individuals with these subtypes, individuals performed a single operant task under changing schedules of reinforcement (i.e., fixed and progressive ratio schedules, and extinction). Individuals with subtypes 2 and 3 ASIB showed comparable levels of sensitivity to reinforcement schedule changes relative to individuals with socially maintained SIB. During this assessment, uncharacteristically low levels of SIB were observed with the majority of participants with ASIB. Specifically, near zero rates of SIB were observed for six of the 10 participants with ASIB, and an 80% reduction in SIB relative to the toy play condition of the functional analysis was achieved with eight participants. The implications of these findings for research are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #362
CE Offered: BACB
EAHB SIG Distinguished Contributions Award: Celebrating the Contributions of Dr. Kathryn J. Saunders
Sunday, May 26, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich E-G
Area: EAB/EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: J. Adam Bennett (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Denice Rios Mojica (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Denice Rios Mojica, M.A.
Abstract:

The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group invites you to formally recognize the contributions of Dr. Kathryn J. Saunders. Dr. Saunders's research interests have long focused on the Experimental Analysis of Behavior with extensions into Applied Behavior Analysis. A colleague of Dr. Saunders will reflect on her many contributions toward advancing our understanding of complex human behavior. Subsequently, Dr. Saunders will deliver comments reflecting upon her career and a topic of her choosing. Please join us to celebrate the contributions of Dr. Kathryn Saunders.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Human Operant, Multidisciplinary, Reading
Target Audience:

Researchers and practitioners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the social significance of effective reading instruction; (2) summarize the underlying behavioral processes (e.g., stimulus control) that are foundational to reading; (3) discuss the interdisciplinary nature of reading instruction and research.
 
On the Importance of Component Discriminations: A Case History
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: A wise man once argued (Sidman, 1986) that science suffers when its advocates do not take the time to establish, train, and build on a body of systemized principles, characteristic measurement techniques, and standard investigative procedures. A wise woman (Saunders & Spradlin, 1989, 1990) once demonstrated the necessity of such basic component discriminations for advancing the study and understanding of more complex performances (e.g., arbitrary matching-to-sample and stimulus equivalence). This talk will highlight features of Dr. Saunders’ career that exemplify the benefits to be accrued from holding true to this analytic strategy
 
Studying Behavioral Processes That Underlie Reading Difficulties in the Human-Operant Lab
KATHRYN SAUNDERS (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Reading is required to thrive in our culture. Yet approximately 20% of children have great difficulty learning to read, despite receiving phonics-based instruction. Unfortunately problems often occur in developing the foundation upon which further growth depends––reading words that have not been taught directly. The result is a cascading, long-term negative impact on reading achievement. Over the last few decades, reading scientists have identified previously unappreciated prerequisite and component skills associated with success in learning to read. These skills can be analyzed in the human-operant laboratory, and the analysis applied to the development of improved instruction. In particular, the behavioral process of abstraction, along with precise stimulus control in relational learning (which can be surprisingly difficult to achieve), are critical to early reading success. The relevance of laboratory work on stimulus control to problems in reading instruction has made my collaborations with researchers from Speech/Language, Communication Disorders, and Educational Psychology a seamless, not to mention essential, process. I will discuss scientific ties to the reading literature, the inherently interdisciplinary nature of behavior analysis, and illustrate the acceptance of behavior-analytic thinking among researchers who are working together to solve a problem.
 
 
Symposium #363
CE Offered: BACB
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Goes to School: Effectiveness of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy on Academic Performance, Classroom Disruption, and Psychological Flexibility
Sunday, May 26, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Fairmont, Third Level, Regent
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Keyana Cooke (Saint Louis University)
CE Instructor: Emily Dzugan, M.S.
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has been shown to be an effective treatment strategy for a range of populations and behaviors. For instance, ACT has been shown to be effective with children to reduce bullying and other maladaptive behaviors, decrease food refusal, and increase attention during class activities. Recent behavior analytic attention has been paid to ACT with school aged children, as evident by a surge of behavior analysts interested in and using ACT in their practice. The current symposium will focus on three papers all using ACT with school aged children, across academic performance, classroom disruption/maladaptive behaviors, and psychological flexibility. The first paper will highlight the efficacy of PEAK-Transformation module for assisting children out of traditional behavior analytic services to ACT. The second paper will focus on the effects ACT had on three boys’ classroom engagement in a range of disruptive and maladaptive behaviors, and on-task behaviors. The final paper will explore the new AIM Curriculum (Dixon, 2017), and showcase outcomes on student academic performance and psychological flexibility. Attendees will gain first hand knowledge about three unique ways to bring ACT to school aged children, as well as see the effects of ACT on a range of behaviors.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts, Registered Behavior Technicians

Learning Objectives: At the end of the symposium, attendees will: 1. Identify useful psychometrics and other measurement systems for measuring psychological flexibility 2. Label similarities across ACT and Dixon's 2017 AIM curriculum 3. Define mechanisms of change when using ACT for school-aged children
 

The Efficacy of the PEAK-T Module for Transitioning Individuals From Traditional Applied Behavior Analytic Services to Acceptance and Commitment Therapy

(Service Delivery)
HALEY DAVIS (Southern Illinois University), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

The current study evaluated the effects of implementing eight PEAK-T modules that targeted aspects of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) to two individuals who had been previously receiving ACT services. The participants had been targeted as struggling with the transition from traditional Applied Behavior Analytic services to ACT, with high levels of maladaptive behaviors, low ACT Quantitative Analysis Scale (AQAS) scores, and low scores on psychological flexibility assessments. Individuals were introduced to treatment in a staggered fashion according to multiple baseline across participants. Behaviors were recorded according to rate, and the assessments were conducted initially at baseline, prior to treatment, and at the conclusion of the study. Preliminary data suggests that the PEAK-T modules have been successful at achieving stable and/or increased scores for the AQAS. Additionally, maladaptive behaviors have displayed stable and/or decreased rates. Finally, it appears that there has not been a significant difference in scores between the beginning and the end of baseline for the psychological flexibility assessments. This may would suggest that the PEAK-T modules would be an effective tool for transitioning individuals from traditional Applied Behavior Analytic services to ACT.

 
Exploring the Effects of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy on Classroom Disruption and On-Task Behavior
(Applied Research)
EMILY DZUGAN (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University), Heather Lynn Lewis (Saint Louis University)
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has demonstrated effectiveness across a wide-range of populations; yet to date, no published research has demonstrated the utility of Dixon’s (2014) ACT curriculum as a treatment for children in an educational setting. Therefore, the purpose of the study was to determine the effects of one-on-one ACT treatment on three participating students’ in-class behaviors. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants with an embedded ABCB design was used. Two control conditions were incorporated into the experimental design: (a) pull-out version one was included to control for variables present in ACT therapy in this setting (e.g., escape from class and non-contingent adult attention); and (b) pull-out version two assessed the necessity of tailoring ACT treatment for children. Following ACT, challenging behaviors decreased to stable levels and on-task behaviors increased to stable levels. Following both versions of the pull-out condition, challenging behaviors surged to higher levels than previously demonstrated in both baseline and ACT conditions. Psychological measures (e.g., AFQ-Y and CAMM) showed both inconsistent and some negative score changes following treatment. Potential reasonings are discussed. Overall, these results support the utility of individual, tailored ACT treatment as an effective treatment for children and adolescents in the school setting.
 

An Exploration of the Accept-Identify-Move Curriculum: Impacting Psychological Flexibility and Academic Performance

(Applied Research)
ASHA FULLER (Arizona State University), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University), Pilar Isabella Bonilla (Arizona Association of Behavior Analysis (AZABA))
Abstract:

The AIM curriculum (Dixon, 2017) was developed to facilitate social-emotional development in children. Given its novelty, little research of any scope has been conducted exploring the efficacy of the curriculum. To that end, the current study seeks to explore the efficacy of the AIM program on student performance related to promoting psychological flexibility and increasing overall academic performance, while decreasing experiential avoidance and challenging behavior-related issues. We implemented the Mindfulness and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy portions of AIM with students aged 5-12. Additionally, we assessed the extent to which infusing these approaches within classrooms would impact teacher and instructional aid (IA) psychological flexibility and overall job satisfaction. Results suggest that student psychological flexibility increased over the duration of their exposure to AIM.

 
 
Paper Session #364
Assessing Students in Their Educational Settings
Sunday, May 26, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Andrew S Massey (Duquesne University)
 
Review of Functional Assessment Strategies in the Educational Setting: An Interdisciplinary Approach
Domain: Service Delivery
ANDREW STEVEN MASSEY (Duquesne University), Mary Comis (Duquesne University), Temple S Lovelace (Duquesne University)
 
Abstract: Under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (2004) (IDEA), Functional Behavior Assessments (FBAs) are a required assessment in the development and identification of Individualized Education Program (IEP) goals and target behaviors. Anderson, Rodriguez, and Campbell (2015) reviewed the functional assessment literature through 2013 and results indicated that within the educational setting, K–21 y.o., experimental functional analyses (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1982/1994) were the most prevalent assessment conducted. The purpose of the present study is to extend the comprehensive review conducted by Anderson and colleagues (2015), by also reviewing the literature of other professions who may also be publishing research on functional assessments like general and special educators, and school psychologists (Figure 1). A subsequent purpose of the study is to determine how the other educational professions may conduct and implement functional assessments and how all fields can bridge the gap from research to practitioner-based assessments (Figure 2). Due to the fact that FBAs are a part of the eligibility process for individuals diagnosed or suspected of having an emotional or behavioral disorder, the present study does not include experimental functional analyses. (Figure 3).
 

The Use of a Linked Assessment/Programming Model for Supporting Young Children With Autism

Domain: Service Delivery
JENNIFER GRISHAM-BROWN (University of Kentucky), Carmen Dionne (Université du Québec à Trois-Rivières)
 
Abstract:

Increasingly, young children with autism are being supported in typical early care and education settings (e.g., childcare, preschool). In order to identify foundational skills that will lead to their ability to access, participate in, and make progress toward the general curriculum, we recommend a linked assessment/programming model called the Assessment, Evaluation, and Programming System (AEPS). The AEPS is considered one of the most technically adequate curriculum based assessments in the field of early childhood intervention (Bagnato, Neisworth, and Pretti-Frontczak, 2010). The purpose of this presentation is to highlight a linked assessment model for supporting young children with autism in a variety of early childhood settings. Assessment that is linked to the identification of skills that can be embedded into a child’s ongoing activities and routines is considered best practice in early childhood intervention (Division of Early Childhood, 2014). There is evidence that when this model is used, young children with autism can successfully be taught within the context of a variety of early childhood environments (e.g., Hawkins Lear & Grisham-Brown, in press; Grisham-Brown, Pretti-Frontczak, Hawkins, & Winchell, 2009). With increased use of a linked assessment/programming model, more young children with autism could potentially be able to attend community based programs.

 
 
 
Panel #365
CE Offered: BACB
The Balanced Scorecard: A Values-Based Approach to Clinical and Operational Metrics
Sunday, May 26, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Toronto
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Kristine Rodriguez, Ph.D.
Chair: Gina T. Chang (Autism Learning Partners)
CELINA LOPEZ (Autism Learning Partners)
KRISTINE RODRIGUEZ (Autism Learning Partners)
RACHAEL SCHNEIDER (Autism Learning Partners)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis is distinguished by its broad social impact, compelling clinicians to provide treatment in alignment with best practice literature and client values; this alignment comprises a broad framework for evidence-based practices (EBP). When clinician operators are tasked with determining metrics to measure performance across an organization, a values-based approach considers clinician values, guided by the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code, in addition to EBP. This panel explores the evolution of a balanced scorecard, a values-based approach to selecting weighted clinical and operational metrics. Panelists will give an overview of the process for developing a mission statement that drives clinical and business practice, as well as a presentation of interventions that successfully improved key metrics: family satisfaction, staff retention, and clinical quality. Performance management strategies, to promote enthusiastic adoption of organizational initiatives, will be discussed. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: engage in a values-based discussion to identify mission-critical organizational metrics, describe successful interventions to promote family and staff satisfaction, and develop systems for objectively measuring and improving quality of services.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to engage in a values-based discussion to identify mission-critical organizational metrics, describe successful interventions to promote family and staff satisfaction, and develop systems for objectively measuring and improving quality of services.
Keyword(s): clinical quality, operational metrics, performance management, values
 
 
Symposium #366
Towards an Integration of Social Behavior, Metacontingencies and Systems Analysis: Theoretical, Research, and Applied Implications
Sunday, May 26, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Tete Kobla Agbota (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract:

Numerous behavioral researchers have made explicit connections between metacontingencies and behavior systems analysis (see, for example, Abernathy, 2009; Glenn & Malott, 2004; Malott, 2003), emphasizing common theoretical underpinnings based on systems theory. There are some distinctions between these two approaches. Behavior systems analysis has primarily focused on organizational contexts, while research into metacontingencies has often transcended organizational boundaries to examine social behavior and cultural practices in a broader context. In the present symposium, three papers (one theory based, one research based, and one application based) will explore the link between metacontingencies and systems, and the social and organizational contexts within which recurring interactions, jointly maintained by shared consequences, may take place. These interactions may be engineered, as is often the case in formal, organizational contexts, but are also often spontaneous and self-organized in the broader, cultural context. Further, the shared consequences are often inequitably distributed among participants in the chain of interlocking contingencies, leading to suboptimal functioning at individual and/or systems level. Identification and resolution of such inequities is often a key leverage point in creating positive organizational and cultural change.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): metacontigencies, social behavior, system analysis
 

Basic Concepts in Behavioral System Analysis and Beyond

(Theory)
INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo Metropolitan University), Kalliu Carvalho Couto (Oslo Metropolitan University), Lucas Couto de Carvalho (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

Within organized interactions, whether organisms, physical elements or whole eco systems, there are three fundamental properties for defining those interactions as a system. There is the (overall) function, the processes underlining the function, and there is a structure by which the coordinated channels of the processes may be traced (Sandaker, 2009). We may say that the function of a system is its raison d’être. In much the same way, the relation between aggregate product and receiving system in a metacontingency describes its function. The interlocking behavioral contingencies (IBCs) are the processes that maintain the functioning of l, or its overall function. The structure of the system will, to a certain degree, tell us which type of contingencies members exposed to. Structure will therefore be essential to analyze which pattern of behavior and social dynamics contingencies will maintain. We define two kinds of structures based on the work of Todorov (2013); Conservative and Transformative. In the Conservative, links in the IBCs are well established, with little or no room for variation. In the Transformative, patterns of IBCs are more flexible and variable. Conservative structures may become recurrent in highly stables environments or became transformative as environmental demands changes. This presentation will make a parallel between metacontingencies and the three fundamental properties to define it as a system; Function, Process and Structure, focusing on the rules of structures for understanding and changing systems overall function.

 

Previous Social Interactions With Advantageous Inequity Influence on Aversion to Disadvantageous Inequity

(Basic Research)
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption College), Marcelo Frota Lobato Benvenuti (Universidade de São Paulo)
Abstract:

Cultural and Behavior Systems Analysis demand a strong interface with studies about social behavior. Recent data show that humans and animals may present an aversion to disadvantageous or advantageous distributions of gains. Advantageous inequity (AI) aversion may be more dependent on social and cultural cues than disadvantageous inequity (DI) aversion. Our focus was on how interactions within a dyad may modulate inequity aversion, with attention to the way in which local experience with AI constrains aversion to DI. The experimental procedures involved two phases. In Phase I, we manipulated confederate behavior in a game task (i.e., helpful on 100%, 75%, 50%, 25%, or 0% of trials). In Phase II, participants could allow or not allow DI. The data suggest an aversion to inequity: participants did not allow themselves to gain more points in Phase I and were unlikely to let the confederate gain more in Phase II, regardless of how helpful the confederate was in Phase I (see Figure 1). This procedure permitted us to test social influence on DI, which may be important for providing a psychological explanation of cultural differences in aversion to DI. We discuss some theoretical implications of these results.

 
Behavior Systems Analysis and Metacontingent Self-Organization: A Case Study Demonstrating Synergy Between Two “Paradoxical” Approaches
(Service Delivery)
JONATHAN KRISPIN (Valdosta State University)
Abstract: Abernathy (2009) asserted that the external metacontingencies of an organization must be re-engineered to produce “optimal and sustainable behavior changes” (p. 177). However, Mattaini (2006) suggested that such interventions may have limited efficacy due to self-organizing dynamics present in the extended cultural environment. In the present paper, the apparent paradox that exists between attempts to (re)engineer behavioral systems and the limiting effects of self-organization that are ubiquitous in cultural systems is examined within the context of a large manufacturing plant. Principles of self-organization in metacontingencies will be compared with assumptions of Behavior Systems Analysis, highlighting areas of potential synergy, then the application of these principles will be illustrated via organizational interventions. Prior to intervention, the plant experienced the tension between efforts to “engineer” improvements using process improvement methods and the sub-optimization of these efforts stemming from a management structure based on self-directed/managed work teams. These tensions were addressed and resolved via the implementation of a comprehensive, behavior-based positive reinforcement process built on peer observations and a restructuring of the performance-based incentive plan for the plant, resulting in an organization that was ‘managed without supervision (Abernathy, 2000) and in the achievement of significant performance improvements.
 
 
Special Event #367
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
CREATIVITY: Panel
Sunday, May 26, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD North
Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D.
Panelists: DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University), KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy), DOUGLAS A. JOHNSON (Western Michigan University), PETER R. KILLEEN (Arizona State University), MARCUS JACKSON MARR (Georgia Tech), JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

This panel features the six speakers from the "creativity" thematic sessions and will include a question and answer period with the audience.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University)
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy)
DOUGLAS A. JOHNSON (Western Michigan University)
PETER R. KILLEEN (Arizona State University)
MARCUS JACKSON MARR (Georgia Tech)
JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas)
 
 
Panel #368
Virtual Reality: Simulated Worlds for Teaching and Assessing
Sunday, May 26, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Area: PCH/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Andres Chavez (BehaviorMe, Inc. )
BETH MCKEE (Guangxiu International Children's Center)
AUDREY TAYLOR BOATMAN (Child's Path)
PANAGIOTIS MARKOPOULOS (University of New Orleans)
Abstract:

Virtual reality (VR) has the potential to tap into a varied amount of teaching opportunities within limitless environments and settings. If programmed correctly, virtual reality simulations will have the potential to assess and teach a diverse set of behaviors and contingencies, in a safe, controlled and effective manner. Many studies within neighboring fields have demonstrated its effectiveness in assisting individuals with anxiety, phobias and post traumatic stress disorder but the literature is limited in showcasing its use in teaching using basic behavior analytic principles. Behavioral science is primed for the integration of emerging technology into clinical applications and beyond. Topics such as machine learning, artificial intelligence, the internet of things and virtual reality are exemplars of technologies will be addressed. This panel will discuss the use of virtual reality in teaching and assessing within simulated settings and will also describe potential paths for virtual reality in differing contexts and situations.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): assessment, teaching, technology, virtual reality
 
 
Invited Panel #369
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Diversity submission Promoting Diversity and Inclusion in Behavioral Science
Sunday, May 26, 2019
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Area: SCI; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Jennifer R. Zarcone, Ph.D.
Panelists: JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas), TRACI CIHON (University of North Texas), DIANA WALKER (Trinity Services; Illinois Crisis Prevention Network)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis has addressed issues of social justice since the early formation of its field. Early basic and theoretical work provided promise for addressing such issues, while the advent of applied behavior analysis explicitly demonstrated the power of behavioral science in addressing issues of societal concern. Despite the celebrated social validity of behavior analysis, issues of diversity and inclusion persist. This panel features three scientists who have effectively addressed issues of diversity and inclusion in their own laboratories. The discussion will highlight ways to foster diversity and inclusion in the operations and makeup of lab groups, in addition to discussing ways behavior analysis can leverage its science to answer research questions regarding issues of diversity and inclusion in broader cultural contexts. Questions from the audience will be welcomed and encouraged.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe current limitations in behavior analyst’s science communication, (2) describe contemporary methods of engaging the public with science communication via social media, and (3) operationalize ways behavior analysts can change their dissemination tactics to better communicate science.
JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas)

Dr. Jomella Watson-Thompson is an Associate Professor in the Department of Applied Behavioral Science, a Senior Faculty Associate with the Center for Service Learning. and an Associate Director for the Center for Community Health and Development at the University of Kansas.  She attained a Ph.D. in Behavioral Psychology and a Masters of Urban Planning from the University of Kansas. She applies behavioral science methods and interventions to improve how communities address issues related to community health and development. Her research has focused on neighborhood development, substance abuse prevention, and youth and community violence prevention. Dr. Thompson uses a community-based participatory approach to address social determinants or factors that may contribute to disparities, particularly for marginalized groups and communities. She has researched the effects of community-based processes and interventions to promote mobilization and change in communities.  Dr. Thompson has co-authored articles on community capacity-building, youth development, and prevention and received numerous federal, state and local funding awards.  She is as an Associate Editor with Behavior and Social Issues.  Dr. Thompson serves as a Principal with Ad Astra Community Innovations Group, and has extensive experience providing training, technical support and evaluation for coalitions and community-based initiatives.

TRACI CIHON (University of North Texas)
Traci M. Cihon, Ph.D., BCBA-D is an Associate Professor in the Department of Behavior Analysis at The University of North Texas (UNT). She teaches graduate level courses in Behavior Principles; Verbal Behavior; and Legal, Ethical and Professional Issues. She oversees the Teaching Science Lab, which is a system that designs, delivers, and evaluates the undergraduate Introduction to Behavior Analysis courses and she co-supervises the Cultural Selection Lab. Dr. Cihon has worked in several clinical and academic systems including public and private sectors in both school and home settings in and outside of the US with a variety of individuals with disabilities, children who are at-risk for school failure, and university students. Her scholarship focuses on verbal behavior, international and interdisciplinary dissemination of behavior analysis, behavior analysis as applied to social issues – namely education, and cultural selection and has published in a number of peer-reviewed journals both within and outside of the field of behavior analysis. Dr. Cihon serves on the editorial boards for several major disciplinary and non-disciplinary peer-reviewed journals such as The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, the American Annals of the Deaf, Perspectives on Behavior Science, and she is an Associate Editor for Behavior and Social Issues.
DIANA WALKER (Trinity Services; Illinois Crisis Prevention Network)
Diana Walker received her Ph.D. in Psychology (Behavior Analysis focus) from the University of Florida in 1996, where she studied basic behavioral principles and behavioral pharmacology in nonhumans under the mentorship of Dr. Marc Branch. She also helped out with Dr. Brian Iwata’s research on the treatment of self-injurious behavior of adults with intellectual disabilities. She then spent ten years conducting NIH-funded research with Dr. Jim Zacny on reinforcing and other abuse liability-related effects of medically used drugs in humans at The University of Chicago. In 2004 Diana began teaching in The Chicago School of Professional Psychology's Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Department, becoming Chair of the department in 2011. Diana still teaches for the department and advises doctoral students, but her full-time job is with the Illinois Crisis Prevention Network, providing crisis-intervention services to people with intellectual disabilities and mental illness who engage in severe challenging behavior. Diana is currently interested in making behavioral services more accessible, effective, and compassionate; mentoring new behavior analysts to be conceptually systematic and essentially empathic; and using a radical-behaviorist approach to addressing social and cultural concerns. Diana has a strong commitment to diversity and social justice and to applying behavior analysis to those issues
 
 
Business Meeting #370
Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association Business Meeting
Sunday, May 26, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A
Chair: Janice L. Huber (Touchstone)
Presenting Authors:

The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association is a nonprofit membership organization which supports ABAI's mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing , and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice, and to promote access to responsible behavior analytic services by professionals sufficiently trained in the discipline of behavior analysis and compliance with relevant ethical standards. LaBAA was established in 2012. LaBAA is proud to be the ABAI affiliated chapter for Louisiana and an affiliate organization of APBA. All LaBAA members and guests are welcome to attend.

Keyword(s): LaBAA, Louisiana
 
 
Business Meeting #371
Perspectives on Behavior Science Editorial Board and Author Meeting
Sunday, May 26, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
Presenting Authors:

Annual meeting for editorial board members, authors, and interested ABAI members.

 
 
Business Meeting #372
Autism Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 26, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold
Chair: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Presenting Authors:

The meeting will review past and current activities/initiatives of the SIG. We will discuss future directions of the SIG, new bylaws, and awards. The meeting will also include a discussion of topics related to autism intervention.

Keyword(s): autism
 
 
Business Meeting #373
Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (ILABA) Business Meeting
Sunday, May 26, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A
Chair: Stephanie Gorbold (Gorbold Behavioral Consulting, Inc. Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (ILABA))
Presenting Authors:

The Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (ILABA) is an associate chapter of Applied Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). The chapter was established in order to provide a forum for behavior analysts in the state of Illinois to stay up to date on legislative issues as they apply to our field as well as to offer continuing education and advocacy for ABA practitioners throughout our state. ILABA is a Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) Authorized Continuing Education (ACE) provider. The organization offers a membership and agency directory, annual conference, job board, representation on practitioner and academic committees, and additional resources to all members. All are welcome to attend the business meeting at ABAI to learn more about the organization and receive updates on the chapter's recent activities and goals.

Keyword(s): associate chapter, state organization
 
 
Business Meeting #373A
Behavioral Variability: Next Steps for Research and Practice
Sunday, May 26, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D
Chair: Clodagh Mary Murray (National University of Ireland Galway)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of this meeting is to bring together people who are interested in behavioral variability, in particular variability-reinforcing schedules such as lag schedules. While there is an increasing number of publications in this area in recent years, it is a relatively new topic for researchers and practitioners alike. The aims of the meeting are to identify research priorities, bringing those who are new to the topic in contact with those who are more experienced, and to discuss how best to communicate research findings to practitioners in a way that is accessible and practical. Anybody who has an interest in this topic is welcome.

 
 
Business Meeting #374
Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 26, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge
Chair: Worner Leland (Upswing Advocates)
Presenting Authors:

All individuals attending the ABAI convention who have an interest in sex research, sex education, and/or procedures used to change sex-related behaviors are invited to attend the Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group's annual meeting. Items of business will include a discussion of current SIG activities occurring both at and outside the ABAI convention, the sharing of relevant research findings, and plans for the next year of SIG activities.

Keyword(s): sex education, sex research, sexual behavior, sexuality
 
 
Business Meeting #375
Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis (ORABA)
Sunday, May 26, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C
Chair: Dawn Allison Bailey (Oregon Institute of Technology )
Presenting Authors:

This business meeting will focus on identifying current needs for the local ABA community and consumers, and development of strategies to meet those needs.

 
 
Business Meeting #376
Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group Annual Meeting
Sunday, May 26, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB
Chair: Miguel Avila (Dissemination of Behavior Analysis SIG)
Presenting Authors:

If you are interested in the dissemination of the science of behavior analysis worldwide, this is the place for you. We're looking to release behavior analysis from its pigeon-holes, and really publicize the potential our science has to develop global solutions in all realms of life. Behavior Analysts have demonstrated our efficacy in very specific populations, and we're really good at proving that our interventions work...to ourselves. We are not as good at getting the word out to those who aren't aware of the science of behavior! Our Mission Statement To disseminate the science of human behavior to the public at large, through the use of easy to understand explanations. Our goal is to promote behavior analysis in a positive and accurate light, to help society realize the potential of our science

Keyword(s): business meeting, dissemination
 
 
Business Meeting #377
Neuroscience SIG
Sunday, May 26, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
Presenting Authors:

To discuss future directions for this SIG, how to increase relevance to ABAI members and how to gor membership.

Keyword(s): brain, dopamine, neuroscience, striatum
 
 
Reunion #377A
Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS) Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2019
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Swissôtel, Third Floor, Bianco
Chair: Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)

Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS) at Western Michigan University (WMU) are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones at our annual ABAI BATS Reunion.

Keyword(s): alumni reunion, BATS Reunion, training program
 
 
Special Event #378
ABAI Program Board Meeting
Sunday, May 26, 2019
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hyatt Regency East, Concourse Level, Michigan 1 A-C
Domain: Theory
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

A meeting of board members to discuss the annual convention program.

 

AAB Applied Animal Behavior

Susan D. Kapla (Northern Michigan University), VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University)
 

AUT Autism

NICOLE HEAL (Melmark New England), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee)
 

BPN Behavioral Pharmacology and Neuroscience

CARLA LAGORIO (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
 

CBM Clinical, Family, Behavioral Medicine

Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University), Amy Murrell (University of North Texas)
 

CSS Community, Social, and Sustainability Issues

TODD A. WARD (bSci21 Media, LLC), Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology)
 

DDA Developmental Disabilities

ERIC BOELTER (Seattle Children's Autism Center), Kelly M. Schieltz (The University of Missouri)
 

DEV Human Development

R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University)
 

EAB Experimental Analysis of Behavior

ELIZABETH KYONKA (University of New England, Australia), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College)
 

EDC Education

Scott P. Ardoin (University of Georgia), Robin Codding (University of Massachusetts Boston)
 

OBM Organizational Behavior Management

DOUG JOHNSON (Western Michigan University), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center)
 

PCH Philosophical, Conceptual, and HistoricalIssues

DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University), David C. Palmer (Smith College)
 

PRA Practice

Robert Ross (Beacon ABA Services), MARK D. SHRIVER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
 

SCI Science

DEREK D. REED (The University of Kansas)
 

TBA Teaching Behavior Analysis

GABRIELLE LEE (Chongqing Normal University), Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
 

VRB Verbal Behavior

EINAR INGVARSSON (Virginia Institute of Autism), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
 
 
Reunion #379
Louisiana State University (LSU) Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1
Chair: Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Department of Psychology at Louisiana State University (LSU) are invited to join us to celebrate LSU's continuing and lasting contributions to behavior analysis.
Keyword(s): reunion
 
 
Reunion #380
Western Michigan University Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 2
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University)
Alums, current students and faculty, and friends of the Western Michigan University Psychology Department are invited to attend this reunion. Please join us for light refreshments, music, and fellowship. We'd love to see you there!
Keyword(s): Psychology, reunion, western michigan, WMU
 
 
Reunion #381
Simmons University, Department of Behavior Analysis Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3
Chair: Russell W. Maguire (Simmons University )
All current students, faculty, alumni, staff and friends are invited to join us at this year's Simmons University reunion.
 
 
Reunion #381A
Endicott College Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Currents
Chair: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)

This reunion is for current students and graduates of Endicott College's programs in ABA. We welcome current and former students, faculty, adjuncts, supervisors, and friends of Endicott's ABA program.

 
 
Reunion #382
University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich A
Chair: Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas (UNT) are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones as we celebrate more than three decades of excellence and achievement in behavior analysis at UNT.
Keyword(s): #untdba, @untbehv
 
 
Reunion #382A
Temple University Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich E
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)

Alumni, friends, and current and prospective students are invited to celebrate 50 years of behavior science and behavior analysis at Temple University.

 
 
Reunion #383
Remembering Tony Nevin
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Alpine 1
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University), Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland)

Plenus annis abiit, plenus honoribus: [Tony] is gone from us, full of years and full of honors (Pliny the Younger). Tony's work on behavioral momentum has been a huge contribution to both EAB and ABA. His work for social justice has been equally important. We will gather here to celebrate Tony as a colleague, mentor, friend, and good mate. If you knew him, or his work, or just wished you had, please come to help us celebrate his life and his enduring memory. Those who care to share memories are encouraged to do so.

 
 
Reunion #384
Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 4
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
This year marks the 28th Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We are looking forward to celebrating the following accomplishments with our colleagues and students at ABAI 2019: • Our Program has Conferred over 60 Ph.D. degrees. • Our On-Campus Masters program has conferred over 80 Masters degrees. • Our Satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 Off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and in international locations. • Our undergraduate specialization in Behavior Analysis received the ABAI accreditation in 2016. • Awarded the “Organizational Enduring Contribution to Behavior Analysis” by the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010.
 
 
Reunion #385
Arizona State University Online ABA Student/Faculty Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 1
Chair: Samuel DiGangi (Arizona State University)
 
E Amanda DiGangi (Arizona State University)
 

Are you a student in ASU's online ABA Program? Alumni? Faculty? Come join us for a Meet and Greet at ABAI! A chance to put faces with names, catch up with old friends, and make new ones!

Keyword(s): ASU Online
 
 
Reunion #386
The Sage Colleges Alumni, Friends and Current Student Get-Together!
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 2
Chair: Cheryl J. Davis (7 Dimensions Consulting; SupervisorABA)
Current students, faculty, alumni and friends of The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis at The Sage Colleges are invited to mingle with each other as we actually see each other face to face! This will surely be a great time for all of us!
Keyword(s): Reunion, Sage College
 
 
Reunion #387
The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, B. F. Skinner Foundation
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2
Chair: Ashley Whittington-Barnish (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
This event provides an opportunity for all ABAI attendees involved with or interested in the B. F. Skinner Foundation, the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and The Chicago School of Professional Psychology (TCS) ABA departments in Chicago, Southern California, Washington, DC, Dallas, and Online to get together, get updates on activities, and make plans for the future. This event is a great time to meet a diverse group of behavior analysts - from students to seasoned faculty to well-known researchers in the field. All ABAI attendees are invited to network, discuss common interests, and have an all-around good time!
Keyword(s): Cambridge Center, Skinner Foundation, TCS
 
 
Reunion #387A
University of Florida (UF) Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 3
Chair: Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)

Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the University of Florida Psychology Department are invited to attend this reunion to meet reunite with old colleagues and friends and encounter new ones.

 
 
Reunion #388
St. Cloud State University MS Program
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 3
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
Catch up with old friends, meet our newest alumni and alumni-to-be, and reminisce about your time in the Northland at the St. Cloud State University reunion! Alumni and current students from undergraduate and graduate programs, campus and distance-based cohorts, along with your families are welcome! Join us as SCSU brings ABA and Husky pride to Chicago!
Keyword(s): reunion
 
 
Reunion #389
Columbia University Teachers College and CABAS
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
This event is a social gathering for current students and graduates of the programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis of Teachers College and Columbia University Graduate School of Arts and Sciences, as well as CABAS professionals and friends from around the world.
Keyword(s): CABAS, Columbia University, reunion, Teachers College
 
 
Reunion #390
Annual Celebration for Beacon ABA Services, Beacon CT, Evergreen Center, and Friends
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 2
Chair: Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services, Inc.)

All colleagues, acquaintances, friends, and staff are invited to an evening of engaging social interactions, spirits/food, and team trivia.

Keyword(s): Autism, Service Delivery
 
 
Reunion #391
Northeastern University Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 3
Chair: Laura L. Dudley (Northeastern University)
Northeastern University alumni, students, faculty and friends are invited to our reunion at the 45th Annual Convention in Chicago! Come reconnect with old friends and learn about our current programs in behavior analysis. Whether you graduated in 1979 or 2009, we hope you will join us to reminisce!
Keyword(s): Reunion
 
 
Reunion #393
University of Kansas Department of Applied Behavioral Science
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich B
Chair: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the Department of Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas (KU) are invited to reunite with colleagues/friends and meet new ones as we celebrate over 50 years of scholarly activity.
Keyword(s): behavioral science, reunion
 
 
Reunion #394
Speech Pathology Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group Reunion, Social and Networking Reception
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich C
Chair: Lina M. Slim-Topdjian (ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC)

The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group welcomes its members, and any other ABAI attendees, for an occasion of informal social interaction and dialogue. This is an opportunity for speech-language pathologists, behavior analysts, and students in the fields of speech/language pathology and/or ABA to meet and talk about areas of common professional interests in clinical practice and research as well as to further inter-professional collaboration. This social reception will provide our members and other interested professionals with ample opportunity to connect and converse. Bring your friends!

Keyword(s): interprofessional collaboration, speech-language pathology, speech-language therapy, verbal behavior
 
 
Reunion #394A
Florida Institute of Technology Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich FG
Chair: Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Institute of Technology; ABA Tech)

Florida Institute of Technology's School of Behavior Analysis, in partnership with Continuing Education ABA Online Program, invites students, alumni, faculty, friends and “Panthers 4 Life” to reunite and join us as we celebrate more than a decade of helping students accomplish their dreams.

 
 
Special Event #395
Friends of SABA Reunion
Sunday, May 26, 2019
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D
Chair: Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico)

ABAI members who donated to the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis (SABA) in 2017 and 2018 are invited to a reception in honor of their contributions and commitment to the field. We are grateful for the generosity of those who support the activities of ABAI and SABA.

 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}